Rulers arabisch - persisch - tiirkisch
Perspectives on Their Relationship from Abbasid to Safavid Times Beatrice Gruendler and Louise Marlow (eds.)
Priska Furrer, Verena Klemm, Angelika Neuwirth, Friederike Pannewick, Rotraud Wiclandt, Renate Wllrsch (cds.)
Vol. 16: Writers and Rulers Beatrice Gruendler and Louise Marlow (eds.)
Reichert Verlag Wiesbaden 2004
Reichert Verlag Wiesbaden 2004
In the pre-modem Islamic Near East, a substantial share of literary activity was devoted to rulers, identified by name, with a utilitarian purpose in the writer's mind. Far from being limited to the single instance, such literary offerings might constitute part of a lifelong, if asymmetrical, relationship between authors and their addressees. The aim of this volume, which originated in the colloquium "Literature and Rulership in Medieval Islam" held at Yale University's Center for International and Area Studies in April 1999, is to explore one particular kind of such writing, namely works directed to political and religious leaders in which literary speech is used as leverage for didactic, ethical, and ideological concerns. 1 It needs to be emphasized that such a demonstrated interestedness on the part of the author did not constitute per se a stain on the literature he produced, nor a reason to strip it of its label, as the modem reader might fathom. Quite to the contrary, service to members of Islamic Near Eastern elites in exchange for favors, employment, and protection was a legitimate raison d' etre for literature, and it produced some of its greatest classics, such as al-Bul:Itur"i's panegyrics or Ni~am al-Mulk's Conduct [or Lives} of Kings (Siyar aZ-muZuk), better known as the Book of Government (Siyasatnama). Much of this writing, it is true, was produced at courts and for their consumption, but this was not exclusively the case; mastery in literature also became the very means by which to gain access to the upper classes, and conversely the impact of a work at court might benefit from its renown outside it.
Bibliografische Information Der Deutschen Bibliothek Die Deutsche Bibliothek verzeichnet diese Publikation in der Deutschen Nationalbiografie; detaillierte bibliografische Daten sind im Internet uber http://dnb.ddb.de abrufbar.
© 2004 Dr. Ludwig Reichert Verlag Wiesbaden ISBN: 3-89500-376-X www.reichert-verlag.de Das Werk einschlieGlich aller seiner Teile ist urheberrechtlich geschutzt. Jede Verwertung auEerhalb der engen Grenzen des Urhebergesetzes ist ohne Zustimmung des Verlages unzulassig und strafbar. Das gilt insbesondere fur Vervie1faltigungen, Dbersetzungen, Mikroverfilmungen und die Speicherung und Verarbeitung in e1ektronischen Systemen. Satz: Thomas Breier Druck: Memminger MedienCentrum AG Printed in Germany
The numerous functions rulers and writers fulfilled for each other speak for themselves. First, rulers gained from writers models for the practice of government, whether this was imparted in the form of oral akhbar about past kings or newly composed manuals, and whether it was destined for a holder of high office, the head of the state, or his successor. These portrayals of perfect rulership differed of course among historians, litterateurs, and poets, who might also be called upon to bolster a dynasty's claim to power or promote its system of beliefs. Second, the very display of Arabic, and later Persian, literary culture as well as its patronage became an emblem of good governance. This development began with the literary education given to heirs to the throne, and it culminated in the famous literary courts of the early Abbasids and their officials in Baghdad and Samarra, the caliph 'Abd al-Ral:Iman III in Cordoba, the Umayyad chief minister al-Man~fu in Seville, the J:Iamdanid sovereign Sayf al-Dawla in Aleppo, the Biiyid vizier al-$al:Iib b. 'Abbad in Rayy (all Arabic literature), the Samanid amir Na~r II b. Al:Imad in Bukhara (Arabic and Persian literature), the Ghaznavid sultan Mal:Imiid b. Sabuktigln in Ghazna (Persian literature), and the Tlmfuid sultan J:Iusayn Bayqara in Herat (Persian and Turkish literature). At various times, intellectual life at court encompassed not only literature but also
The papers given by Abbas Amanat, "A Message on the Wall: Rulers and Subjects in Sa'di's Political Perspective," and Beatrice Forbes Manz, "The Political Program of Timiirid Local Histories," were not available for inclusion. Devin Stewart graciously contributed his article after the completion of the colloquium.
VI music, art and architecture, theology, philosophy, the translation of foreign, mainly Greek and Middle Persian works into or later Arabic classics into New Persian. The dedication of works, and most poetry, moreover an occasion for the public demonstration of largesse, a prominent virtue of rulership. Finally, by fostering writers in his milieu, a ruler secured for himself a place in future memory. Indeed the periods that have come to be regarded as "golden ages" by subsequent generations often owe their luster to the support and stimulation of literary talent as much as to political and military success. Conversely, writers depended on rulers to an even higher degree. To serve a ruler or high official guaranteed one's subsistence and protection - even if at some risk. It could also earn the unknown newcomer status and fame faster than any other path. The courts of rulers and leading dignitaries attracted multiple talents and many thinkers; here expertise was recognized, competition flourished, and reputations were made. In the same vein a theologian, historian, poet, or adib devoting his work to a sovereign took an active role in reformulating concepts of religious and political rulership over time. Even if his advice were not heeded in his own lifetime, it might provide the standard for subsequent eras. 2 A writer also required a patron of potentially historical stature to perpetuate his own name. Thus he eternalized himself along with his august subject. At the same time his writings, in whichever genre he had selected, might become a further link in the chain of famous texts within the literary tradition. In all these pursuits, the writer's impact rested on the authority with which he was able to invest himself, and to this end he deployed his finest art. An excellent example of someone who drafted an all but flawless contract of mutual duties between himself and his patron was the poet Ibn aI-RumI (d. 283/896), when he composed his panegyrics to the polymath and intermittent prefect of Baghdad,
2 The gender of the pronouns is not accidental; all the writers treated in the present volume -- and the great majority of those engaged in historical and didactic prose in general - were men. Exceptions can be found in poetry, where some madi~ was composed by women, even if on a small scale and subject to imperfect transmission. For the Abbasid East, see J. E. Bencheikh (1975), "Les musiciens et la poesie: les ecoles d'IsJ:taq al-Maw~ilI (m. 225 H.) et d'Ibrahim Ibn al-Mahdi (m. 224 H.)," Arabica 22: 114-52 esp. 140-52. For an elegy by the poetess Faql, see p. 12 below. For al-Andalus, see T. Garulo (1986), Diwiin de las poetisas de al-Andalus, Madrid and (1985), "Una poctisa oriental en el-Andalus: Sara al-I:Ialabiyya," Al-Qantara 4:153-77, L. di Giacomo (1949), Une poetesse grenadine au temps des Almohades: ljafta bint al-ljiijj, Paris, and B. Gruendler (2001), "Lightning and Memory in Poetic Fragments from the Muslim West: I:Iaf~a bt. al-I:Iajj (d. 1191) and Sarah al-I:Ialabiyya," in: A. Neuwirth & A. Pflitsch (eds.), Crisis and Memory in Islamic Societies, Beirut-Wfuzburg, 435-52. 3 B. Gruendler (2003), Medieval Arabic Praise Poetry: Ibn al-Rumi and the Patron's Redemption, London, 227-62.
VII the present volume offers the reader a panorama of choices made by writers with the difficulties that they faced. Naturally the circumstances for such literary activity varied in a geographical area covering Western Asia, Northern Africa and, at different times, the Eastern and Western fringes of Europe and during an interval spanning the rise ofIslam to the onset of Western colonialism. It cannot therefore be the editors' aspiration to present an even or exhaustive treatment of the subject.4 Instead we offer instances of writers and rulers situated within their socio-historical contexts in a series of articles that cover the Abbasid to the ~afavid period (from the ninth to the seventeenth century CE) and treat the disciplines of literature, political thought, history, and religion in Arabic and Persian. 5 The authors of the articles consider formal genres addressed to, or speaking about, a ruler with ethical, didactic, and ideological intent - such as panegyric poetry, epistles, mirrors for princes, manuals of statecraft, theological treatises, and dynastic histories. Also included are informal genres, such as the rubili and the shadow play, which openly antagonize or subvert some of the ideals of the former group. The topic of each individual essay is the local interplay between literature and rulership. Works dedicated to political and religious leaders raise the larger question of how one is 4 For a general background, see I. Lapidus (1988), A History of Islamic Societies, Cambridge, 82, 8993, 120-5, 141, 153-8, 184-7, and 378-86. For studies on poetry, see the previous note and J. E. Bencheikh (1998), Poetique arabe, Paris, 27-38, J. S. Meisami (1987), Medieval Persian Court Poetry, Princeton, 3-39, and Adam Mez (1937), The Renaissance of Islam, trans. S. Kh. Bukhsh and D. S. Margoliouth, London, first publ. Heidelberg, 1922,89-106, 132-46,254-74. For advice literature, see Ch.-H. de Fouchecour (1986), Moralia: les notions morales dans la litterature persane du 3e/ge au 7el13e siecle, Paris, esp. 357-440, D. Gutas (1990), "Ethische Schriften im Islam," in: W. Heinrichs (ed.), Orientalisches Mittelalter, Wiesbaden, 346-65, and L. Marlow (1997), Hierarchy and Egalitarianism in Islamic Thought, Cambridge, 117-42. For Arabic prose, see Julia Ashtiany et al. (eds.) (1990), 'Abbasid Belles-Lettres, Cambridge, chapters 3-5 by J. D. Latham and Ch. Pellat, and J. L. Kraemer (1986), Humanism in the Renaissance of Islam: The Cultural Revival during the Buyid Age, Leiden, 207-33, 241-72. For artistic prose and maqiimiit, see Heribert Horst (1987), "Kunstprosa," in H. Gatje (ed.) Grundriss der arabischen Philologie II: Literaturwissenschaft, Wiesbaden, 221-7 and Sh. Guthrie (1995), Arab Social Life in the Middle Ages, London, 55-87. For the shadow play, see J. M. Landau (1970), Shadow Plays in the Near East, Jerusalem, Sh. Moreh (1987), "The Shadow Play ("Khayiil al-,?ilf') in the Light of Arabic Literature," Journal of Arabic Literature 28: 46-61 and idem (1992), Live Theatre and Dramatic Literature in the Medieval Islamic World, Edinburgh. For the Persian epic, see J. Ch. Bfugel (1990), "Die persische Epik," in: W. Heinrichs (ed.), Orientalisches Mittelalter, Wiesbaden, 301-18. For historiography, see F. Rosenthal (1968), A History of Islamic Historiography, 2nd rev. ed., and J. S. Meisami (1999), Persian Historiography to the End of the Twelfth Century, Edinburgh. Political philosophy, though concerned with the concept of the ideal ruler, has not been included, as it is not usually addressed or dedicated to rulers. Festivities as occasions for literary compositions are treated by M. M. Ahsan (1979), Social Life under the Abbasids 170-289 AH1786-902 AD, London and New York, 286-96, and the settings for their performance by D. P. Brookshaw (2003), "Palaces, Pavilions and Pleasure-Gardens: The Context and Setting of the Medieval Majiilis," Middle Eastern Literatures 6: 199-223. 5 Ottoman Turkish, the third Near Eastern lingua franca since the 16th century, overlaps only with the last two centuries of the period under consideration here and has therefore not been included. Note, however, among the earliest Turkish writings an eleventh-century Chagatay Turkish mirror produced at the Qarakhilnid court; see R. Dankoff (trans.) (1983), Yusuf Kha~~ ljiijib: Wisdom of Royal Glory (J>.utadgu Bilig): A Turko-Islamic Mirror for Princes, Chicago.
VIII
to understand the meaning of these literary acts in society and the types of commitments they establish between the two parties with all underlying assumptions. Such writings exhibit criticism, didactic intention, persuasiveness, and an iconology of ideal ruiership, and they require, at times quite explicitly, from the recipient such actions and commitments as are consonant with the described ideal behavior. Not only open and direct addresses of a leadership figure are thematized, but also parodies or counterpositions of this stance. Looking at the surrounding situation, it appears that the literary offerings may be part of a long-term relationship between author and addressee, which involves some sort of audience witnessing the delivery of the work(s) and acknowledging the recipient's conformity with the conveyed type of rulership. The identity of the author may be defined by origin, rank, position, discipline, and political and religious affiliation. The level of literary discourse ranges from elevated to popular, and the venture may be practical or theoretical in nature. The selected critical approaches shed light on textual devices and conventions of performance, interplay with the historical background, the planned impact of a literary work, and its historical reception. Here the choice of genre is significant not only for the specific presentation of common themes and strategies, but for its inherent social prestige, generic precedents, subtext, targeted present and subsequent audiences, and avenues of dissemination. These were not immutable, and authors creatively manipulated them. As a further factor, a dedicated work answered the recipient's need for a favorable public image. The selected examples then illustrate various ways in which a particular genre was fitted to an historical occasion and the values inscribed in it were made incumbent upon the ruler before a broader, simultaneous or ulterior, audience. The examination of these parameters leads up to the core question, that of what may be labelled the "contract" between writer and recipient. What is the nature of this unspoken contract and what are the mutual expectations between the parties, at all levels, ranging from the etiquette of behavior at the moment of performance to long-term, far-reaching mutual services, commitments, and duties? What is the specific way in which the literary word elicits a reaction from the ruler, questions his inaction, or chastises his misdeeds? What importance can be attributed to the literary word? And which higher authority or framework is invoked so as to make the ruler comply? These and other questions are pursued in various genres and historical settings in the following nine articles (arranged in chronological order for the reader's convenience), which collectively broaden our knowledge ofthe power ofliterary speech in pre-modern Islamic societies. The examples, chosen to convey a broad spectrum, derive from the ages of the Abbasids (Ali), Buyids (Stewart, Hanne), Saljuqs (Meisami, Simidchieva, Davidson), Bal).ri Mamluks (Buturovi6), llkhans (Marlow), and ~afavids (Losensky). While some confine themselves to Arabic (Ali, Stewart, Hanne, Buturovi6) or Persian literature (Simidchieva, Davidson, Losensky), Saljuq historiography and llkhanid advice literature draw on a common tradition and require a combined treatment of both literatures (Meisami, Marlow).
IX
The initiative for a work might come from the ruler himself, such as when Buyid, Ghaznavid, or ~afavid sovereigns commissioned dynastic histories with the expectation that the historian would provide the ruling house with a genealogical, doctrinal, or ideological rationale (Meisami, Losensky). The two eleventh-century treatises on the statutes of government (al-a~kiim al-sul!iiniyya), Eric Hanne argues, complied with a strategy of the late Abbasid caliph al-Q~Fim to enlist the orthodox intelligentsia of Baghdad and thus to widen his power base against the Buyid warlords. The Saljuq vizier Ni~am al-Mulk was commissioned by Sultan Malikshah to compose a book of advice for kings. Its first installment was favorably received, although the vizier had used the ideal examples of earlier kings subtly to criticize the policies of his Saljuq lord. In a second, unsolicited installment of the book, the vizier administered harsher, direct criticism, but his own death and that of the sultan prevented the delivery of the work, and delayed its reception until years later (Simidchieva). Before or while Ibn Daniyal served the early Mamluk court as official panegyrist and jester, the erudite ophthalmologist composed three shadow plays (khayiil al-~ill) and passed them off as low-brow entertainment, all the while jocularly deriding Sultan Baybars's strict moral policies (Buturovi6). More commonly the impetus to composition came from the writer. The poet al-Bul).tur'i, having previously cursed the early Abbasid caliph al-Munta~ir, chose an opportune moment to recognize him as legitimate, and by his declaration of allegiance helped resolve the dilemma of succession to the slain al-Mutawakkil (Ali). Other authors' aspirations were confined to their own livelihood or advancement, exemplified by the itinerant secretary al-Hamadhani (Stewart), or the countless authors of advice literature for dignitaries of the llkhanid state (Marlow). In availing themselves of literary speech, some authors - notably those interested in securing for themselves a place in the power structure - carefully heeded the conventions of a chosen genre. They presented in their works precisely those literary credentials that they hoped would gain them entry. AI-Hamadhani brought to perfection the rhymed and parallel prose (sa}) that had by Buyid times become the hallmark of the chancellery style (Stewart). The same observation can be made of authors of contemporary dynastic histories and of the much later llkhanid mirrors for princes. The latter group of writings moreover adhered to a standard catalogue of topics and a ten-chapter format that had earned general acceptance (Marlow). Individuals who had already gained status within a court hierarchy took greater liberty with literary customs. By famously recounting his experience of the Muslim pilgrimage in a qa.Jida, the poet laureate of six caliphs, al-Bul).turi, arrogated to himself a ritual authority long lost to poets and pronounced the verdict of legitimacy over a disputed caliphal succession (Ali). Though acting on the demand to produce a book of advice for kings, Ni~am al-Mulk created with his Siyiisatniima a highly individual work. Certain situations called for the alteration of an existing genre or spurred the creation of a new one. Thus the two Statutes of Government, penned nearly simultaneously by a Shafici and a I:Ianafi jurisconsult for the caliph al-QaJim, were sui generis, as this caliph and his predecessor aI-Qadir had designed an entirely new bond with the city's religious
x
XI
establishment (Hanne). A less clear case, for lack of comparative evidence, is the literary form of the MamlUk shadow play; though most plays were certainly performed the author of the only three extant which are in orally in colloquial Middle Arabic, claims for them an unprecedented literary status (Buturovic). Despite this generic pliancy, a few genres resisted instrumentalization for patronage. The earthy, irreverent rubaT (whether or not its authorship may be attributed to (Umar Khayyam) represented one such example (Davidson). The same applied to the later Persian ghazal in the hands of ~a)ib Tabrizl. This illustrious poet eternalized the cosmic qualities of the I:Iasanabad bridge and his own poetic authorship, but omitted any mention of the ~afavid royal builder, (Abbas II (Losensky). In sum, the power and versatility of the literary word depended equally on the required or selected genre and the official or popular empowerment of those who used it. To face up to his sovereign's greater might, a writer needed to bolster his stance by investing himself with a higher authority. The two Statutes of Government present a rare example of a near balance of power obtained between a much reduced caliph and the assembled jurisconsults of his capital. The written theological endorsement of the caliphal office acted de facto as a literary contTact, for it strengthened both parties against outside military threat by appealing to a shared sacred concept of government. Herein ideal theoretical stipulations were more important than any reflection of the actual chaotic circumstances (Hanne). Appeals to lofty values mattered particularly in those writings that imparted criticism. In his lament (ritha for al-Mutawakkil, al-Bu1).turi spoke in the name of divine justice, when he cursed the deceased caliph's murderer and successor and called for revenge (which would have involved the impossibility of taking the life of a sitting caliph). Then, to retract his pronouncements without losing face, the poet provided himself with the ritual purification and religious status of a pilgrim (baii). The new caliph acknowledged the reversal and ratified by high public reward the idealized image of himself that al-Bul).turi offered him in a praise qa~ida (Ali). Ni?am al-Mulk drew on the model character of history, notably the shining image of Mal).mud of Ghazna, literally to teach lessons to his own master Malikshah. He freely edited historical facts into accounts that cast justice, peace, civic order, and the protection of social hierarchy as proofs of divine legitimation; if Malikshah were not to promote these, he would expose himself as an unworthy usurper. In the first part of the Siyasatniima, the Saljiiq sultan still received at least a partial endorsement; in the second part, the vizier saw him fail on many accounts, and the contract between them lapsed both personally and politically (Simidchieva). Saljiiq rulers tended to be less concerned with their role in history than monarchs of preceding dynasties had been, and their officials largely took over the role of commissioning or receiving dynastic histories. Historians, taking pains to inculcate in these viziers the importance of their own discipline, reflected this challenge to their relevance and their dire need for self-validation (Meisami). Mutatis mutandis this held true also for the authors of advice literature under the Ilkhanids (Marlow). J
)
Moral ambitions were much curtailed in al-Hamadhani's mendicant epistles, in which he half proffered the excuse of (indeed) unstable times and half parodied his very quest. the greater part of his message, Nonetheless the artistry of sal namely his exceptional skill as an epistolographer (Stewart). Rather than openly attempting to move the status quo closer to any preconceived ideal, the shadow plays administered their criticism through distorting and inverting reality. The scurrilous, estranged characters inhabiting Ibn Daniyal's panorama of Mamliik Cairo were typified enough to remain recognizable, while the burlesque immorality and prurient outcome of the plays protected the author's criticism of an enforced public morality (Buturovic). Whatever the writer's choice of genre, it harbored certain values that, depending on his creative skills and authorial stature, he might exploit. His success ultimately rested, however, with the culture and interests of his recipient. To make up for the absence of these elements, a writer's energies were spent in asserting his virtual authority and amplifying his voice through historical example, religious ritual and law, and verbal artifice. The panacea of ethical and didactic literature illustrates that written communication retained its appeal and currency for those in power through most of the pre-modem Near East. In times of instability, when this was no longer the case, authors lost their voices, and their silence imparted its own powerful condemnation.
Beatrice Gruendler
Louise Marlow
Acknow ledgements
It is our pleasure to thank all those who participated in the original colloquium, first of all the contributors themselves, as well as Dimitri Gutas, Ahmad Dallal, and Abbas Amanat who chaired panels and stimulated the discussion. We also thank Maureen Draicchio, Barbara Papacoda, and Felizitas Opwis for ensuring the smooth organization of the event and Ioanna Gutas for giving it a festive tone. Generous financial support was provided by the Edward J. and Dorothy Clarke Kempf Fund, the Council on Middle East Studies, and the Department of Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations of Yale University.
We are grateful to Angelika Neuwirth et al. for accepting the volume into the series Literaturen im Kontext: Arabisch - Persisch - Turkisch, published under the auspices of the Dr. Ludwig Reichert Verlag. Furthermore we wish to acknowle~ge the assistance of Wellesley College and the Whitney Humanities Center of Yale University with the costs of the book's production. We are indebted to Thomas Breier for the final layout, compiled with care and patience, transatlantic efficiency, and multilingual expertise and to Tara Zend for valuable stylistic revisions at all stages. Notwithstanding all the help received, we remain solely responsible for any remaining errors.
Beatrice Gruendler
Louise Marlow
Contents
Preface Acknow ledgements
v XIII
Samer M. Ali (University o/Texas at Austin) Praise for Murder? Two Odes by al-Bul;turi Surrounding an Abbasid Patricide
Devin J Stewart (Emory University) Professional Literary Mendicancy in the Letters and Maqiimiit ofBadr aI-Zaman al-Hamadhani
39
Eric J Hanne (Florida Atlantic University) Abbasid Politics and "The Classical Theory of the Caliphate"
49
Julie S. Meisami (University o/Ox/ord) Rulers and the Writing of History
73
Marta Simidchieva (University o/Toronto) Kingship and Legitimacy as Reflected in Ni~am al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima, Fifth/Eleventh Century
97
Olga M. Davidson (Brandeis University) Genre and Occasion in the Rubii(iyyiit ofcUmar Khayyam: The Rubii(i, Literary History, and Courtly Literature
133
Amila Buturovic (York University) "Truly, This Land is Triumphant and Its Accomplishments Evident!" Baybars's Cairo in Ibn Daniyal' s Shadow Play
149
Louise Marlow (Wellesley College) The Way o/Viziers and the Lamp o/Commanders (Minhiij al-wuzarii) wa-siriij al-umarii} of Al).mad al-I~fahbadhi and the Literary and Political Culture of Early Fourteenth-Century Iran
169
Paul E. Losensky (Indiana University) "The Equal of Heaven's Vault": The Design, Ceremony, and Poetry of the I:Iasanabad Bridge
195
Notes on Contributors
217
Index of Names, Places, and Works
221
Index of Subjects and Terms
231
Two Odes
-.:" ....... "..-.rl11n.o-
Samer Mahdy Ali (University
an Abbasid at
The caliph al-Mutawakkil cala llah reigned for fourteen years (232-47/847-61) as head of the Abbasid state.} In the winter of 247/861, he unexpectedly withdrew his approval from the heir apparent, al-Munta~ir billah (d. 248/862), in favor of his youngest son, al-MuCtazz billah (r. 252· 5/866-9).2 Shortly thereafter, al-Mutawakkil was murdered in his palace by his personal guards in a plot that implicated al-Munta~ir. AI-Mutawakkil's court poet, Abu cDbada al-Walid b. CUbayd al-Bu~turl (d. 284/897), rose to the occasion to voice his outrage and loyalty. In a vehement elegy (rithi:?), al-Bu~turl extolled his late patron, accused his son of patricide, cursed him, and vowed vengeance - according to one version of the historical events.3 The poet not only stigmatized al-Munta~ir, he urged members of the court to support a more worthy candidate for the caliphate (vv. 32-3). The poet's political guidance was not followed, but the fact remained that the new caliph was stigmatized and damaged. Abbasid literary sources indicate that al-Bu~turi left Samarra for the ~ajj, and two months later, returned to praise none other than al-Munta~ir.4 The poet in his panegyric now salutes al-Munta~ir as the hero who thwarted disaster and renewed the majesty of the caliphate. 5 The two poems have elicited admiration from medieval scholars in both literary and historical sources,6 but the odes stand in puzzling contradiction. In the first
2
3 4 5 6
This paper is a revised version of chapter 4 of the author's dissertation, "Ardor for Memory: Mythicizing the Patricide of al-Mutawakkil in Court Poetry" (Ali 2002). I would like to thank my advisor, Suzanne Stetkevych, for her constructive criticism and encouragement on earlier drafts. Research was supported by a Fulbright-Hays Training Grant, part of the Doctoral Dissertation Research Program of the U.S. Department of Education. I am indebted to the Fulbright commissions of Egypt, Germany, and Spain for their assistance during 1998-9. An earlier version of this paper was delivered to the Departamento de Estudios Arabes (Instituto de Filologia) at the Consejo Superior de Investigaci6nes Cientificas, Madrid, Spain, where I benefited from the comments of Heather Ecker, Howard Miller, and Manuela Marin. Sections of this paper were discussed at the Working Group on Modernity and Islam at the Institute for Advanced Studies, Berlin, 2000-1, and I acknowledge my productive exchanges with Angelika Neuwirth, Renate Jacobi, Hilary Kilpatrick, and Friederike Pannewick. I also express my gratitude to the co-editors of this volume, Beatrice Gruendler and Louise Marlow. Unless stated otherwise, all translations are the author's. EI-Hibri 1999, 192-3; cf. al-Tabari (d. 314/923), Ta'rlkh, 9: 225; al-Mascudi (d. ca. 345/956), Muruj, 4: 115-22. See also Gordon (2001, 82), who contends, based on numismatic analysis by Michael Bates, that al-Mutawakkil genuinely favored al-MuCtazz as heir. El-Hibri, however, following alTabari's material, reaches the conclusion that the caliph supported al-Munta~ir, but shifted under pressure. al-BuI:tturi, Dlwan, 2: 1047. For an alternate account, see below p. 20. al-Macarri (d. 449/1058), al-Luzumiyyat, 610; al-~uE (d. 946), Akhbar al-Bul:zturl, 101. al-Bul;tturI, Diwan, 2: 849-50. al-Masciidi, Muruj, 4: 122, 135; al-I-.Iu~ri (d. 413/1022), Zahr al-adab, 215-16; al-Thaciilibi (d. 429/ 1038), Thimaral-qulub, 191; al-~uli,Akhbaral-Bul:zturl, 101.
Samer Mahdy Ali
Praise for Murder?
poem, the poet stigmatizes the heir; in the second, he valorizes him. The poet at first withholds his support, but later found it possible to reverse his stance.
ror ," even a preliminary reading of the text shows the absence of any formal features of apology or self-redemption. 14 To the contrary, al-Munta~ir treats the poem as a favor. He reciprocates with an sum, which was uncharacteristic of Whatever function the praise might have served, it did more than tum a profit or appease an angry patron. However, the most problematic aspect ofpayfs approach is his assumption that court poets are, in effect, weaklings. This assumption underestimates the pride with which many medieval scholars and litterateurs viewed the verbal, and thus political, power of al-Bul,1turl.
2
the and abundance of panegyric in the medieval era, this genre seems to pose special problems for modern scholars, whether because the praise is offered as a commodity or because of the asymmetry in power between patron and poet. Both conditions seem unconducive to a romantic image of heart-felt admiration. 7 Scholars have, thus, turned their attention to social functions. Major endeavors have proposed to reframe the issue of sincerity, to posit practical functions for praise within the context of the court and society. Julie Meisami, for example, has identified how the praise poem can instruct and guide the patron;8 Beatrice Gruendler has argued that the poet can shape the very terms of patronage;9 Stefan Sperl has discussed praise as a liturgical expression to the king, lO and Suzanne Stetkevych has examined panegyric as a kind of rite of passage, entailing a change in social condition ratified by a ritual exchange. I 1 These attempts are critical to understanding the panegyric as more than an expression of feelings. And very fortunately, these methods have had their own performative effect in making the polemic over sincerity seem naIve and superficial at best.
3
The "poet's greed" theory also falls short of explaining the appeal of these poems, as evidenced by their impact and reception. Less than a generation after the event, al-~un: registers the poet's effect in restoring al-Munta~ir's battered public image. 16 Likewise, a tenth-century historian, al-Mascudi, takes note of al-Bul,1turi's cleansing of al-Munta~ir's reputation. 17 AI-BuJ:tturI's poems are in fact transmitted for eleven centuries, so that ten of fifteen extant Diwiin manuscripts record them. Despite the instabilities of court patronage, the more persistent question is one of poetic function and appeal, which invites a thoroughgoing engagement with these odes. This article will address both the political and mythic effects of his words. It will focus on how al-BuJ:tturI moves and inspires others in a moment of state crisis and for generations thereafter.
AI-BuJ:tturi's two odes remain a puzzle, however, because they stand in complete contradiction. Putting aside the question of sincerity, if al-BuJ:tturi is effective in the first case, how can he be effective in the second? Recent critics have attempted to address this question with disappointing results, because their analyses disregard the poet's pair of odes by attributing them to frantic opportunism. 12 According to Shawqi payf, the poet created a problem for himself by criticizing al-Munta~ir and needed to excuse himself.I3 Attitudes that dismiss poetry and poets bring scholars to a dead end, for they fail to explain the appeal of these poems as art at the time and for generations, because the issue of appeal rests on the emotional and aesthetic effect of these odes. If one presumes that al-BuJ:tturi presented the panegyric to al-Munta~ir solely to compensate for an "er-
I will argue that the two odes function on both the political and mythic level, thus having short- and long-term effects. At the moment of crisis, in the short-term, the dyad serves as a memorable ritual for the "transfer of allegiance" between patrons. I8 Initially, the poet's elegy for al-Mutawakkil denies al-Munta~ir endorsement, but his panegyric to al-Munta~ir conveys it, thus emphasizing the prerogative of the poet to unmake and make authority. However, the poet's choice of Mecca as the goal of his journey, and ~ajj as the ritual of atonement, suggests a mythic redemptive effect that resonated far beyond the moment in cultural memory.
7
Verbal Art and the Power of the Poet
8 9 lO 11
12 13
On the problem of sincerity, see Meisami 1987,41-3, and S. Stetkevych 1996a, 35. On the rejection of the qa~ida in the West, see Sells 1987. Sells's article, though well-documented, paints an overly bleak picture and should be read in the context of J. Stetkevych's 1979 article, which argues that German Orientalism enthusiastically engaged and assimilated the qa~lda, including panegyric, particularly in adaptations and translations, but then in the mid-nineteenth century, enthusiasm was replaced by a stale technical approach, in which philologists sought to compile perfect editions. Stetkevych points out that over the past hundred years, this obsession with banalities has suspended a serious engagement with the ode. For more on the rejection of the traditional ode by modern Arab poets and critics, see Jayyusi 1977, 1994, 1996. One can fmd a paramount example of a Nasseristsocialist condemnation of the panegyric profession in payf (1990). AI-Bul,lturI's success as a poet is attributed to his "greed" (1990, 278, 279, 281) and his willingness to praise anyone for reward (ibid., 280). We are also told that the poet's cupidity had no limits (ibid., 282, 283). Cf. Wahb Rtlmiyya who, critical of rejectionists, posits specific functions for the courtly ode, and deems it reasonable that poets would seek favors, money, and other material benefits from their patrons (1997, 53-67). Meisami 1987,43-6. Gruendler 1996, 106; and 2003, 75. Sperl 1977, 33. S. Stetkevych 1996a, 1: 36-40; 1994,4-5. payf 1990, 278; al-Bul,lturI, Diwiin, 5: 2792. payf 1990, 278.
This interpretation may seem far-fetched, for it assumes that the poet possesses a high degree of verbal influence. Indeed this approach is predicated on the critical proposition that artistic communication both creates and expresses the authority of the speaker. Performers of verbal art are both admired and feared for their capacity to stimulate the emotional participation of their audiences and thereby influence the emergence of new relations of power and privilege. 19 In addition to literary theory, Abbasid sources themselves confirm the power of the poet to move his audience publicly and demonstrate his influence in the face of royal authority. AI-BuJ:tturI, in particular, plays a special role for 14 15 16 17 18 19
Cf. S. Stetkevych 1994, 1996b, 1997a. al-~tln, Akhbiir al-Bubturi, 101. Ibid. al-MasctldI, Muruj, 4: 135. Cf. S. Stetkevych 1994, 1996a. Bauman 1977,43-4.
Samer Mahdy Ali
Praise for Murder?
the Abbasid dynasty. More than any other contemporary, he uses his personal stature as a poet-hero simultaneously to vent discontent and to uphold the public image of the Abbasids as sacred, legitimate, and generous rulers. In the Samarran era, he endures as caliphs are made and unmade. He serves a total of six rulers: al-Mutawakkil, al-Munta~ir (r. 247-8/861-2), al-MustaCin (r. 248-52/862-6), al-MuCtazz, al-Muhtadi (r. 255-6/86970), and al-MuCtamid (r. 256-79/870-92), in addition to their vassals and subordinates. Even the pious al-Muhtadi, known for his dislike of poets, had to concede al-Bul).turl's role in promoting the Abbasid line, calling him "the orator of our family and the poet of our dynasty."20 Moreover, the fact that such an honor is transmitted in Ibn aVImranl's historical work, some seven centuries after al-Bul).turi, attests to the readiness of later authors to concur in retrospect with this assessment.
Crotty notes that in the Homeric epic, supplication scenes gain dramatic force precisely because the supplicant exhibits the capacity to shame the benefactor into showing mercy.24 By appealing to a verbal ritual and a time-honored code of heroism, the seemingly weak possess and exercise the power to give or deny society's approva1. 25 In short, Crotty's formulations and al-Bul}turi's phrasing indicate that there is surprising potential for a poet to gain power in the rituals of supplication before an assembly. For al-Bul).turi, the proof of influence is that his requests are not denied and that his verbal productions function as symbolic commodities in an exchange of "gifts for the needy and ransom for the captives." According to al-Bul:J.turi, the stature that the poet gains from the exercise of influence inevitably enhances the artistic reach of his panegyric as it circulates. In a marvelously self-reflexive line, he explains,
4
wa-I-madbu laysa yajuzu qii~iyata l-madii baltii yakuna l-majdu majda l-shii cirj26
In the autumn of his life, al-Bul).turi has reason to boast of his verbal prowess: in abqa aw ahlik fa-qad niltu llati malaJat ~udura aqiiribiwa-Cudiiti wa-ghanitu nadmiina l-khaliiVi niibihan dhikri wa-niiCimatan bi-him nashawiiti wa-shafaCtufi l-amri l-jalili ilayhimu bacda l-jalili fa-anjabu talabiiti
And panegyric cannot spread far and wide unless the glory is the glory of the poet. H is important to stress that the poet's display of power is to some extent competitive. According to Ibn Rash'iq, a poet's plea is most alluring when he inspires his patron to make a concession. This, he argues, makes poets more noble than state secretaries: Some object that poets perennially serve secretaries, but that we never find state secretaries serving poets. They [the critics] are, however, unaware of certain facts (anbiil It happens to be this way only because the poet relies on his own devices. With what he wields, he can overpower the secretary and even the king. He [the poet] demands what they possess! And he can take it! As for the secretary, with what instrument (iila) does he appeal (yaq~udu) to the poet and ask (yarju) him for what he possesses?27
wa-~anaCtufi l-carabi 1-~aniiYa cindahum min rifdi tulliibin wa-fakki cuniitj21
Whether I live on or die, I have supplied words that have filled the hearts of my relatives and foes. I remained a companion of caliphs, celebrating my glory, and, because of them, my reveries were sweet! I interceded in one mighty matter after another, and they met my requests. I performed for the Arabs good works: gifts for the needy and ransom for the captives. In part, al-Bul).tur'i's pride in his accomplishment rests on his ability to intercede or petition, and thereby obtain concessions. Moreover, supplication in the form of panegyric verse is made memorable, transmittable, and performable, thus immortalizing an encounter between supplicant and benefactor for generations of audiences. In apparent irony, the poet's need and deprivation are transformed into power when he displays his vulnerability. As S. Stetkevych proposed,22 Kevin Crotty's observations on the Homeric epic equally apply to supplication scenes at the Abbasid court. Because supplication calls upon parallel situations in group memory, whose characters and roles are familiar, supplication "enables the participants to experience victory, shame, memory, and pity in an especially compelling way and to apprehend and configure them anew."23
20 21 22 23
Ibn al-'ImranI (d. 95011543), al-InbiP, 136. Ibn Rashlq (d. 45611063), al-cUmda, 1: 81 and al-BulfturI, Diwiin, 1: 365. s. Stetkevych 1997a. Crotty 1994, 19.
5
Implicit in these comments is a vision of supplication that views the patron's sacrifice as a prize or a trophy. The poet's stature is in essence measured by his ability to extract favors. The favor may entail a direct gift to the poet, but Ibn Rash'iq is careful to give several examples of poets who approach their patron on behalf of others. 28 That is, he shows the poet playing a mythic role as an intercessor or redeemer (shafi) before a fearsome authority.29 Based on the way al-Bul).tur'i presents himself to his audiences, his reception, and modem theoretical formulations, this study recognizes the poet's role as not only politically influential, but mythic by virtue of his capacity to assume convincingly the role of supplicant or redeemer in the face of awesome authority. In doing so,
24 25 26 27 28 29
Ibid., 5, 18-19. Ibid. al-BulfturI, Diwiin, 2: 1018. Ibn Rashiq, cUmda, 1: 12. Ibid., 1: 73-88. One such example is the role that 'A1qama b. 'Abada played in redeeming his brother (or nephew) held prisoner by the Ghassiinid king al-I:Iarith. In this case, the praise poem serves as an offering in a ritual gift exchange, namely as a ransom bid, which the king will value more than a languishing prisoner (S. Stetkevych 1994,3). Alternatively, the case of the fugitive Ka'b b. Zuhayr illustrates that the poet can present a gift of praise in order to redeem himself and essentially buy back his (renewed) life (ibid., 36).
6
Samer Mahdy Ali
he invokes time-honored beliefs and attitudes about the vulnerability of hfe, the prospects of renewal, and the need for cosmic order. Following Crotty's approach to Homeric supplication, one might find it useful to view caliphal panegyric as a show of verbal prowess in the face of royal authority. While thc caliphal patron has an interest in preserving a public image of munificence, the poet safeguards his privilege of verbal effectiveness as measured by favors granted. Within this rapport, the poet can be expected to employ wisely strategies that help achieve his interests, which categorically benefit society at large by providing a model of how subordinates can gain surprising leverage through oratory in the face of authority. Most importantly, poets serve as models of tenacity, One should not presume, however, that resistance inevitably leads to victory or revolution. There are no clear winners or losers, and in an Arab courtly context, neither poets nor their patrons would benefit from dominating the other. Michel Foucault offers a useful theoretical formulation on the exercise of power, which stresses its dialectical and interactional dimensions. He notes that power relations are characterized by "a perpetual battle rather than a contract regulating a transaction or the conquest of territory."30 If we read panegyric as an AraboIslamic discourse on power and patronage, the exchange between poet and patron can be viewed, following Foucault, as an exchange of messages. These messages are not an end in themselves, but a means of defining and adjusting a relationship, and therefore they can be "a hindrance, a stumbling-block, a point of resistance and a starting point for an opposing strategy."31 In short, the discourse between poets and patrons demonstrates that interaction is possible between these two interested groups, despite the layers of intimidation employed by monarchs. In tandem with a discursive approach, there is a need to expand our conception of artistic communication to encompass verbal as well as non-verbal art (such as the material culture) in a community, and to realize the dialectal relationships among diverse art forms. 32 In the present case, the poet communicates most notably in verse, but his artistic expressions respond to the symbols used by the king, most visibly here in the monumental symbolism of the palace. This approach follows Richard Bauman and Charles Briggs's contention that artistic expressions act as modes of persuasion, enabling interested parties in a cultural setting to communicate and compete for privilege and recognition. 33 The poet's role herein stands in a dialectical tension with the king's. Vis-a.-vis the poet, the monarch uses architectural symbolism to evoke and claim the mythic role of sacral king. In the face of the caliph's absolute power, embodied in the palace, the poet has the task - daunting as it may be - of convincing his audience of his own verbal prowess.
30 31 32 33
Foucault 1995,26. Foucault 1990, 1Ol. Bauman and Briggs Ibid., 61.
1990,60.
Praise for Murder?
7
Spatial Symbolism and the Power The (r. 218-27/833-42) is credited with moving the from Baghdad to Samarra within a year of his ascension to the throne. 34 His intention was to end the persistent friction between his Turkish troops and Baghdad's civilian population.3 5 The city remained the capital until al-MuCtamid decreed a return to Baghdad in 279/892. 36
Literary and architectural remains document that Abbasid caliphs commissioned palaces, which projected their cosmic centrality and, simultaneously, their putative control over the cosmos. Of the scores of palaces that were erected in Samarra, a few have been excavated, and some plans have been drawn and studied at least partially. The common theme of Samarran palaces appears to have been titanic size,37 which obliquely but forcefully implied the mythic stature of their owners.38 AI-Mutawakkil, for example, built a residence called al-Jawsaq al-Khaqan1 (2211836), which covered 432 acres, an area that took researchers twenty years to excavate.3 9 Planners designed the palace complex with enormous courtyards, wide gardens and parks, open air fountains, canals, game preserves, and polo grounds. There are several reflections in classical literary sources of the belief that al-Mutawakkil intended to evoke a cosmos with his palaces, as if he possessed and controlled a mythic realm. This idea crystallized in anecdotes and the very naming of some of his structures. In reference to al-Jawsaq al-Khaqan1, the Kitiib al-Diyiiriit reports that al-Mutawakkil asked Abu VAyna J - a courtier famous for his quick wit and sharp tongue - "What do you think of my residence here?" He replied, "I see people building homes in the world, but you build the world in your home."40 Thus, in its size and complexity, the creation of al-Mutawakkil "contains" the creation of God. Other anecdotes reveal a perception that the caliph projected his own centrality in architecture. When Jacfar al-Mutawakkil completed a new palace city just north of Samarra, he identified the city explicitly with himself: he named it al-Jacfariyya, called its chief palace al-Ja cfar1 (245-7/859-61), and requested that upon his death the edifice be his sepulcher.41 According to the Abbasid historian YaCqubi (d. 284/897), he held audience and said, "Now I know that I am indeed a king, for I have built myself a city and live in it."42 In a double overlay of meaning, the palace was an extension of the caliph's person and a thumbprint of the cosmos.
34 35 36 37
Gordon 2001,50; Northedge 1995. Northedge 1995. Gordon 2001, 141. Ettinghausen and Grabar 1987, 83-6; Creswell
1989, 337; Bloom and Blair 1997, 52; Hillenbrand 1994, 398-406. 38 Hillenbrand 1994,339. 39 Ibid. and Northedge 1993. 40 al-Shiibushti (d. 39911008 or earlier), Kitab al-Diyarat, 9. 41 Ibn (Abdrabbih (d. 328/940), (Iqd, 5: 344 and Northedge 1991, 78. 42 Creswell 1989, 367.
Samer Mahdy Ali
Praise for Murder?
The king's centrality was further embodied in the throne room of his palaces. In all of Balkuwara (235-45/849-59), I~tabulat 232-5/847-50), and
of daily prayer, proper burial, and pilgrimage. At least three Samarran palaces, Qa~r alIt?tabulat, and Qa~r al-CAshiq (ca. 264-8/877-82), are oriented with the processional axis pointing north-east. The use of the anti-qibla-axis enabled the caliph to face the Kaaba as God's sole vicar on earth. At the same time, this plan must have created a problem for visitors of the Muslim nobility.
8
To gain access to this central figure, a visitor to the Samarran palaces (usually a member of the nobility) had to traverse interminably long corridors of procession. To endure adversity implied deference to the king, and was thus inscribed in bodily practices. In Balkuwara, the corridor measured some 575 meters,45 that of I~tabulat 1,000 meters,46 while the earliest and longest was al-Jawsaq al-Khaqani: with a procession of 1,400 meters, or nearly one mile. 47 In addition, the axes of procession were often designed with built-in stages that suggested a drama of self-transformation resembling cultic initiation rites. Samarran architects contrasted vast open courtyards (sensory overload) with tightly-knit warrens (sensory deprivation), which enabled them sufficiently to awe visitors by physically and psychologically shocking them with the extreme contrasts of space usage, lighting, and, in the summer, temperature. Since in every palace the main axis was also processional, one might associate the protracted discomfort of traversing the sun-baked courtyard (fina )48 with the rite of passage reflected in many ceremonial poems. The rite of passage in the ode has been well documented as a formula of composition and as an artistic transformation. 49 The parataxis of triumphant arches and vast courtyards offered the visitor a walk, sure to remind him of his smallness as he pondered the majesty of his host and to produce the proper frame of mind - fear of the caliph's wrath and hope for his beneficence. J
Caliphs were not only convinced of their own power and centrality but were also jealous of competing localities that might be recognized as empowering and central to others. Of the palaces that have been excavated and studied, three at Samarra were oriented in opposition to the holiest site in Islam, the Kaaba, which indicated the direction (qibla)
43 44 45 46 47 48 49
See plans in Hillenbrand 1994, 575-7; Northedge 1991, 78; 1992,81; and 1993. Hillenbrand 1994,406-7. For an earlier dating, see Creswell 1989,339-42 and Northedge 1992,68. Hillenbrand 1994, 575. Ibid. Ibid.; Creswell 1989, 337; and Bloom and Blair 1997, 52. Lane 1984, s.v. "f-n-y." Note the paronomasia (jinas) betweenjina' (courtyard) andfana' (death). S. Stetkevych 1994,3; 1996a, 44; 1993, 7. Balkuwara embodied the symbolism through elevation. The axis of procession traversed three planes (Hillenbrand 1994, 398-406), so that a visitor proceeded upward through the symbolic rite of passage.
9
If a visitor were to tum his back to the caliph, this would constitute a vulgar gesture to the court. 50 When the visitor departed, propriety demanded that he exit the throne room by walking backwards. 5 I In the case of three known palaces, the anti-qibla processional axis forced the visitor to honor the caliph ceremonially with his front and desecrate the qihla with his back as he moved, bowed, and prostrated in fulfillment of court protocol. As the qibla is, for pious Muslims, the most symbolic of bodily orientations, the medieval subject had figuratively to offend either God or the caliph, creating a hierarchical conflict between God and his first executive. In Baghdad, orientation and architecture were used even more explicitly to entrap subjects. The city's palace abutted on the mosque so that, in the palace, subordinates had to tum their backs on the Holy Shrine - the pious center - and in the mosque, they did the same to the throne chamber - the caliph's center. 52 Marshall Hodgson notes that the ruler's appetite for conspicuous displays of submission provoked the anger of pious men of religion and true believers in general. 53 From their perspective, the caliph did not have the right to create any ceremony that resembled divine worship. In what was surely an affront to pious sensibilities, palace architecture was designed to draw the subordinate into a space beyond his control and force him to recognize royal authority as a goal of bodily ceremony, at the expense of Mecca. This is not to suggest that the subject was barred from the mosque space; instead the tension was meant to be tacit and covert. By sanctioning this pitting in opposition, caliphs fostered a conflict of loyalties in order subtly to deflate potentially legitimate pious rivals and critics among the cAlids, Qarmatians, Kharijites, and men of religion. In the Abbasid realm, Mecca thus represented an opposite center of power, the symbols of which caliphs sought to manipulate and mitigate. It is poetically significant that al-Bul).turi: had to venture to the palace's counter-center to acquire the power of redemption.
The Poet-Hero as Redeemer Owing to the imposed centrality of the king figure, his demise posed a catastrophe, which was potentially cathartic in both Semitic and Iranian culture. In ancient Persia the king was the personification of law that guided and protected subjects. Calvin McEwan explains that when the king died law ceased for five days.54 He further notes, "The king 50 Note how bodily orientation and choreography express the claims of authority on the performer (Connerton 1994, 71). 51 Pseudo-Jiil).i?, Kitab al-Taj, 8. 52 Hillenbrand 1994,395,574. 53 Hodgson 1974,283. 54 McEwan 1934, 18.
Samer Mahdy Ali
Praise for Murder?
was the state and its animate constitution."55 But the death of the king, to be sure, was not simply a tragedy for the court; it was a catastrophe that affected the commonwealth. Sperl observes that "when the king, as secular and religious of society, is killed or harmed the whole world order may collapse; diseases and destruction may afflict the land."56
A literary parallel can be found in the tragedy of Orestes' vengeance. Abbasid sources provide only fragments of poetry and narrative that structure the pathos of the court, but these coincide with Ancient Greek literary patterns of trauma, blood sacrifice, and redemption. The Orestes tragedy illustrates this emotional double bind, for it presents a clash between a son's duties to his unavenged father and those to his guilty mother. His father, Agamemnon, is away at war as the tragedy opens. His mother, Clytaemnestra, plots the murder of her husband upon his homecoming, in order to conceal her affair with Aegisthus. 63 Once Agamemnon is killed, the adulterers celebrate their new reign over the House of Atreus and their rule over Argos. The boy Orestes is sent away, and no hero remains to right the wrongs.
10
In lower ancient Mesopotamia, the death of the king was also deemed a woeful omen for the fertility of the land, causing drought and low crop yields. 57 In the same vein, though employing pastoral imagery, al-Nabigha al-Dhubyani (sixth century) warns in one poem, fa-in yahlik Abu Qabusa yahlik rab~u I-nasi wa-l-shahru l-baramu 58
If King Abu Qiibus 59 perishes, the vernal camps of all people and their sacred month perish with him.
In Bedouin life, "vernal camps" denoted the mildest season at a place where water and pasturage were sufficient to sustain a gathering of kin, which was a festive event among Bedouins.60 As a topos, however, it connoted an idyllic habitation, one that was cosmologically "primal."61 The loss of vernal camps, and the accompanying sacred months (for pilgrimage, slaughter, and feasting),62 represented a collapse of tribal joys and customs.
11
Lesser members of the House of Atreus live in fear, but cannot forget the unavenged blood of Agamemnon. Orestes' sisters, Electra and Chrysothemis, are powerless to avenge their father's blood themselves, but they decry their culpable mother and her lover by castigating them in public and frequenting their father's grave. 64 In The Libation Bearers, Electra visits the grave of "godlike Agamemnon" and unleashes her grievances: I ... call upon my father: Pity me; pity your own Orestes. How shall we be lords in our house? We have been sold, and go as wanderers because our mother bought herself, for us, a man, Aegisthus, he who helped her hand to cut you down. Now I am what a slave is, and Orestes lives outcast from his great properties, while they go proud in the high style and luxury of what you worked to win. By some good fortune let Orestes come back home. Such is my prayer, my father. Hear me; hear. 65
The death of al-Mutawakkil posed graver problems still because the king did not quietly pass away; he was assassinated in his own dwelling. As a patricide, this death threw the court into a moral and political conflict due to a clash of imperatives. Courtiers who felt loyalty to the Abbasid caliphate - presumably all but a small faction - found themselves in a double bind. On the one hand, they had the duty to avenge or at least grieve thc dead king, and on the other, they had to greet the successor. Under the circumstances, the one deserving welcome also deserved wrath. Fulfilling both duties was impossible, and failing to do so dishonorable. A general feeling of shame thus prevailed at the court for not being able - out of fear - to act honorably. The court needed a redeemer.
The supplication not only reveals Electra's anguish after the regicide, or patricide, but her vision of a hero to rid the House of Atreus of wrongdoing and infamy, namely, Orestes.
55 56 57 58 59 60 61
While away, Orestes is haunted by spirits to avenge Agamemnon's blood and warned by Apollo and Zeus that, if he fails, he will suffer the fate of an outcast, debarred from temple and sacrifice and afflicted with leprosy.66 To fulfill this imperative, however, Orestes risks angering the furies, for avenging his father means matricide. The boy who once drew milk from his mother's bosom must, as a man, now draw blood. 67 Aegisthus, in the meantime, lives in fear of Clytaemnestra's son, but when drunk becomes contemptuous. On one occasion, he dances on Agamemnon's grave and pelts the headstone with rocks, singing, "Come Orestes, come and defend your own!"68 The villain is tempting fate, and the hero is burning to oblige him.
Ibid. Sperl 1977, 23. al-Nu aymI1995,92. Ibid. The Lakhmid king of al-~Ilra, al-Nucman III b. Mundhir (r. 580-602). Cole 1975,47. J. Stetkevych 1994, 66. The psychological and semiotic richness of rabr can perhaps be captured in a scene of both subjective space and time. It is therefore useful to link it with M. M. Bakhtin's idea of chronotope: "Time, as it were, thickens, takes on flesh, becomes artistically visible; likewise, space becomes charged and responsive to the movements of time" (Bakhtin 1981, 84). Similarly, Theodor Gaster expresses a space-time image with his term topocosm. With it, he indicates anxiety and joy as the earth dies and comes back to life with the seasonal waning and waxing of daylight (1961,24). See also J. Stetkevych 1994, particularly the section on rab( (Vernal Encampment). 62 Four months were considered non-combat periods, the first three being consecutive: Dhii l-Qacda, Dhii I-I:J:ijja, al-MuJ:;J.aITam, and Rajab (Ibn Man?Ur (d. 71111311), Lisan, s.v. "l).-r-m"). C
63 64 65 66 67 68
Graves 1955,415. Ibid., 420. Aeschylus (d. 455 Be), The Libation Bearers, ll. 129-39. Graves 1955, 420. Ibid. Ibid., 419.
12
Praise for Murder?
Samer Mahdy Ali
Though different in detail, the situation at the Abbasid court is roughly analogous, for the narrative of the regicide is highly stylized to suit convention. Regicide narratives, such as in Oedipus, Julius Caesar, Hamlet, Macbeth, and the slaying of I:Jujr the father ofImru! al-Qays, share the motif of treachery at the hands of kin or allies, whence they derive their "primordial horror."69 Along with the horror, treachery evokes shame in those who are helpless to thwart or redress it. For example, Electra complains that she and her brother "have been sold, and go as wanderers because our mother bought herself, for us, a man." The mother's woeful "sale" brings about a new, vulnerable condition for her children. Electra says, "Now I am what a slave is, and Orestes lives outcast from his great properties."70 From pride and status, she and her brother are cast out because of their lack of power to prevent or remedy the situation. A similar sense of shame can be found at the Abbasid court. We read in the Kitiib alAghiinf about a poetess named Fa41 (d. ca. 257/871), who composed an elegy for a1Mutawakkil which virtually echoes Electra and the chorus. Conflicting imperatives immobilize her; she is conscious of the demands upon her, but tragically tom. Fa<;ll is asked on the morning after the murder, "What befell you yesterday?" and she sings through tears: inn a I-zamana bi-dha~/in kana ya!/ubuna ma kana aghfalana (anhu wa-ashana ma II wa-li/-dahri qad a~ba~tu hirnmatahu rna II wa-li/-dahri ma lil-dahri la kana71
Time has demanded revenge from us But how unmindful we were, how heedless! What does Fate want from me, that I have become its aim? What does Fate want from me? Would that Fate existed not. The poet Dicbil al-Khuzaci (d. 246/860) also sensed that courtiers could not fully grieve the father, nor salute the accession of the son. They were trapped: khalifatun mata lam ya}saf lahu a~adun wa-qama akharu lam yafra~ biM a~adu72
A caliph died for whom no one grieves, and another rose for whom no one rejoices. CAll b. al-Jahm (d. 249/863), furthermore, exacerbated the collective shame by voicing his disbelief: a-yuqtalu fi dari I-khilafati Jayarun (ala furqatin ~abran wa-antum shuhuduha fa-Ia talibun lil-tha}ri min ba(di mawtihi wa-Ia dajtun (an nafsihi man yuriduha73
69 S. Stetkevych 1993,244. 70 Aeschylus, The Libation Bearers, 11. 129-39. 71 al-I~fahanl (d. 356/967), al-Aghiinl, 19: 310. 72 aJ-Maqdisl (fl. 355/966), al-Bad), 6: 123. 73 CAn b. aJ-Jahm, Dlwiin, 116, vv. 30-1.
13
Was Jacfar killed treacherously in the caliphate's residence, while away from allies, and you all stood by? And is there no one to avenge him, upon his death, nor anyone to defend his life from those who want it? AI-Masciidl's narrative stresses the cowardice of those present when the crime occurred. Except for al-Fat}:l b. Khaqan, the caliph's familiar and vizier, all attendees failed to stand and fight. AI-Masciidi reports that the Turkish guards stormed the chamber; then "when the slave-boys and those present among the familiars (julasii)) and boon companions (nudamii)) saw them, they ran away helter-skelter Calii wujiihihim )."74 The caliph's courtiers are stjIl ridiculed seven centuries after the murder: the sixtecnthcentury historian Ibn al- cImrani reports that the lion-hearted al-Fat}:l threw himself before the caliph to shield him and cried, "There is no life without you, 0 Commander of the Faithful." In contrast, an effete courtier ran for the door, screaming, "A thousand lives without you, 0 Commander of the Faithful."75 Narratives close to the event, however, convey no humor. Honor required the son to slay the murderers, but they were his co-conspirators. Who then could rise up against him and remedy such a loathsome situation? Marwan b. Ahi I-Janiib (the Younger) (d. after 247/861) in particular invoked the pulpit as an emblem of caliphal authority, proclaiming that if the son does not avenge his father, the pulpit "will never cease to weep for him [the father]."76 In effect, Ibn Abi I:Iaf~a issued a reminder to the heir that the pulpit will testifY against him. In the wake of the son's inaction, another person was to redress the crisis.
Mandate for Sacrifice The pre-Islamic elegy (rithii)) calling for vengeance (tha)r) follows a ritual pattern, namely that of the rite of sacrifice. 77 In poems and anecdotes, blood vengeance functions as a sacrifice for the deceased and evinces a particular tripartite structure.7 8 In this respect, al-Bu1).turi's elegy evokes a pre-Islamic tradition of poetic vengeance and proposes a renewal by shifting from "the profane to the sacred and from the sacred back to the profane."79 It has also been observed that this structure brings about a new status for the poet in that the tripartite form of the rite of sacrifice coincides with Arnold van Gennep's rite of passage. In this regard, blood vengeance is a religious act that modifies the moral and social condition of the avenger when he offers up a victim and shoulders the burden of avenging his slain kinsman. 80 In the case of al-Bu1).turl's blood vengeance, the dynamics hark back to ancient Arab tribal precedents. However, the poet's 74 aJ-Mas(udl, Muruj, 4: 120; for 'alii wujuhihim, see Hava 1970, s.v. "w-j-h," and Lane 1984, s.v. "w-j-h." 75 Ibn al-cImriinl, al-Inbii}, 120. 76 Ibn Kathrr (d. ca. 77411373), al-Bidiiya, 10: 804. 77 S. Stetkevych 1993, 55. 78 Ibid., 57. 79 Ibid., 56, 75. 80 Ibid.
..-.
~'--'~.~
14
..
...= ........
-~.~~-;.,..-~~"
~
Praise for Murder?
Samer Mahdy Ali
I cannot forget the gloom of the palace when its herds were frightened, and its fawns and calves were terrified,
ambit of influence, as a redeemer, will be to reflect the changes he effects for an imperial, not a tribal, community. It is also the aim of this discussion to emphasize ..... c"H.n.""u the poet relies on and these verbal are neither hackneyed nor invariably convincing. From a performance perspective, it will be necessary to illustrate how the poet sustains the emotional involvement of his audience. If he can do so, the poet ascends to new heights in his profession. The historian al-Tabarl suggests that pressure mounted on the court to take swift action to fend off a state crisis. He reports that some 20,000 horsemen offered to avenge alMutawakkil, among them even vagabonds and gangsters. S! The narrative implies that even lowly men know the duty to avenge a slain leader. The poet's solution was neither to deny the tragedy nor to take up the sword himself, but to attempt to galvanize court opinion to avenge al-Mutawakkil and to install a suitable heir. AI-Bul)turl first uses his elegy to move from the profane to the sacred, consistent with the rites of blood vengeance. 82 In the elegy, the poet affirms the anguish of the court, shoulders the brunt of that burden and vows to draw blood. The opening of an elegy does not usually include a nasib with its bittersweet themes of lost love, people, and places. Rather, Ibn Rashiq explains that the poet in a state of shock and mourning preoccupies himself with the heavy business of conveying sad news. 83 He further elaborates that an excellent elegy "evinces distress and conveys sorrow, mingling grief, sadness, and the magnitude [of the moment]."S4 In other words, the specific losses of the day are framed in an elegiac idiom used to express distress and sorrow universally. In the opening of al-Bu1.Ituri's elegy, the specifics of the moment are lifted to the level of the universal. The ode then escalates in intensity as the poet faults those present and absent, then, dramatically, himself. At this point (v. 25), he forswears wine until blood vengeance is achieved: 85 A halting place on the Qatf!l, its fading [traces] have worn away; like an army, the calamities of fate attacked it repeatedly, As if the east wind is fulfilling its pledges, when it unfurls, lagging gusts blow evening and morning.
and when departure was announced, and covers and curtains were hastily torn down, nor its desolation, as if no kind soul ever lived there and no scene ever delighted the eye. 10 As if the caliphate never slumbered there with its carefree mien nor did kingship ever rise with a bright complexion. [And as if] the world had not gathered there its splendor and radiance, nor were [the twigs of] life, when broken, sappy and tender within. Where are the forbidding curtain, the doors and chambers that were impregnable? And where is the pillar of the people when disaster strikes? Where is the man among them who forbids and commands fate? His assassins lay in wait for him covertlyit would have been more worthy for his assassin to come openly! 15 His guards did not fight back death, nor did his wealth and stores defend him. The one hoped for failed to help the" Mighty" (al-MuCtazz); the truly mighty among his tribe is he whose helper is mighty.86 Death appeared to his Fatl,1 (Help), and his Tahir (Pure) was away in Khurasan. 87 If the dead one had lived or the distant one been near, the cycles of fortune would have turned away from disaster. If CUbaydallah [b. Yal,1ya b. Khaqan] had had support against them, coming [out] would have been difficult for those going [in]to the affair. 88 20 Passion misled reason; an age came to an end; death was urged on by the fates. The clan of the victim violated by murder was not to be feared; no shame protects its pegs and ropes.
Many a gentle era, over here; the selvages of those years were delicate and their foliage was budding.
He is a slain man from whom swords sought the last breath of life, which he bestowed generously while death's talons turned red.
The beauty of the Jacfari palace turned and so its pleasant company; The Jacfari collapsed both within and without. 5
81 82 83 84 85
I was trying to defend him with my two hands, but one man cannot deter the many enemies at night without arms and armor.
Those who dwelt there left abruptly; its abodes and graves became alike. When we visit it, our grief is renewed, while before this day, the visitor would delight. al-TabarI, Ta)rlkh, 9: 229. S. Stetkevych 1993, 57. Ibn Rashlq, al-'Umda, 2: 839. Ibid., 2: 831. I have relied on the text of al-~ayrafi's edition (1977, 2: 1045). The ode is composed in the !awl! meter with the rhyme -ruh. The complete Arabic text is included in the appendix.
IS
If my sword had been in my hand at the time of fighting, the swift murderer would have learned how I attack. 25 Forbidden to me is wine after [your murder], until I see blood for [your] blood streaming on the ground. 86 87 88
AI-MuCtazz b. al-Mutawakkil would have been the rightful heir to the throne; see Bosworth 1993. AI-Fatl,l b. Khaqan, the caliph's confidant, died shielding him with his own body; see Pinto 1965. Tahir b. 'Abdallah was the Abbasid governor of Khurasan in 230-48/844-62; see Bosworth 2000. 'UbaydaUah b. Yal:lYa b. Khaqan (d. 263/877) served al-Mutawakkil and later al-Mu'tamid as vizier; see Sourdel 1971.
16
Samer Mahdy Ali
Shall I hope that an avenger will seek blood vengeance ever, while [your] avenger is the slayer himself? Did the heir apparent harbor betrayal? Then how strange that his betrayer was appointed heir! May the survivor never enjoy the legacy of him who died; may his mosque pulpits not bear benedictions for him. May the suspect never find refuge; may he who drew the sword in treason not escape from the sword, nor he who pointed it. 30 How excellent is the blood you shed on Ja
The qa.Jida can be divided into four sections: opening lament (vv. 1-11), accusation of the court (vv. 12-25) and the successor (vv. 26-9), and denial of allegiance (vv. 30-3). The first line, however subtly, conveys the announcement of death (nay). As it circulates, it artfully sends a warning and serves as a message within the elegy.89 AI-Bu1;tturl announces the death only by insinuating it. The caliph is neither named nor mentioned. His official dwelling is alluded to as "a halting place" (mal:lall) located on the Qatu1 channel (v. 1). The poet plies a partial pun (jinas) between the name of the waterway (Qatul) and "murderer" (qatul), thereby piquing the listener's curiosity and prefiguring the news to corne. A suggestion of betrayal is contained in his reference to calamities attacking the traces "like an army," since Turkish troops were a hallmark of the palace. The lack of literalism places greater emphasis on the symbolic, archetypal significance of losing a leader. AI-Bu1;ttud not only conveys news in the first line, he uses the lyrical idiom of the nasib to transfigure a temporal, localized crisis into a cataclysm of mythic proportions. Though he comments on actual events outside the artistic frame of the ode, they are expressed through the symbolic, evocative, and universal world of the nasib. 90 The opening of the ode employs lexically charged words typical of the naslb: the place is dathir (v. 1), wearing or fading away like traces of human habitation in the sand; fate (dahr) shows itself as an enemy of organized social life (v. 1); the gentle east wind (al-~aba) ends abruptly (v. 2). There is a pervasive elegiac mood as the poet expresses the omi-
89 S. Stetkevych 1993, 82.
90
means of broadcasting the news of al-Mutawakkil' s death, when he says, atatna l-qawafi ~arikhatin li-faqdihl mu~allamatan arjazuha wa-qa~iduha (Diwan, 117, v. 39). Verses came to us screaming his loss; their folk and courtly meters were self-mutilated [out of grief]. Cf. J. Stetkevych 1993,62.
Praise for Murder?
17
nous deprivation felt in the present, in contrast to the glorious past cultivated by alMutawakkil (vv. 3-11). The lament concludes with acutely lyrical phrasing in the inventive (bad'i') which characterized much of the Abbasid with its "intentional, conscious encoding of abstract meaning into metaphor."91 In line 3, the mood is constructed with a borrowing from Abu Tammam, "the selvages (bawashi) of those years."92 Here, sweet memories are metaphorically depicted as a garment, whose selvages are soft and delicate. AI-Bu1;tturl also heightens the loss of life (and innocence) using the metaphor of broken twigs (makasir) that are filled with sap (v. 11). This metaphor, likewise taken from Abll Tammam, paints al-Mutawakkil's reign in ideal terms as fresh, pliant, moist,93 and thus by extension young and full of life. The use of makiisir metaphorically suggests a life cut down in its prime. By way of reception, one can note that centuries after al-Bu1;tturi this elegy impressed the poet-warrior Usama b. Munqidh (d. 58411188) who recalled it as a touchstone for the loss of idyllic places. 94 In the second section of the ode (vv. 12-25), the poet hints at al-Fat1;t's heroism, but denounces all other members of the court for their criminal actions or omissions as he works toward his own assumption of responsibility. After nine lines that lament the end of a golden era, the weight of al-Bu1;tturi' s censure falls heavily on those who actively or passively contributed to the late caliph's demise. The list is extensive and includes chamberlains (v. 12), army personnel (v. 13), the assassins themselves (v. 14), personal guards (v. 15), the caliph's "good" son al-Mu
A group that is unable to fight off aggression has little hope of security. The murder lays open the bitter reality that the dynasty has waned in might and grandeur. The poet admits that the Abbasids and their entourage have suffered a decline followed by a new, more vulnerable status. AI-Bu1;tturl's sentiment echoes Electra's admission at Agamemnon's grave. 95 As the list of recriminations grows, the poet claims the ultimate burden as one of the men closest to the deceased caliph both in terms of proximity and rapport. The assumption of responsibility, it would seem, is critical to the persuasive effectiveness of his atonement procedure. Robertson Smith notes that a pre-condition of sin-offering in Semitic culture is that the "priest" represents the sinner "or bears his sin."96 In lines 23 and 24, the poet's admission of fault enables him to shoulder the court's burdens, in91 92 93 94 95 96
S. Stetkevych 1991,8. Ibid., 69. Lane 1984, s.v. "gh-<;l-<;l"; cf. S. Stetkevych 1991, 114, 124. Usama b. Munqidh, a I-Man azil, 200-1. AI-MaqqarI (d. 104111632) in Nafo. al-!fb also considers it proverbial (2: 47). Aeschylus, The Libation Bearers, 11. 129-39. Smith 1894,344,349.
Samer Mahdy Ali
Praise for Murder?
eluding those of the heir, to perform the ritual sacrifice. He marks his resolve with a graphic vow:
The panegyric ode conventionally ends with a benediction for the patron. These wellwishes often invoke God or other concepts that are sacred and serve the function of endorsing the social order. 10 I Al-Bu1)turi accomplishes the opposite with his curses. In particular he profanes the successor al-Munta~ir, denying him even the slightest legitimacy:
18
Forbidden to me is wine after [your murder], until I see blood for [your] blood streaming on the ground (v. 25).
In the arena of politics, al-Bu1)turI's hope in this elegy was to delegitimize al-Munta~ir so that courtiers would then support the official heir, al-MuCtazz. His oath and call to vengeance thus underscore the crime's horror and the heir's guilt. In this vein, the remainder of the poem, particularly the rebuke (vv. 27-9), serves the public function of denying allegiance to a false caliph. Generations later, however, the political exigencies of the crisis became secondary to the ritual pattern formed by the juxtaposition of the two odes with the intervening ~ajj journey. At the mythic level, the end of the elegy would be recognized as a preparatory phase for a communal ritual of atonement. The convention of forswearing women, meat, ointment, wine, and the joys of communal life until blood has been spilt "amounts to excommunication or anathema and entry into the liminal or sacrificial phase."97 Almost paradoxically, the poet must exit the community to redress its traumas. The sacred or taboo phase of his rite ends only when he slaughters the sacrificial victim, i.e., fulfills the obligation to take blood vengeance. 98
May the survivor never enjoy the legacy of him who died; may his mosque pulpits not bear benedictions for him. May the suspect never find refuge; may he who drew the sword in treason not escape from the sword, nor he who pointed it (vv. 28-9).*
'Nhereas panegyric typically expresses or confirms allegiance and corroborates the caliph's claims to authority,102 invective (hijeP) amounts to "the substitution of an act of sedition for an act of ... submission."103 The Abbasid poet draws on well-established cultural precedents in pre-Islamic Arabia, in a manner that might be termed shamanistic, using curses and invective as a form of magic. The poet's curses are made all the more frightening by these links to the world of jinn and satans. 104 Not only does al-Bu1)turi publicly refuse to pledge his allegiance, but he also invites others to rebel against the man now labeled a traitor. 105 In the last four lines, he recaps the principal message and calls for a revolt: How excellent is the blood you shed on la'far's night, during a part of the night as black as pitch. *
In the third component of the elegy (vv. 26-9), the poet directs accusations partiCUlarly to the ousted heir apparent and inflicts a series of shocking curses (vv. 28-9). These are probably the biting verses that prompted al-Marzubani to label this poem as invective (hijiP).99 However, within the poetics of this elegy, the poet by his vow assumes a sacred and highly symbolic state. Moreover, he is ritually at this point a representative of the group. His first words are consistent with his liminal condition:
[You act] as if you do not know, under the whetted blades, who is his heir, his mourner, and avenger. I surely hope that the rule over you reverts to a scion of his character who does not betray him. To one who ponders ideas, whose equanimity is dreaded, when the hasty fool is dreaded for his whims (vv. 30-3).
Shall I hope that an avenger will seek blood vengeance ever, while [your] avenger is the slayer himself? Did the heir apparent harbor betrayal? Then how strange that his betrayer was appointed heir (vv. 26-7).100*
Lines 26 and 27 each express a pair of antitheses (fibiiq), the lines between which have been blurred producing an abomination. In the first instance, the poet concedes that the distinction between murderer (wiitir) and avenger (mawturun bi-l-dami) has faded. In the second instance, the distinction is lost between trust and betrayal, since the heir apparent (waliyyu l-Cahdi: lit. entrusted with the covenant [of succession]) concealed betrayal (ghadra). The moral structure of the community relies on clear categories of membership and exclusion as reflected in these dyads. When these distinctions break down, so too does the social order.
97 98 99 100
S. Stetkevych 1993, 72. Ibid. al-MarzubiinI (d. ca. 384/994), al-Muwashsha~, 418. For a discussion of the textual history ofvv. 27, 28, and 30 (marked with asterisk) see p. 20 below.
19
In these lines, al-Bu1)turI, who has so far been speaking in the first person, addresses the second person plural, thereby directing his message collectively to those who aided the false heir. This audience is accused of failing to recognize which scion could genuinely serve as heir, mourner, and avenger to al-Mutawakkil. Moreover, he admonishes them (and the umma as a whole) not to let the community be ruled by a renegade (vv. 32-3). Naturally, for al-Bu1)turi, the only advisable alternative is the ascension of another heir, namely al-MuCtazz. But al-Munta~ir persists as caliph. Nevertheless, the ritual value of these verses also persists. His political troubles exacerbate his battered image and enhance the verbal prowess of the poet. A poet in performance is faced with the demands of attracting and holding the attention of an unstable audience. 106 Simultaneously, he bears the responsibility of ensuring the 101 102 103 104 105 106
Monroe 1971, 13. S. Stetkevych 1996a, 43. Ibid., 59. al-Nu'aymi1995, 69-70. Cf. S. Stetkevych 1996a, 59. Lord 1960, 16; Bauman 1977,39-40; Nagy 1996, 19.
20
Praise for Murder?
Samer Mahdy Ali
long-term artistic appeal of his creations, which may call for further textual changes in order to protect the continuity of his endeavor. 107 One anecdote in particular indicates that some litterateurs (udabiP) held that the elegy had a dynamic compositional history. To wit, the anecdote suggests that the socio-political pressures of the court put the shortand long-term appeal of the ode into mutual conflict. The compromise, it is believed, was a succession of textual adjustments in different performance settings. Al-~ul1 reports that lines 27, 28, and 30 - three of the eight lines of rebuke - were added later by the poet during the reign of al-Mu'tazz in order to curry favor with him. Al-~ul1 says, "I asked 'Abdallah b. al-Mu'tazz, 'Did al-Bul:tturl [really] dare to say, when al-Mutawakkil was killed on the day of al-Munta~ir, 'How excellent is the blood ... May his mosque pulpits not bear benedictions for him' [al-~ayrafi's vv. 30, 27, 28 (in this order)]."108 Ibn al-Mu'tazz replied, "He composed the lines only during the reign of al-MuCtazz to ingratiate himself to him thereby (yataqarrabu bihii ilayhi)." According to the anecdote, al-Bu~tur1 responded to the diverging expectations of two audiences. At the time of the murder, he issued a slightly milder rebuke of al-Munta~ir, because the outcome of the succession struggle was still uncertain. For al-Munta~ir's sibling and successor, alMu'tazz, the poet later amplified the onus upon al-Munta~ir, giving subsequent generations further dramatic tension in the atonement rite. This anecdote not only suggests the poet's capacity and willingness to adjust the texts in response to changing conditions, but the readiness of audiences to rate an ode not by historical veracity, but by artistic impact and, ultimately, persuasiveness. AI-Bul:tturI's intensified rebuke of al-Munta~ir won circulation in several historical and literary sources. AI-MascudI, in narrating the story of the murder, recalled lines 27 and 28, both full of condemnation. 109 Similarly, al-I:Iu~rI (d. 413/1022) in his Zahr al-iidiib cited eleven lines of the poem, including lines 26 and 28. 110 He quotes Abu }-CAbbiis Thaclab as commenting, "No better Hiishimite [ode] was ever said. [AI-Bu~turI] spoke in it the truth like someone whom misfortune has distracted from fearing the consequences." These indications suggest that the elegy's textual adjustments sustained audiences' attention over nearly two centuries and maintained its appeal as an ode confirming the burden of those involved. One might also speculate that the adjustments were not the invention of the poet, but that of later generations of performers who sought to sharpen the poem for maximum rhetorical effect. In either case, al-Bul:tturI or his performers shouldered the responsibility of communication to an audience.
21
The Court's Redeemer After composing the shocking elegy, al-Bul:tturl is said to havc performed the ~ajj.lll The Syrian poet and writer Abu l-CAlii) al-Macarri (d. 44911058) sensed al-Bul:tturl's artifice when he characterized his pilgrimage as the proverbial ~ajj for reasons other than religious piety: ~ajja min ghayri tuqan .'jii~ibunii ka-akhi Bu~tura (lima I-Munta.'jir 112
Our friend performed pilgrimage without piety as did my brother from Bu1)tur the year of al-Munta~ir. Al-~uli gives the impression that a mood of anticipation prevailed until al-Bul:tturi's return. AI-Munta~ir initiated a series ofpro-cAlid policies, but no poet dared celebrate this development. l13 AI-Bu~turl had created a ritual tension and he was to be the sole bearer of dispensation, which would come in the form of a praise qa~'ida, dedicated to al-Munta~ir upon the poet's return. This panegyric follows the pattern of nas'ib-ra~'il-mad'i~, elegiac prelude (vv. 1-10), journey transition (vv. 12-13), and triumphant praise (vv. 1436). The tripartite form mimics the real experience of the rite of passage. Like the ritual of passage, the ode brings about new social conditions. 114 The ode and the rite of passage both begin with themes of detachment from the community, followed by a transitional liminal state outside the community, and they conclude with reaggregation into the community. The rite of passage effectively "modifies the condition of the moral person who accomplishes it."115 The poet, as group representative, brings about an atonement, but he undergoes a passage as poet as well. If successful, the panegyric enables him to prove his verbal prowess in playing the role of redeemer.
His bid is most prominently insinuated in the ~ajj-rab'il section, which stands as a rejoinder to the spatial strategies of the Abbasid caliphs. One can recall at this point that courtiers were essentially forced to desecrate the Kaaba as they turned their backs on the Holy Shrine in order to face and bow toward the throne. Bodily orientation was consciously prescribed and circumscribed within these grandiose palaces. No doubt, these hubristic designs were sanctioned by caliphs in their bid for control over their subjects. AI-Bu~turl was able to tap covertly resentment toward the caliph by not only journeying beyond the court, but to its "opposing" center, as it were. This proves to be more than a ritual creation of a new order for the court. The poet successfully challenges authority by giving voice to the audience's sentiments. According to the poem's literary lore, al-Munta~ir wanted al-Bul:ttud to broadcast his new policies. He began his reign with goodwill gestures toward the cAlids, whom his father had persecuted. 116 In contrast, al-Munta~ir appointed cAlids to important and
107 Blachere 1952,1: 89-92; Nagy 1996,34,36. 108 al-~ulI, Akhbar al-Bu~turi, 102. 109 al-Mas'udI, Muruj, 4: 122. 11 0 al-I:Iu~rI, Zahr al-adab, 1: 215-16. The verses 4-5, 7-8, 6, 13-14, 22, 25-6, and 28 are cited in this order and with several textual variations.
111 a1-Ma'arrI, al-Luzumiyyat, 610. 112 Ibid.; a1-BuJ:.!.turI, Diwan, 2: 849. 113
a1-~iiII,
Akhbar al-Bu~turi, 100.
114 S. Stetkevych 1993, 7. 115 Hubert and Mauss 1981, 13. 116 al-~ulI, Akhbar al-Bu~turi, 100.
Samer Mahdy Ali
22
ceremonial positions and initiated a policy of distributing charity to them, which confirmed their bonds of kinship to the Abbasids and their status as protected subjects. He wanted to publicize his new policy toward the (Alids and implicitly contrast the cruelty of his predecessor with his more compassionate stance. AI-Bul;turi, upon his return from the ~ajj, as the story goes, sensed the caliph's hopes and seized the opportunity. Using an eerie nasib opening, al-Bul;turi stepped into the caliph's audience hall and said: 117 She smiles with white, filed [teeth] and gazes with dark languid eyes. She sways like the bough of an Arak-tree swept from the side by gusts of cool wind. (Among the scenes that stir the heart of a staid man are a graceful figure and a languid gaze.) Whatever I forget, I will not forget the years of youth and (Alwa when old age rebuked me. 5
Stars of gray adhered to [the black locks of] youth and diminished its beauty that once was plentiful. And I have found - do not deny it the black of passion in locks of gray. One must renounce, no doubt, one of two things: youth or long life. Have you ever seen how lightning unfurls? And how the phantom of an ungenerous beloved flashes by? Her apparition drew near us from Siwa, while we were praying by night at Batn Marf.
10 What does she want with pilgrims (al-mu~rimun), dragging at midnight their too wide garbs? They hastened by night to run at al-~afii, stone the Herms [at Mina], and touch the Stone. We performed the ~ajj to the House out of gratitude to God for what He gave us in al-Munta~ir: Forbearance when forbearance waned, and resolve when resolution crumbled. He bestows justice when he judges. He lavishes pardon when he decrees. 15 He remains constant in character: sufficient unto himself, of majestic rank. He does not endeavor to rule as a man who begins with good but follows it with evil. 118 117 See al-~ayrafi's edition (1977,2: 838). The ode is composed in the mutaqiirib meter with the rhyme -r, which features together echo the meter and rhyme of the elegy to al-Mutawakkil. The complete Arabic text is included in the appendix. 118 I have preferred the alternate reading by IJannii' al-Fiikhiirt (1995; 2: 420, v. 16): wa-thannii bi-shar. Here al-~ayrafi's edition has a corrupt meter and is inconsistent with the idea of one moral character elaborated in vv. 15-18.
Praise for Murder?
Nor is he fickle, conferring benefits in the evening and doing harm in the morning. Rather, he is as pure as the waters of storm clouds; their first drops are as sweet as the last. Re restored his subjects from a civil strife whose black night cast them into gloom. 20 And when its darkness reached its blackest, he shone in it and became the moon. With a resolve that lifts darkness and blindness, and with a purpose that sets straight pouting and smirking [faces]. By right, you twisted on that day the rope of the caliphate until it was firm. By might, you established yourself atop the shoulders of the realm until it was steady. Had it been another man, he would not have risen to this tasknor would he have been able. 25 You redressed injustices and your hands restored the rights of the oppressed: The family of Abu Talib [the (Alids] - after their herd was seized and scattered, And the closest of kin received treatment so cruel that the sky well-nigh cracked open because of it! You joined the bonds of their kinship, when the rope was nearly severed. For you put their share, once far, within reach, and made their drinking water, once murky, pure. 30 How lofty are you [Abbasids] compared to them [(Alids]? Though their rank is neither distant nor remote. [They are] your kin, no, rather full brothers and clansmen, to the exclusion of all humankind. Though, who are they, when yours are the two hands of victory, two edges of a sword, gleaming of old. Your precedence is chanted in the Book and your virtues are recited in suras. No doubt, (Ali is more worthy and free of sin in your eyes than (Vmar. 35 Every [steed] has its merits, when vying in excellence, while anklets are beneath blazes on foreheads. May you live on, Imam of guidance, for guidance'S sake to renew its path that has faded away.
23
Samer Mahdy Ali
Praise for Murder?
The nasib, in general, serves the critical purpose of gaining the sympathetic attention of audiences as would an exordium. 119 This nasib in particular (vv. 1-10) constitutes the first words to al-Munta~ir since the murder and their estrangement, and thus carries the added burden of attaining the sympathy of the desired patron. He achieves this aim with three motifs, the first of which is the shapely, delicate beloved likened to a doe. Following nasib conventions, the beloved exhibits teeth filed to perfection, a gentle gaze (v. 1), a swaying bough-like stature (v. 2), images traditionally deployed to stir passion and yearning for ideal love. These emotions are confirmed, when al-Bu}:ltud conveys the perspective of an otherwise collected man whose heart is moved (v. 3).
The phantom's visit to the pilgrims makes the transition to the rabil. In the following couplet, the poet now reinterprets the rites of bajj as a service performed specifically for the new caliph. His activities at pilgrimage will gradually increase the pressure on the patTon to show gratitude for this service.
24
The second motif is al-shakwii min al-,shayh, the lament of gray hair (vv. 4-7), which offers the poet the opportunity to draw attention to himself as a victim of fate's afflictions. Having gained his audience's attention with the opening motif, he can now solicit empathy, particularly from the patron he courts. The lament of gray hair motif touches a sensitive chord, for it expresses fears of mortality and the finality of life. In verse 4, rebukes are now directed against him as old age forces him to part with youth and a former beloved, (Alwa. He now suffers the stigma of graying locks that are slowly diminishing his handsome appearance (v. 5). In verse 6, however, the poet admits his reluctance to forgo youth and passion completely. However, the only means of holding on to youth is to forsake a full and long life (v. 7). The third and last motif of the nasib depicts the phantom of the beloved who appears unexpectedly (v. 8) and, in formal terms, very late in the nasib section. Here it would seem that the phantom represents a former attachment, which suggests it might be an allusion to his former patron, al-Mutawakkil. In al-Mutanabbi's first ode to Kafur, the poet abrogates his allegiance to Sayf al-Dawla by poetically substituting him with a former beloved in the nasfb. 120 In detaching himself from the beloved and reattaching himself to the patron, the poet simultaneously declares his commitment to this new patron. AI-Bu}:lturI similarly seizes the opportunity to dispel any lingering doubts about where his new loyalties reside. When the beloved's phantom approaches him, he does not reciprocate: Her apparition drew near us from Siwa, while we were praying by night at Batn Marr. What does she want with pilgrims (al-rnubrirnun), dragging at midnight their too wide garbs (vv. 9-10).
The poet is preoccupied with a ritual: holy acts performed in special garb at appointed times in sacred places. At this point in the ode, it is not clear whether he fulfills these obligations in the name of the new patron, but certainly he does not do so out of longing for a bygone era. In short, he makes it clear that he does not welcome this particular bond, but new ties are yet undetermined. AI-Bu}:lturI's hesitation is not merely a matter of political exigency. In this nasfb, the most subjective section of the ode, he acknowledges the erstwhile value of past allegiances, yet signals his readiness to move forward. 119 J. Stetkevych 1993,9. 120 S. Stetkeyych, 1996a, 46.
25
Rites and Restoration after Crisis The rabil conventionally involves physical movement on a vehicle such as a camel mare, horse, or ship, but here al-Bu}:lturi adapts the paradigm to the social and my thopoeic context that surrounds the poem (vv. 12-13). The journey is the physical and psychological transition of the bajI Motion is philologically indicated by the verb sariilyasri (v. 11), meaning to journey or travel by night. 121 AI-Bu}:lturi: alludes to three common bajj rites as the point of transition from a former allegiance (to al-Mutawakkil) to a new one (to al-Munta~ir). Verse 11 constitutes the pivot for the panegyric, as an expression of allegiance, and, on the mythic level, for the rite of atonement. The mythic and political drama revolves around three verbal nouns and their direct objects (rna/iii bihf): li-sayi l-!jafii, rarnyi l-jirniiri, wa-masbi l-bajar, "to lUn at al-$afa, stone the Herms [at Mina] , and touch the Stone." In the first rite, al-Bu}:lturi: refers topographically to the $afa hill in the vicinity of the Kaaba. Traditionally, pilgrims run along the mas'ii (course) between the two hills a1$afii and al-Marwa. l22 In addition to running, the verb sa'iilyas'ii also conveys the idea of striving, or applying oneself assiduously, 123 which of course hints at the poet's troubles for his new patron. The second rite demands of pilgrims that they collect seven pebbles for stoning (rajm) each of the three herms (jimiir or jamariit) that represent devils.124 Finally, the poet relies on the rite of touching the Black Stone, built on the northeast comer of the Kaaba. 125 According to legend the Stone was completely white in ancient times and over the generations became black because pilgrims would wipe it with their hands to remove the blood of their sin-offering. 126 One can also note that the verb masabalyamsabu is used idiomatically to convey atonement as in masaba lliihu 'anka ma bika (may God wipe away your sins).127 AI-Bu}:lturi thus integrates three rites, evocative of atonement and renewal in Muslim communal life. The need for legitimacy was most urgent for al-Munta~ir. He was haunted by the burden of complicity in al-Mutawakkil's murder. In conversations, the twenty-four-year-old caliph would become vexed at any mention of the regicide. 128 He was also tormented by anxiety dreams, guilt, and the taunts of hecklers. 129 In verse 12, the poet redresses 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129
Lane 1984, s.y. "s-r-y." yon Grunebaum 1951,30. Lane 1984, s.y. "s-'-y." yon Grunebaum 1951,33. Ibid., 23, 29. Ibid., 19; Ibn 'Abclrabbih, 'Iqd, 7: 249. Lane 1984, S,Y. "m-s-l,l." al-I~fahani, al-Aghani, 20: 291; al-Tabari, Ta)rikh, 9: 253. aI-Tabar!, Ta)rikh, 9: 252-5.
Samer Mahdy Ali
Praise for Murder?
the traumas of the caliph and the community. The object of his new allegiance and the purpose of his bajj-rabil become evident. He says:
honor of the groom commits the young tribesman to an image of himself desirable to the community .134 Using George Mead's model of the self, Caton notes that the self emerges in society through communication and interaction with others. The self responds to affirmations of speech and gesture. Formal praise in honor of the groom, then, reminds the young man of "who he must become." The mirror of manhood is held up to the young tribesman precisely before marriage obligations. For the Abbasid panegyric, Julie Meisami makes a similar observation: "The poet does not merely record the noble deeds of his patron, but creates the motivation for them."135 Moreover, in addition to the ideal patron, the poet can portray ideal patronage. In her study of Ibn al-Rumi, Beatrice Gruendler argues that the poet is able to shape the conduct of (Ubaydallah b. (Abdallah b. Tahir as a patron by depicting an ideal vision. The poet "spells out how it [his panegyric] should be received, accepted, rewarded, and remembered - leaving nothing to chance (or to the patron's imagination). In sum, the poet advocates a whole model of patronage down to every detail."136
26
We performed the bajj to the House out of gratitude to God for what He gave us in al-Munta~ir: Forbearance when forbearance waned and resolve when resolution crumbled (vv. 12-13). In this brief phrasing, the poet celebrates a restoration of order after jitna, a moment of crisis for the community, surely to be associated with the internecine wars of early Islamic history. 130 On a personal level, though,jitna denotes a trial of faith or loyalty, a temptation to defect. James Garrison observes that one of the principal functions of panegyric in pre-modem societies is to herald a national reconciliation after a period of instability.131 In particular, the seventeenth-century panegyric of John Dryden addresses the needs of two audiences: it reminds the ruler of his duty to respect societal values, and it exhorts the subjects to offer the ruler obedience and 10yalty.132 The poet thus effects a restoration of order.
In al-Munta~ir's case, al-BuJ:tturi sees the opportunity publicly to commit the caliph to an image of himself that includes consistency. He holds to the caliph a mirror of manhood that society can sanction:
In line 12, the poet's gratitude gives credence to a theme of collective renewal. He casts his performance of the bajj as an act of thanksgiving for a state of well-being. Indirectly, one learns that God now sanctions al-Munta~ir, though implicit in this sanction is a balance of obligations. The community can expect their leader to be firm and forbearing; the leader can expect the community to accept his virtues as a divine "gift" that implies thereafter the duty to repay God's gift with submission to His deputy. 133 On the mythic level, the poet who had stigmatized the "false" heir now returns from the bajj with deliverance. The poet's invocation of gift exchange rituals heralds the return of life's normal rhythms.
He docs not endeavor to rule as a man who begins with good but follows it with evil. Nor is he fickle, conferring benefits in the evening and doing harm in the morning. Rather, he is as pure as the waters of storm clouds; their first drops arc as sweet as the last (vv. 16-18). The adjective mu~ajJan produces a few semantic associations. The verb ~affa can mean "to clear, settle" ( of debts), or " to clarifY, filter" (of water: sediment).l37 Moreover, the adjective mu~affan can serve as the passive participle (ism al-malit!), place noun (ism al-makan), and time period noun (ism al-zaman).138 Thus, referring to al-Munta~ir, the verse can read, "He is [a debt] cleared" or "He is pure," and in reference to the court or the era, "Its [debts] are cleared" or "It is pure."
The brief bajj-rabil syntactically connects to the following madib. In verse 14, the poet draws on the invocative dimensions of panegyric to coax his patron to virtuous behavior. The speaker protects himself by the broadcast potential of his text. He valorizes pardon and justice as two tokens of al-Munta~ir's powers, committing him to clemency as a means to glory: He bestows justice when he judges. He lavishes pardon when he decrees (v. 14). Moreover, al-BuJ:tturi solicits his own security by addressing in verse 15 the theme of moral consistency. Using his new patron's thirst for power, the poet lures him into an unwavering course of action: He remains constant in character: sufficient unto himself, of majestic rank (v. 15). Praise can sometimes prove to be surprisingly critical to shaping human conduct. Steven Caton in his study of Yemeni tribal poetry argues that praise poetry at weddings in 130 131 132 133
Gardet 1965. Garrison 1975, 7-8. Ibid., 141-2. S. Stetkevych 1996a, 43.
27
ff
One might object to the "[debt] cleared" reading on the grounds that it does not seem to suit the rest of verse 18. However, the heaviest debt is the duty to avenge the blood of fallen kin, and the rain imagery is consistent with themes of blood vengeance. The motifs of bloodshed and rainfall are both rejuvenating and common in elegies (ritha} 139 One might consider also that the particle "ka-" in Arabic can govern a noun or a manner of action, meaning "as" or "like." Then, one might read the line, referring to alMunta~ir: "He has cleared [debts] like the waters of storm clouds [i.e., he has avenged
134 135 136 137 138 139
Caton 1990,95. Meisami 1987,46. Gruendler 2003, 75. Hava 1970, s.v. "s-f-w." Bayyiimi, I:Iasan et al. 1989, 310. S. Stetkevych 1993, 180.
28
Samer Mahdy Ali
Praise for Murder?
spilt blood]. Their first drops are as sweet as the last." Symbolically, upon returning from the ~ajj, the poet pronounces the ritual to be effective.
The caliph as champion of his people prevents cataclysm. His kind policies toward the cAlids enact one of his mythic duties, namely to preserve order and stay fate's destructiveness. 145
The next six verses, 19-24, valorize al-Munta~ir as the victor who restores order and saves the community from factionalism. The crisis is depicted as a full-fledgedfitna that plunged the umma into darkness and fear (v. 19). The poet celebrates the caliph's power to dispel the gloom (vv. 20-1), restore calm (v. 20), and discipline his critics (v. 21). There is an aclmowledgement of the extreme measures that the caliph took to accomplish his purpose (vv. 22-3), but the poet also emphasizes the caliph's individual agency by turning to the second person singular. Caliphal panegyric commonly reflects the Islamic tenet that God appoints only one caliph over the umma, and divine sanction is proven with executive power. The poet, thus, attests that no other would have the sanction or the power to act. 140 Verses 25-35 commemorate al-Munta~ir's new policy of showing mercy toward the cAlids. 141 This policy, in contrast to al-Mutawakkil's earlier harshness, was meant to demonstrate the new caliph's legitimacy.142 It betrays the caliph's need to defuse the criticism of his challengers. AI-BuJ:lturI memorialized this policy in the midst of his panegyric. In a manner that is consistent with his theme of reconciliation, the poet recognizes the wrongs that the cAlids have suffered under the former caliph: You redressed injustices and your hands restored the rights of the oppressed: The family of Abu Talib [the CAlids] - after their herd was seized and scattered, And the closest of kin received treatment so cruel that the sky well-nigh cracked open because of it! You joined the bonds of their kinship, when the rope was nearly severed (vv. 25-8). The cracking open of the sky, as found in the QurJan, is a sign of the final fitna in Islamic eschatology, the apocalypse, and connotes its sense of upheaval. 143 The QurJanic text describes a cataclysmic rupture: When skies are cracked open When stars are scattered When seas are vented When graves are disgorged Every soul will realize what it has done and not done. 144
140 Cf. S. Stetkevych 1991,206. 141 al-~ulI, Akhbar al-Bu~turi, 101; al-Mas cudI, Muruj, 4: 135; SaCI (d. 674/1276), Ta}rikh al-khulafiF, 84. 142 Hodgson 1974, 486; aI-I~fahanI, al-Aghani, 143 Gardet 1965. 144 Quran 82: 1-5.
al-I~fahanI,
al-Aghanl, 23: 206; Ibn al-
23: 206; aI-TabarI, Ta}rikh, 9: 185.
29
The cAlids, however, are assigned a delicate position in the new hierarchy. The poet makes rank an issue with his apostrophe concerning the loftiness of the Abbasids in relation to the cAlids, though he is sure to mention that the latter do not lag far behind (vv. 30-1). The two Hashimite lines, once competitors, now complement one another like two sword blades and two hands for the sake of victory (v. 32). Verses 33-5 clarify, however, the Abbasids' precedence in the new order. AI-BuJ:lturi concludes his panegyric with a benediction that asks for divine wisdom and guidance at the hands of the new caliph: May you live on, Imam of guidance, for guidance'S sake to renew its path that has faded away (v. 36). Sperl notes that "imam of guidance" (imam al-huda) is one of the epithets of divine grace and power.146 Yet, al-BuJ:lturI adds a degree: "May you live on, Imam of guidance, for guidance's sake." The young caliph must now take up the honor of being imam as well as the protector of guidance. In Garrison's terms, the poet here intervenes between the king and society. 147 AI-BuJ:lturl's use of the title reminds the caliph of his duties and exhorts the umma to obey his lead. The caliph is further advised, after a period of crisis, actively to "renew the path" of guidance. The use of the verb dathara resonates with the first line of al-BuJ:lturi's elegy of al-Mutawakkil. There, he had employed the word dathiruh, "its fading [traces]," referring to the era's bygone glory. AlBuJ:ltur'i's present closure thus salutes al-Munta~ir as one who renews a legacy. The parallel between the first line of one poem and the last line of the second also links them to one whole cycle: the first stigmatizes the court, the second redeems it. The poet demonstrates his capacity to restore the community after trauma. At the end of the ceremony, al-$iill signals the weight of al-BuJ:lturI's service to the caliphate. To be sure, he figuratively indicates that the poem was received not as an apology, or a peace offering as payf contends,148 but as a favor. The text lacks the typical indications of an apology as established in odes such as those by al-Nabigha al-Dhubyanl and Ka(b b. Zuhayr, which require the poet to note the charges, deny their veracity, then redirect blame to foes and calumniators (aCda), wushah ),149 The praise then serves as a peace offering to assuage residual anger. Though al-Bul).turl hints at caliphal justice and mercy, his panegyric offers no self-defense, because no defense is warranted. In the eyes of society, the poet acted within his traditional role. The patron, by contrast, is a patricide in the public eye, and no poet yet dared lift the stigma cast upon him by al-BuJ:ltur1. All things considered, al-Munta~ir was fortunate to receive al-BuJ:lturl's defense.
145 146 147 148 149
Cf. Sperl 1977, 32-3. Ibid., 23. Garrison 1975, 141. J;)ayf 1990,278. See S. Stetkevych 2001,1-79.
Samer Mahdy Ali
Praise for Murder?
AI-Siili says of the caliph, "He gave him [the poet] a lavish reward, though he usually rewarded poets poorly [fa-wa~alahu wa-ajzala, wa-lam yakun ya~ilu l-shu(arii)a ilIii qalilan]."lS0 The extraordinary award recognizes the perfect redemption, and to highlight this, aI-Stili shows another poet capitalizing on al-Bul).turi's success. As if breaking a ritual fast, Yazid al-Muhallab'i for the first time composes verse celebrating alMunta~ir's pro-cAlid policies. AI-Bul).turi's ritual effect thereby becomes a public reality that others could celebrate.
Appendix
30
Elegy of al-Mutawakkil @".
.,,).
.. ;;;
To the reader of these odes eleven-and-a-half centuries after their premiere, the ritual might seem distant and foreign. One might be unsettled by the outright lack of truthful representation. Indeed, there is not even an attempt at reconciling their opposing stances. These odes, in the way they starkly contradict one another on the surface, caution against evaluating court poetry by the standards of historiography. The Canadian critic Northrop Frye notes that, unlike the historian, the poet uses the language of poetry to comment on existence:
I).r:.
\Vhile it remains to be seen how readers today will receive al-Bu1)turi, in large part, the aim of this study has been to demonstrate how productive it is to evaluate his texts not so much as false history, but as mythic poetry serving ritual functions. Though modem readers may appreciate imitations of the particular, the poet and his public longed for imitations of the universal.
). /
•
",,0
:f
~ ~
,
J) ~\ 0h'
y
-" -"
~
""
Jl>-I« J.,kUlI»
~)I;
/
--~ ~\::;;J~ ". ,
J.
~
0)1
"'",
--
).)1
l)JjlkJ
~:;;r \~l \~J::G
~)\~
~, &.
}.J." "
0'"
~
"
P
~
""
..
~\.,....,
o)J':)
'f!.J.
__ ".""
u~W
"'"
~ -
(1~
",
l).rfb--J« IS? I»~7l: uP;J
.. J.
tI;
"'-
J.
p"
J.)I
o~L..
o,:t;J ~
~
:;;
~
C>
.ft co;' ,~,,/ ~~
~»
~~
Gi ). / r.-J JJ
;\'-"..
~ "";'~:Jf
" .ft~f '"
L; • 1'''UVl j
~
J."
J.
(!,,,,
'"
J.
~~;-~J ~~~f u~~ 11)
~~ 6~ 11 f :'~I' J;.J~f {J
~~G..;J
J¥ ..,
;~~f
~
'" ~J.""
~
o}
...
J._
J.
tJ.r--: 0
}
., J. ..
;;. J~~~
~~~ eJ.
"",
II
~~
~
p}-""
""
~ 0 ..r; ~ ~ .Jb..u I ~ \..;J' '-:"'J":'; r "-", "" ,. J.
", J.
0'"
~ t.:A.J
o~~ jJ J.
",,,,
).J.
~ }l>-~J
~~
~
}J.
J"" Lr-:. J )
J.} ""."
c
0. ",
;i
0
D
,,'"
-\
':1J J.
.. ;.
rW ; J. J~\
~
",
~b
o
,,}
t
:r..jJ ~
/,,,,}.},,,
4j
'"
~",
J
O
"
0,
Jl1
",'"
o)~~ ~ ~JPI ~ ~)\iJ
0).
of
"""
O),:)~ Ji ~
11}
~I)J
J>-
0",
" " ......
~l..dJ
'£
A
P",,,,e ... '"
tf,,,,
"",'"
II
"'..,.
.a
0""
~':4-:
;,~l ~~I
/~,/",..
jJ
.J.
19';;;;
",
~~
y
oJc-
""~>&.J
'" :;; tP
..
...... ,.
0"
~J
"'& ,
JI
~~~I ,-,~I
_.
~
'£
f.J 0\5' '$
",
Wk u~f ~ ~
'"
0'£
. U .'", u-:.
"
\'1
J ift~1 ~l.~~ ~~ \'*' " ~l:A4
J. J. ",,, J.
:;;",
J.
~
""
~ \t
"
J.J.
.ft)l
""
P". '"
O~~ <JJ.::JI
J.
0
"'",
~ ~J.;li
""
W \"
~~ 0~ ~«y;~i)) ~'1J \'" P
c '"
'!-}-
{( o~l1)) « 0L..~))LJ ~ ~J
0
':)1J
r}! ~ 0\5' ~ ~>'JJ
o
/0"
~~I
..
"';,
~J
'£
PJ.
~ O~~J ~
} ""
illJ~, ~~
".ft
'"
v
~
....
~~ ~)l: ~ ~
~~G;~~~J' ~f o~~
~
c
,.
~:'11 \:.1 ~~i oLi~j ~ 1~1
..
t
~
~~\j ~~ r.JI ~ 0~ ..tiJ
OJl.
150 al-~tllI, Akhbiir al-Bu~turl, 101. 151 Turner 1982, 83. 152 Ibid., 81-2. 153 Frye 1963,52.
@
Jo
tJ~1l
",P
~J
~ ~ L; J..iJ-:)
.,}-
The poet makes no specific statements of fact, and hence is not judged by the truth or falsehood of what he says. The poet has no external model for his imitation, and is judged by the integrity or consistency of his verbal structure. The reason is that he imitates the universal, not the particular; he is concerned not with what happened but with what happens. 153
J..ft
;'
).
The performance of this ritual before an audience may not dramatize a dualistic struggle for order against disorder, but rather the immolation of one order for the sake of a new one. 151 Moving beyond the reiterative nature of ritual, Turner emphasizes the emergent, unpredictable, and emotional dimensions that give ritual accomplishments dramatic appeal. IS2 In the atonement rite, animal sacrifice represents, as it were, the dismembering of an old system, and prefigures the "re-membering" of a new one. In this sense, ritual itself serves a paradigmatic function and confirms to a society its capacity to bring about "creative modifications." Quite apart from the merits of one order (or leader) over another, it would seem that by upholding values and ideals in ritual, society can foster hope. In the elegy, one can notice that before verse 25, the poet chants of tragic failures (v. 24), that is, failures to meet societal values. In response to the dissonance between actions and values, the poet abandons one path and vows to take another. His vow is the first step in a bid to reassert the Abbasid values of loyalty, honor, and patronage.
J..
~..u\ JJ.r" ~,:)\.c-J
@))\;U @).<"
Conclusion
31
(I
:;;.ft
I»
",
~",'"
~)) ~J,:) cj. ~..u\ ~)d'.rU \V
,II
'"
f
:;; .... ",
C)\.; ~ P
)1,
".
0",
",
II"",
~ ~U:. jJJ \"
;'
. riJ~
0~.J
,
J.
",
~f ~J)) ~J ,~
\., ..
l\ -\
t
~
....,-\
~. ) •
....,e
\.
a
.,
[o~
\..,.
:=:
-\
\.
-I.
I.....
-\
<>'
.
t,', ~ 1-,.·f -, . .f·:, 5... , ~' . , E~ ,\.f' =-\ 1
~~ ~., 0\
~
L"'"
~
..,., ~
..,.,
..
,-. ""
\~
~w,.\~ -\ ..
&-' '"",,'
L~ r;~
r-
\.,
e
0
~~
-\
I
..
,
-\
.~'
~.
~"
. 'r'
I.....
-\
~
\
l. '1,· t ., :t0~ ;}.-: }-, r .--.. -\ L ro" 1~ t,. '~. r . c... . l-Cc-'. .. 1~ 1 ~; t, , L~ ~~\ ·E\~ ~\ .--.. 'f\ 'Y\ \so.
f.:""""
r
0
I.....
- ....
.;:-
\'1'
C "
-\
i'
\so.
.L
\
Gi'
...
'-&'
-\
Gs.. ''';~.2' !
I.....
.
~,
~\\
.
,
-\
~
("i""
\
.t
~
·l.\
-
'&
" ".. I , L",..
~ ""
, .~
aL' v'
c.
s.. " 0
t,~ V"
\
,~. 0
'-t-l'
L\ ~\
~
-(
.-P
'(;:,. ...
\'/'
~, ~
~
>
\L
\~
c',
Ll'
~
e
-\
c...
c· \
:=:
l'~
. "" t~
~ ~
~
.-
.~
()
,\
-\ f('
~ .. ,
., 'I.
.fJ'IJ'.
-"t
\a.
°
\~
~
\
-\
~'"
-\
a,
(
~.
-
(;:,.
"'"
€.
~
c....'I.
-\
.~\ , G•
~ 't,\
t,
'C,o
'to....., 8
(;.
~: 1~...
.... L~ -\
V'
~
..,.,
\.,p'
~
\
'-.;;-
"
-\
~. o ,""
~~
""
,~
r
~.,
r"
.l. ...
~
.,/JlP
>
<
I.....
"..I
\~
(;:,.
'-
...
~
~'tc c;:
teo.,..
t~ ~
1.. ["",
,(!..
~'
'I.
1'
1.. . . . -10\
~
~, ~\
IV""
~
.'l'''-...
~
~
~~...
fJ'IJ'.
~ ~
:;:i (1)
'-< ....,
~ ~.
0
~
(Jq
o·
\..,,\ ~ ..... -~
-""a
I-+)
~
~ .: :;:i
('l)
s;:
Ei0~
.--.')
ft ·rn :::;.
,\.,p'
, f1.
• '11\
~
~
f. ±:
""'1
..
~ 'k$<>"'"
(;.
'l""" \', ,.
SO
0
'v~ '\.,p'
\..,\
''I.
\Yi' ,
ct. '"
-\
\a.
'L 'h:~ ~"
.~ , . '
1.....'
'b\
::::,.
I
't. o, (a .."" ,.~
~.
\
'I. '
"" "Q
\.,t • .,
'.0' "~
~\ ,
\..,,0
~e
,
~
\JO-
L,
-\
,
I
~~ '.(
r.- 't:~I' ,
(;:,.
.~\ .
.-(
, .
't.
~o
~(
\.,p
'I.
f' ~', ~~ ;: c..:
"" ""
e-- ~
•
.r-"
c:..... '('I
(~
.
~
C,. ,
\a.
-\
..".
~\
<
~ ,
'c....
""
.0
..".
-\
-\
V\ ,
fb
[~
8,
-\
-\
~.,
\.',
\a.'
.
' 1 : '~ l 1: 'f.: f'.... y, t 'r. 't {:'1~ -... 1.-\ r-
-\
,
1.....-
r ., ''1. .. l\
C t·~, (\
~~
~
(;:,.
-\ c\~ ..
\a.
t."" \so.""
~ '1E~
~., .-(
..". ~
\
.-
,
W W
..
~"~~~~.""~ ~ ~~~~--~~---~----------------
34
,""------_..........._----_....._--------_.....---_....._---...........
_-------------------~--
Samer Mahdy Ali
Praise for Murder?
t
i
jl
,,\
L?"..Ll1 "
~\
;j~r
($>
'"
k!J
'"
~~~: :r c$> ~I J~l5"' ~ fIljlfJ
..
",fJ
~.,k>Jr
(J
~
jl
",
t-:~f
.fI
f~lj
",\~r:;
:~q~;
It.:.~1
~
.' . J0;'~ \
" ,8;
"..
~.
~ J~r !JI~
..~ ..ti ~
6-"'j
jl
I'"
.r.:;-:--!, U
;'
;t.~ '"
~¥ ~ H;.?. .
~
~J \ II>
J.jJ
c jl J
~ t.f ~J ~L:..;
~ ~ ~\\ llA
)'11 .$.
--r:
~~I
J
...Li
'"
))JI
@
t:i
",jl
'"
jl
J~
0),:)
",.
J
0
... ;:;
~\.A.:!\
if
j
\' ..;'-!, jl~
0-,
:3~ ~ ~~
$.
j~
...
jl
more (cds.), Greek Tragedies, vol. 2, Chicago. Ali, S. M. (2002), "Ardor for Memory: Mythicizing the Patricide of al-Mutawakkil in Court Poetry,"
)--k':::J y~
Ph.D.
diss~,
Indiana University, Bloomington.
l~
(I
t,;.. .. J:
\ "/U~
..
~~l t:i ~ IV- J~I
~
jl
..
r~--
L_.-~ "
...
~ iS~1
....
j!.
..,
~(-
r- . .r
Bakhtin, M. M. (1981), The Dialogic Imagination: Four Essays, ed. Michael Holquist, trans. Caryl Emer-
.
f\
ifJ 'tr jl
-'jl
.) L.:-,
rr
(;i
01) ft
,t.-.Al
Bauman, R. and C. Briggs (1990) "Poetics and Performance as Critical Perspectives on Language and Social Life," Annual Review ofAnthropology 19: 69-88. BayyUml, J:I. et al. (1989), Mu'jam
ta~'rif aI-a/iiI
al-carabiyya, Cairo.
Blachere, R. (1952), Histoire de la litterature arabe des origines
a la fin du XVe siecle de J-C, 3 vols.,
Paris. Bloom, J. and S. Blair (1997), Islamic Arts, London. Bosworth, C. E. (1993), "al-Mu'tazz bi 'llah," in: EI2 VII: 793-4. - (2000), "Tahirids," in: EI2 X: 104-5. al-BuI:tturI, Abu 'Ubada al-Walid (1977), Diwiin, 5 vols., ed. :tIasan Kamil al-~ayrafi, 2nd cd., Cairo. -
(1995), Diwiin, 2 vols., ed. J:Ianna al-FakhiirI, Beirut.
Caton, S. C. (1990), "Peaks of Yemen I Summon": Poetry as Cultural Practice in a North Yemeni Tribe, Berkeley. Cole, D. P. (1975), Nomads of the Nomads: The Al Murrah Bedouins of the Empty Quarter, Arlington Connerton, P. (1994), How Societies Remember, Cambridge. Creswell, K. A. C. (1989), A Short Account of Early Muslim Architecture, revised and supplemented by James W. Allan, Cairo. Crotty, K. (1994), The Poetics ofSupplication, Ithaca. payf, Sh. (1990), al-cA.Jr al-cabbasi al-thani, 7th ed., Cairo. El-Hibri, T. (1999), Reinterpreting Islamic Historiography: Hiirun aI-Rashid and the Narratives of the
~ jl
Bauman, R. (1977), Verbal Art as Performance, Rowley, Mass .
Heights, Ill.
r
~(r~
J-~~ .u...a.; ,....J. ./ "'.I . . .
<.S¥J
~~~ r' ~
jl
!;l
fojl
"
..
1:t_..J ~~ JJ~
r-5:;
,,'r
..:,...-!~ y\
jl
.. ,. o~
...... o~
jl
~
J-:
~L~f J ..
.. ..:,....L;,J YA
r-5:;
)l " " ""
y,,\
"
r§t;.
~
"0
••:...JUJ YV
"
1-
OJ...a-,
.'
t.Si1
~~I~
)
/Sl..;
J~))
!
~:;bi
~;.~
~
}) Yt
~\k.:J\
:t_~ «~l1
,p.
"
0\5'"
son and Michael Holquist, Austin.
~~:.:~~
jI
,:)..l-:::-W
J
...
'I'
J._'=';J
.
.,.
",'"
!J.,!-
{
jl
0.'
f~ I..l_-: jl
"
-'
U_;>-J
.,
..... jl
..... )
r"; )->-1J
. r-=\...Aj -(I ~ "' . .
rY))~
jl jI.
o~ ;(~-'
0J':)
~~
I
~
,j?
?
,:)\~"Y
'AlI b. al-Jahm (1996), Diwiin, cd. Khalil Mardam Beg, Beirut.
~"""J
if
;:;
'"t_~lj
......'r
jl
oJ-I
"
jljl
)~ '"
.",.
.,.
.Jl '"
~b
otJ
Bibliography Aeschylus (1960), The Libation Bearers, trans. Richmond Lattimore, in: David Grene and Richard Latti-
®?/
,J-:!
",.If)
\~
35
YJ't o
cAbbasid Caliphate, Cambridge. Ettinghausen, R. and O. Grabar (1987), The Art and Architecture of Islam 650-1250, New York and Lon-
..:,...~
r,
don. Foucault, M. (1990), The History ofSexuality: An Introduction, vol. 1, trans. Robert Hurley, New York. _. (1995), Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison, trans. Alan Sheridan, New York. Frye, N. (1963), Fables of Identity: Studies in Poetic Mythology, New York. Gardet, L. (1965), "Fitna," in: EI2 II: 930-1. Garrison, J. (1975), Dryden and the Tradition of Panegyric, Berkeley. Gaster, Th. (1961), Thespis: Ritual, Myth and Drama in the Ancient Near East, foreword by Gilbert Murray, Garden City, N.Y. Gordon, M. (2001), The Breaking of a Thousand Swords: A History of the Turkish Military of Samarra
(A.H. 200-275/815-889 CE), Albany, N.Y. Graves, R. (1955), The Greek Myths, New York.
36
Samer Mahdy Ali
Gmendler, B. (1996), "Ibn al-Ruml's Ethics of Patronage," Harvard Middle Eastern and I~/amic Review
Praise for Murder?
37
Northedge, A. (1991), "Creswell, Herzfeld, and Samarra," Muqarnas 8: 74-93. I~tabulat,
3 (1-2): 104-60.
-
(1992), The Palace at
(2003), Medieval Arabic Praise Poetry: Ibn al-Rumi and the Patron's Redemption, London.
-
(1993), "An Interpretation of the Palace of the Caliph at Samarra (Dar al-Khilafa or Jawsaq al-
Hava,1. G. (1970), al-FariPid al-durriyya [=Al-Faraid: Arabic-English Dictionary}, 4th ed., Beirut.
-
(1995), "Samarra'," in: £12 VIII: 1039-41.
Hillenbrand, R. (1994), Islamic Architecture: Form, Function and Meaning, Edinburgh.
al-Nu'aymI, AJ:.lmad Isma'il (1995), al-Usfurafi l-shi'r al-'araM qabl ai-Islam, Cairo.
Hodgson, M. G. S. (1974), The Venture of Islam: Conscience and History in a World Civilization, vol. 1,
Pellat, Ch. (1960), "al-BuJ:.lturI," in EI2 I: 1289-90.
--
von Grunebaum, G. E. (1951), Muhammadan Festivals, Totowa.
Chicago.
Khaqani), Ars Orientalis 23: 143-70.
Pinto, O. (1965), "al-FatJ:.! b. Kh~an," in: EI2 II: 837-8.
Hubert, H. and M. Mauss (1981), Sacrifice: Its Nature and Function, trans. W. D. Halls, Chicago.
Rumiyya, W. (1997), Binyat
al-I:Iu~rI
al-~ayrafi,
al-QayrawanI, Abu IsI~aq (1969), Zahr al-adab wa-thamr al-albab, ed. 'All MuJ:.lammad alBijawi, 2nd ed., 2 vols., Cairo.
Samarra', ArchCologie islamique 3: 61-86.
Sells, M. A. (1987), "The
Ibn 'Abdrabbih, AJ:.lmad b. MuJ:.lammad (n.d.), aPlqd al-farid, 8 vols., ed. MuJ:.lammad al-'Aryan, Cairo.
al-qa~ida
al-'arabiyya
~atta
nihayat al-'a~r al-umawi, Damascus.
see al-BuJ:.lturI. Qa~ida
and the West: Self-Reflective Stereotype and Critical Encounter," AI-
'Arabiyya 20: 307-24.
Ibn al-'ImranI, MuJ:.lammad (1973), al-Inba) fi ta)rikh al-khulafCP, Leiden.
al-ShabushtI, Abu l-I:Iasan (1986), al-Diyarat, ed. K. 'Awwad, Beirut.
Ibn KathIr, Isma'il b. 'Umar (1998), al-Bidaya wa-l-nihaya fi l-ta)rikh, 13 vols., ed. 'Abd al-RaJ:.lman al-
Smith, W. R. (1894), Lectures on the Religion of the Semites, First Series: The Fundamental Institutions,
LadhiqI and MuJ:.lammad al-BaYQun, Beirut.
new ed., London.
Ibn Man?Ur, MuJ:.lammad b. Mukarram (1990), Lisan al-'arab, 15 vols., Beirut.
Sourdel, D. (1971), "Ibn Kha\5:an," in: EI2 III: 824.
Ibn Munqidh, Usama (1994), al-Manazil wa-l-diyar, ed. Mu~tata I:IijazI, Cairo.
Sperl, S. (1977), "Islamic Kingship and Arabic Panegyric Poetry in the Early 9th Century," Journal of
Ibn RashIq al-QayrawanI, al-I:Iasan (2000), al-'Umdafi ~an'at al-shi'r wa-naqdihi, ed. al-NabawI Sha'lan, 2 vols., Cairo.
Arabic Literature 8: 23-35. Stetkevych, J. (1979), "Arabic Poetry and Assorted Poetics," in: M. H. Kerr (cd.), Islamic Studies: A Tra-
Ibn al-Sa'I, 'Ali b. Anjab (1993), Ta)rikh al-khulafa) al-'abbasiyyin, ed. 'Abd al-RaJ:.lim Yusuf aI-Jamal, Cairo. al-I~fahanI,
dition and Its Problems, Malibu, 103-23. -
Abu l-Faraj (1992-3), al-Aghani, 24 vols., ed. MuJ:.lammad Abu l-FaQl IbrahIm, Cairo.
(1994), "Toward an Arabic Elegiac Lexicon: The Seven Words of the Nasib," in: S. Stetkevych (ed.),
Pseudo-JaJ:.li?, Abu 'Uthman (1914), al-Tiij fi akhlaq al-muluk, ed. AJ:.lmad Zaki Basha, 1st ed., Cairo. Jayyusi, S. Kh. (1977), Trends and Movements in Modern Arabic Poetry, 2 vols., Leiden. -
Reorientations/Arabic and Persian Poetry, Bloomington, 58-129. Stetkevych, S. P. (1991), Abu Tammam and the Poetics of the 'Abbiisid Age, Leiden. (1993), The Mute Immortals Speak: Pre-Islamic Poetry and the Poetics of Ritual, Ithaca.
(1994), "Tradition and Modernity in Arabic Poetry: The Constant Challenge, the Perennial Assertion," in: J. R. Smart (ed.), Tradition and Modernity in Arabic Language and Literature, London, 27-48.
-
(1996), "The Persistence of the Qasida Form," in: S. Sperl and Ch. Shackle (eds.), Qasida Poetry in
(1994), "Pre-Islamic Poetry and the Poetics of Redemption: MufaQQalIyah 119 of 'Alqamah and Banat
Su'ad of Ka'b b. Zuhayr," in: S. Stetkevych (ed.), Reorientations/Arabic and Persian Poetry, Bloom-
Islamic Asia and Africa, 2 vols., Leiden, I: 1-19. Lane, E. W. (1984), Arabic-English Lexicon, 2 vols., Cambridge.
(1993), The Zephyrs ofNajd: The Poetics of Nostalgia in the Classical Arabic Nasib, Chicago.
ington, 1-57. -
(1996a), "Abbasid Panegyric and the Poetics of Political Allegiance: Two Poems of al-MutanabbI on
Lord, A. B. (1960), The Singer of Tales, Cambridge.
Kafur," in: S. Sperl and Ch. Shackle (eds.), Qasida Poetry in Islamic Asia and Africa, 2 vols., Leiden,
al-Ma'arrI, Abu l-'Ala' (n.d.), al-Luzumiyyat, 2 vols., Beirut.
I: 35-53 and II: 92-105.
al-MaqdisI, Mutahhar b. Tahir (1899-1919), aI-Bad) wa-l-ta)rikh, 6 vols., ed. and trans. C. Huart, Paris,
-
repr. Baghdad n.d.
Sayf al-Dawlah," in: J. R. Smart (ed.), Tradition and Modernity in Arabic Language and Literature,
al-Maqqari, AJ:.lmad b. MuJ:.lammad (1995-8), Nafo. aI-fib, 11 vols., ed. Maryam Qasim Tawil and Yusuf 'Ali Tawil, Beirut.
ed. J. R. Smart, London, 119-43. -
al-MarzubanI, MuJ:.lammad b. 'Iruran (1965), al-Muwashsha~, Cairo. al-Mas'udI, Abu l-I:Iasan ([1948]), Muruj al-dhahab, ed. MuJ:.lammad MuJ:.lyI aI-Din 'Abd al-I:Iamid, 4 McEwan, C. (1934), The Oriental Origin ofHellen is tic Kingship, Chicago. Momoe, J. T., trans. (1971), Risiilat at-Tawiibi' wa z-Zawabi': The Treatise of Familiar Spirits and De-
mons by Abu 'Amir ibn Shuhaid al-Ashja'i al-Andalusi, Berkeley. Nagy, G. (1996), Poetry as Performance, Cambridge.
(1997a), "The Qa~idah and the Poetics of Ceremony: Three 'Id Panegyrics to the Cordoban Caliphate," in: R. Brann (ed.), Language ofPower in Islamic Spain, Bethesda, Md., 1-48.
-
(1997b), "Umayyad Panegyric and the Poetics of Islamic Hegemony: AI-Akhtal's KhafJa al-Qatinu ('Those That Dwelt with You Have Left in Haste')," Journal ofArabic Literature 28: 89-122.
vols., Beirut. Meisami, J. S. (1987), Medieval Persian Court Poetry, Princeton.
(1996b), "'Abbasid Panegyric: The Politics and Poetics of Ceremony: AI-MutanabbI's 'Id-Poem to
-
(2001), The Poetics of Islamic Legitimacy: Myth, Gender, and Ceremony in the Classical Arabic Ode, Bloomington.
al-~uli,
Abu Bakr h.
Y~ya
(1958), Akhbar
al-Bu~turi
wa-dhayl al-akhbiir, ed.
cus. al-TabarI, Abu Ja'far (1960-9), Ta)rikh al-rusul wa-l-muluk, 11 vols., Cairo.
~aliJ:.l
al-Ashtar, Damas-
Samer Mahdy Ali
38
al-Tha'alibI, 'Abd aI-Malik (1985), Thimiir al-qulubfi l-mw;fiifwa-l-mansub, ed. Mu\:lammad Abu I-Fa<;ll
ofBadi< aI-Zaman al-HamadhanI*
IbrahIm, Cairo. Turner, V. (1982), From Ritual to Theatre: The Human Seriousness of Play, New York.
Devin J. Stewart (Emory University)
BadI' aI-Zaman al-Hamadhani: (358-98/968-1008) described his famous Maqiimiit, a collection of episodes portraying an eloquent trickster who time and again succeeds in relieving a gullible narrator of his surplus cash, as treating the topic of kudya "mendicancy." Critics of the work, most notably Clifford E. Bosworth in The Mediaeval Islamic Underworld: The Banii Siisiin in Arabic Society and Literature, have drawn attention to this topic, analyzing the Maqiimiit as a commentary on the modus operandi of the Banu Sasan, professional sham beggars. There is certainly ample justification for such an analysis in the Maqiimiit, including uses of the terms kudya (p. 15) and mukaddi "(sham) beggar" (p. 6) and the direct indication of the Maqiima Siisiiniyya (pp. 30-1). Nevertheless, it is argued here, drawing on al-Hamadhanl's Letters, that the Maqiimiit also refer to another kind of begging, the literary mendicancy practiced by the members of the secretarial class. Abu I-Fat}:t al-Iskandari:, the eloquent trickster of the Maqiimiit, is thus not merely a representative of the Banu Sasan but also a caricature of the secretary-for-hire, crafting verbal art in myriad ways in order to fill his coffers with funds from less-than-discerning patrons. Already during his short lifetime, al-Hamadhani: was famous for his Maqiimiit. His rival Abu Bakr al-Khwarazmi (d. 383/993) is reported to have quipped that he lacked talent for anything else besides that work. AI-Hamadhani's Maqiimiit, unlike al-I:Iarirl's, include no introduction or original frame, so that crucial information about the context of the work is lacking. Questions such as the size of the corpus, titles of episodes, earlier models, sources of inspiration, and the immediate occasion for the work have to be reconstructed from other texts. This makes his Letters, one of the few contemporary sources we can access to find reliable information about the Maqiimiit, all the more important. In them, al-Hamadhani mentions the Maqiimiit by two titles: Maqiimiit alkudya and Maqiimiit al-Iskandari (pp. 169, 227).1 These labels tell us a number of things. The fact that the work is called Maqiimiit al-Iskandari implies that the episodes form a unified collection, held together by the character of al-Iskandari in particular; that is, they fonn a corpus, and not a collection of disparate pieces that were later bound together. The title Maqiimiit al-kudya uses the Arabic term kudya, "beggary," which
* An earlier version of this essay was delivered as "Professional Literary Mendicancy and the Writings of Badi' aI-Zaman al-Hamadhani" to the American Oriental Society, Toronto, March, 2001. The edition ofal-HamadhanI's RasiiJi/ consulted here was published along with the Maqiimiit in Istanbul, 1881. References to the Letters will be given in the text. According to Ibn Khallikan, alHamadhanI's epistles were collected by Abu Sa'd 'Abd al-Ral).man b. Dust (d. 43111040), a J:Ianafi litterateur in Nishapur. Cf. Rowson 1987,663, n. 58.
40
Devin 1. Stewart
Professional Literary Mendicancy
may derive from Persian gada, "beggar," or gadaJi; "begging." This title similarly implies that the work is an internally connected text, with beggary serving as its major theme, if not its driving principle. We may cite these descriptions against those who would see a lack of coherence or regularity in al-HamadhanI's Maqiimiit as opposed to those of al-I:IarIri (d. 51611122).2 Although some texts in the modem, published collections do not fit thc mold found in al-I:IarIrI's collection, enough of them do follow it to show that the structure originated with al-Hamadhani, and these statements show that al-Hamadhani himself conceived of the work as a unified corpus. In addition, the way the term maqiimat is used here, in construct both with aI-IskandarI and with kudya, further suggests the meaning "feats, exploits." On one level, the titles applied to the work reflect a series of episodes presenting "The Exploits of al-Iskandarl" or "Great Feats of Beggary." I have argued elsewhere that Maqiimiit is an ironic inversion of majiilis referring parodically to the badith-Iectures of the time, but this would be one among many examples of multiple layers of meaning in the text. 3
AI-Hamadhani seems to represent a different, perhaps new, type of professional writer, the free-lance secretary, or secretary-for-hire. We do not know that he ever held a regular position in the chancery of any ruler. Certainly, rulers such as Khalaf b. A}:lmad (r. 352-93/963-1003), the ~afIarid ruler of Sistan, (Adnan b. Mu}:lammad, the mayor of Herat, and other influential officials numbered among his patrons. When al-Hamadhani appeared in Rayy before al-~a}:lib b. (Abbad, the famous vizier of the Buyid Fakhr alDawla (r. 366-87/977-97), and when he subsequently abandoned Rayy and went to Jurjan, he was seeking some sort of official post. On occasion, he appears to be asking to serve as a deputy for another professional secretary, and he certainly saw himself as practicing that same "trade" or "craft" ($anca, birfa) (p. 73). Nevertheless, there is no evidence that he held a regular position as a secretary. Rather, it appears from alHamadhani's Letters that he was more of an opportunist, depending not on a steady stipend but rather on the generosity which his letters were able to inspire in a wide array of occasional patrons. 6 One might go so far as to say that al-Hamadhani in effect adopted the methods of the great panegyrists of the preceding centuries, who traveled from one court to another in search of purses in exchange for their poems. Like the panegyric poets, these secretaries were engaged in an exchange of words for wealth. The main difference between them and the classical poets, however, was that their words were couched not in poetry but almost invariably in sal, rhymed and rhythmical prose. 7 Thus al-Hamadhani engaged in al-takassub bi-I-sa/, "acquiring wealth through rhymed and rhythmic prose," his favored medium and the favored medium of the secretarial class as a whole, rather than al-takassub bi-I-shicr, "acquiring wealth through poetry," a phenomenon so well known that it became a standard literary critical and literary historical issue.
Is "Great Feats of Beggary" about just that, clever ways to beg? Certainly the text draws on a particular historical phenomenon of which al-Hamadhani was well aware, the underground guild of professional sham beggars known as the Banii Sasan. Bosworth has taken up this aspect of the text, using the Maqiimiit in conjunction with other literary texts such as the Qa$ida Siisiiniyya, "The Beggars' Ode" of Abu Dulaf al-Khazraji (fl. 4thll0th c.), to explore the medieval Islamic underworld. 4 One can argue, though, that the beggary described by al-Hamadhani refers also to something else, the literary beggary of free-lance secretaries. The exploits of aI-IskandarI may be interpreted as a type of reflexive parody, poking fun at the clever, yet persistent nagging of the secretaries, who are continually plying their pens for personal gain, attempting to squeeze cash, gifts, and other emoluments out of patrons. During the era of Buyid rule in Iran and Iraq (320-447/932-1055), the decentralization of political rule and the proliferation of capitals - the Buyids had courts at Rayy, Isfahan, and Shiraz; other dynasties in Syria, northern Iraq, and Iran provided half a dozen more - produced an intellectual flowering not unlike that in the Andalus in the time of the "Party Kings" and Italy during the Renaissance. Competition between dynasties and decentralization fed the patronage system, in which professional men of the pen, the secretarial class, operated with considerable flexibility, since disgruntled secretaries were no longer beholden to one source of income, as had been the case at the imperial courts of the Umayyad or Abbasid caliphs. 5 During this period, sal became the standard medium of expression among the secretarial class. Nearly all diplomatic correspondence and most other epistles came to be written in this distinct form. The word used to describe the agent of this type of writing was baligh, "eloquent one," a term which came to designate primarily writers of sal as opposed to poets.
2 Beeston 1971. 3 Stewart, forthcoming, "Maqiimah." 4 C. E. Bosworth 1976 5 Mottahedeh 1980.
41
Upon reading through al-HamadhanI's Letters, one is struck first by their difficulty. This is less a result of recherche vocabulary and rhetorical flourishes - though these are abundantly present - than of persistent ellipsis: one is continually having to guess at attendant circumstances, completely omitted or alluded to indirectly or vaguely. Next, one is struck by the frequent mention of money. A large proportion of the letters are pleas for material assistance in some form: cash, gifts, tax refunds, tax amnesties, jobs for proteges, supplies, a cow, even firewood for the winter. The reader becomes aware that al-Hamadhani is operating within a system of patronage, the conventions of which he not only follows but also reveals in a mocking manner. A number of key terms in the letters draw our attention to these conventions. The patron is generally addressed as al-Shaykh, al-Sayyid, or al-Qa<;lI, depending on his family and position. He is addressed with a blessing (duCii}) which, we know from Abu Bakr al-~uli's (d. 335/946-7) Adab al-kiitib, was a key component of the letter in that it carefully negotiated the rank of the patron relative to that of the writer and others. 8 Such blessings include the most frequent, a/ala lliihu baqa}a I-shaykh, "May God prolong the remaining life of the Shaykh" 6
On a1-Hamadhani's life and career, see Rowson 1987, al-Qfl<;li 1993.
7 On the use of saj' by writers of al-Hamadhani' s period, see Mubarak 1931, 1934. On the structure of sa)', see Stewart 1990, and idem, forthcoming, "Rhymed Prose." 8 al-~iiU, Adab al-kuttiib, 155-60, 180-6.
42
Devin 1. Stewart
(pp. 49, 52, 53, 55), ayyada lliihu l-qii¢iya, "May God support the Judge" (p. 104), a(azzahu lliihu, "May God render him mighty" (p. 101), and others. General terms employed for the patron include mawlii, "Master" and makhdiim, "one who is served." The client, usually al-Hamadhani himself, is most often termed khiidim, "servant" or (abd, "slave." The action he performs is termed khidma, "service" or (ubiidiyya, "servitude." This service involves concrete rules and regulations that must be followed: al-Hamadhani refers to something as biib min abwiib adab al-khidma, "one category of the rules of service" (p. 119). The instrument of service is the letter, termed kitiib or ruq(a (pI. riqii). The essential function of the letter is the presentation ((ar¢) of the client's current problem or need (qi$$a or bii}a). The client does not demand the favor directly, for that would be out of place within the confines of the patron-client relationship. He merely sets forth the problem before the patron, then invokes the patTon's "exalted discernment" or "exalted consideration" (ai-ray al-(iill) or his "good ministration" (tadbir) regarding the situation at hand. The hope is that he will see fit to rectify the situation. Elegant style is the key to persuading the patron to action. The letters present throughout eloquent passages (fa$l, JU$ul) of rhyming and rhythmical prose (sa}). Here lies a key point of comparison between the Maqiimiit and the Letters: the sal, which is so characteristic of the former, is also a standard feature of the latter, to such an extent that many similar turns of phrase and indeed entire passages occur in both. Other critics have pointed out that sal is associated with the khu!ba or sermon,9 but it is also associated very strongly, during al-Hamadhani's time and later, with the epistolary art. By the mid-tenth century, well-crafted sal had become a valued good, a commodity which al-Hamadhani and others in his profession could exchange for cash gifts, tax indemnities, forgiven debts, land grants, government positions, and other forms of patronage and protection. Nevertheless, al-Hamadhani realized that words were indeed not directly fungible dirhams and dinars. However cleverly he crafted his epistles, he was engaged in a type of begging (we would probably call it fundraising), and he admits as much. AI-Hamadhani's Letters are often quite openly self-conscious, adhering to, but at the same time revealing and mocking, the conventions and rhetorical strategies of the genre. A number of passages admit, after a fashion, that the client's "service," like the performance of the professional sham beggar, boils down to a rather brazen and presumptuous exchange of elegant discourse, particularly sal, for cash. We thus have a literary, aesthetic, and ethical issue parallel to that of al-takassub bi-l-shtr, only the medium has shifted; it is now al-takassub bi-I-sa/. AI-Hamadhani recognizes, at least in jest, that this exchange may be seen as a complete sham - for words are empty and do not naturally or immediately translate into material wealth. In his Letters, al-Hamadhani draws attention to the difficulties involved in equating words with goods, or exchanging one for the other. In one passage, for example, he sets up a contrast between actual goods and mere words:
Professional Literary Mendicancy
43
qalilun ji l-jayb * khayrun min kathirin fi l-ghayb * wa-bimiirun huwa * khayrun min farasin lays a * wa-kukhun fi l-Ciyiin * khayrun min qa$rin fi l-wahm * wa-zayt * khayrun min lay! * wa-ma kan * ajwadu min law kan. A little in the pocket is better than a lot outside it. A donkey which exists is better than a mare which does not. A hut right before one's eyes is better than a palace in one's imagination. Oil is better than "I wish." What is there is worth more than "if there were" (pp. 43-4).
The folly of seeking to transfer words directly into goods is stressed by the pairs zaytl layt, "oil"!"I wish," and mii kiinllaw kan, "what is there"/"ifthere were," which occur in the rhyme position. Rhyme creates the impression of a basic equivalence between the two, but this is immediately undermined by the juxtaposition of what is concrete and valuable with what is abstract, hypothetical, and thus of little immediate value. In addition, these pairs reveal one of the writer's chief tricks, rhyme, exposing the methods of verbal subterfuge to which he regularly resorts. In a more developed passage, alHamadhani presents a parable of a young man who goes off with a large part of his father's fortune and returns with nothing but learning. When asked what he has to show for himself, the son replies: '0 father, I have brought you power over time, the glory of the everlasting, and the life of the hereafter. I have brought you the Qur)an and its exegesis, badith with its chains of authority, law with its spices, theology in all its sub-types, poetry with its rarities, grammar with its forms, and lexicography with its examples. So pick knowledge blossom by blossom, and harvest learning on high plains and in low valleys.' So his father brought him to the market and presented him to the money-changer, the cloth merchant, the druggist, the baker, and the butcher, ending up with the grocer. He bargained with him over a bunch of greens, telling him, 'Take as payment the tafsir of any sura you wish.' The grocer declined, saying, 'We only sell for broken shavings of coins, not for commented suras.' The father took dirt in his hand, put it on the head of his son, and lamented, '0 son of an ill-fated woman, you left with hundred-weights, and have returned with useless tales, for which a man of sound mind wouldn't sell even a bunch of greens!' (p. 172)
Here, too, the difficulty of converting from one medium, words and learning, to the other, material commodities, is stressed. But emphasized as well is the conflict between the two points of view. In the son's view, the learning he has acquired is extremely valuable, while his father, focused on immediate, physical, and material items, thinks otherwise. For him, his son's confidence in the value of learning is mere fantasy and presumption.
Sal, however, is valuable because it is persuasive, and can serve to turn mere words into cash. In a number of passages, al-Hamadhani refers explicitly to the language of letters and to sal in particular. One concludes that, in his own view and those of his contemporaries, sal has immense influence over people. In part this is because of the importance attributed to the sense of hearing: This is something well known, attested by notebooks and by corroborated reports. Poems speak of it, and badiths differ over it. The eye is the least perceptive of the sensory organs, and the ears are more adept at grasping (p. 104). Rhyme stands out as a distinctive feature of epistolary style, and it is rhyme that persuades the patron or audience. AI-Hamadhani addresses one patron as follows:
9 Beeston 1971.
44
Devin J. Stewart
mustashftan bi-kitiibi ilii l-khulqi l-(a?im shayJin (alii l-mim * ji biibi l-tajkhim *
* wa-l-(alqi I-karim * wa-I-fa(ili l-jasim * wa-kulli
Seeking by this letter to gain intervention with one of magnificent disposition, valuable possessions, prodigious bounty, and everything else ending in -m that has to do with showing tremendous respect (p. 104). This passage reveals important conventions and strategies involved in the craft. AI-Hamadhani is seeking the favor of a patron through flattery, and effective flattery involves a long series of rhyming, laudatory epithets. This is actually a standard feature of sal style as used in epistles, introductions to books, and other texts from this period. Elegant style favors sal units (series of cola sharing a common rhyme and accentual meter) of two or three cola, and departures from this, in the form of sal units of five, six, or more cola, occur only for particular purposes. One of the most common purposes is flattery of this sort. AI-Hamadhani cuts his series of cola short, in effect, feigning that he is either too lazy to continue or, more likely, too confident in his own ability to trouble himself with something so commonplace. In any case, it is clear that sal rhymes succeed in loosing the patron's purse strings, or are generally perceived as doing so.
Sal is thus a commodity. AI-Hamadhani, like other writers since the time of
o Abu Fac;ll! This is not your era, nor is this is your abode, nor is this market the market for
Professional Literary Mendicancy
45
ters?" (pp. 102-3). This passage stresses through rhyme the unexpected transformation that the secretary repeatedly attempts. When he feels hunger (ja(a), the secretary remedies it through end rhymes (asja) and acquires beer (juqa) through letters (riqa). Of course, in this letter al-Hamadhani is not seriously denouncing the practice. If anything, he goes on to ask in his petition for a supply of firewood to last through an especially cold winter. Here again, al-Hamadhani responds to a putative accusation of begging, which he returns in kind: For a man to be called an adulterer and a bugger is more desirable for him than to be called a beggar and a mendicant. I do not doubt that you are telling the truth, but you are the fastest courser in that field, and the most experienced hand at that profession. By your life, you are thc most bcggarly and the most effective in mendicancy, while I am newly acquainted with the craft, and but a recent arrival come to drink from this stream, with a clumsy hand in this epistle .... (p. 25) Here the terms "profession" and "craft" appear in addition to the references to mendicancy, and it is equally clear that the begging referred to is the literary mendicancy of professional secretaries. Another passage stresses the presumption of the secretarial beggar in contrast to the regular variety. mathali ~ ayyada lliihu l-qii(iiya ~ mathalu rajulin min a.~biibi l-jiriibi wa-I-mibriib * taqaddama l-qa~<;$iib * yas)aluhu faldhata kabidin fa-sadda bi-I-yusrii fiih * wa-awjaCa bi-I-ukhrii qafiih * fa-lammii raja(a itii maskanihi kataba ilayhi tawq'fii * ya!lubu bamlan ra(i'fii *
May God support you, 0 Judge! I am like one of those with nothing but a cloth sack and the mibriib of the mosque, who approaches the butcher, begging him for a slice of liver. The butcher, with' his left hand, stops up the beggar's mouth, and with the other inflicts intense pain on the back of his neck. Then, upon returning to his dwelling, the beggar pens him a royal edict demanding a suckling lamb (pp. 104-5). A direct statement equating the profession of secretary with that of kudya is the following:
your goods. How miserable are letters and what they contain, pens and what they write, inkwells and what they moisten, and end rhymes when they fall in order! Misery itself is preferable to these forms ofleaming! (p. 54)
ana ~ a!iila lliihu baqii)a l-Shaykhi l-(Amidi ~ mara aJ:triiri Naysiiburaji $an(atin liijihii u(iin * wa-lii (anhii u$iin * wa-shimatin laysat bi tuna! * wa-lii (anni tumii! * wa-birfatin Iii jihii udiil * wa-lii (anni tuziil * wa-hiya l-kudyatu llati (alayya tabi(atuhii * wa-laysat Ii manfclatuhii *
Again we see the important place assigned to the end rhymes of sal composition (asja) in al-Hamadhanl's list of the tools of his trade; they appear in parallel with letters or books, pens, and inkwells. The secretaries ply a craft, with varying degrees of success, in exchange for material wealth, and sal is one of their main implements, or even wares.
May God prolong the remaining life of the Shaykh and
AI-Hamadhani actually describes his own ilk, secretaries, as professional beggars, either in a straightforward manner or by way of comparison. AI-Hamadhani describes himself in one letter as follows: "I am not like one who holds his hand out to beg for generosity, or moves his foot in search of a free lunch" (p. 47). While this is a negative statement, it denies something that was clearly a suspicion of the recipient or audience of the letter. Many passages depict a secretary writing letters in order to beg for something, as in this obvious lampoon of their profession: kam /i-llahi (abdun idha ja( * ~abbara l-asja' * wa-idha shtaha l-fuqa( * kataba l-riqa( * "How many a servant does God have who, when he is hungry, composes rhymes in saje, and when he hankers after beer, writes let-
In sum, secretaries, like beggars, engage in a trade, and al-Hamadhanl's Letters equate the two trades explicitly, using the term kudya directly to refer to the secretaries' craft. AI-Hamadhani's description of secretaries as professional beggars sheds new light on the Maqamat, for it suggests the interpretation of the character of al-Iskandari as a representative of the professional secretary, in addition to the ordinary mukaddf or professional sham beggar. AI-Iskandari uses eloquence, however false his pretenses may be, for personal gain. So do the secretaries. In both cases, the money received is essentially lawful because it was not actually taken - the donor gives it of his free will. The trick is in the persuasion, and the form which this persuasion takes - sal - is a major charac-
46
Professional Literary Mendicancy
Devin J. Stewart
teristic of the Maqiimiit as well as of the elegant epistles of the secretaries. The comparison becomes even more compelling when the stylistic overlap between the Letters and the Maqiimiit is taken into account; many passages in the two works resemble each other quite closely. Similarities may also be seen in the justification of kudya in both the Maqiimiit and the Letters. AI-Iskandari generally closes the episodes of the Maqiimiit with a short envoi in verse in which he justifies his dishonest behavior. In many of these, he blames the bad economy and the uncertainties of the times for his resort to confidence games. He announces, for example, "This age is ill-fated and, as you see, oppressive" (p. 31) and "The times are at fault, not me, so reproach the passing of nights" (p. 32). Similarly, in the Letters, al-Hamadhani claims that he has been forced by circumstances to ply his dubious trade: wa-lliihi mii katabtu hiidhii l-kitiiba /:lattii ra}aytu jiiri yurhab * wa-jiiriyati tuhab yudhhab * wa-¢iyiiri tunhab * wa-akkiiri yu¢rab * wa-wakill yu{lab *
Bibliography Beeston, A. F. L. (1971), "The Genesis of the Maqamat Genre," Journal ofArabic Literature 2: 1-12. Bosworth, C. E. (1976), The Mediaeval Islamic Underworld: The Banu Sasan in Arabic Society and Lit-
erature, 2 vols., Leiden. al-HamadhanI, BadI' aI-Zaman (1881), Maqamat Abi l-Fap.l Badr ai-Zaman al-Hamadhanl, Istanbul. -
* qallamii yuniil *...
(1881), Rasa}il Abll-Fap.l Badr aI-Zaman al-Hamadhanl, Istanbul.
Mottahedeh, R. P. (1980), Loyalty and Leadership in an Early Islamic Society, Princeton. Mubarak, Z. (1931), La prose arabe au IVe siecle de l'hegire (Xe siecle), Paris. -
(1934), al-Nathr al-fannifi l-qarn al-rabi' al-hijrl, Cairo.
Al-Qa~n,
W (1993), "Badi' ai-Zaman al-Hamadhani and His Social and Political Vision," in: Mustansir
Mir (ed.), Literary Heritage of Classical Islam: Arabic and Islamic Studies in Honor of James A.
* wa-miill
Bellamy, Princeton, 197-223. Rowson, E. K. (1987), "Religion and Politics in the Career of BadI' aI-Zaman al-HamadhanI," Journal of
By God, I did not write this letter until I saw my neighbor terrified, my servant-girl given away, my wealth confiscated, my estates plundered, my plowman beaten, and my agent sought by the authorities (p. 130).
fiilat il-adhyiil * wa-kathura I-riyiil * wa-¢iiqa l-i/:ltiyiil * fa-l-/:laliil lazimtu I-tijiirata I-ma}muna * wa-l-/:lirfata I-maymuna *
47
wa-
My skirts became long, and my dependents many. My ruses ran out, for lawful income is seldom gained .... So I stuck to the reliable commerce, and the blessed craft... (p. 161).
These statements, claiming that the pressures of dependents and debilitating circumstances led to participation in "the reliable commerce and the blessed craft" - clearly ironic given the moral ambiguity attributed to it - recall similar statements voiced by the character of aI-Iskandar! in the Maqiimiit. AI-Hamadhani's statements about himself blame the corruption of the nonnal social fabric and the unstable economic circumstances for leading him to the practice of kudya, and even mirror some of the antinomian aspects of al-Iskandari's justifications, which often stress his opportunistic preying upon the gullible. Both the secretary and al-Iskandari engage in the exchange of words for wealth. The exchange is unfair at some level, because one cannot eat words; they are not directly fungible and in essence not worth what they are exchanged for. Furthennore, the exchange is carried out with a bravado that makes it all the more insolent, at least in hindsight. Nevertheless, this type of subterfuge is justified by the sorry state of the world and the supposed dire straits of the recipient. In the end it is not actually unlawful, because the donor parts with his money of free will and not by force, even though he has been manipulated. Giving the money can always be chalked up to the generosity of the donor, even if the recipient did not deserve it in the first place. This suggests that in the character of al-Iskandari and his modus operandi, al-Hamadhani is mocking the behavior of the secretarial class, himself included, who occupy a precarious, almost parasitical position in the patronage system, and are induced by circumstances and the desire to make a comfortable living to undertake brazen linguistic manipulations of their patrons.
the American Oriental Society 107: 653-73. Stewart, D. J. (1990), "Sa)' in the Qur'an: Prosody and Structure," Journal ofArabic Literature 21: 101-39. -
(forthcoming), "Maqamah," in: R. Allen and D. S. Richards (cds.), Cambridge History of Arabic Lit-
erature: The Post-Classical Period, Cambridge. -- (forthcoming), "Rhymed Prose," in: Encyclopaedia of the Quran, ed. J. D. McAuliffe, Leiden. Al-~un,
Abu Bakr Mu}:lammad b. Yal).ya (1994), Adab al-kuttab, ed. AJ:unad I:Iasan Basaj, Beirut.
Eric J. Hanne
Atlantic
The concept of rule in Islam has yet to be fully explained. From the death of the Prophet, the controversies over who should rule, how the ruler should be selected, what authority he should enjoy, and what the goals of Islamic rule should be were addressed in numerous religious treatises and works of advice throughout the medieval Islamic period. Such authors as Ibn al-Muqaffa<, Abu Yusuf, Ibn Taymiyya, and Ibn Khaldun addressed the thorny question of legitimate Islamic rule in their works, often while living through political and military chaos themselves. 1 It cannot be denied that these authors were affected by the situations around them, but how exactly did their circumstances influence their works? In addition one might ask whether these authors' writings proved useful in either answering the questions being asked or easing the conflict over Islamic rule. Such queries, however, would presuppose that the goal of these authors was to give definitive answers or to act as guides for future rulers. The present article challenges such assumptions. Could there be other reasons for the composition of these and other works on rulership in Islam beyond providing an idealized notion of the imamate, or imparting much needed advice for rulers? Should the criteria for assessing the importance of an individual work be based on what it suggests about the conceptualization of power and authority in the medieval Islamic milieu, or should the focus be on the ability of the work to provide a picture of how Islamic rule actually operated in a particular time and setting?2 While both approaches, the ideological and the pragmatic, are valid and might fruitfully be used in conjunction with one another, I have chosen to adopt here the latter approach in order to address the two identically-titled Abkiim al-sul[iiniyyas of al-MawardI (d. 45011058) and Abu Ya'la b. aI-Farra) (d. 458/1066). AI-Mawardl's book in particular is held to represent a key development in the evolution ofthe "classical theory of the caliphate."3
Ibn al-Muqaffa', 'Abdallah (d. 1391756), al-Adab al-!jaghlr; Abu Yusuf, Ya'qub b. IbrahIm (d. 798), Kitiib al-Khariij; Ibn Taymiyya, TaqI aI-DIn Al.Imad (d. 728/1328), al··Siyiisa al-shar'iyya; Ibn Khaldun, 'Abd al-Ral.Iman (d. 80811406), al-Muqaddima. These works represent a small sample of the titles available; the discussion of Islamic rule can be found in a number of genres in various time periods. For further discussion, see Black 2001, and bibliography. 2 In addition to these approaches, one may also suppose that many authors had a panegyric motive. 3 AI-MawardI, 'All b. Mul.Iammad, al-Abkiim al-sul!iiniyya; Abu Ya'la Mul.Iammad b. ai-Farra', alAbkiim al-sul!iiniyya. When mentioning the "classical theory of the caliphate," the name that comes to mind is that of al-MawardI, the famous Shafi'I scholar of the fifth/eleventh century. One does not, however, immediately think of Abu Ya'la, a contemporary of al-MawardI, and of the I~Ianbali: madhhab. In fact, Abu Ya'la's Abkiim al-sul!iiniyya has been mentioned rarely in modern scholarship on theories ofIslamic rule, and often as an afterthought. H. A. R. Gibb (1937, 1939) coined the phrase "classical theory of the caliphate" in his articles discussing al-MawardI's work. More recently, Little (1974) and Mikhail (1995) have addressed these issues; the present work constitutes a continuation of these discussions.
Eric J. I-I anne
Abbasid Politics and the Classical Theory of the Caliphate
Was it a coincidence that at the supposed nadir of caliphal - if we accept at face value the majority of the literature- the institution was lauded, extolled and sUDDorted intellectuallv? True. not all medieval "theorists" held similar views conceming either the role of the caliphate, or its relationship with the sultans, amfrs and society at large. Yet, for the most part the caliphate was seen as a necessary element within the Islamic community, one with clearly delineated rights, responsibilities, and powers. Merely to rationalize the contradiction between actual weakness and theoretical support by stating that the scholars were reacting to their political environments fails to appreciate the importance of any work on rulership. Instead, a thorough contextualization of political treatises in terms of the relationship between the Dar al-Khilaja and the (ulamiP may lead to a better understanding of them.
To suppoli these contentions regarding both the nature of the two works as well as the condition of the in the eleventh century, the lives and careers of both authors will be discussed, based on materials found in various medieval biographical dictionaries. 6 Although other works composed by al-Mawardi and Abu Yacla in addition to the aforementioned political treatises are cited, this section focuses on the relationship of both scholars with the Dar al-Khila/a. It is clear from their biographies that al-Milwardi and Abu YaCla held different views regarding their connections to the government. The former appeared to have no qualms about working as a diplomat for the Abbasids, Buyids, and Saljuqs in addition to exercising judiciary duties, whereas the latter only agreed to working with the Abbasids (alone) after repeated entreaties by caliphal officials. Their similarly titled works on the imamate, however, both strongly support the institution of the caliphate, and the authors profess all but identical views about the nature and duties of this Sunni entity. In the end, both scholars would become influential figures in the continuum of Islamic ideological history; nonetheless, al-Mawardi's fame was posthumous and lengthy, whereas Abu Yacla's celebrity manifested itself during his and his children's lifetimes, but did not extend to the modem period. 7
50
As the present article addresses the literature on rulership, the choice of treatises should come as no great surprise; but the thesis adopted for this study departs somewhat from common assumptions. Common opinion holds that from the rise of the Buyids until the sack of Baghdad by the Mongols, the Abbasid caliphate was reduced to a titular role at best, subjected to the political and military whims of various warrior dynasties. The resulting prevalent view is that in light of the reduced status of the caliphate, the works of al-Maward! and Abu Yacla were tokens of their authors' intent to support the enfeebled institution. Altematively, modem studies have also highlighted the practical attitudes of the authors, who in writing about such concepts as the "amfr of conquest" and the relation of such amirs to the caliphs, were attempting to legitimate a/ait accompli.4 The historical basis for these contextual views and the modem studies that have focused on them are not rejected here; I do, however, argue for a slightly modified pragmatic approach, namely to investigate these works in terms of whether they tell us anything about how power and authority were manifested in fifth-sixthleleventh-twelfth-century Baghdad. I contend that the importance of these works, although linked to their unparalleled nature and lofty position in the canon of Islamic political theory, lies in their very existence: the A~kam al-sul{aniyyas of al-Mawardi and Abu Yacla were written as part ofa larger program of the caliphs aI-Qadir billah (r. 381-422/991-1031) and his son a1Qa)im bi-Amr Allah (r. 422-6711030-75) to promote the newly revitalized caliphate in light of the current socio-political scene in the central Islamic lands. Beginning with aI-Qadir billah and continuing through the reign of al-Mustaqi) bi-Amr Allah (r. 5667511171-80), the caliphs were dynamic and influential figures on both the local and regional levels. Utilizing a variety of resources, they were able, at times, not only to maintain their institution's position within the larger socio-political arena, but also to expand its power and influence throughout the central Islamic lands. One way in which the caliphs accomplished this was by cultivating a strong relationship with the various (ulama) in Baghdad. 5
4 For an analysis of the modem literature, see pp. 51 and 55-7 below. 5 For a fascinating quantitative study of the scholarly classes of Baghdad in the fifth/eleventh century, and a keen analysis of how individual scholars defined themselves and related to one another, see Ephrat 2000.
51
Modem scholars such as Hamilton Gibb, Henri Laoust, Donald Little, and Hanna Mikhail have provided much needed analysis of the reasoning behind the compilation of these works, as well as of their chronological order. 8 Their views are incorporated into the description below of the presentation and methods used by al-Mawardi and Abu Yacla. In combining this scholarly discussion of the works with an analysis of their authors' relationship to a newly revitalized caliphate, the focus in what follows is redirected to the works' specific role within the socio-political milieu in which they were composed. In reviewing the current understanding of the two A~kam al-sul{aniyyas, a few pertinent issues addressed therein will receive specific attention: the nature of the imamate; the selection process for the imam; some of the delegated positions; the "amir of conquest"; and the potential removal of an imam. To be sure, both works cover much more than can be addressed in this short essay, most notably the wide-ranging delegative functions of the imam, his sacred duties, taxation, and the issues surrounding crime and punishment. Although important in their own right, the areas chosen here highlight key developments in the relationship between the caliphate and the surrounding powers, and allow for a more nuanced assessment of the value of these works in terms of the above-mentioned criteria. Turning to the events of the period, this discussion of the imamate goes beyond what alMawardi' and Abu Yacla said, and centers on what happened with regard to the caliphate in and around Baghdad. In most cases the actual events do not correspond completely 6 Sources consulted include al-Dhahabi, Abu cAbdallah Mul:tammad (d. 74811348), Siyar a(lam alnubala'; Ibn Abi Yacla (d. 527/1133), Tabaqat al-ftanabila; Ibn al-clmad, Abu I-Falal,1 (d. 108911679), Shadharat; al-Subki, cAbd al-Wahhab b. CAli (d. 771/1369-70), Tabaqat al-shaji'iyya. These works add to materials found in the two main histories used for this work, Ibn al-Jawzi, Abu l-Faraj (d. 597/ 1201), al-Munta:fam; Ibn al-Athir, Abu l-I:Iasan CAll (d. 63011233), al-Kamil. 7 This may be the reason for his being ignored in most modem scholarship. 8 Gibb 1937,291-302 and 1939,401-10; Laoust 1968,11-92; Little 1974, 1-15; Mikhail 1995.
Eric J. Hanne
Abbasid Politics and the Classical Theory of the Caliphate
with what is discussed in the two treatises; this alone should come as no surprise, as the authors were unable to cover every eventuality in their works. What is interesting to note, however, is the presentation by ai-Maward! of the catch-all phrase, ~ukm al-waqt ("judgment for the time"), as a means of reasoning for making decisions. 9 By allowing for decisions to be made on the basis of current circumstances, the authors show their willingness to accept the volatility of the military-political world in which they lived. The acceptance of ad hoc decision making in addition to other aspects of their discussion of the imamate shows that both authors were not intent solely upon providing an idealized portrait.
One-and-a-half centuries later, al-Dhahabi uses similarly laudatory comments to describe the life and works of al-Maward'i in his account of the circumstances surrounding al-Mawardi's death: "It was said that he [aI-Mawardi] did not see any of his works published during his lifetime. He had them collected in the house of so-and-so whom he trusted, saying that he was not sure that his intent in writing them was entirely pure."1! According to the source on this matter, al-Maward'i then instructed his confidant on how to proceed with the works following his death. When he knew death was upon him, alMawardi would stretch out his hand to his confidant; if al-Maward! grasped the hand, this meant he knew the books would not be well received and they should be thrown into the Tigris. If he did not squeeze his friend's hand, he knew the books would be accepted. The friend relates that upon al-Mawardi's death, he made the sign that the books would be well received. Although this interesting story may not be historically accurate, the account suggests that al-Maward'i suffered doubt concerning the purity of his intent in his writings, and more importantly, their reception. 12
52
It will become clear, however, that neither treatise should be viewed simply as a handbook for how the caliphs and other figures should, or did, act in ruling over the central Islamic lands. Part of the reasoning for this assertion is that the Abbasids, Buyids, and Saljuqs did not limit themselves to these guidelines. Thus, if al-MawardI's and Abu Ya
AI-Mawardi Abu l-I:Iasan
The phrase ~ukm al-waqt is not used by Abu Ya'la, although he too endorses the principle of applying situational criteria in his treatment of multiple claimants to the imamate. In a case involving two acceptable claimants, one of whom was more learned and the other more courageous, Abu Ya'la states that preference should be given to the candidate whose qualities were more in keeping with the exigencies of the current circumstances. "If the more pressing need is for superior courage, owing to the extension of borders and the appearance of rebels, then the more courageous [candidate] is the more deserving. If it is superior knowledge that is needed, owing to the quiescence of the masses and the appearance of innovators, then the more knowledgeable [candidate] is the more deserving" (Abu Ya'la, al-Af:ikam, 24). 10 For Ibn al-JawzI's biographical entry on al-MawardI, see al-Munta?am 16: 41, no. 3357. Additional notices may be found in Ibn KathIr (d. 774/1373), al-Bidaya, 12: 80; Ibn al-cImad, Shadharat, 5: 219.
9
53
One of the most detailed expositions of al-Mawardi's life can be found in the Tabaqiit al-shiiji(iyya al-kubrii by al-Dhahabi's contemporary al-Subk'i.13 AI-Subki covers a variety of important issues in his biographical notice on al-Mawardi, among which one episode, regarding al-Maward'i's relationship with the Buyid leader lalal al-Dawla, deserves particular attention. As was noted, al-Maward'i served as a diplomatic liaison between the caliph and both the Buyids and Saljuqs on numerous occasions. The episode al-Subk'i discusses occurred in 42911037, when al-Qa)im conferred upon the Buyid prince, lalal al-Dawla, the honorific title (laqab) Shiihiinshiih al-A(?am Malik af.-Muluk. This title was not accepted by many of the culamiiJ , who pronounced fatwiis prohibiting its use, stating that such language was reserved for God alone. The qii¢f Abu Tayyib alTabar! disagreed, however, stating, "The application of malik al-muluk is licit, its meaning being that someone is malik al-muluk on earth." The I:Ianball scholar alTamimi agreed with al-Tabarl's view on this matter. AI-Mawardi, however, issued afatwii condemning the use of the laqab. Furthermore, as al-Subld states, " ... He was forceful in this. He belonged to the special entourage of lalal al-Dawla (min khawii$$ Jaliil alDawla), and when he gave thefatwii, he removed himself from him [lalal al-Dawla]."14 Turning to the narratives of Ibn al-lawz! and Ibn al-Athir, we obtain more information about al-Mawardi's life. In addition to discussing al-Maward'i's departure from lalal alDawla's company in 42911037,15 Ibn al-Athir describes al-Mawardi's role as a negotiator between lalal al-Dawla and his nephew, Abu Kalljar in 428/1036. 16 These negotiations, arising from the ongoing conflict among lalal al-Dawla, Abu Kalljar, and Bar11 al-DhahabI, Siyar, 18: 65: Wa innama lam u?hirha Ii-annilam ajid niyyatan khali:jatan. The entire notice, no. 29, may be found in 18: 64-8. 12 On the historicity of this account, see Madelung 1965. 13 al-SubkI, Tabaqat al-shaji'iyya, 5: 267-85, no. 509. Al-SubkI quotes a variety of sources in his biographical sketch, most notably aI-Khatib aI-Baghdadi. For the story concerning al-MawardI's death, see 5: 268. 14 Ibid., 5: 271. 15 Ibn al-Jawzi, al-Munta?am, 15: 264-6; Ibn al-AthIr, al-Kamil, 9: 459-60. 16 Ibid., 9: 455.
Eric J. Hannc
Abbasid Politics and the Classical Theory of the Caliphate
~~ut5HaH, were of extreme importance to the present al-Qa)im. Although an accord ($ulb) was reached and sealed a marriage pact between of Jalal al-Dawla the strife among the created a chaotic in which and Abu other powers, notably the caliphate and the Saljuqs, were able to gain the upper hand. AI-Qalim sent al-Maward! on another diplomatic mission in 43511043 in an attempt to negotiate a settlement between the newly ascendant Saljuq leader Tughril Beg and the terminally ill Jalai al-Dawla. 17 AI-Miiwardl's active role as a diplomat for the various powers of the time is in direct contrast to the career of his younger contemporary Abu Yaclii b. al-Farra l.
corresponded with Abu Man~llr b. Yusuf in order to obtain Abu Yaclii as a qatjJ for the accordcaliphal barfm. Initially Abu YaCla refused the post, but upon further to his son, he relented under the circumstances: "When he could not find a way out of it, he imposed conditions upon them: He would not attend on official occasions, nor would he go out for formal receptions of dignitaries. He would not visit the sultans. Once a month he would be allowed to leave for the Mucalla River as well as Bab al-Azaj."21 When these stipulations were accepted, Abu Yacla began his service to al-Qalim in the barfm.
54
Abu Yacla b. aI-Farra) Abu Yacla, Mu~ammad b. al-I:Iusayn b. Mu~ammad b. Khalafb. A~mad b. al-Farra l had quite a different career from that of his contemporary, al-Maward!. It should be noted at the outset, however, that we owe much of our knowledge about Abu Yacla to his son, Ibn Abi Yacla, who compiled the Tabaqat al-banabila, devoting the fifth !abaqa to his father, whom he called al-walid al-sa(fd.1 8 Abu Yacla was born in Baghdad in 380/990; his father, Abu cAbdallah, was a I:Ianafi shahid (professional witness) who refused the post of qa(1f when it was offered to him. Instead, Abu cAbdallah served as a professional witness in the house of Mu~arnmad al-SabIr, a qa(1f during the caliphate of al-Talic. Abu cAbdallah died in 39011000 when Abu Yacla was but ten years of age. The child was then raised and instructed in the J:Ianbali madhhab as a favored student of one Ibn alI-:Iamid. According to his son, Abu Yacla was entrusted with teaching Ibn al-I:Iamid's students when the latter went on bajj in 40211 0 11. F 0 Howing Ibn al-I:Iamid' s death in 40311012, Abu Yacla was well regarded by his followers; his knowledge and character were considered unmatched during his lifetime, earning him admirers from various madhhabs. According to Ibn AbI Yacla, "The fuqaha}, irrespective of their madhhabs and u$ul, gathered and listened to his works, obeying them and profiting by them."19 This reputation brought Abu Yacla to the attention of the Dar al-Khilafa, where he was asked to be a shiihid for the Chief Qa(1i, Ibn cAbdallah b. MakUla. Abu Yacla, like his father, wished to avoid political life and thus refused the request. Following the death of aI-Qadir, Ibn MakUla asked two shaykhs, Abu Man~ur b. Yusuf and Abu CAll b. Jarada, to entreat Abu Yacla to present himself to the court as an attending witness. Eventually, Abu YaC!a acquiesced, and served as a witness to al-Qalim's reading of the Qadir! creed in 432/1040. 20 Abu Yacla was again in attendance at the Dar al-Khilafa in 44511053. Upon the death of Ibn Maku!a in 44711055, members of the Dar al-Khilafa
17 Ibid., 9: 522; al-Munta?am, 15: 289. Ja1al al-Dawla died in the same year from a liver complaint. 18 The biographical sketch for Abu Ya'la can be found in 2: 193-230. The depiction of the father by his son cannot be said to be free of bias and should be assessed accordingly. Other biographical notices appear in Ibn al-JawzI, al-Munta?am, 16: 98-9, no. 3390; Ibn KathIr, al-Bidiiya, 12: 94. 19 Tabaqiit, 2: 193: wa-l-fuqahii)u (alii khtiliifi madhiihibihim wa-u~ulihim yajtami'una wa-li-maqiilihi yasma(una wa-yuVuna wa-bihi yantafi'una.
20 See the concluding section of the present article for a discussion of the Qadir! creed.
55
Although Abu Yacla, unlike al-Maward!, shared the (ulama}'s aversion to public office, the I:Ianball scholar was well aware of the society around him. His staunch support and espousal of the I:Ianball madhhab earned him a great reputation among both his contemporaries and successors. In the list of books described by his son, one finds a number of works refuting the Ashcarls, MuCtazills and Shiites. One of his more famous works, Kitab INal al-ta}wllat li-akhbar al-$ifiit, an attack on the Ashcar!s, came to the attention of al-Qa lim.2 2 According to his son's account, Abu Yacla was known simply by his laqab, "al-QatjJ," for generations after his death; he saw the entrance of Tughril Beg into Baghdad in 44711055, and died in Rama<;ian 458/August 1066.
Modem Research on al-A~kam al-Sultaniyya As mentioned previously, our current understanding of the "classical theory of the caliphate" rests on the preeminence of al-Mawardi's Abkam al-sultaniyya. Gibb, Laoust, and Little argue convincingly that part of the reason for this focus on al-Mawardi and his work was that it was the first work to come to the attention of the West following the translation and widespread use of Edmond Fagnan's annotated French version of this work in the early twentieth century.23 Mikhail expresses a similar point of view, but at the end of his work adds an appendix, entitled "Reception of the Statutes of Government," in which he delineates the "usage" of al-MawardI' s works by both later medieval and modem Muslim scholars. 24 Abu Yacla, in contrast, has been dealt with briefly by Laoust and Little, and only in terms of his Abkam al-sul!aniyya. In the last thirty years, however, another of Abu Yacla's works, the Kitiib al-Mu(tamad fi u$ul al-dfn, has been critically edited with a helpful introduction on the scholar's life by Wadi Z. Haddad. 25 Other works by Abu Yaclii have also found their way into Western libraries over the last
21 Ibid., 2: 200. There is no explicit discussion of the importance of these locales in the biographical accounts of Abu Ya'lii. 22 This work is not extant; soon after its completion Abu Ya'lii was accused by the Ash'arls of anthropomorphism. 23 Little states that although Fagnan's version did not mark the first occasion on which the West had heard of al-MawardI's work, Fagnan's complete translation "made the work available to the world of scholarship at large." Little 1974,2. See Fagnan 1915. 24 Mikhail 1995, Appendix A: 59-60. Mikhail lists, in chronological order, those figures from 'Abd alRal,lmiin (d. 589/1193) to Rashid Ri<;lii (d. 1353/1935), all of whom viewed al-MiiwardI as a key figure in the development ofIslamic political theory. 25 Abu Ya'la b. aI-Farra', al-Mu(tamad.
Eric J. Hanne
Abbasid Politics and the Classical Theory of the Caliphate
several decades; his Mu(tamad, however, was the basis for Abu Yacla's discussion of the imamate in his A~kiim al-sul!iiniyya. 26
sulJiiniyya.3 0 Another reason to question the assumption that Abu Yacla based his work on al-Mawardl's comes from a statement by Abu Yacla himself. In his prefatory reAbu YaC!a states that he has already addressed the issue of the imamate in his Mu(tamad, and that he composed his A~kiim al-sul!iiniyya in order to clarify and expand upon issues raised in the earlier work. 31 His apparent reasoning for the work was to provide more details and make corrections where necessary; no mention is made of any requests such as those described by al-Mawardi for his work. 32
56
This point brings us to the questions raised by modern scholars as to which work, that of al-Mawardi or that of Abu Yacla, was written first, as well as to the reasoning behind them; the two questions have been connected in terms of the answers given thus far. The general view is that al-Mawardi, upon the request of "one to whom obedience is obligatory,"27 composed his A~kiim a l-sul!iin iyya , and that Abu Yacla, who makes no mention of being requested to write such a work, followed suit, offering the I:Ianball view of the imamate and rulership in Islam. All four modern scholars mentioned above quote the famous passage from al-Miiwardl's prefatory remarks, agreeing that the "one to whom obedience is obligatory" undoubtedly refers to the current caliph al-Qa)im. Furthermore, the general conclusion is that Abu Yacla, as the younger of the two men, and the one who refrained from being too closely attached to the government, most likely was influenced by his older contemporary (either using al-Mawardi's work as a general guide for his own books or copying verbatim certain of its sections). These conclusions are not without controversy, however, as Little demonstrates. The first difficulty that must be overcome relates to the story surrounding al-Mawardi's death. As mentioned, according to the various biographers, al-MawardI did not have his works disseminated until after his death; this may have made it less likely for Abu Yacla to have access to the A~kiim al-sul!iiniyya, especially when one takes into account both scholars' extreme age at the time of the works' composition, as well as the chaotic nature of the military-political situation in Baghdad. 28 Of course, the story surrounding alMawardi's death may be fictional, and it may reflect the later controversies surrounding al-Mawardi's work in general. This is not the place to discuss the accusations against alMawardi, or the defenses of his writings by both medieval and modem scholars; these subjects have been studied by Mikhail, whose goal was to place al-Mawardl's views on Islamic rule in their ideological context. 29 Refuting the suspicions of MuCtazilism and Ashcarism raised against al-Mawardi, Mikhail contends that the scholar was "an independent thinker"; the basis for Mikhail's arguments is the thorough study of alMawardi's views as found in many of his major works, not only the A~kiim al26 The Mu(tamad, a typical work on religious belief and dogma, has the requisite chapter on the imamate; in the 1974 edition, see 222-55. 27 The full phrasing is "I have devoted to them [the "Statutes of Government"] a book, obeying [in so doing] the command of one to whom obedience is obligatory" (afradtu laha kitaban imtathaltu fihi amra man lazimat !a(atuhu), al-Mawardi, al-Aftkam, 1. 28 It should be remembered that during this period of the mid-fifth/eleventh century (most estimates place the writing of the two works sometime after 435/1043), Baghdad and the whole central Islamic region were beset with a variety of conflicts. Within Baghdad, troop riots, confessional disputes, and internal Sunni conflicts exacerbated the plight of the city's popUlation which was already suffering from occasional flooding, plague, and food shortages. The Buyids were not helping the situation with their family rivalries, and eventually succumbed to the Saljuq advances. In addition, this period saw the conquest of the city by al-Basasirl and his pro-Fatimid troops in 450/1058. Baghdad was ransacked by him and his forces in 450-1/1058-9, the year of al-Mawardl's death, and only began to recover in the latter part of that decade. 29 Mikhail 1995.
57
In the end, it is difficult to determine definitively which work preceded which. The issue is tantalizing, however, as the books bear a striking resemblance to one another in terms of the views their authors express. The fact that both scholars, barring a few notable instances, agree on the majority of issues raised, is made more striking by their following the same order in discussing the concepts as well as, in many cases, the same wording. This has led modem scholars to view the works and their provenance with circumspection. 33 I would argue, however, that determining which work was written first, although a puzzle worthy of further historiographical research, is not particularly pertinent to our understanding of the works' function in relation to the caliphate. It is pertinent, however, that there are two works, written almost simultaneously on the same topic and reaching identical conclusions, by two authors who hold diametrically opposed views concerning government service. The coincidences in the two works, in fact, heighten the need to place more emphasis on the reasoning behind their composition. In this sense, the reader's attention is called towards the actions of the caliphate in fostering a strong relationship with the (ulamii of Baghdad, most notably towards the promulgation, in alQadir'S reign, of the creed of "correct belief." J
The Two A~kiim al-Sul!iiniyyas: Topics and Contemporary Reality Before discussing both works in detail, a few comments about the presentation of the respective first sections by both authors are in order. AI-Mawardi's first chapter, entitled "Regarding the conferral of the imamate" (Fi (aqd al-imiima) is organized quite clearly. AI-Mawardi does not seem to rely as much on supportive quotations from past scholars as Abu Yacla. Rather, al-Mawardi: tends to list varied situations that may arise and to settle them in a quick and simple way, often offering a multitude of views concerning the topic. Abu Yacla, on the other hand, organizes his first chapter, entitled "Sections regarding the imamate" (Fu$ul fi l-imiima) in a less structured fashion. In quick succession, Abu Yacla offers opinions on topics ranging from the necessity of the imamate to whether or not fainting spells on the part of the imiim call for his abdication. 34 Further30 Donald Little refers to Mikhail's work (at that point an unpublished thesis), noting his views and stating the need for further work along Mikhail's lines; see Little 1974. 31 See above, n. 26 on Abu Ya'la's discussion of the imamate. 32 Abu Ya(la, al-Aftkam, 19. 33 This is most notable in Little's article, which compares the two works after trying to establish a definitive timeline for their composition.
34 They do not, as they are temporary conditions, and furthennore, the Prophet was susceptible to them. AI-Mawardl gives an identical opinion. Abu Yacla, al-Aftkiim, 20-1; al-Mawardi, al-Aftkam, 17-18.
58
Eric 1. Hanne
more, as mentioned earlier, Abu Yacla relies more on supporting culled from the actions of the Prophet and the Sala! as well as the badith transmitted by b. Both authors pursue their different methods of pH~sent2ltlcm compositions. AI-Maward! tends to provide more examples of divergent views prior to rendering his judgment, while utilizing more anecdotal evidence from the Rashidiin, Umayyad and Abbasid periods. Abu Yacla continues to provide a less structured treatment of the issues.3 5 Both, however, cover the same amount of material in delineating the parameters of caliphal power. ..L"-'..'U'-" ......
The Necessity and Nature of the Imamate With regard to the necessity of the imamate, the two authors are in agreement, stating that the imamate is essential for the community, and that this necessity derives not from reason, but from revelation. They differ, however, in the structure of their arguments, and thus in the final presentation of their views. Abu Yacla, on the one hand, begins by quoting Al).mad b. I:Janbal, "There would be strife (jitna) if there were no imam to oversee the affairs of the people."36 With regard to the grounds for this necessity, Abu Yacla is adamant in his view, "The way to its necessity is revelation, not reason."37 AIMaward!, on the other hand, poses the question, literally, and then provides the views of both camps of opinion, lending the concept a certain ambiguity.3 8 On a practical level, this debate appears to have little relevance; although the importance of the disputes between traditionalist and rationalist scholars in terms of ongoing ideological developments cannot be denied, many of the rulers of the day did not seem to care about the nature of the necessity for their rule.
Selection of the Imam According to both authors, there are two ways in which the imam could be chosen: the selection by "those who loose and bind" (ahl aI-ball wa-I-(aqd) or by the previous imam's designating his heir.3 9 As for the number of electors needed to make the selection valid, both authors present a variety of possibilities; in many cases, however, they base their statements on precedents set during the Rashidiin era. They refer specifically to Abu Bakr's appointment and acceptance by five individuals, and cUmar's selection of six individuals for the shiira, one of whom would be chosen as the imam. 40 In addition to these numbers they also allow three electors, one of whom is chosen while the other two attest to this choice, as in a marriage contract. 41 In the end both agree that the
35 Little (1974) discusses Abu Yacla's style of presentation as "quasi-interlocutory," with Abu Ya(la first posing a question and then answering it with supporting evidence; ibid., 9-10. 36 Abu Yacla, al-A~kam, 19: qala A~mad ... : al-fltna idha lam yakun imam un yaqumu bi-amri l-nas. 37 Ibid., wa-!arlqu wujubiha l-sam'u la l-'aql. 38 al-Mawardi, al-Aftkam, 5. 39 Ibid., 6; Abu Yacla, al-A~kam, 23, 40 Ibid., 23-5; al .. Mawardi, al-A~kam, 6-7. 41 Ibid.
Abbasid Politics and the Classical Theory of the Caliphate
imam could even be elected by one
like a
and the
59
al-Maward! arguing that "the selection is vahd."42
With regard to the requirements of the ahl and the ahl al-imama, both authors again agree on the basic issues. To be an "elector" one must fulfill three requirements: one must possess the capacity to act justly ((adala) , knowledge ((ilm), and the appropriate judgment (ray) and wisdom (bikma) to choose the best candidate. The candidates for the imamate, according to both authors, must possess certain qualities. Although al-Maward! lists seven and Abll YaCla only four, the overall specifics coincide. The imam must descend from the tribe of Quraysh and be gifted with character traits required for ruling over an Islamic community: knowledge and ra)y (the ability to form sound religious opinions), justice, wisdom, and courage. Donald Little argues convincingly that the difference in Abu Yacla's listing of necessary traits reflects his Ijanbalibased desire to lessen the importance of personal opinion (ray).43 The two scholars overlap on a number of other special concerns involved with selecting the caliph's successor. Both agree that it is licit to seek the officc of the caliphate, as opposed to the injunction against seeking a position as qarj.z. Furthermore, should the chosen candidate not wish to be caliph, he is not bound to accept the selection of the electors; they instead will choose another for the position, the idea being that the acceptance of the position should be based on willingness eaqd murarj.ah), not compulsion or coercion (ikrah). 44 In another situation, if the electors have two definite choices, but one is either more knowledgeable or more courageous than the other, our two authors provide the logical answer: choose the one that best fits the situation. They phrase their responses to this question similarly, and al-Maward! provides a significant term, J;.ukm al-waqt, for the "deciding factor."45 Abu Yacla and al-Maward! are also in agreement on the concepts of afdal and mafdiil when it comes to the imamate. If, after a candidate has been chosen and the bay(a (oath of loyalty) has been conferred upon him, the electors find a better individual, the first decision is binding. In a similar vein, with regard to the question of the legality of having two imams chosen though divided by a great distance or body of water, both scholars reject the notion explicitly. They are in general agreement with regard to any controversy surrounding the succession. If two candidates contest an election, both scholars offer the suggestion that the two candidates be rejected for a third one. Abu Yacla comes across as more forceful in this regard, whereas al-Mawardi: provides a variety of opin42 Ibid" wa-li-annahu ftulanu wahidin niijidhun. 43 Little 1974, l3. The requirements for candidacy to the imamate, as listed by al-Mawardi, are: justice; knowledge suitable to make independent judgments (ijtihiid); sound hearing, vision, and speech; physical soundness; prudence to make proper decisions; courage to defend the lands; and Qurashi: de .. scent; al-Aftkam, 6. Abu Ya'lii lists four requirements: Qurashi: descent; the traits required to be a qa(il (freedom, age of majority, reason, knowledge, and justice); the ability to wage war and prescribe the required punishments when needed; and highest rank (af(iaT) in terms of knowledge and religion; alA~kam, 20. Another feature of Abu Ya'lii's presentation is his complete dependence on I:Ianball authorities. 44 Ibid., 24; al-Mawardi:, al-A~kiim, 7. 4S Ibid.; Abu Yacla, al-A~kam, 24. See above, n. 9.
Eric J. Hanne
Abbasid Politics and the Classical Theory of the Caliphate
ions about the possible action; both, however, stress the need to avoid conflict within the community at all costs.46
This observation need not imply that aI-Qadir was not a suitable candidate for the caliphate; accounts abound concerning his scholarly pious and charitable duties. It has been argued elsewhere, however, that the choice of ai-Qadir was not due to these characteristics, but rather to Baha) al-Dawla's desire for a tractable caliph.50 In any case, aI-Qadir proved to be a forceful figure both in Baghdad and the surrounding region during his forty-one-year reign. An example of his desire and ability to regain some control over the caliphate's destiny was his designation of not one, but two heirs-apparent: al-Ghalib biWih in 409/1018 and al-Qa)im bi-Amr Allah in 42111030. In both cases al-Qadir's selection of his heirs was accomplished alone. Furthermore, in the second case we arc given a glimpse of the reasoning behind his choice. When al-Qa)im was designated as wall al-(ahd in a public ceremony held in the Dar alKhila!a, the current Buyid leader, Jalal al-Dawla, was not present. The Buyid amlr later sent a letter requesting an explanation from aI-Qadir, who responded, "Indeed, the Commander of the Faithful, upon considering that which God, may He be exalted, has bestowed upon him in the progeny of Abu Ja
60
The Duties of the Imam In addition to the abovementioned similarities, one finds a striking accord between the two scholars regarding the duties of the imam. These are ten, enumerated by each scholar in identical wording and order of presentation. The obligations listed are meant to cover all aspects of life, including the preservation of the correct religion (Mfi; aI-din), the application of the prescribed penalties (iqamat al-budud), the fortification of the borders (tai:z$ln al-thughur), the "struggle" against enemies (jihad), and so forth.47 This agreement concerning the imam's obligations recurs in the treatment of his removal. There are two situations, given by both Abu Yacla and al-Mawardi, which call for the removal ofthe imam: unjust or irreligious acts which compromise the imam's probity, or impainnent of his body (jurbun fi (adalatihi wa-naq$un fi badanihi).48 As before, these issues are treated in great detail by both authors, with the varying degrees of culpability and impairment as the deciding factors in each case. The point to raise, however, is that although they agree on these particular issues, neither author provides any discussion of how one actually removes a caliph from office. The reasons may be given, but not the legal procedures by which the removal might become actual. This absence of instructions for the removal of an imam reveals an interesting aspect of these works: on the one hand, the case for viewing these works as practical manuals for rule is weakened, while on the other hand, their affinity with Realpolitik emerges. AI-Mawardi's and Abu Yacla's discussions of the imamate, the selection process for it, and the duties of the imam are comprehensive in nature; however, if we consult the historical chronicles for this period, a different picture of the caliphate emerges. The most salient difference concerns the selection of the caliphs, starting with aI-Qadir billah in 3811991. AI-Qadir rose to the caliphate not of his own accord, but through his installation by the Buyid amlr Baha) al-Dawla. The previous caliph, al-TaY, who at that point had sought the arrest of his cousin aI-Qadir, was forcibly deposed by Baha) al-Dawla's soldiers in a scene reminiscent of al-Mustakfi's deposition by Mucizz al-Dawla in 334/946. 49 Thus the third caliph in a row (al-MuW, al-Ta)i\ aI-Qadir) was placed on the caliphal throne by an individual who did not fit the criteria for membership in the ahl alball wa-l-(aqd, namely, the Shiite Buyid amlr. While it is not completely clear in the case of al-Qadir's rise to the caliphate whether Baha) al-Dawla consulted others regarding his choice, it is apparent that aI-Qadir was certainly not chosen by aI-Ta)i<.
46 47 48 49
Ibid., 24-5; aI-MawardI, al-A~kiim, 7. Ibid., 15-16; Abu Ya'Ia, al-A~kiim, 27-8. Ibid., 28; al-MawardI, al-A~kiim, 17. For a complete account of aI-raY's deposition and al-Qadir's enthronement, see Ibn al-JawzI, alMunta;am, 14: 348-55; Ibn al-AthIr, al-Kiimil, 9: 79-82.
61
AI-Qadir's initiative in selecting his successors was to be imitated for the next two centuries with only a few minor setbacks. The first of these setbacks involved al-Qa)im's initial selection of his son, Dhakhirat aI-Din, who died suddenly after his investiture. Luckily, a concubine of Dhakhirat aI-Din was found to be with child at the time, even-tually giving birth to al-Muqtadi. Although the fortuitous timing of al-MuqtadI's birth might be viewed with suspicion, his parentage was never questioned in the sources. AIQa)im took no chances with his grandson, who was made wall al-cahd soon after his birth. Moreover, when al-Qa)im was forced into exile by the Fatimid-supported conquest of Baghdad by al-Basasiri in 45011058, the Abbasid loyalists made sure that al-Qa)im went to one location, while al-Muqtadi went to another. In the decisionmaking process leading to the selection and ascent of most Abbasid caliphs during the fifth/eleventh and sixth/twelfth centuries, the stipulations listed by our two scholars appear not to have played any role. The only episode in which one could make a case for external involvement in the selection process was the abortive reign of aI-Rashid billah (529-30/1135-6). AI-Rashid had risen to the throne following the assassination of his father al-Mustarshid in the camps of the Iraqi Saljuq sultan Mas
52 Hanne 1998,334-5.
Eric J. Hanne
Abbasid Politics and the Classical Theory ofthc Caliphate
deposition is for we find Masciid not removing aI-Rashid from power, but also to his decision. According to Ibn Masciid gathered the caliphal officials (who had been "under his care" since al-Mustarshid's death) in Baghdad and produced a letter stipulating that, should al-Rashid raise anns against the Saljiiq sultan, he would abrogate his caliphate. 53 In the end, the caliphal officials agreed with Mas ciid 54 and began the process of choosing the next caliph. Eventually, one of al-Mustarshid's brothers, later called al-Muqtafi, was suggested as a suitable candidate because of his pious, careful nature. 55 In this instance, we could describe Masciid and the caliphal officials as representing the ahl ai-ball wa-l-Caqd. One can see here a correlation between actual events and the methods of selection discussed by alMawardl and Abu Yacla, but one needs to bear in mind the peculiar circumstances surrounding al-Mustarshid's death and al-Rashid's tumultuous reign in order to understand fully the multiple forces at work. With regard to the selection and succession of the caliphs during the period in question, the only concept found in al-Mawardi's and Abu Yacla's works that correlates to actual events would be the that of bulan al-waqt, as the principle is termed by al-Mawardl. This concept could be seen as a panacea of sorts for the difficult situations in which any number of rulers found themselves. The dynamic nature of power relationships in medieval Islamic society created situations that no work on "Islamic rule," whether casuistic or advice-oriented, could hope to cover exhaustively.
administration of general matters, such as the chief qa<;fi (qat;1i l-qut;1ah), the leader of the armies (naqib a/-juyush), the defenders of the frontiers (bumat al-thughur), and those entnlsted with the collection of taxes (mustawfa l-khariij and jubat al~'iadaqat). The final division, logically, entails special administration over specific matters; it includes those individuals (such as the ones mentioned above) with a more specialized authority. Both al-Mawardi: and Abu Yacla use identical language in delineating these four divisions and those discharging the duties.
62
Delegative Powers of the Imam From the inception of the Islamic community in the Arabian peninsula, it is clear that the leader of the umma, beginning with the Prophet himself, would often delegate power over such aspects of society as the military, administration, and judiciary. No one man could hope to deal with all the intricacies and complexities of a rapidly developing empire without the aid of numerous specialists. There was never any doubt as to the necessity of delegating authority to such individuals; rather, it was the legality of the delegation that had to be addressed. Well aware of this fact, both al-Mawardi: and Abu Yacla devote the majority of their works to defining the parameters of the delegators and the delegates. In these sections, devoted to wazirs and amirs, one finds, again, an agreement in views. Among the points of interest here are the delegatory powers of the caliphs and the differences between the "wazir of delegation," the "wazir of execution," and the "amir of conquest." When discussing the delegatory powers of the imams, both alMawardl and Abu Yacla divide these powers into four sections, noting the positions associated with each. The first division involves a generalized administration over works overseen by wazirs who fulfill non-specialized duties. The next section deals with those who exercise general administration of particular duties; these are the amirs who enjoy general authority over regions or lands. The third section concerns those who perform
53 Ibid., 342; Ibn al-Athlr, al-Kamil, 11: 42. 54 There were a variety of reasons for their decision; the letter served merely as a pretext. 55 The person who initially suggested al-Muqtafi, CAlI b. Tarriid, was the new caliph's father-in-law, and later became his wazzr for a brief interval.
63
Moreover, with regard to the distinctions between the "delegated wazir" (wazir altafwi{) and the "executive wazir" (wazir al-tanfidh), the two scholars are in accordance. 56 Both agree that the wazir al-tanfidh may be chosen from the ahl al-dhimma, while the wazir al-tafivit;1, with his greater authority and power, must be a Muslim. Abu Yacla and al-Mawardi also delineate the four main differences between the two wazirs, allotting the wazir al-tafivi<;f more independence of action, as well as more responsibility.57 Given the special duties of the wazir al-tafivit;1, the candidate must meet special requirements: he must be free, Muslim, in possession of sufficient religious knowledge, and proficient in the ways of war and taxation. The wazir al-tanfidh, by contrast, need not meet these requirements. With regard to the delegation of amirs, Abu Yacla and al-Mawardl again hold identical positions. Both authors describe two types of amirs, the amir al-istilifa} and the amir al-istila). The first type of amTr is delegated by the caliph himself to rule the people of a land over which he is put in charge. His duties are limited according to the delegated nature of his position, although some independence of action is still allowed. The responsibilities of the position, identically described by both authors, include most prominently the command and maintenance of the military, the enforcement of religious laws and protection of religion in general, the administration of prescribed penalties, and the collection of taxes. The amir al-istila}, in contradistinction to the amir al-istikfa}, was a newly conceived figure. Both authors, well aware of the reality around them, had to find a way to legitimate the subjugated position of the caliphate with regard to the Buyid amirs. Istila} may be roughly translated as "seizure," "the taking of something by force"; and thus the ami"r al-istila} has been translated as the "amlrate of seizure."58 This situation arises when authority is conferred upon an amir through the latter's coercion. The amir is given full authority over the lands conquered or usurped, including the rights to administer, tax, and raise annies. This "delegation" of authority, granted through the caliph, contained
56 The authority of the "delegated wazzr" or "wazi'r of delegation" (wazzr al-tafwi'r/) is more extensive than that of the "executive wazi'r" or "wazzr of execution" (wazzr al-tanfidh). The delegated wazi'r owes his position to the delegation of authority (see further Koran 40: 47) and may be charged with such tasks as the overseeing of troops, the ma?alim, and the distribution of wealth. The executive wazzr, by contrast, is charged solely with the performance of commands. 57 al-Miiwardi, al-A~kiim, 26-7; Abu Yaclii, al-A~kam, 32-3. 58 Gibb 1937, 1939. Laoust (1968) translated the term into French as "conquete," as did Fagnan (1915) in his translation of al-Miiwardl's work.
Eric 1. Hanne
Abbasid Politics and the Classical Theory of the Caliphate
restrictions regarding the correct application of religious tenets. S9 The requirements, outlined identically by both authors, are seven in number, including such criteria as obedience to the caliph, correct delegation of authority, and execution of the penalties. Both Abu YaCla and al-Mawardl couch their discussions of the amir al-istiliP in terms of obedience to the caliphate and to the laws of God. 60 They do not, however, provide any discussion of how one may effectively rid oneself of a disobedient amir al-istiliP. Furthermore, the novelty of the situation with the "amirate of seizure" may be exemplified by the total lack of supporting ijmil on the topic. The treatment of this issue by both authors justifies indeed the characterization of the two treatises by modem scholarship as condoning afaU accompli.
to wit, the exile of al-Qa)im in 450-1/1058-9 following al-BasaslrI's taking of Baghdad. Most interestingly, al-Q[Fim remained caliph throughout his exile, regardless of the fact and surrounding cities was recited in the name of the that the khu!ba in Fatimid caliph, al-Mustan~ir. There appears to have been no attempt to replace al-Qa)im as caliph. According to Ibn al-JawzI, in 45111059, al-BasasirI vainly attempted to have al-Qa)im return to the city and resume his rightful place; al-Qa)im, however, balked at the stipulations placed upon him, specifically the requirement that he give al-Basasiri a position at his court. 64 One could argue, based on al-Mawardi's and Abu Yacla's works, that the reason why al-Qa)im was not deposed was that hope still remained for the caliph's eventual rescue. Most likely, it was clear to all involved, including al-BasasirI, that the Saljuq sultan, Tughril Beg, although temporarily set back by his brother's rebellion, was rapidly regaining his position in the field. The various powers then decided to take a "wait-and-see" attitude with regard to the caliphate. In the end, Tughril Beg and his forces were able to defeat or co-opt al-Basasiri's supporters in the central Islamic lands. AI-Qa)im was triumphantly reinstalled as caliph in Baghdad in 451/1059 and was soon thereafter given al-Basasir'i's severed head as a token of Tughril Beg's esteem. 6S The episode surrounding al-Qa)im's survival as an exiled caliph, as well as the events surrounding al-Rashid's deposition and al-Muqtafi's installation, bears the closest correlation to issues raised in al-Mawardi's and Abu Yacla's Abkam alsul!aniyyas. Other forces that were at work in these series of events were not addressed by the afore-mentioned scholars. But the fact that both authors felt the real threat to the Abbasid caliphate from the Buyids, Saljuqs, and Fatimids is evident in their envisaging of the cessation of the imamate.
64
Replacement of the Imam The treatment of the "amirate of seizure" by the two authors, both in what they have to say as well as in how they present it, is strikingly similar to an earlier topic regarding a threat to the imamate. Both authors, in their first chapters treating the function and limitations of the imamate, outline what would happen should an outside force threaten it. Abu YaCla and al-Maward'i broach the delicate topic following their discussion of situations calling for the cessation of an individual caliph's rule and phrase it as the question of what would happen should the imam lose the ability to act independently. Both agree that there are two ways in which this may arise: the first is the limitation (bajr) of the imam's power by an outside power; the second is the capture (qahr) and imprisonment of an imam by hostile forces. In the first case, al-Maward'i and Abu Yacla agree that the restriction of the actions of the imam by another power does not automatically nullifY the imamate. 61 As long as the prescribed religious and related duties are not violated, the imamate is still valid. If, however, these requirements are not met, it is necessary for the imam to seek aid from an outside power to rid the society of the usurpers.62 If hostile forces capture an imam, it is licit to nullify the imamate and choose another imam. The umma, however, should make every attempt to free the captured imam. As before, both authors provide a brief, but detailed list of possibilities for the choice of the new imam as well as a discussion of the different situations that may result, depending on whether the hostile forces are Muslims or kafirs.63 As with the amir al-istila}, the issue of the loss of action, or capture, of the imam is a delicate one for both authors and is treated quickly before moving on to another topic. Although there is ample material to discuss the actual role of the vizierate during the fifthieleventh and sixthitwelfth centuries, as well as the notion of the amir al-istila}, it is more instructive to look at the situation of an imam who was captured by hostile forces,
S9 Abu Ya'la, al-A~kam, 34-8; al-Mawardi, al-A~kam, 30-4. 60 Ibid., 33-4; Abu Ya'la, al-A~kiim, 37-8. 61 AI-Mawardl states with regard to ~ajr: fa-Iii yamna'u dhiilika min imiimatihi wa-lii yaqda~u ji :ji~~ati wiliiyatihi ... ; al-A~kiim, 19-20. Abu Ya'ia makes a similar statement; al-A~kiim, 22-3. 62 Ibid.; al-Mawardl, al-A~kiim, 19-20. 63 Ibid.; Abu Ya'la, al-A~kiim, 22-3.
65
"Caliphal Patronage" and Conclusions Unlike many aspects of the imamate discussed by al-Mawardi and Abu Yacla, the last two topics discussed above - the case of the amir al-istila}, and the actions to be taken in the face of a threat to the caliphate - were rooted in contemporary reality. Following the abrupt deposition of al-Mustakfi by the Buyids in 334/946, the Abbasid caliphate was subjected to a number of threats, both at home and abroad. The first two caliphs "raised" by the Buyids, al-Mutr and al-TaY, were also deposed by them. Even aI-Qadir himself was installed as caliph by Baha) al-Dawla. As mentioned initially, the modem view of this period posits a caliphate weakened beyond repair, subject to the whims of successive warlords, who rose to power between the fourthitenth and seventhithirteenth centuries. One could argue, however, that beginning with the lengthy and successful reign of aI-Qadir, the Abbasid caliphate was again becoming a dynamic and influential institution, capable of action instead of mere reaction. In this sense, renewed attention is owed to the actions of the caliphs in fostering a strong relationship with the (ulamiP of Baghdad, most notably through the promulgation of a creed of "correct belief' near the end of aI-Qadir' s reign. 64 Hanne 1998,209. Ibn al-Jawzl, al-Munta?am, 16: 47-9. 6S I-Ianne 1998, 210.
Eric 1. Hanne
Abbasid Politics and the Classical Theory of the Caliphate
In 408/1017, according to Ibn al-Jawzi, ai-Qadir began his campaign to reassert his role as a leading religious figure. He caned for the "innovators to repent," banned I:Ianafi Mu(tazills from any or and took their to this effect. 66 The convocation of various scholars in the Dar al-Khilafa in 40911018 followed this unilateral course of action by the caliph in order to spell out the beliefs of the madhahib al-sunna. 67 This process culminated in 42011029 with a series of ceremonies in the Dar al-Khilafa in which the (ulama) from various madhhabs were made to sign decrees professing "correct belief," later called the Qadiri Creed. 68 With the exceptions of Erika Glassen and George Makdisi, modem scholars have paid scant attention to this development. 69 It seems, however, that the promulgation of the Qadiri Creed was an important development in caliph-(ulama) relations during the fifth/eleventh century. The text of the Creed itself is not made available in the sources untiI432-311040-1, when alQadir's son al-QaJim held another ceremony in which the Creed, now referred to as the Qadiri-QaJimi Creed, was recited anew before an assembly of scholars from each madhhab)O As mentioned previously, Abu Ya(la was in attendance at this ceremony, and he was the second of those present to give his signature of compliance)l AlMawardi, on the other hand, is not listed in the biographical or historical accounts as having attended any of the ceremonies.
scholars in their ongoing the triumphs of the traditionalists in the fifth/eleventh century would come only at the behest of the caliphate. 73
66
The Ftiqad al-Qadiri al-Qa)imi may generally be seen as a traditionalist creed, all but identical to the I:Janbali creed attributed to Al)mad b. I:Janbal)2 Both aI-Qadir and alQaJim attached themselves to the traditionalist cause through the repeated recitation of this creed; this was not lost on the part of the traditionalist (ulama). In 460/1067, following a series of sectarian riots in Baghdad, a group of scholars came to the Dar alKhilafa and asked for another public recitation of the Creed throughout the mosques of the city. The idea of the (ulama) not only accepting the caliphate's role in promoting "correct belief' but also actively seeking the institution's support when they felt threatened by "ideological innovators" stands in stark contrast to their relationship with such earlier caliphs as al-MaJmun during the third/ninth century. This changed relationship between the caliphate and the (ulama) suggests strongly that the failure of the mi~na was not a victory of the (ulama) over the caliphate in terms of who had the right to determine "correct belief," but rather a small victory for the traditionalists over the rationalist 66 Ibn al-Jawzl, al-Munta?am, 15: 125; Ibn a1-AthIr also provides an account of these events; al-Kiimil, 9: 305. 67 Ibn a1-Jawzl, al-Munta?am, 15: 128. These actions were mimicked by Mal;tmiid of Ghazna in lands he controlled; Mal;tmiid went further than ai-Qadir, by persecuting, exiling, or killing various Mu'tazill and Shiite scholars. 68 Ibid., 15:197-201. 69 Glassen 1981,9-12; Makdisi 1997. Makdisi discusses the Creed in the context ofIbn 'Aqil's forced retraction of his work and semi-exile in 465/1072 because of his alleged views in contradiction of the Creed. See also Hanne 1998. 70 Ibn al-Jawzi, al-Munta?am, 15: 280-2. The text of the Creed (al-l'tiqiid aI-Qadir£) was translated into German by Mez, 1922; for the English version of this work, see Mez 1937. 71 Ibn AbI Ya'la, Tabaqat, 2: 197-8. Ibn Abi Ya'la states, however, that the recitation of the Creed took place in 43211040, not 433/1041. 72 al-Sayrawan 1988, 101-20.
67
Although but a fraction of the complex relations between the caliphate and the (uiama) in the fifth/eleventh century has been discussed here, it is clear that al-Mawardl's and Abu Ya(la's A~kam al-sul!aniyyas should be consulted in studying this relationship. Like representative works from the various madhhabs commissioned by caliphs, such as al-Mawardl's Kitab al-Iqna( on the Shafi(I madhhab, these two works on the imamate might also have been "requested." The difficulty here, however, lies in the absence of any direct statements that would prove beyond doubt that these works were of a larger effort initiated by the caliphs. While al-Mawardi's prefatory remarks concerning adherence to the orders of "one to whom obedience is obligatory" support this interpretation, Abu Ya(la's work could well have been the "J:Ianbali counterpart." This possibility is strengthened when taking into account the similar treatment of the imamate in both works, and their correlation (or lack thereot) with actual events surrounding the quest for power and authority in the central Islamic lands. The two works are strikingly similar in substance, in terms of mundane matters as well as exceptional situations. If the two presentations do indeed differ, the overall sentiment is the same: the caliphate, the necessity of which is given through revelation, is the earthly source for the delegation of power and authority. The details are presented in the same order most of the time; and in many cases, the wording is formulaic, and identical in the two texts. The delicate issues of usurpation of power by outside forces and the idea of a captive imam are treated in ways that maintain the dignity, influence, and authority of the vCtl.II.HICtVv. Again, this subject matter is discussed in similar terms by both authors. Tied to the discussion of why these works were written are the questions surrounding their audience and role. The idea that these treatises were meant as theoretical compositions, written in an effort to describe a utopian situation, is not wholly convincing. Neither were they written simply to legitimate afait accompli. For, if one were to go with either of these assumptions, one would have to believe that rulers sought actual guidance and authorization from such treatises. The notion that the Buyids, Saljuqs, or even the caliphs based their actions upon such works cannot be sustained. Although later theorists from the medieval and modem periods would focus on al-Mawardi's views, the idea that the jurist's goal, or that of his neglected colleague Abu Ya(la, was to become the spokesman for a "classical theory of the caliphate" is difficult to accept. Instead, al-Mawardi and Abu Ya(!a were participants in the ongoing effort on the part of the Dar al-Khilafa to bolster its position, harnessing the important element of the (ulama) to make its claim. The two scholars' manuals were bypro ducts of this relationship. What is most important to note is that these bypro ducts must be studied and interpreted within the parameters of the sociopolitical arena and era in which they were written. Of course, one may rightly speak of their placement within the continuum of Islamic political theory, comparing their authors' views with those of earlier and later scholars. This sort of study is of great importance for an overall picture of Islamic religio-political 73 Makdisi 1973, 155-68.
68
Abbasid Politics and the Classical Theory of the Caliphate
Eric J. I-I anne
thought, but in comparing various works on rulership in Islam over time, it is difficult to avoid taking the works out of the unique locality and time period in which they were composed. In so doing, one may inadvertently apply anachronistic standards and criteria to individual works. It would be false to suggest that al-Mawardl and Abu Yacla were unaffected by past scholars, or that they in tum failed to influence later writers; there is ample evidence to prove otherwise. But my purpose here has been to emphasize, by comparing the lives and views of al-Mawardi and Abu Yacla in conjunction with an analysis of key contemporary events, that the Abkiim al-sul!iiniyyas were true products of their environments. They played a supporting role within the larger rapprochement of (ulamii J and caliphs for the sake of mutual strengthening. Only when an interactive pragmatic approach is integrated with the theoretical one can they be fully appreciated.
69
Bibliography Abu Ya'la: see Ibn aI-Farra'. Black, A. (2001), The History of Islamic Political Thoughtfrom the Prophet to the Present, New York. Bosworth, C. E. (1954), "Daha' al-Dawla," in: EI2 I: 912. -
(1986), "Mal,lmud b. Sebuktigin," in: EI2 VI: 64-6.
-
(1986), "Malik-Shah," in: E12 VI: 273-6.
-- (1990), "al-Mustakfi," in: EI2 VII: 723-4. Bowen, H. (1929), "The Last Buwayhids," Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 61: 225-45. -
(1954), "Abu Kalidjar," in: EI2 I: 131-2.
Busse, H. (1969), Chalifund Grosskonig: Die Buyiden im Iraq (945-1055), Beirut. Canard, M. (1954), "al-Basasiri," in: EI2 I: 1073-5. Crone, P. and M. Hinds (1986), God's Caliph, Cambridge. a1-Dhahabi, Abu (Abdallah Mul).ammad (1984), Siyar a'lam al-nubala', 24 vols., Beirut. Encyclopaedia of Islam, New Edition. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1954-in progress (EI2).
Epmat, D. (2000), A Learned Society in a Period of Transition: The Sunni "U/ama" of Eleventh-Century Baghdad, Albany.
Fagnan, E. (1915), Les statuts gouvernementaux ou regles de droit public et administratif, Algiers. French,1. R. P., Jr. and B. Raven (1959), "The Bases of Social Power," in: D. Cartwright (ed.), Studies in Social Power, Ann Arbor, 150-67.
Gibb, H. A. R. (1937), "A1-Mawardi's Theory of the Khilafah," Islamic Culture 11: 291-302. -
(1939), "Some Considerations on the Sunni Theory of the Caliphate," Archives d'histoire du droit oriental3: 401-10.
-
(1955), "The Evolution of Government in Early Islam," Studia Islamica 4: 1-17.
G1assen, E. (1981), Der mittlere Weg: Studien zur Religionspolitik und Religiositiit der spiiteren Abbasiden-Zeit, Freiburger Islamstudien 8, Wiesbaden.
Hanne, E. 1. (1998), "The Caliphate Revisited: The Abbasids of 11th and 12th Century Baghdad," Ph.D. diss., University of Michigan. Hartmann, A. (1990), "al-Mu~tadi," in: E12 VII: 540-1. Hillenbrand, C. (1990), "al-Mustarshid," in: EJ2 VII: 733-5. -
(1990), "al-Musta?hir," in: EJ2 VII: 754-6.
-
(1993), "aI-Rashid billah," in: E12 VIII: 439-44.
Ibish, Y. (1966), The Political Doctrine of al-Baqillanz, Beirut. Ibn Abi Ya'la (1952), Tabaqat al-banabila, 2 vols., Cairo. Ibn al-Athir, Abu I-I:Iasan (Ali (1966), al-Kamilfi l-ta'rzkh, ed. Karl J. Tomberg, 12 vols., repro Leiden. Ibn aI-Farra', Abu Ya(la Mul).ammad (1966), al-Abkam al-sul!aniyya, Cairo. -
(1974), al-Mu'tamad, ed. W. Z. Haddad, Beirut.
Ibn I;Ianbal: see al-Sayrawan. Ibn al-'Imad, Abu I-FalaI:t (1986-91), Shadharat al-dhahab fi akhbar man dhahab, 10 vols., Beirut. Ibn al-Jawzi, Abu I-Faraj (1992), al-Munta,(-am fi ta'rzkh al-muluk wa-l-umam, 18 vols., Beirut. Ibn al-Jawzi, Sib! (1906), Mir'at ai-zaman fi ta)rzkh al-a'yan, facsimile edition by J. R. Jewett for the years 495-654 A.H., Chicago. Ibn Kathir, Abu
I-Fa~a'il
Isma(i1 (1932), al-Bidaya wa-l-nihayafi 1- ta'rzkh, 14 vols., Cairo.
Abbasid Politics and the Classical Theory of the Caliphate
Eric 1. Hanne
70
Ibn Khaldiin (1967), The Muqaddimah: An Introduction to History, trans. Franz Rosenthal, ed. N. J. Da-
Nielsen, J. S. (1986), "Ma:(,iilim," in: El2 VI: 933-5. Patton, W. M. (1897), Abmed Ibn f:lanbal and the Mibna, Leiden.
wood, Princeton. Ibn Rajab, cAbd al-RaJ;unan b. Al:unad (1952), Dhayl Tabaqiit
al-~aniibila,
2 vols. Cairo.
al-Sayrawiin, cAbd al-CAzlz (ed.) (1988), al-CAqlda lil-imam Ibn lfanbal bi-riwayat Abl Bakr al-Khallal,
Lambton, A. K. S. (1956), "Quis custodiet custodes: Some Reflections on the Persian Theory of Government," Studia Islamica 5: 125-48 (Part I); 6: 125-46 (Part II). -
71
Damascus, 101-20. Siddiqi, A. H. (1935-37), "Caliphate and Kingship in Medieval Persia," Islamic Culture 9: 560-70;
(1974), "Islamic Political Thought," in: J. Schacht and C. E. Bosworth, (eds.), The Legacy of Islam ,
10: 97-126, 260-80; 11: 37-59. Somogyi, 1. de (1932), "The 'Kitab al-Munta:(,am' of Ibn al-Jawzi," Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society
2nd ed., Oxford, 404-24. Laoust, H. (1968), "La pensee et l'action politiques d'al-Mawardi," Revue des Etudes Islamiques
164: 49-76. Sourdel, D. (1973), "al-~iidir billiih," in: EI2 IV: 378-9.
36: 11-92. -
(1971) "Ibn al-Farrii'" in: El2 III: 765-6.
-
(1973), "Les agitations religieuses
(1973), "al-~ii'im bi-Amr Alliih," in: EI2 IV: 457-8.
a Baghdad au
et al. (1973), "Khalifa," in: h,J2 IV: 937-53.
lVe et Ve siecles de 1'hegire," in: D. S. Richards
(ed.),lslamic Civilization 950-1150, London, 169-86.
-
(1982), "L'autorite calitienne dans Ie monde sunnite," in: G. Makdisi, D. Sourdel, J. Sourde1-Thomine (eds.), La notion d'autorite au moyen age: Islam, Byzance, Occident, Paris, 101-16.
Lewis, B. (1954), "cAbbiisids," in: EI2 I: 15-23. Little, D. (1974), "A New Look at al-Abkiim al-Sul!iiniyya," Muslim World 64: 11-15.
al-SubkI, Tiij ai-Din cAbd al-Wahhiib b. CAli (1964), Tabaqat al-shaji'iyya al-kubra, 10 vols., Cairo.
Luther, K. Allin (1964), "The Political Transfolmation of the Se1juq Sultanate of Iraq and Western Iran
Watt, W. M. (1982), "Authority in the Thought of al-Ghaziili," in: G. Makdisi, D. Sourdel, J. SourdelThomine (eds.), La notion d'autorite au moyen age: Islam, Byzance, Occident, Paris, 57-68.
1152-1187," Ph.D. diss., Princeton University. Mackay, P. A. (1971), "Patronage and Power in 6 th /12 th Century Baghdad: The Life of the Vizier A<;lud ai-Din Ibn al-Mu?affar," Studia Islamica 34: 27-56. Made1ung, W. (1965), "Imiima," in: EI2 III: 1163-9. -
-
Zettersteen, K. -
(1992), "al-Musta<;li'," in: EI2 VII: 707.
-
[c. E. Bosworth] (1998), "al-Tii'ic li-Amr Allah," in: EI2 X: 115.
[C. E. Bosworth] (1992), "al-MuW lilliih," in: EI2 VII: 799.
Makdisi, G. (1956-57), "Autograph Diary of an Eleventh-Century Historian of Baghdad," Bulletin of the
School of Oriental and African Studies 18: 9-31, 239-60 (Parts I and II); 19: 12-48,281-303,426-43 (Parts III, IV, and V). -
(1957) "Nouveaux details sur l'afIaire d'Ibn CAqil," in Melanges Louis Massignon, Paris-Damascus. (1963), Ibn Aqi/ et la resurgence de l'Is/am traditionaliste au Xf€! siecle (ve siecle de l'hegire), Damascus.
-
(1973),"The Sunni Revival," in: D. S. Richards (ed.), Islamic Civilization 950-1150, London, 155-68.
a I' epoque saljuqide," International Journal of Middle East
-
(1975) "Les rapports entre calife et sultan
-
Studies, 6: 228-36. (1982), "Authority in the Islamic Community," in: G. Makdisi, D. Sourdel, J. Sourdel-Thomine (eds.), La notion d 'autorite au moyen age: Islam, Byzance, Occident, Paris, 117-26.
-
(1997), Ibn Aqil: Religion and Culture in Classical Islam, Edinburgh.
Mann, M. (1986), The Sources of Social Power: A History of Power from the Beginning to A.D. 1760, vol. I, New York. Maritain,1. (1951), Man and the State, Chicago. al-Miiwardi, CAli b. MuJ:lammad (1966), al-Abkiim al-sul!iiniyya, Cairo. Mez, A. (1937), The Renaissance of Islam, trans. S. K. Bukhsh and D. S. Margoliouth, London, first publ. as Die Renaissance des Islams, Heidelberg, 1922. Mikhail, H. (1995), Politics and Revelation, Edinburgh. Muir, W. (1924), The Caliphate: Its Rise, Decline and Fall, Edinburgh. Nawas, 1. (1996), "The Mibna of 218 A.H./833 C.E. Revisited: An Empirical Study," Journal of the
American Oriental Society 116: 698-708.
v. (1960), "Djaliil al-Dawla," in: EI2 II: 391.
(1992), "al-Mu~tafi," in: EI2 VII: 543-4.
(1969), "The Assumption of the Title Shiihiinshah by the Buyids and 'The Reign of the Daylam
(Dawlat al-Daylam),," Journal ofNear Eastern Studies 28: 84-108.
(1994), Islamic Creeds: A Selection, Edinburgh.
Wensinck, A. J. (1932), The Muslim Creed: Its Genesis and Historical Development, Cambridge.
\'hl"1V>-n11-"'R-v'!l
Scott Meisami
of Oxford)
Writing in 60311206, more than a decade after the collapse of the Great Saljuqs, Abu 1SharafMunshi Jarbadhqfmi prefaced his Persian translation of Abu Na~r CUtbi's history of the early Ghaznavids, the Ta}rikh al- Yamini, with some remarks on the benefits to rulers of this work. By reading accounts of past kings, who have left behind only their good name, the present ruler will be moved to emulate their example; further, he will recognize the merits of scholars, and understand that whereas past rulers expended much wealth on men of the sword, it was the men of the pen who, with their humble writing materials, "inscribed the memory [of those rulers] on the pages of the days, set their brand on the forehead of Time, and caused their names to be affirmed and immortalized" (1966, 8-9). For more than three hundred years, he observes, men have related stories about the qualities and achievements of Mal).mud of Ghazna and of the Buyids. "But the memory of the Saljuqs ... will soon vanish, and their name will be erased from the rolls of minds; for since men of learning did not prosper in their days, and paid no attention to recounting their deeds, their acts and their battles, no one will remember them, and there will remain no memorial to their efforts" (ibid., 9). Was Jarbadhqan'i correct in his assessment of the Saljuq rulers' indifference to history (and, more generally, to "men of learning," by whom he clearly means his own class of secretaries and court officials)7 If so, this lack of interest contrasts sharply with both preceding and subsequent periods in which both rulers and important officials actively promoted the writing of history. In the present paper I propose to examine some aspects of this relationship between rulers and the writing of history. Perhaps the most extreme - or notorious - example of royal "patronage" is the case of Abu Isl).aq al-$abi), who in 368/979 composed his encomiastic history of the Daylamid (Buyid) reign, the Kitab al- Taji, on the order of cA<;lud al-Dawla (338-72/949-83). $abi) had served cA<;lud al-Dawla in Baghdad when the latter was ruler of Fars, representing his interests in the capital. Shortly after cA<;lud al-Dawla had wrested control of Baghdad from his cousin and rival for power, CIzz al-Dawla Bakhtiyar, in 367/977, he came into possession of correspondence between CIzz al-Dawla and the I:Iamdanid ruler Abu Taghlib, and this correspondence included letters, written by $abP, which displeased him. cA<;lud al-Dawla ordered $abi) seized; his vizier al-Mutahhar kept $abi) under house arrest, and induced him, at cA<;lud al-Dawla's command, to write the book. "Piece after piece of his draft was brought to cA<;lud al-Dawla, who read it, added to it, and expunged from it. ... The work thus may be considered to represent his views and to reflect his political aims" (Madelung 1967, 18, and see 17-20; see also Madelung 1969, 105-6). $abi)'s elaborate secretarial style made the Tajl a model for other writers - for example CUtbi, whose Ta}rikh al- Yamini was most likely conceived as a piece of counterpropaganda, and the later Ibn I:Iassiil, whose brief Risala on the merits of the Turks was
74
explicitly designed to counter SibiJ's claims for the Buyids. Only fragments of the Taji survive; and lacking SabiJ's text, it is difficult to assess its precise tenor. Two things - or instand out, however, in connection with it. One is the ruler's direct terference - in its composition. l The other is its publication of the Buyid claim to descent from the Sasanian ruler Bahram Gur and, more generally, the presentation of the Buyids as heirs to and restorers of Persian rule and Persian imperial traditions, a pretension seen also in their use of the title shahanshah on coinage and in official correspondence. 2 Sabi J was not the only historian - nor even the first - to present the Buyid dawla as the culminating point of all previous history, and as signalling the restoration of Persian rule} Both I:Iamza al-I~bahani (d. 360/971?) and Ibn Hibinta (the continuator of Mash~Fallah's astrological history), who was a contemporary of CAqud al-Dawla, had (if indirectly) done just that (see I:Iamza n.d., 180; MashaJallah 1971,66-8,114-15,124-5). But they did not do so in a vacuum; and Buyid claims must be set against those of their rivals in the east, the Samanids, who had begun to adopt regnal titles (such as alMuJayyad, al-Muwaffaq, al-Mu~affar) around the mid-fourth/tenth century (see RichterBernburg 1980), and at least one of whom claimed the title of shahanshiih. 4 Moreover, and unlike the Buyids, from the reign ofNa~r II b. Al).mad (r. 301-31/914-43) onwards Samanid rulers actively encouraged writing in Persian. Na~r's reign witnessed a marked re-orientation towards Iranian traditions; and under his viziers Abu cAbdallah Jayhani and his successor Abu I-Fazl Barami, Bukhara became a center of Persian as well as of Arabic letters. Na~r's court poet Rudaki (d. after 339/950-1) rendered the Kalila waDimna into Persian verse from a prose translation made by Bal Cami (setting a precedent which had important implications for the writing of history, as we shall see); and it is tempting to think that Mascudi Marvazi, author of a verse Shiihniima, fragments of which are quoted by Mutahhar b. Tahir al-Maqdisi (wrote ca. 355/966), might also have been among the poets patronized by Na~r.5 But even if Na~r's reign produced no historical account, it was marked by a hitherto unprecedented interest in the Iranian past and in the Persian language.
2 3
4
5
Rulers and the Writing of History
Julie Scott Meisami
This bears - coincidentally? - a striking resemblance to the similar role played by the Fatimid caliph al-Mu'izz (r. 341-65/955-75) in supervising the production of works on Isma'ili jurisprudence (see Poonawala 1996,125-7). On Buyid titulature and coinage, see Madelung 1969; Richter-Bemburg 1980. By this time the concept of dawla (Arabic)ldawlat (Persian) had become associated with a ruling house, and not merely with the period of rule, or of success, of an individual. Titles ending in dawla proliferated under the Buyids (although their significance soon became debased, as Blriini noted in his Athiiral-hiiqiya; see 1879,129-31). Treadwell (1999) describes a silver medallion struck in Bukhara in 358/969 for the Samanid ruler NUl). b. Man~u.r "King of Kings," with PahlavI inscriptions and a bust of the ruler on one side, and Arabic inscriptions on the other. Although the Buyid Rukn al-Dawla had struck similar coins six years before, the iconography is markedly different. Such coins were most likely intended "for distribution during courtly celebrations, perhaps for the Persian New Year" (ibid., 9). My thanks to Dr. Treadwell for making available this information, as well as actual observation of the medallion. On the problems of dating this poet, see de Blois 1992, 191-2.
75
Na~r's
particular interest in Persian traditions was undoubtedly linked to his conversion, and that of many important members of his court, to IsmacilisID. More broadly, this interest was tied to the issue of legitimation of rule, a major concern of both patrons and writers of history seen in both Persian and Arabic works of the period. For example, Narshakhi's (Arabic) history of Bukhara, dedicated to Na~r's son and successor Nul! I (r. 331-43/943-54), is clearly linked to the Samanid legitimatory project. Nor was this interest confined to the Samanid court. Abu
77
Julie Scott Meisami
Rulers and the Writing of History
alogy, as he was of that of the Buyids. 7 It is clear that history went hand in hand with genealogical claims to provide legitimation for ruling houses and for aristocratic princes with aspirations to local power.
house of Mihran, rulers of the city of Rayy (rule of which was a major bone of contention between the Samanids and the Buyids), and ultimately from the Arsacids. 10 cially in popular traditions, the official Sasanian view of Bahram as usurper had way to his portrayal as eschatological hero, often identified with the "King from the East" whose appearance would restore justice to the earth, as well as Persian religion and Persian rule, and would herald the advent of the End of Days (see Czeg16dy 1958; Altheim 1958). Bal'ami, like the earlier Dinawari (d. ca. 290/902-3?) and the later Thacalibi (d. 41911038), presents Bahram Chubin as a man of honor who was compelled by his troops to rebel against his sovereign (in contrast to Firdawsl's less sympathetic version in the Shiihniima). His account seems designed to validate Samanid claims to the rule of the East, and in particular of Khurasan and Rayy: their descent from Bahram Chubin establishes them as authentic Persian rulers whose ancestral claims were both chronologically prior to those of the Buyids and carried specific territorial implications.
76
This is evident in the project initiated in 352/963 by the Samanid Man~ur b. Nul). (r. 35065/961-76): the translation of Mul).ammad b. Jar!r Tabarl's Ta}rikh al-rusul wa-l-muliik into Persian, to be carried out by Man~ur's vizier Abu cAli Balcami. At the same time, the order was also given to translate TabarI's Koranic Tafsir; the two projects were closely related. Both commissions were made on the ruler's command, and were conveyed by his Turkish chamberlain FaJiq. Both were probably carried out simultaneously; and both were linked with the Samanids' efforts to legitimate their rule in the East and with their desire to present an ideologically "correct" version of Islamic history and doctrine intended to counter the teachings of various heterodox and sectarian groups active in both Khurasan and Transoxania. 8 In the case of the Tafsir, a fatwii was issued by several prominent (ulamii) of Transoxania authorizing its translation on grounds which included the fact that "the kings of this region are Persian, and their language is Persian" (1988, 1: 5). As for the History, Barami reworked TabarI's somewhat rambling work into a condensed and unified narrative of Islamic (and pre-Islamic) history which leads directly (if only implicitly) to the Samanids (see further Daniel 1990,284-5). These translations - aimed, it may be argued, at non-Arabic-speaking members of the court, and in particular the influential Turkish mamliiks (see Meisami 1999, 36-7) raise interesting questions about the role of history, and of language, in the construction of group identity. These are, however, beyond the scope of the present article. But it is clear that underlying this translation project (as well as those of the Kalila wa-Dimna and the prose Shiihniima) was a perception of the connection between the transfer of learning and that of power. When temporal power in the East had passed from the Persians to the Arabs, so had Persian learning, as well as Persian cultural, administrative and imperial traditions. Now that learning was coming home, re-translated into Persian at the behest of Persian-speaking rulers. What better way for the Samanids to symbolize their appropriation of temporal power in the East than by thc appropriation of Tabar!' s authoritative History, "Persianized" with respect to both form (the transformation of TabarI's discrete accounts into continuous narrative) and perspective, which now becomes decidedly Eastern. Further, and against the background of Buyid claims to descent from Bahram Gur, BaramI's Tabar! implicitly reinforces the Samanid claim to descent from the Sasanian commander Bahram Chubin,9 - who was himself descended from the Sasanian princely
7 See Bitiini 1879, 44-51; on the fabrication of genealogies during this period, see Bosworth 1973. 8 On the translation project see Danicll990, 1995; Meisami 1993, 1999,24-37. 9 This claim may well have been genuine; it is mentioned by Narshakhi in his history of Bukhara (1954, 59) and by I~takhrI (1870, 143), and was accepted by Bitiini (1879,48). L. Treadwell suggests that the reason for the claim was Bahram's fame as a scourge of the Turks (1991, 30; cf. I~takhrII870, 143); but by Man~iir b. Niil).'s reign campaigns against the steppe Turks had ceased, and Turkish mam!ilks had become an important and influential element at court. Moreover, Baicami omits Tabari's refer-
It is tempting to see Balcaml's appropriation of the "Islamic" historical narrative on behalf of the Samanids as, in part, a response to Abu Man~ur Tusi's appropriation of the Iranian Shiihniima tradition. Man~ur b. Nul).'s son and successor Nul). II (r. 365-87/97697), who ruled when the Buyid claim to the Iranian imperial heritage was in full swing, may have viewed the patronage of works in the Shiihniima tradition as a further means of legitimating Samanid rule in the East. Shortly after his accession, he commissioned Daqiq'i to write a Shiihniima in verse, which was left unfinished when the poet was murdered in approximately 367/977. It was probably at about this time that Firdawsi (apparently independently of royal patronage) began his own Shiihniima, which he completed in 400/1010 (if not earlier), after the Samanids had been replaced by the (Turkish) Ghaznavids.Firdawsi does not mention the Samanids; but when Mal).mud of Ghazna became established as supreme sultan in 389/999, the poet began to send him portions of his poem, accompanied by panegyrics which present Mal).mud as supreme ruler of a unified lranzamin. 11
The Shiihniima's cyclical structure, based on the historical paradigm of the rise and fall of states and the transfer of rule from one group to another, contains, implicitly, the hope for the appearance of a ruler of the East who will combine Iranian and Islamic ideals of sovereignty. This was an image cultivated by cAc;lud al-Dawla (see RichterBernburg 1980); the same image informs the panegyrics to Mal).mud. In the first of these, Mal).mud is termed a "march lord" (marzubiin) whose like "has not appeared since the Creator made this world" (A 178).12 His accession to power, described in traditional Persian imagery, inspires the poet to speak, for "now the days of old would be renewed" (A 184). In a dream-vision he sees the ruler seated upon a turquoise throne,
ences to Samanid victories against the Turks (as well as to the Samanids themselves, whom TabarI treats as local governors). 10 See Shahbazi 1989. 11 See Rypka 1968, 155-7, and the references cited; on the panegyrics, see Meisami 1993, 1999,41-4. 12 References to the Shahnama are to the edition by Bertels' (FirdawsI1962); section numbers are based on de Fouc11ecour 1976.
78
Julie Scott Meisami
Rulers and the Writing of History
"like the moon, with a diadem [tal] on his in of the tiara [kulah]" (A 190).13 In another section, Daqiql appears to Firdawsi in a dream to the appearance of a ruler who will great things; this which refers to the year 400 (1009-10, the date of the Shahnama's completion), ties in both with the apocalyptic expectations of the period and with Rustam Farrukhzad's prophecy on the eve of the Muslim conquest, and suggests that Mal).mud is envisioned as the triumphal ruler whose reign will mark the commencement of the final age. 14 Mal).mud is also hailed as "Emperor of Iran and Zabul, from Qannawj [India] to the borders of Kabul" 5-6), and termed "the Lamp of the Persians, the Crown of the Arabs" (Y d 860). He is lauded as defender of the true faith, whose deeds have "illuminated the works of history" (Jb 48); the poet also praises his vizier, who has "brought to fruition my scattered efforts" (Jb 35), suggesting encouragement on the vizier's part. 15
self-image as the sul{an-i ghazl, dedicated to extirpating heresy and unbelief, and as supreme and ruler of the an which was by both his court historians and his panegyrists.1 6 In contrast to the Buyids (and the contrast is undoubtedly intentional), Mal).mud is rarely presented, either by the historians or by the poets, as heir to or restorer of Persian rule, but as the true supporter of the Sunni faith and of the Abbasid caliphate.
The panegyrics support Jan Rypka's argument that "in Sultan Mal).mud the poet evidently thought to find the ardently longed-for man of the 'unification of Iran'" (1968, 156). And so, to a great extent, he proved to be. But Mal).mud was not pleased with Firdawsi's poem when it was presented to him; and while the reasons for this are undoubtedly complex, some clues may perhaps be found in Ghaznavid court historiography. That the Ghaznavids' Turkish ethnicity was one reason for Mal).mud's cool reception of the Shahnama may be dismissed: the Ghaznavids were products of the Samanid PersoIslamic cultural milieu, whose traditions they emulated. Mal).mud's brother and governor of Khurasan, Abu I-Mu~affar Na~r (whom Firdawsl thought might be sympathetic to his poem; see Xp 3373-8), commissioned Abu Man~ur Thacalibi's Ghurar siyar muliik ai-Furs wa-akhbarihim (written in Arabic, in the "secretarial style"), which included a lengthy account of the Persian kings (this work must have been completed before N a~r' s death in 41211 021 ). This suggests that Iranian traditions were still valued in Khurasan at least, and that Na~r was not unaware of the legitimatory potential of the Iranian historical narrative. More important than Mal).mud's "Turkish ethnicity" was his 13 On the symbolism of the Iranian crown, sec Shaked 1986, 75-6. 14 This prophecy is of interest not least because it appears to incorporate elements from a nearcontemporary Zoroastrian apocalypse written in New Persian verse, the Zanitushtnama by Kaykii'us (b.) Kaykhusraw of Rayy in 347/978 (see Meisami 1999, 40-1; de Blois 1992, 171-6), as well as drawing on the Middle Persian Jamaspnama, which probably dates from the third/ninth century (on these sources see further Krasnawolska 1978). Both works "predict" the Arab invasion and the fall of the Sasanians, the domination of the world by evil, the appearance of several false rulers who will, however, not last long, and the final arrival of the "King from the East." Rustam's prediction that "a worthless slave shall become king, and lineage and nobility shall count for nought" (Y d 104) has been taken to imply disapproval of the Ghaznavids, whose house was founded by the former mamliik commander AlptigIn; but the statement that "from Iranians, Turks and Arabs shall appear a race neither high born [dihqan], nor Turk, nor Arab" (Y d 105-6) seems more appropriate to the Day1amid Buyids. The prophecy also predicts that a "group dressed in black" (generally identified as the Abbasids, but possibly also indicating the Siimiinids) will "turn away from covenants, and uprightness" (Y d 97), and that the period of disasters which will befall Iranshahr following the Arab conquest will last 400 years (Yd 46). 15 The vizier was AbU l-cAbbiis Fa(;U b. AJ:!mad IsfariiYlnI, who served Mal).mud from 385/995 until his fall from favor in 403/1013, and who changed the language of the chancery from Arabic to Persian (see Nii?im 1971, 135).
79
Whereas the Samanids (as far as is known) produced no dynastic history, the Ghaznavids actively promoted the writing of their own history; but although this production was considerable (cf. Meisami 1999, 136 n. 5, and the references cited), the only work (Uthi's Ta)r"ikh al-Yam"ini, which extends from which has come down to us is Abu the rise of Sabuktigin to the year 412/1021. CUtbi (d. 427 or 43111036 or 1040 [7]) wrote his history (in Arabic) at the behest of Mal).mud's son, the amir Mul).ammad (who ruled, briefly, in 42111030 and again, also briefly, in 432/1041), so that "the people of Iraq might benefit from a book on this subject in the Arabic language" (1869, 1: 53). His target audience was presumably the ealiphal court, and his purpose to promote Mal).mud as the caliph's chief ally in his struggles with the Buyids (see Treadwell 1991, 10). He modelled his work on ~abi)'s Kitab al-Tafi (one of his principal sources), writing in the ornate Arabic chancery style, with a heavy use of rhyming prose (sa)j.17 Luke Treadwell comments that (Utbi "takes pains to stress that the Ghaznavids came to power through a legal transfer of dynastic authority from the Samanids," and that his work was "designed to present the Ghaznavids in the best possible light" (1991, 11-12). There is little doubt of this (although (Utbi is not quite as unequivocally encomiastic as might be thought; see Meisami 1999, 62-5). He himself, after observing that "generations of writers and secretaries" have written histories of the past and of their own times, and referring specifically to ~abi)'s "famous book the Tajl on the history of the Daylamids," continues: "But if there was ever a house [dawla] whose proven virtues demanded eternal preservation, and its great deeds immortalization, it is this one" (1869, 1: 47-8). CUtbi's treatment of Sabuktigln and, especially, of Mal).mud is indeed laudatory, as befits his role as Ghaznavid propagandist; but his stress on the necessity for kingship and on the transfer of rule as a universal principle places his work in a broader perspective. "Religion is the foundation, and kingship is its guardian. That which has no guardian is lost; and that which has no foundation will be destroyed." He further states, "The sultan is God's shadow on His earth, His vice-gerent over His creation, and His guarantor of the observance of the rights due Him .... Without him order would be violated, elite and 16 We may also note MaJ:unud's shifting cultural and linguistic policies, which were tied to his shifting relations with the caliphate. When in 404110l3-14 the disgraced vizier IsfanlYlnl was replaced by AJ:!mad b. I;Iasan MaymandI, the latter restored Arabic as the language of the chancery; the change of viziers also coincided with attempts towards closer relations with the caliphate (see Rypka 1968, 1657). Literary tastes were also changing; the preference for the sophisticated FarsI of the court poets over the archaic Dari of the Shahnama must have played a part in that work's reception. 17 Treadwell (1991, 9) asserts that Siibi"s style was comparatively simple, as does Madelung (1967, 23; see also Rosenthal 1968, 177); Bosworth states that the Tajl's "exaggerated, eulogistic style provided a model for the Yaminl' (1963, 5), which seems more likely in view of CUtbI' s references to this work. See Rowson 1998.
Julie Scott Meisami
Rulers and the Writing of History
populace would become equal, chaos would prevail, and disorder and dissension become general" (ibid., 1: 20-2). These sentiments, while conventional, were probably suffered at the hands of genuine: MaJ:1mud had brought order to a region that had weak rulers and rebellious vassals, the accounts of whose disputes and treacheries (like those of the squabbling Buyid princes) provide a foil for Mal).mud, who is bold, decisive, of sound judgment, forbearing, and a master of statecraft and warfare. Under his rule Khurasan prospered, heresy was suppressed, rebels were firmly dealt with, and caliphal authority reaffirmed. His Indian campaigns spread the faith; his annexation of the territories of various local rulers is seen, by and large, as dictated by the need to suppress rebellious vassals or rulers who tolerated or encouraged heresy. Small wonder that Mal).mud became a legend in his own time, and the exemplar of the ideal Islamic ruler for many later writers (see Bosworth 1966).
As in CUtbi, Mal).mud is presented as the warrior sultan who combined support for the true faith with justice, the maintenance of order, and conquest. "Of all the historical accounts that we have " says Gardizl, "none has the rank of his." He announces his intent to tell not only of Mal).mud's conquests and campaigns, but also of cAbd a1Rashid's "effortless" accession" (ibid., 173-4). (It is generally thought that the chapter on cAbd aI-Rashid is missing; but for the reasons suggested above, it may never have been completed.) Gardizi's work seems to have been designed both to legitimate CAbd al-Rashid's rule (his accession was the result of a putsch which deposed his nephew; see Bosworth 1977, 41-7) and to encourage his emulation of his father Mal).mud (as is implied by the linking of father and son), and perhaps to spur cAbd ai-Rashid to attempt to regain the Ghaznavids' lost territories, especially Khurasan.
80
The upheavals that afflicted the Ghaznavid dawlat following the defeat of Masclld I b. Mal).mud by the Saljuqs in 43111040, his flight to India and his murder brought a halt to the writing of history. It resumes in the mid-fifth/eleventh century, with the works of Gardizi and BayhaqI; but although both writers preserve the image of that dawlat as the culminating point of all previous history, it is clear that they were writing under less favorable conditions. cAbd al-I:Iayy Gardizi's Zayn al-akhbiir was probably written shortly after the accession of cAbd aI-Rashid (r. 440?-3?11049?-52?), Mal).mud's last surviving son, and was dedicated to that ruler (its title refers to one of the latter's honorifics, Zayn al-Milla). Little is known about Gardizi; he may have been a scribe or a minor official at Mal).mud's court, since he himself states that he witnessed many of the events described in his account of Mal).mud's reign (1968, 173). His history lacks a preface and breaks off around 43211041. cAbd aI-Rashid's reign was ended by the revolt of the Turkish slave general Tughril, who killed the sultan and usurped the throne. This revolt, which lasted some two and a half years (see Bosworth 1977,39-47), may have put an end to Gardizi's work on his history, and perhaps to Gardizi himself. Although the Zayn al-akhbiir is a general rather than a dynastic history, Gardizi's focus is almost exclusively Eastern and Khurasanian. For him, the Ghaznavids are the final link in the chain of transfer of power which begins with the defeat of the Sasanians by the Arab Muslims and leads, in Islamic times, from Abu Muslim (who brought about the transfer of rule from the U mayyads to the Abbasids) through the caliph al-Ma)mun (who initiated the shift of power eastwards, appointing the Tahirids as governors of Khurasan and favoring the early Samanids) to the Samanids themselves, the account of the last decades of whose rule emphasizes the chaotic conditions in the region and ends with the assumption of rule by the Ghaznavids. This rather neat line of succession is slightly complicated by what might be called the "~afIarid interlude"; but in general, the ~afIarids are seen as interlopers and as uncouth nobodies (cf. 1968, 138). By contrast, the Buyids are said to have restored order to Baghdad after a long period of civil strife, and enjoyed good relations with the Samanids. When the Samanids' fortunes waned, their "time had come to its end, and their age and fortune was reversed" (ibid., 173), the Ghaznavids assumed the mantle of power in the East.
81
Of Abu l-Fa"d Bayhaqi's lengthy history of the Ghaznavids, only those parts dealing with Mascud's reign (except for its final year) survive (see Meisami 1993, 1999, 79-lO8).18 Bayhaqi (385-470/995-1077) served as assistant to the head of the Ghaznavid chancery, Abu Na~r Mishkan, from around 41211021-2 until Abu Na~r's death in 43111039, and continued to serve under Mascud's successors until he fell into disgrace. According to Ibn Funduq (1965, 175), after Farrukhzad's death in 45111059 Bayhaqi retired to devote himself to writing his history, for which he had been collecting materials from around the time of Mawdud's accession in 43211041 (see e.g. Bayhaqi 1995, 423). He seems not to have had court patronage for his project and, indeed, at several points seems obliged to justify his work (cf. ibid., 11); and while he is far from writing "official" court history, and his overall project goes far beyond the recording of historical events, he too clearly recognizes the importance of history's legitimatory function. The khutba (exordium) which precedes the history of Mascud's reign deals with the transfer of power and the legitimation of the Ghaznavid house. After recalling two other rulers associated with the transfer of power, "Alexander the Greek, and Ardashir the Persian," Bayhaqi continues: "[But] since our lords and kings have surpassed both in all things, it must be recognized ... that our kings were the greatest on the face of the earth" (ibid., 112). After some further discussion of these rulers, he turns to the Ghaznavids, whose rulers "possess deeds and qualities the like of which no one had possessed before." Should some "slanderer or envious person" accuse them of lowly origins, that person should be told that the transfer of rule from one people or group to another is part of the Divine plan, as is evidenced by the Koranic verse: "Say, 0 God, Lord of sovereignty, You bestow sovereignty on whom You please, and take sovereignty fTom whom You please; You exalt whom You will, and humble whom You will; in Your hand is good, and You have power over all things" (Koran 3: 26), and in it there is both divine wisdom and benefit for mankind (Bayhaqi 1995, 114). It was because "God wished such a noble house to appear" that He inspired Sabuktigin to become a Muslim, and 18 Excerpts from other volumes, as cited by later writers, were collected and published by Sa'Id NafisI (Dar piriimiin-i Tiirikh-i Bayhaqi, Tehran 1963; 2nd ed., Tehran 1973). On BayhaqI's career and works, see Yusofi 1989, which article updates and corrects that of S. Naficy in E12 and provides additional bibliography.
",~,,"""~.---"-"--,~"---~~' ~-"~~~---,~,","""-----------.
Julie Scott Meisami
Rulers and the Writing of History
"elevated him so that from the root of that blessed tree branches sprung forth much stronger than the root. With those branches He adorned Islam, and bound to them the power of the of the Prophet of Islam" 1
While under the Saljiiqs Persian became the language of administration, many of the sultans (unlike their Ghaznavid counterparts) were illiterate, and showed a "lack of interest ... in written communication" (Luther 1977, 2; see also Luther 1971 a, 27-32). Ghaznavid rulers had supervised both the content and the style of the documents written by their secretaries, and often composed their own official correspondence; the Saljuqs left this to their administrators. Few of the sultans seem to have been great patrons of letters, except for works on religious or practical topics and panegyric poetry, largely in Persian. As a result of this apparent lack of interest, Saljiiq historiography enjoys a different relationship to the court than did Samanid, Biiyid, or Ghaznavid, in that much of it was written by bureaucrats for other bureaucrats, in the figured rhetorical style which became the norm in the Saljiiq and other Persian chanceries during the 6th /lih century.
82
Bayhaqi's intent here is not merely encomiastic, but pragmatic and political. MasCud's murder in 43211 041 was followed by nearly two decades of political instability, culminating in the usurpation of Tughril and the bloodbath which followed (see Bosworth 1977, 44-7). Only under Ibrahim (r. 451-9211 059-99) was stability restored; and there must have been doubts as to the line's viability. Bayhaqi clearly meant to demonstrate the legitimacy of the dawlat's origins with Sabuktigin, its peak under Mal:nuud, its (temporary) decline beginning with Masciid, and its restoration under Farrukhzad and Ibrahim, both of whom are explicitly linked with the divinely elected Sabuktigin (see e.g. 1995, 116, 483). If Bayhaqi had no royal commission, he was nonetheless concerned with issues of legitimation. I shall not dwell here upon the anonymous history of Sistan (Tiirikh-i Sistiin), as its compositional history is confused and its precise relationship to court patronage (at least in respect to its first and major part, which breaks off around 44811062) is obscure (see further Meisami 1999, 108-36). But the examples discussed thus far show that under both the Biiyids and the Ghaznavids, court patronage of and interest in history were considerable. 19 Given such precedents, the situation under the Saljiiqs seems all the more surprising. The Saljiiqs' rise to power was swift: after defeating Masciid of Ghazna in 43111040 they swept westwards, to Rayy and Baghdad, where in 44711055 Tughril I (r. 429-55/1 038-63) was proclaimed sultan. No contemporary historian recorded these events; nor did any engage in the legitimatory exercises which are a prominent feature of earlier histories. Were the secretaries and officials who passed from the Ghaznavid into the SaUiiq administration less than eager to memorialize their conquests? Were the Saljllq sultans unaware of, or indifferent to, the legitimatory potential of history? True, they could claim neither putative links with the ancient Iranian kings and traditions of kingship, as had the Biiyids, nor the moral high ground as successors of a collapsed dynasty, as had the Ghaznavids. 20 And although they (or, more probably, their administrators, on their behalf) claimed to be staunch Sunnis who had rescued the caliphate from the Shiite Biiyids and who were dedicated to the extirpation of all forms of heterodoxy, the realities of this claim (and of their sponsorship of a "Sunni revival") are open to question (see n. 34 below).
19 Amongst historians of the Biiyids, Miskawayh (d. 42111030) should also be mentioned, but since the focus of this paper is on Persian historiography I have not done so (on Miskawayh see, for example, Khan 1969; Arkoun 1967). Although it seems not to have been generally noticed, Miskawayh had a considerable influence on his younger contemporary Bayhaql. 20 The supposed claim to descent from Afrasiyab cited by KafeSoglu (1988, 22-3) on the basis of Ibn I:Jassiil's Tafdil al-Atrak seems based on a misreading. The claim appears neither in Ibn I~assiil's text (1940, 49 [Arabic text]), nor in the Maliknama, the earliest known work on the origins of the Saljiiqs (see Caben 1949). The "House of Afrasiyab" was the designation of the Qarakhanid rulers of Transoxania.
83
As far as is known, there is no historical work in either Arabic or Persian that dates from the first half-century of Saljiiq rule. The so-called Ma1ikniima (see Cahen 1949), which deals with the Saljiiqs' origins and ends with the battle of Dandanqan, is not much of a history, and its authenticity requires reappraisal. Mul)ammad b. 'All b. I:Jassiil's (d. 480/1058) Tafdil al-Atriik, written as a refutation of ~abi)'s Tiiji and dedicated to the Saljuq vizier Abii Na~r Kunduri, is a propagandistic rather than a historical work. While Ni?am al-Mulk's Siyar al-muliik is replete with historical information (not always notable for its accuracy), it holds up the past (and in particular the exemplary statecraft of Mal)miid of Ghazna) as a foil to the (clearly deficient) present. 21 Local histories in Arabic continued to be written; while in the East, Gardizi and Bayhaqi produced their works in Persian. Cahen suggested that this period saw an increasing language gap between histories written in Arabic and in Persian (1962, 60), and that from this point on the two traditions diverged until they became completely separate. If so, the causes may be attributable to political bias as well as to language, and to the different agendas of historians in different regions. Most of the extant Persian histories written in the Saljiiq period were produced in the West, in or ncar the major administrative centers in Fars and the libal. Here we may briefly mention the so-called memoirs (actually a history of viziers and other officials) of the vizier Aniishirvan b. Khalid (d. 553/1158-9?), which clmad aI-Din I~fahanl translated into Arabic and incorporated into his own history, the Nu~rat al-fatra, and its continuation (dhayl), the Tiirikh al-vuzarii, completed around 584/1188-9 by Najm alDin Qummi, who was a friend of larbadhqani, the translator of
Julie Scott Meisami
Rulers and the Writing of History
latter's death in 510/1116. Ibn al-Balkhi devotes much space to the hardships suffered by Fars during the futur - by which he means both the period following the death of the last Kakuyid ruler of Fars, BakaJijar, and ending with the Saljuq takeover, and the more recent civil strife - but makes no mention of the causes of the latter: the struggle over Malikshah's succession, ending with Mul;ammad's victory over his brother Barkyaruq (r. 487-98/l094-1105) in 498/l105, and the increase of BatinI activities both in Isfahan and in Fars. Nor is Mul;ammad's expulsion of the Batinis from Isfahan in 50011107 and his retaking of the fort of Shahdiz recorded. This seems curious in the light of what LeStrange termed Ibn al-BalkhI's "hysteria" on the subjcct of heresy, a topic which receives detailed treatment in his accounts both of the ancient Persian kings and in that of Bakalijar's conversion to Ismacilism (see further ibid., 181-6).
have not occurred before" (ibid., 8). History is a pleasant and agreeable science, and is rarely tiresome or boring or too great to be taken in; rather, it is easily accessible, and one can in a short time acquire knowledge of the states of the world and of kings and kingdoms which it would take many lifetimes to acquire through observation (ibid., 913). "No one is in more need of this science than kings and amzrs; for the welfare of the entire world depends on their opinion and judgment, and whatever happens in (their) kingdoms, good or evil, it is they who must command its promotion or rejection." From history rulers can learn those virtues which assure the continuance of rule, as well as how to avoid that which will bring about its downfall. Moreover kings, who are always busy with affairs of state, can find relaxation in reading or listening to histories, for there is no more agreeable entertainment at times of rest (ibid., 15).
The Mujmal al-tavarlkh va-l-qi~a~ was begun in 520/1126, in the reign of Mal;mud b. Mul;ammad b. Malikshah (r. 511-2511118-31). Its anonymous author - a native of Asadabad, near Mal;mud's capital of Hamadan -- was encouraged to write his book by a "great lord [mihtar] from among the famous notables" present in Asadabad, who asked him questions on history and saw his interest in the subject (1939, 8). This general history includes a brief account of the Saljuqs up to the time of Sultan MaJ:!mud, with promises of more detailed accounts to follow, which never materialize. (Although the manuscript is clearly defective, it seems possible that the work was never completed.) The brief treatment of the Saljuqs prior to Sanjar (r. 511-5211118-57) focuses largely on events relating to Hamadan; the account of the first five years of MaJ:!mud's reign is far less detailed (and far less critical) than is the work of MaJ:!mud's vizier AnushIrvan b. Khalid, who wrote that under MaJ:!mud the kingdom lost the unity and cohesion it had enjoyed under MuJ:!ammad, and that the sultan retained only a bare modicum of power (see Bundari 1889, 134). Nevertheless, key events are recorded - MaJ:!mud's defeat by Sanjar in 51311119, sundry revolts against him, and his attack on Baghdad in 520111126 - all put in the best possible light, and contrasting sharply with Anushirvan's accounts (see BundarI 1889,126-33, 151-2).
This insistence on the importance of history for rulers is not new. Bayhaqi, for one, had already dealt with this topic. But whereas Bayhaqi asserted the utility of history for all intelligent persons (see 1995, 118-26), Saljuq historians increasingly stress the specific necessity for rulers to contemplate its lessons. This was seen in Ibn al-Balkhi's Farsnama; it also maries two late works which deal exclusively with the history of the Saljuqs. Zahir aI-Din Nishapuri's Saljuqnama was completed in 571/1176, some six months after the death of Sultan Arslan (r. 556-7111161-76) and the accession of his son Tughril III (r. 571-9011176-94), and was probably intended for the newly enthroned ruler. MuJ:!ammad CAll Ravandi's Ra~at al-~udur was begun during Tughril's reign, and was intended for the sultan; but because of the political chaos in Iraq during the last decade of Saljuq rule and the bloody aftermath, it was completed only around 6011 1204-5, and was dedicated to the Saljuq sultan of Konya, Ghiyath aI-DIn Kaykhusraw b. Qilij Arslan. While the accounts of the early Saljuqs are based largely on Nishapuri, RavandI carries Saljuq history through Tughril' s defeat and death in battle in 59011194 up to around 59511199.
84
85
Ibn Funduq's History of Bayhaq, written in the East and completed in 563/1167, is of interest because of the author's observations on history. Ibn Funduq complains that whereas in the past sultans had supported scholars in their pursuit of knowledge, now, "in these unfortunate days and this treacherous age, a time of trying tests and civil unrest," learning has become rare (although he hints at possible encouragement for his own project; 1965, 3). He goes on to list the "several types of precious science which ... have been obliterated in Khurasan": the study of Prophetic ~adlth; the "noble science" of genealogy (a science "specific to the Arabs"); and, last but hardly least, history, "for the age of the historians is extinct," and people now prefer material over intellectual pleasures (ibid., 3-4).
In his brief preface in rhyming prose, Nishapuri observes that, in addition to religious knowledge, rulers require knowledge of "the conduct of kings and the accounts and history of rulers." When they read about the kings of the past, they will be inspired to emulate them, will make virtuous rulers their models, "and will reject that which reason condemns and the Law despises" (1953, 9-10). He goes on to praise the Saljuqs: never, amongst all rulers of Iraq and Khurasan, has there been a house "more noble, nor more compassionate towards its subjects, than the House of Saljuq." Under their dawlat religion has been revived and strengthened, religious scholars supported, and charitable works carried out, "such as [was the case] in no [previous] age." "Were the kings of this age to emulate their exemplary conduct," he concludes - perhaps tellingly - the result would be "the strengthening of (both) religion and rule and the establishment of the realm on firm foundations" (ibid., 10).
After expressing his hope that at some future time learning will flourish once again, Ibn Funduq enumerates the benefits of history. Histories are the repositories of "object lessons, admonitions and counsels"; the student of history will learn the lessons by contemplating its recurrent patterns, "for there are few events the likes of which, or nearly,
For NishapurI, Saljuq legitimacy is based on the sultans' support of religion, as well as on the more contingent claim of MaJ:!mud of Ghazna's treachery towards the eldest of the sons of Saljuq, IsraJil (see Meisami 1999, 231-2). Divine sanction is also invoked, in the form of prophetic verses from the Koran heard by Tughril and DaJud on the eve of
Julie Scott Meisami
Rulers and the Writing of History
the battle of Dandanqan (see Nishapiiri 1953, 16). All these claims are combined in the letter in which the Saljiiqs are said to have sought the al-Qa)im's recognition following their victory over Mascud, in which they stressed their of the Abbasids and of Islam, their relentless holy war against the enemies of the faith, their just vengeance for Ma1)mud's treachery, and Mascud's unfitness for rule (see ibid., 17). The Saljuqniima ends with Tughril Ill's accession at the age of seven - a minor "transferred from the cradle to the throne" - and a brief passage on the state of affairs at the time, the Atabeg Mul).ammad Jahan Pahlavan's suppression of rebellious princes and amirs, and Tughril's generosity and good treatment of his subjects (ibid., 83). While Nishapllri names no dedicatee, he is known to have tutored the Saljuq princes Arslan and Masciid (Ravandi 1921, 64), and Cahen termed him "the sultan's [i.e. Arslan's] preceptor" (1962, 73).23 It seems probable, especially in view of its introductory and concluding passages, that the work may have been presented to the young sultan shortly after his accession.
say to his followers, "This ruler is the offspring of a slave; he has no lineage and is treacherous; he will not retain rule, and it will fall into your hands" (ibid., 91). too, invokes divine sanction for the transfer of power to the Saljuqs, in the form of an ac·count (not in Nlshapuri) of Tughril I's "investiture," outside the gates of Hamadan, by the Sufi pir Baba Tahir (see ibid., 99; Meisami 1999, 243).
86
Ravandi was introduced into Sultan Tughril' s entourage in 577/1181, and seems to have been on familiar terms with him (1921, 344). The compositional history of his work is complex (see Meisami 1999, 255-6), but it seems safe to assume that much of it was more or less in place by the time of Tughril' s death. The work is no less appropriate to its new dedicatee, Sultan Kaykhusraw, a descendant of the house's founder 1sra)11 b. Saljuq, who is exhorted to tum his attention to righting affairs in Iraq. Ravandi has written these histories, he states, so that Sultan Kaykhusraw might benefit from their exemplary accounts of royal justice and punishment (1921, 64), and "may contemplate how, from all those excellent endeavors, and from that wealth and pelf, treasure stores and buried hoards, precious gems, horses and weapons, nothing has remained except the good deeds [of those kings]" (ibid., 67). Like Ibn Funduq, Ravandi laments the demise of learning and the prevalence of ignorance disguised as piety (see ibid., 13-14). It was because of the early sultans' love of learning and patronage of the (ulamii that "the faith was strengthened, so that the kingdom prospered, amirs and populace were at ease, the soldiers held correct beliefs, and the tyranny and oppression seen nowadays were not present" (ibid., 29-30). The sultans' decline was attributable to their failure to continue such policies and to their appointment of irreligious persons (notably Ashcaris and Rafiqis, i.e. Shiites) to official and military posts; this led to disrespect for the (ulamii and to widespread abuse and corruption.
87
Ravandl's elaborate rhetorical style, with its rhyming prose and abundant interpolations, has often been criticized (see Meisami 1999,245-6; Meisami 1994). K. Allin Luther argued that such "extraneous matter" was not, in fact, extraneous, but was, "from the author's point of view ... all ofa piece, a package of what he must have regarded as elegant and entertaining matter, a display of his eloquence and learning which was designed ... to get him a position with" Sultan Kaykhusraw (1990, 95). That this was part of Ravandi' s ultimate purpose seems certainly to be true (see 1921, 464); but in addition to this pragmatic end there are others, both practical (legitimation of the Saljuq house, and ofthe current ruler Sultan Kaykhusraw) and more broadly ethical. In this connection we might compare Afzal aI-Din A1)mad b. I;Iamid Kirmanl's Kitiib (Iqd al-ulii lil-mawqif al-aclii, written in 58411189 and dedicated to the Ghuzz conqueror of Kirman, Malik Dinar (582-9111186-95),25 also written in the ornate chancery style, and of particular interest with respect to the relationship between the historian and the court. Kirmani was a boon-companion of the Saljuq ruler of Kirman Malik Tughril Shah (d. 558/1162) and his son Malik Arslan Shah (killed 57211176), and a munshi (scribe) of the Atabeg Mu1)amrnad Buzqush (d. 592/1196).26 Forced to leave Kirrnan because of the famine of 57711181, he ended up in Yazd, but later returned to join Malik Dinar's court, where he became secretary to the ~iijib Jamal aI-Din and the vizier Qavam aI-Din (see Kirmani 1932, 16). It was these two officials, along with the leader of the religious scholars, Malik aVUlama) Nur aI-Din, who encouraged Kirmani to write the tqd al-ulii.
Ravandi presents the early Saljuqs as noble warriors who migrated to Khurasan because they wished "to avoid the Abode of Unbelief and to draw near the House of Islam, to make pilgrimage to the Kaaba and frequent the leaders of religion" (ibid., 86).24 He is one of the few historians to disparage Ma1)mud of Ghazna, when he has Isra)l1 b. Saljuq
Kirmani envisioned several benefits from this work: (1) to encourage emulation of the noble virtues exemplified in its accounts; (2) to furnish object lessons; (3) to express gratitude for Malik Dinar's having brought an end to Kirman's trials during the preceding period of civil strife; (4) to record the achievements of the ruler who transformed ruined Kirman into a Paradise, for not to record the achievements of that dawlat "would constitute sheer ingratitude and ignorance of the good and evil of Fate's happenings"; and (5) as a gift to Malik Dinar on entering the service of his court. For, he says, when he wished to prepare himself for this service, "and to kiss the most noble carpet" of Malik Dinar's court, he did not, "as is the rule for servants who wait upon the courts of kings, have suitable gifts and agreeable rarities" to present to the ruler, given his previous sufferings and exile. Then, he thought:
23 On the problems of dating this raises (it seems unlikely that NlshapiirI, who died in 58211187, could have tutored both Mas'iid b. Mul:tammad b. Malikshiih, who died in 547/1152 at the age of forty-five, and Arslan, who died in 571/1176 at the age of forty-three), see Meisami 1999,255. 24 Other sources record correspondence between the Saljiiqs and the caliph declaring such to be their intent; see Makdisi 1963,80,84-6.
25 Afzal aI-Din's two other works on the history of Kirman, the Badiiyt al-azmiin and a continuation (alMugiij), are beyond the scope of this discussion; see BastiinI PiirizI 1985. 26 The date of Malik Tughril's death derives from KirrniinI (1932,8); the E12 entry (see Lambton 1986) gives it as 565/1170. After Malik Diniir's death KirmiinI seems to have fallen out of favor; he died around 615/1218. See Bastani Piirizi 1985.
J
J
88
Julie Scott Meisami
The gift of (religious) scholars is prayer, and that of poets is praise. No service to this dawlat is greater than that of composing a history of its royal sovereign's battles and his successive conquests, and providing a record thereof so that the fame of this dawlat will survive the passage of time and its name be immortalized on the pages of Time's book; for the survival of (one's) name is a second life, and an elegant narrative a life recommenced (ibid., 3-5).
Kinnani"s experience provides insight into changing patterns of patronage and writerruler relations during the Saljuq period. Increasingly, the initiative for writing history comes either from the historian, who seeks to demonstrate his gratitude to, or to gain the attention of, the ruler whose court he serves or hopes to serve, or from officials of that court, rather than from the ruler himself. The increasing role of court officials as either patrons or intcrmediaries extends to other types of prose writing as well as to poetry.27 It is also observable in the circumstanccs surrounding Jarbadhqani's translation of CUtbi"s history. Abu I-Sharaf Jarbadhqanj"28 was a secretary in the administration of Mu]:mmmad Jahan Pahlavan's former mamliik Jamal aI-Din Ay Aba Ulugh Barbak, lord of the fortress of Farrazin, who played a major political role in Tughril Ill's court as well as after his death. 29 His translation of CUtbi's Ta}rikh al-Yamini was commissioned (or at least encouraged) by Ay Aba's vizier, Abu l-Qasim CAli b. al-I:Iusayn b. Mu}:lammad b. Abi I:Ianifa, who resided in Kashan (1966, 24), and who undertook to present the work to the amir (ibid., 7-8),30 (The statement on the benefits contained in this history quoted at the beginning of this paper is attributed to the vizier.) Jarbadhqani was skilled in both Arabic and Persian (although less so in Persian, as he states apologetically; see 1966, 25). Like CUtbi himself (and like Kinnani' and Ravandi) he employed rhyming prose and the figured chancery style in his translation. Jarbadhqani praises Jamal aI-Din Ay Aba for his justice, his compassion towards the populace, and his good works: in a "season of oppression and a time of tyranny" his court was "a refuge for the weak, an asylum for the poor, a haven for the oppressed and a comforter for the wronged" (ibid., 3-4). During the civil strife which followed 27 See for example de Bruijn 1983,34-56; Ni?iimI CAriizI 1899, 66-70; and the article of Louise Marlow in this volume. 28 Or JurbadhqanI, JurradhqanI; there are various spellings of the Arabised form of the nisba GulpayiganI, relating to the town of Gulpayigan in the province of Kashan. 29 FarrazIn, near Karaj-i Abu Dulaf halfWay between Hamadan and Isfahan, was a strong fort to which the Saljuq sultans sent their prisoners and their treasures; after Sultan Tughril's death Ay Aba repaired the fort and established himself there. It is unclear to what extent Ay Aba himself was a patron of letters. Luther notes that, while the amlrs "are generally characterized as rapacious," some, notably Ay Aba, "were of good repute and even pious ... [and] apparently had at least the elements of a literary education" (1971a, 402). RavandI praises Ay Aba for his respect for scholars and for religious learning, and notes that on one occasion, on a visit to Hamadan, he paid his respects to RavandI's uncle Taj ai-DIn AJ::unad in the madrasa he had built for that scholar (1921,379). 30 According to Najm aI-DIn QummI, at the time he was writing the Tarlkh al-vuzara JarbadhqanI had recently been forced by his detractors to retire from his post as munshl in the divan of Sultan Tughril's vizier Qaviim ai-DIn b. Qavam ai-DIn DarguzlnI (who replaced his brother Jala1 aI-DIn as vizier around 583/1187-8), and had returned to Jarbadhqan (see Luther 1969, 118-9; Klausner 1973, 110). He was evidently reinstated later, as he mentions having been at Tughril's court in Hamadan in 589/1193 (1966,432).
Rulers and the Writing of History
89
Mul:mmmad Jahan Pahlavan's death in 58211186, Ay Aba exerted himself to preserve the noble family of the Pahlavanid Atabegs (ibid., 5), and with the help of his son-inthe "Khaqan-i A c~am, King of Kings of East and West" Aytughmish (who became ruler of Hamadan in 60011203), he was able to maintain Jahan Pahlavan's son, the atabeg Abti Bakr, in place, and to fend off invading armies whose covetous eyes were on Iraq.31 Through their combined efforts justice was restored and heresy and oppression obliterated. In gratitude for his good fortune in obtaining a post in the ruler's divan, Jarbadhqani considered that it would be appropriate for him to write "some volumes ... on the accounts and stories of kings and the histories of rulers, and [to] bear it as a gift to the royal court, so that in times of leisure and moments of solitude" the ruler might listen to these stories and "take admonition from [accounts of] the alterations of states and the replacement of noble men [one by another]." Jarbadhqani's version of CUtbl does not concern us here (see further Meisami 1999, 259-63); of greater importance is his own account, appended to the translation, of the events which followed Jahan Pahlavan's death in 58211186, the year of the Great Conjunction of all seven planets in Libra. The astrologers had predicted that a windstorm would arise which would destroy everything and usher in the End of Days; but on the fateful day, "not a leaf moved on a tree, and the crops remained in the fields because the wind gave no assistance with their gleaning" (1966, 421 ),32 Jarbadhqani explains that both such predictions, and Koranic references to catastrophes like the destruction of cAd, Thamud, and other peoples, must be interpreted figuratively, as having to do with the transfer of power (see ibid., 419-21). In every age a group of people appears who, aided by divine support, take control of one region of the world and are entrusted with its rule, and are maintained in power as long as they follow the ways of justice. "But when divine favor towards them begins to wane, and the time of their betrayal and ruin arrives," there comes "the tum of [another] group," from among their progeny and servants, "who expose themselves to God's anger and wrath. Compassion departs from their hearts, and tyranny dominates their natures"; their oppressed subjects hope and pray for their downfall. "Then the cold and tempestuous wind of civil strife stirs, and the consequences of 'We placed over them their inferiors' [Koran 15: 74] become manifest and the miracle of 'And We cast among them enmity and anger' [Koran 4: 66] ... is realised." This is what "we have witnessed
31 According to Ibn al-Athlr, Aytughrnish (Aydughrnish) set up Uzbak b. Jahan Pahlavan as king, while he himself ruled. Ibn al-Athlr calls Aytughrnish astute, courageous, but tyrannical, in contrast to the just Kukja who had preceded him, and who is viewed with intense dislike by both RavandI and JarbadhqanI (Ibn al-AthIr 1965, 12: 195; compare RavandI 1921, 388-92; JarbadhqanI 1966, 329). Aytughrnish ruled until 608/1211-12, when the PahlavanI mamlUks went over to Uzbak's mamluk Mingli; see Luther 1971b, 401. 32 KirmanI notes the celestial portents that preceded the calamities afflicting Kirman after the death of Malik Tughril (see 1932,7); the conjunction of 582/1186, which the astrologers predicted would have dire consequences, brought with it Kirman's savior, in the person of Malik DInar (ibid., 17-18). The prediction of this conjunction was widely circulated; see Meisami 1999,263-4,277 n. 67, and the references cited.
Julie Scott Meisami
Rulers and the Writing of History
in our own age, and seen in our own lifetimes, during the twenty years of this conjunction" (ibid., 421-2).
retrospectively projected upon it. 34 While complaints of the decline of learning in the present age invoke a time-honored topos, their increasing frequency throughout the Saljuq period leads one to take them
90
Jarbadhqani's accounts of the revolts of former Saljuq mamluks and atabegs and of their fates (each met his destruction in the same quarter wherein he sought support and refuge) are meant "to show that in the face of God's decree men's plans are in vain; and that he upon whom the decisive decree descends, and whose known Hour arrives, must willy-nilly go to meet his death and keep his appointment with annihilation" (ibid., 428). Only with God can one seek refuge, as did the "just ruler" Ay Aba. Because of his justice and charitable works, he and his sons have enjoyed God's protection "from afflictions and from the tempest of this bloodthirsty conjunction and this treacherous age" (ibid., 430). Jarbadhqani's account of the chaotic state of affairs in Iraq (which closely resembles Ravandi's) is offset by praise of Ay Aba, his vizier, and the just officials whom they appointed. In a concluding passage in elaborate Arabic rhyming prose, Jarbadhqani complains of living "in a time when the free man is a stranger amongst his own people, and the noble man is feared by his own group," and in two equally calamitous states of exile: those of learning, and of remoteness from homeland and family. He ends by suggesting that, should the ruler's "august assembly" be disposed to benefit from his learning, eloquence, and discernment, he "would frequent it day and night, and serve it as bodies serve souls; for in this would be the greatest honor and the most enormous felicity" (ibid., 440-1). This suggestion is clearly a plea for preferment, though its nature is unspecified, and we cannot know what Jarbadhqani's specific ambition might have been. But we do know, from another source, that his hopes, whatever they were, remained unrealised. Sacd alDin Varavini, the author of the Marzubiinniima (ca. 607-1111210-15), who included the Tarjuma-yi Yamfnf among the works he studied as stylistic models, states: If they swear with solemn oaths that its translator possessed great eloquence, this is no false swearing. And if, having suffered a loss in the bargain, like FirdawsI he expressed repentance for what he had written and wished to dissociate himself from it - for having sown his seed in salt ground and planted his sapling in base earth, he obtained no harvest - and said, My fortune has harmed me, and my right hand has withered: I have wasted my efforts in translating the Yamini,33 yet Time still recites "His fingers have not withered, nor has his tongue grown weary" over those elegant pages (1909, 4).
It would appear that Jarbadhqani's assessment of the Saljiiqs' indifference to history, and more generally to learning, was, on the whole, correct. There is no compelling evidence to indicate that - with a few exceptions - the sultans were great patrons of learning or, indeed, of much else. And while their officials (those who were not, as Aniishirvan b. Khalid complained, ignorant and semi-literate) may have patronised works of religious learning (chiefly in Arabic), and poetry (chiefly in praise of themselves), the period as a whole cannot be seen in the glorious light which Nishapiiri and Ravandi
33 The verse puns on yamin, "fortune," "right hand," and Yamini, the title of the 'UtbI's work.
91
If (as John Wansbrough maintains) historiography, like other types of writing, "presupposes and expresses ... a degree of social stability, of political order, and of economic security" - which might be manifested directly, through patronage, or more generally, through "aesthetic appreciation and intellectual stimulation," and which assumes "the shared experience of writer and reader" as "the acknowledged foundation for literary expression" (1978, 138) - then it must be said that this "shared experience" between writer and (potential) reader did not obtain, in most instances, between the Saljiiq sultans and those who wrote (or aspired to write) for them. The Saljiiqs had inherited no cultural traditions which they were concerned to foster; their lifestyle was peripatetic, they were constantly in conflict with internal and external opponents, and they developed no stable centers of residence or of patronage, with the partial exception of their capitals of Isfahan and Hamadan. (While Ravandi describes Tughril's court at Hamadan as a flourishing cultural center, such a cultural florescence cannot be assumed for the period as a whole.) Most of the sultans were illiterate; even Sanjar, whose court attracted poets and men of letters, and who showed an interest in other arts and in building, could neither read nor write. 35 The experience of writer and reader converged only when both were members of the same, secretarial, class. While Biiyid and Ghaznavid historians charted the upward rise and the achievements of the dawlat they served, Saljiiq historians tended to focus on themes opposed to daw/at, in its sense of stable and prosperous rule: the ever-present jitna, "civil strife," and fatralfutur, "slackening," the weakening of authority which leads to discord, violence, and injustice, and which makes its way into the titles both of Aniishirvan b. KhaJid's "memoirs" and cImad ai-DIn's history. The Saljuqs produced no "model" rulers of the 34 Both NlshapurI and Ravandi presented the Saljuqs as patrons of the (ulamf? and of religious learning, and as builders of pious and charitable foundations. In both cases this seems to have been meant to encourage the present ruler (Tughril III; Kaykhusraw b. Qilij Arslan) to emulate their example. Further, while the image of the Saljuqs as fervent Sunnis and opponents of heterodoxy has been accepted both by some later historians and by many Western scholars, it is probably more myth than reality, and was created by writers with their own agendas. George Makdisi has challenged the notion that the Saljuqs promoted a "Sunni revival," asserting that this honor should go to Mal,unud of Ghazna (1973, 136, 168); Carole Hillenbrand (1996) has argued that the Saljuqs' anti-Batini activities were dictated more by necessity than by conviction. There appears to be little evidence that the Iraqi Saljuq sultans were great builders. Surviving remains indicate that building activities were largely localized and a matter of private rather than official patronage (see Sourdel-Thoumine 1973; Schnyder 1973). As for scholarship, religious or otherwise, only a detailed inventory of works written in this period (in both Arabic and Persian) would provide firm evidence of patterns of patronage; the impression is strong that more scholarly works were written for the caliphal court and its officials, or for Saljuq administrators, than for the sultans themselves. 35 This may be a pseudo-problem, given that transmission of literary works, whether poetry or prose, was (in the first instance at least) oral. One could also argue that conditions in Khurasan, prior to the Ghuzz catastrophe, were different from those in Iraq: local governors, as well as Sultan Sanjar, lived in a milieu which possessed its own deeply rooted cultural and literary traditions, which may have led to a degree of continuity; the same conditions did not exist in the West.
92
Rulers and the Writing of History
Julie Scott Meisami
stature of an cA<;lud al-Dawla or a Ma}:lmud of Ghazna. The historians' increasing insistence on the need for rulers to study history and benefit from its lessons bespeaks less idealism than despair; it also brings history into close alignment with mirrors for princes, as more edificatory than celebratory; and it is perhaps no coincidence that both KirmanI and Ravandi appended materials of this type to their histories. Jarbadhqanl predicted that the name of the Saljuqs would be erased from the pages of time. That it was not was due not to the Saljuqs themselves, but to the reconstruction by later historians of their dawlat as another link in the chain of vanished dynasties leading to the assumption of rule by the current house. The study of these histories, and of the relations between their authors and their royal dedicatees, awaits further investigation; but the proliferation of historical works under the Ayyilbids, Mamluks, Mongols, Tlmiirids and others suggests that the Saljuq case is, indeed, an anomaly.
93
Bibliography Altheim, F. (1958), "The Most Ancient Romance of Chivalry," East and West 9: 129-44. Arkoun, M. (1967), "Ethique et histoire d'apres les Tajarib al-Umam," in: Atti del Terzo Congresso di Studi Arabici e Islamici, Ravello 1966, Naples.
Bastan! Par!z!, M. E. (1985), "Afzal ai-Dill Kermanl," in: Elr I: 599. Bayhaql, Abu I-Fazl (1995), Tiirlkh-i Bayhaqi, ed. CAll Akbar Fayyaz, Tehran. Biesterfeldt, II. H. (n.d.), Die Zweige des Wissens: Theorie und Klassifikation der Wissenschaflen im mittelalterlichen Islam in der Darstellung des Ibn Farlgun, Habilitationsschrift, Bochum.
BlrUnl, Abu Rayi:Ian (1879), The Chronology oj Ancient Nations, trans. C. E. Sachau, London. Bosworth, C. E. (1963), "Early Sources for the History of the First Fom Ghaznavid Sultans (977-1041)," Islamic Quarterly 7: 3-22.
(1966), "Mahmud of Ghazna in Contemporary Eyes and in Later Persian Literature," Iran 4: 85-92. -- (1973), "The Heritage of Rulership in Early Islamic Iran and the Search for Dynastic Connections with the Past," Iran 9: 51-62. -
(1977), The Later Ghaznavids: Splendour and Decay; the Dynasty in Afghanistan and Northern India, 1040-1186, New York.
Bundarl (1889), Histoire des Seldjoucides de l'Iraq ... d'apres Imad ad-dfn al-Katib af-IsJahanf, ed. M. Th. Houtsma, Leiden. Cahen, C. (1949), "Le Malik-Narneh et I 'histoire des origines Seljukides," Oriens 2: 31-65. (1962), "The Historiography of the Seljuqid Period," in: B. Lewis and P. M. Holt (cds.), Historians oj the Middle East, London, 59-78.
Czegl6dy, K. (1958), "Bahram Cobin and the Persian Apocalyptic Literature," Acta Orientalia Hungaria 8: 21-43. Daniel, E. L. (1990), "Manuscripts and Editions of Balcam! 's Tarjamah-i tiirlkh-i Tabarl," Journal oJthe Royal Asiatic Society: 282-3 2l.
(1995), "The Samfmid 'Translations' of Tabarl," unpublished conference paper, International Conference on the Life and Works of Mui:Iammad b. Jarlr al-Tabarl, University ofSt. Andrews. de Blois, F. (1992), Persian Literature: A Bio-Bibliographical Survey, vol. 5, part 1, Poetry to ca. A.D. 1100, London.
de Bruijn, 1. T. P. (1983), OJ Piety and Poetry: The Interaction oj Religion and Literature in the Life and Works oJ1:Iaklm SaniiY oJ Ghazna, Leiden. de Fouch6cour, Ch.-II. (1976), "Une lecture du Livre des Rois de Ferdowsi," Studia Iranica 5: 171-202.
FirdawsI, Abu l-Qasim (1962-71), Shiihniima, ed. E. Bertels', Moscow. Gardizl, 'Abd al-~Iayy (1968), Zayn al-akhbar, ed. cAbd al-~Iayy ~IabThl, Tehran. f.Jarnza al-I~fahanl (n.d.), TaJrikh sini muliik al-arp- wa-l-anbiyii J, Beirut. Hillenbrand, C. (1996), "The Power Struggle Between the Saljuqs and the Isma'ilis of Alamut, 48751811095-1124: The Saljuq Perspective," in: F. Daftary (ed.), Medieval Ism a (ili History and Thought, Cambridge, 205-20. Ibn al-Athrr, cIzz ai-Dill (1965-7 [1851-76]), al-Kiimilfi l-taJrikh, ed. C. J. Tornberg, Beirut. Ibn Funduq, 'All b. Zayd al-Bayhaqi (1965), Tiirlkh-i Bayhaq, ed. Al:Imad Bahrnanyar, 2nd ed., Tehran. Ibn I:1assul (1940), "Taf4il al-Atrak (Ibni Hassul'lin Turkler hakkillda bir eseri)," ed. 'Abbas 'Azzawi; trans.
~erefettin
Yaltkaya, Belleten 4: 235-66 (Arabic text: 1-51).
Wakhr! (1870), Masiilik al-mamiilik, ed. M. J. de Goeje, Leiden.
94
Rulers and the Writing of History
Julie Scott Meisami
JarbiidhqiinT, Abu
SharafNa~i}:l
b. Z,af'ar (1966), Tarjuma-yi Tarikh-i Yamini, ed. JaCfar Shicar, Tehran.
KafeSoglu, ibrahim (1988), A History oj the Seljuks: ibrahim KaJeSoglu's Interpretation and the Result-
Ni?iimi cAmz! (1899), The Chahar Maqala ("Four Discourses"), trans. E. G. Browne, Hertford. Poonawala, 1. K. (1996), "AI-Qa~l Nucman and IsmaCili Jurisprudence," in: F. Daftary (ed.), Mediaeval
Isma'ili History and Thought, Cambridge: 117-43.
ing Controversy, trans. and cd. Gary Leiser, Carbondale. Khan, M. S. (1969), "Miskawaih and Arabic Historiography," Journal oj the American Oriental Society
95
Ravandi, Mul!ammad b. CAli (1921), The Rabat
us-~udur
wa ayat as-surur, cd. Mu}:lammad Iqbal, Leidcn
and London.
89: 710-30. KirmanI, Alial aI-DIn (1932), 'Iqd al-ula lil-mawqiJal-a'la, cd. CAli: Mu}:lammad cAmid Na'InI, Tehran.
Richter-Bemburg, L. (1980), "Amir-Malik-Shiihanshah:
(A~ud
ad-Dawla's Titulature Re-examined," Iran
18: 83-102.
Klausner, C. L. (1973), The Seljuk Vizierate: A Study oj Civil Administration, I055-Il94, Cambridge,
Rosenthal, F. (1968 [1952]), A History of Muslim Historiography, 2 nd revised ed., Leiden.
Massachusetts. Krasnawolska, A. (1978), "Rostam Farroxzad's Prophecy in Sah-name and the Zoroastrian Apocalyptic
Rowson, E. K. (1998), "al-~abi', Abll Is}:laq," in: 1. S. Meisami and P. Starkey (eds.), Encyclopedia of
Arabic Literature, London and New York, 2: 671-2.
Texts," Folia Orientalia 19: 173 -84. Lambton, A. K. S. (1986), "Kirman. History," in: EI2 V: 157-66.
Rypka, J. (1968), History oj Iranian Literature, Dordrecht.
Luther, K. A. (1969), "A New Source for the History of the Iraq SeIjuqs: The Tarikh al- Vuzara J," Der Is-
Schnyder, R. (1973), "Political Centres and Artistic Powers in Saljuq Iran," in: D. S. Richards (ed.), Is-
lamic Civilisation 950-1150, Oxford, 201-9.
lam 45: 117-28. -- (1971a), "Bayhaqi and the Later Seljuq Historians: Some Comparative Remarks," in: Yadnama-yi Abu
Shaked, Sh. (1986), "From Iran to Islam: On Some Symbols of Royalty," Jerusalem Studies in Arabic
I-Fail Bayhaqi, 14-33, Mashhad. -
-
1:1. Yaghma'l, 3
rd
Tarjuma-yi Tafsir-i Tabari (1988), ed.
(1990), "Islamic Rhetoric and the Persian Historians, 1000-1300 A.D.," in: 1. A. Bellamy (ed.), Stud-
Treadwell, W. L. (1991), "The Political History of the Samanid State," Ph. D. Diss., University of Oxford.
ies in Near Eastern Culture and History in Memory oj Ernest T Abdel-Massih, Ann Arbor, 90-98.
-
ed., Tehran.
(1999), "A Unique Portrait Medallion from Bukhara Dated 969 A.D.," The Ashmolean 36: 9-10.
CUtbi, Abu
Na~r
(1869), al-TaJrikh al-Yamini, with commentary by Shaykh A4mad Manini, Cairo.
Studies 26: 17-57.
VariivIni, Sacd aI-Din (1909), The Marzuban-nama, ed. M. M. Qazwini, Leiden and London.
(1969), "The Assumption of the Title of Shahanshah by the Buyids and 'The Reign of the Daylam
Wansbrough, J. (1978), The Sectarian Milieu: Content and Composition oj Islamic Salvation History, Ox-
Makdisi, G. (1963), Ibn 'Aqll et la resurgence de l'Islam traditionaliste au XIe siecle (Ve siecle de
I'Hegire), Damascus. (1973), "The Sunni Revival," in: D. S. Richards (ed.), Islamic Civilisation 950-Il50, Oxford, 155-68.
Miishii'allah (1971), The Astrological History oj Mash iTa llah , ed. and trans. E. S. Kennedy and D. Pingree, Cambridge. Meisami, J. S. (1993), "The Past in Service of the Present: Two Views of History in Medieval Persia,"
Poetics Today 14: 247-75. -
chards (ed.), Islamic Civilisation 950-1150, Oxford, 251-63.
(1977), "Chancery Writing as a Source of Constraints on History Writing in the Sixth and Seventh
(Dawlat al-Daylam),," Journal oJNear Eastern Studies 28: 84-108, 168-83.
-
Sourdel-Thomine, 1. (1973), "Renouvellement et tradition dans I'architecture saljuqide," in: D. S. Ri-
Centuries of the Hijra," unpublished paper, University of Michigan.
Madelung, W. (1967), "Abu Is}:liiq al-~abI on the Alids of Tabaristan and Gilan," Journal oJNear Eastern -
and Islam 7: 75-91.
(1971 b), "Ravandi's Report on the Administrative Changes of MU}:lammad J ahan Pahlavan," in: Iran
and Islam, ed. C. E. Bosworth, 393-406, Edinburgh. -
Shahbazi, A. Sh. (1989), "Bahram VI Cobin," in: EIr III: 519-22.
(1994), "RavandI's Ra~at al-!fudur: History or Hybrid?" Edebiyat, n.s. 5: 181-215.
-
(1999), Persian Historiography to the End oJthe Twelfth Century, Edinburgh.
-
and P. Starkey (eds.) (1998), Encyclopedia ojArabic Literature, 2 vols., London and New York.
Minorsky, V. (1956), "The Older Preface to the Shah-nama," in: Studi orientalistici in onore de Giorgio
Levi della Vida, 2: 159-79, Rome. Mujmal al-tawarikh
wa-l-qi~a~
(1939), ed. Mu}:lammad Taqi Bahar, Tehran.
NarshakhI, Abu Bakr Mu}:lammad (1954), The History oj Bukhara, ed. and trans. R. N. Frye, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Nii?im, Mu}:lammad (1971 [1931 D, The Life and Times oj Sultan Mabmud oj Ghazna, 2nd ed., New Delhi. Nlshapurl, Z,ahIr ai-Din (1953), Saljuqnama, ed.
1. Afshar, Tehran.
ford. Yusofi,
0.-1:1. (1989), "Bayhaqi, Abu' I-Fazl," in: EIr III, 889-94.
Kingship Legitimacy in Ni?am al-Mulk's Fifth/Eleventh Century Marta Simidchieva (York University)
For more than thirty years, the grand vizier Ni~am al-Mulk (d. 485/1 092) managed the Saljuq Empire, which reached the zenith of its power under the Great Saljuqs Alp Arsian (r. 455-65/1063-72) and Malikshah (r. 465-85/1072-92). Ni?am al-Mulk had a significant role in shaping the Saljuq legacy of state administration, which set a new standard for Islamic administrative practices in the Middle East after the disintegration of the Abbasid caliphate. 1 His rank as a statesman was equalled by his fame as the author of The Book of Government or Siyiisatniima, known also as the Siyar al-muliik (The Conduct of Kings), one of the earliest extant "mirrors for princes" in New Persian literature. 2 In addition to practical advice on state administration, it offers insight into the political mores and normative ethics of the time. The Siyiisatniima reflects the efforts ofNi~am al-Mulk to reconcile the Persian imperial tradition of government with the political realities of a new era, shaped by nomadic conquest. 3 It was an era of major social and political shifts: it ushered in the iq!ii( system, whereby revenue-bearing, nonhereditary land-grants were assigned to tribal and military leaders, to maintain the troops under their command. This trend resulted in the rise of a new military aristocracy of Turkic fief holders, who eclipsed the old Persian landed gentry in the political arena. It may be presumed that these developments occasioned shifts in the perception of legitimate political authority as well. The present project, based on a close textual analysis of the Siyiisatniima, attempts to glean the dominant criteria for royal legitimacy at this pivotal point in the development of the medieval Islamic state. 4
*** On the influence of Saljuq statecraft in the Islamic world, see Lambton 1968,203 and LapidUS 1988, 173. On Ni?am al-Mulk's role in shaping the Saljuq legacy of state government, see Barthold 1977, 308; Yusufi 1979, 110; Bosworth 1995b, 941; Meisami 1999, 146,271 n. 9. 2 The Siyiisatniima is traditionally considered a prime Persian example of the "mirror for princes" genre (see de Fouchecour 1986, 381 and 389; Bosworth 1998, 528). Some scholars argue that the treatise deals with limited aspects of the practice rather than with the theory of government, and define it as an "administrative handbook" (see Lambton 1984, 55-6 and the response of Meisami 1999, 161-2). On the genre of "mirrors for princes" in Islamic literatures, see Lambton 1971,420; de Fouchecour 1986, 357-73; Marlow 1997, 128; Bosworth 1998; Leder 1999. 3 See Hodgson 1974, II: 46-52; Bowen 1995,71; Luther 2001,6. 4 This article is based on M. Mudarrasi's 1955 reprint from Ch. Schefer's 1891 critical text of the Siyiisatniima (hereafter marked as Sch) and Hubert Darke's 1962 Tehran edition of the Siyar al-muliik (Siyiisatmima) (marked as D62). Mudarrasi's version contains important notes made in the margins of Schefer's edition by the eminent Iranian scholar M. Qazvini. Unless otherwise specified, the English quotations follow the 1960 translation of Hubert Darke (D), along with his numeration of the paragraphs. Also taken into account is Darke's 1978 revised edition and translation of the Siyiisatniima (D78), compared with the oldest extant manuscript of the Siyasatnama, which he discovered.
Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni?am al-Mulk's Siyiisatnama
Ni?am al-Mulk hailed from the ranks of the Persian dihqiins (landed gentry) and was brought up within the Persian imperial tradition of state administration, as upheld by the Samanids and Ghaznavids. His father served as a revenue agent for the Ghaznavid governor of Khurasan. Ni?am al-Mulk himself gained administrative experience as a government official in Ghazna, where his family had fled from the Saljuq conquest. 5 However, with Ghaznavid power clearly on the wane, Ni?am al-Mulk reconsidered his allegiances and entered the service of the Saljuqs. First he joined the administrative apparatus of Chaghri: Beg, Sultan Tughril's influential brother, then attached himself to Chaghr'i's son Alp Arslan, who became Tughril's heir apparent. The court intrigue surrounding Alp Arslan's nomination - opposed by Tughril's vizier al-Kundurl, who was in favour of a younger son of Chaghr'i Beg - gave Ni?am al-Mulk a direct stake in the perilous process of the Saljuq royal succession: as Alp Arslan ascended the throne crushing the army of his uncle Qutlumush, who likewise claimed the crown - he appointed Ni?am al-Mulk grand vizier of the realm.6
Khatun expected that the nomination would pass to her third son, the infant MaJ:lmud, but Ni?am al-Mulk supported the candidacy ofBarkyaruq, Malikshah's eldest surviving son by a Saljuq princess. Turkan KhatUn succeeded in undermining the grand vizier with the help of his rival Taj al-Mulk. It is not clear whether Ni?am al-Mulk was ultimately removed from his position and replaced by Taj al-Mulk, or whether he stayed on with his powers severely curtailed. Apparently, he was still active in some capacity, for he was killed by an Ismacm: assassin while on his way to Baghdad with the shah's retinue. Public opinion implicated Taj al-Mulk, who was killed by Ni?am al-Mulk's ghuliims (slave soldiers) a few months after their master's death. Malikshah's unexpected demise soon after, at the age of thirty-eight, is also attributed by some sources to poisoning by the vengeful Ni?amiyya corps.lO
98
Ni?am al-Mulk's authority grew exponentially with the enthronement of Alp Arslan's teenaged son Malikshah, whose nomination and ascent he secured, fending off the counter-claim of the youth's uncle Qavurt.7 As atabeg (official guardian) of the young prince, the grand vizier became the power behind the throne. He left such a deep imprint on the policies associated with the Great Saljuqs that the regime became known as "the rule of Ni?am" (al-dawla al-Ni;iimiyya).8 Inevitably, his relations with the incumbent sultan Malikshah were fraught with hidden tensions, which came to a head towards the end of Ni?am al-Mulk's career. The vizier's fall from favour was precipitated by the power struggles surrounding the nomination of Malikshah' s heir apparent. 9 This title had been conferred successively upon Malikshah's eldest sons Dawiid and AJ:lmad, both of whom died prematurely, in 474/1082 and 48111088 respectively. Their mother Turkan
5 6 7
$ara 1973, II: 904-5; Bowen 1995,69. See Bowen 1995,69-70; Z;ahIr aI-DIn 2001, 45-8. See Bowen 1995, 70; Z;ahIr aI-DIn 2001,57-64. Ma1ikshah - nominated as Alp ArsHin's successor on Ni?am a1-Mulk's advice - was not the eldest of the sultan's sons, and was only eighteen when his father was assassinated. He was too young to claim the leadership of the Sa1jiiq clan and, by extension, the crown. The Saljiiqs, like most nomadic tribes, considered authority a clan prerogative rather than an individual one. While the leadership of the tribe as a whole was restricted to its noble clan, power within that clan was often transferred from the most authoritative person to the next in status, rather than from father to son. On nomadic patterns of succession, see Lapidus 1988, 144-5. 8 Black 2001, 9l. Ni?am al-Mulk's name is linked to the establishment of new "judicial, fiscal and administrative structures which remained operative in Persia down to the nineteenth century" (ibid.). A Shafi(I jurist by education and a staunch foe of religious heterodoxy, Ni?am al-Mulk sought to counter the Isma(IlI propaganda in the Saljiiq domain by founding the Sunni Ni?amiyya school of Baghdad, which provided advanced training to religious scholars and administrators. The Sunni revival of the fifth/eleventh century is closely connected to the Saljiiq policies adopted under his tenure. 9 See Yiisufi 1979, 114-15; Lambton 1984, 64. Ni?am al-Mulk's fall from favour is also attributed to the growing arrogance of his powerful clan, as a son of his behaved boorishly with a former ghuliim of the sultan. Reportedly, Malikshah's sharp rebuke on that occasion drew an unguarded remark from the vizier, who declared his indispensability to the dynasty (Yiisufi 1979, 116). For a slightly different version of these events, involving Ni?am al-Mulk's grandson rather than his son, see Browne 1956, II: 184-6.
99
*** The history of the Siyiisatniima's compilation is just as dramatic, and closely entwined with the ups and downs of Ni?am al-Mulk's career. According to internal references, the treatise was written in two instalments, at two different points in the vizier's life. ll Reportedly, either in 47911086 or 48411091, Sultan Malikshah called upon a group of courtiers to write a treatise on good government and to make recommendations regarding improvements in the Saljuq state. Ni?am al-Mulk submitted a manuscript of thirtynine chapters. He presented it personally to the sultan, who considered it far superior to the submissions of all the other participants in this "contest": a reception indicative not only of Ni?am al-Mulk's prowess as a writer, but also of the esteem he enjoyed at court. 12 Subsequently, Ni?am al-Mulk added a further eleven chapters to his book. 13 In all likelihood chapters 40-50/51 were compiled in troubled times, just prior to the vizier's assassination, when his career fell under a cloud. The expanded second version of the Siyiisatniima was not presented at court, and may have been intended to reach Malikshah only in case of Ni?am al-Mulk's violent death. At this point of his career, the vizier was apparently preparing for the worst. Reportedly, on the eve of his departure 10 On speculations regarding Ni?am al-Mulk's dismissal from office and his murder, see also Browne 1956, II: 187; Lambton 1968,266; Darke 1978, xiv and xix; Meisami 1999, 147. 11 Three segments within the text of the Sch and D versions of the Siyiisatniima give information on the history of its composition; two of them, apparently written by the scribe who copied Ni?am al-Mulk's original manuscript, are incorporated in the beginning and the end of the introduction (D 1-2 and 6/ D62 3-4, 8/Sch 1-2 and 5). These segments contain information regarding the circumstances of the book's compilation, the amendment of the manuscript, and its fate after Ni?am al-Mulk's death. A third note, presumably written by Ni?am al-Mulk himself, serves as a conclusion to the book (D 252/Sch 249-50). It mentions the scribe by name and confirms his information regarding the chapters added by Ni?am al-Mulk. This note is missing in D78, which contains only the two introductory passages, the first of which appears to have been written by Ni?am al-Mulk himself, and the second by the original scribe (1 and 5-6). Instead of the vizier's fmal note, D78 contains a colophon by another copyist who worked on the NakhjivanI manuscript in the year 67311237 (see also D62 330). 12 See D 2/Sch 2. In D78 2 Ni?am al-Mulk does not discuss the book's reception at court. 13 The number of added chapters is given as eleven in the scribal note to all three manuscripts (see D 6/Sch 5/D78 5-6). However, because one subtopic is treated as a chapter in Sch, that manuscript has 51 chapters altogether, while D and D78 have 50.
..----..
.~~-----------------------------~.-------------------------------------------------------------Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni?am al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima
for Baghdad in 48511092 as a vanguard for Malikshah's pending visit, Ni?am al-Mulk wrote his will and set his personal affairs in order. 14 He left the manuscript of the amended Siyiisatnama in the care of the scribe Mul}.ammad Nasikh (D)lMaghribl (Sch) , instructing him to copy the treatise and eventually submit it to the sultan if its author were not to return from his journey. 15 Ni?am al-Mulk was murdered on this trip, Malikshah met his end soon after, and the scribe waited through fourteen years of political turmoil before presenting the amended manuscript to a new Saljuq sultan. The extant version of the Siyasatnama, with its two parts, allows the researcher to contemplate not only Ni?am al-Mulk's carefully worded views on kingship while in office (Part I), but also the openly critical chapters written after the vizier's fall from favour (Part II), a part of the treatise apparently meant to serve as a message to Malikshah from "beyond the grave."
because authors of instructive literature (adab) did not, in principle, invent such stories. Edifying narratives were either related "from personal experience," or, more commonly, compiled from other written and oral sources, because their "truthfulness" was already validated through their presence in the common lore. I7 It is my contention that such "borrowed" stories cannot be taken as bona fide vehicles of an author's personal views. However, they offer a useful insight into the narrative strategies employed by medieval writers to reduce the complexities of reality to a clear moral message, and to transform imperfect historical personalities into models of royal virtue. Embedded in the Siyasatnama, the narratives selected by Ni?am al-Mulk could have retained the legitimising thrust of their original source. Therefore, the political commitments they exhibit should not necessarily be ascribed to Ni?am al-Mulk himself To emphasise this point, the present paper will refer to the author of these stories in impersonal, generic terms, as "the narrator." Treating the Siyasatnama exempla as representative texts, I shall also try to determine to what extent the idea of rightful kingship was shaped by Islamic and imperial Persian notions of legitimate rule, and by which methods medieval writers affirmed the legitimacy of their royal patTons.
100
*** Did the vizier's public pronouncements on royal legitimacy coincide with his personal convictions? To what extent were his views influenced by the Persian imperial tradition, whose champion Ni?am al-Mulk is often considered to be? These questions are at the core of this article's first section, devoted to Ni?am al-Mulk's direct advice to his royal addressee, which is set as a block of instructive texts at the beginning of each Siyasatnama chapter, separated from the narrative exempla. This section will serve to determine the author's explicit and implicit criteria for royal legitimacy, and the general perception of rightful authority at this crucial stage in the history of Persia and of Islamic civilisation. 16 The article's second section examines two narrative exempla of rightful rulership in the Siyasatnama. They are considered separately from Ni?am al-Mulk's direct instructions,
14 Yiisufi 1979, 117. According to Meisami, Ni?am al-Mulk was murdered while accompanying Malikshah on the sultan's visit to Baghdad (1999, 147). 15 D 2521Sch 250. Not all scholars accept the internal information of the manuscript. Thus de Fouchecour suggests that the first version of the Siyiisatniima was written for Malikshah as a young prince, when Ni?iim al-Mulk was his atabeg (1986, 382-3, llll. 75, 87). Zakhoder, who considers much of the Siyiisatniima, and especially the stories, as the scribe's interpolations, holds that its original version was a short treatise offered by Ni?am al-Mulk to the sultan upon assumption of the viziership (1949, 305-8). He states that the practice of submitting such treatises existed at the Ghaznavid court, since two such occasions were mentioned by Bayhaqi (d. 470/1077), but acknowledges that nothing of this kind has come to light at the Saljiiq court. Darke suggests that Malikshah ordered the competition because he was dissatisfied with Ni?am al-Mulk and wished to test possible contenders for the vizier's position (1978, xi). This view is shared by Meisami, who notes that the revision of the work "reflects the accusations of nepotism and financial extravagance ... made against Ni?am al-Mulk" (1999, 147). The present study accepts at face value the in-text information about the composition of the treatise, because the internal evidence is consistent with the structural peculiarities of the text (see Simidchieva 1995). 16 Discussing the social ideas expressed in the Siyiisatniima, Marlow comments on Ni?am al-Mulk's overall conservatism and on his fear that court positions and titles might be given to men of low birth (1997, 129). It should be noted that these concerns of the vizier, along with other signs of entrenched Persian traditionalism, do not occur in Part I, but in the more outspoken Part II of the book.
101
1. Royal Legitimacy in the Segments of Direct Instruction The Siyasatniima is a pragmatic treatise, and it deals with concrete problems of state management. Royal legitimacy is not among the topics the author deems it necessary to discuss. Implied rather than stated, the issue appears in chapters dealing with the nature of kingship in general. In Part I these are: chapter one, "On the tum of Fortune's wheel and in praise of The Master of the World," in which Ni?am al-Mulk addresses the theological aspects of rulership and establishes a ruler's place in the divine scheme of things; and chapter two, "On recognizing the extent of God's grace towards kings," in which he equates a king's prime religious duty with his personal responsibility for the welfare of all living beings under his sway. The close interrelation of kingship and religion is reaffirmed in chapter eight, "On enquiry and investigation into matters of religion, religious law and suchlike," in which the author enjoins the king to uphold religious law and study religious matters. Religion and kingship are presented as "two brothers," interdependent and inseparable; deficiencies in either inevitably lead to the corruption of the other, resulting in heresy and rebellion - the ultimate threat to royal authority. 18 Ni?am al-Mulk's general views on kingship are expressed again in chapter forty, "On shewing mercy to the creatures of God and restoring all the affairs and customs of the state to their proper order." This chapter is de Jacto an introduction to the supplemental chapters of the treatise (presented in Darke's edition as Part II of the book). The second introduction suggests that the author resumed his admonishments after an interruption in 17 The issue of authorship and compilation in early "mirrors for princes" is discussed in Simidchieva 1989,101-53 and Kilpatrick 1998a, 55. 18 D 63/Sch 63-4. For an almost identical statement on the relationship between religion and the state attributed to Ardashir, the founder of the Sasanian empire, see Zaehner 1961, 284.
~"~~"~,""-,"~",-,~",~,---,---------~~~~-,
Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni?am al-Mulk's Siytisatntima
the process of writing. 19 In many respects chapter forty echoes chapter one, as it addresses similar issues in much the same phraseology. Yet chapter forty also marks a definite change of tone, from laudatory to and leads to openly critical of Saljuq court practices. Both chapters contain passages pertaining to a king's mandate to rule, and thence to royal legitimacy.
The only active agent in the rise of a king seems to be God, who selects a ruler as His instrument to impose social order. Virtues of statesmanship are granted to a king as a result of divine choice - they are not its precondition. Therefore, there can be no en-or in a king's rise to power, and no grounds for questioning his legitimacy. By that logic any ruling monarch is a legitimate king, as long as he holds the reins of state tight, quells sedition, dispenses justice, and ensures the security of his subjects. 23 Thus, instead of explicitly distinguishing between legitimate and rogue rulers, or capable and incapable individuals, Ni~am al-Mulk juxtaposes rulership to the absence of rulership. The dreaded state of anarchy has yet another dimension: autocratic voluntarism. The phrase "whoever has the upper hand does what he pleases" suggests that even if a strongman holds sway over a territory, he cannot be designated "king" if he follows his own whim instead of enforcing the divine law. By this inference, Ni~am al-Mulk comes as close to distinguishing between legitimate and rogue rulership as court etiquette and piety would allow.
102
*** Chapter one starts with two successive thematic segments, which are in binary opposition. 20 The first segment outlines a king's mission and role in creation, the second presents the dire state of a God-forsaken land from which good kingship has departed: 1. In every age and time God (be He exalted) chooses one member of the human race and, having adorned and endowed him with kingly virtues, entrusts him with the interests of the world and the well-being of His servants; He charges that person to close the doors of corruption (fasiid) , confusion (iishub) and discord (jitna), and He imparts to him such dignity and majesty in the eyes and hearts of men, that under his just rule they may live their lives in constant security and ever wish for his reign to continue. 2. Whenever - Allah be our refuge! - there occurs any disobedience or disregard of divine laws on the part of His servants, or any failure in devotion and attention to the commands of The Truth (be He exalted) and He wishes to chasten them and make them taste the retribution for their deeds - may God not deal us such a fate, and keep us far from such a calamity! - verily the wrath of The Truth overtakes those people and He forsakes them for the vileness of their disobedience; anarchy rears its head in their midst,21 opposing swords are drawn, blood is shed, and whoever has the stronger hand does whatever he wishes, until those sinners are all destroyed in tumults and bloodshed, and the world becomes free and clear of them; and through the wickedness of such sinners many innocent people too perish in the tumults; just as, by analogy, when a reed-bed catches fire every dry particle is consumed and much wet stuff is burnt also, because it is near to that which is dry. The first segment, which sums up the fundamentals of kingship, offers very little information on the terms and conditions of the royal office. However, the prerequisites for attaining the crown can be gleaned if the factors the author chooses not to discuss are studied as carefully as the ones he highlights. The results are rather unexpected: apparently, personal merit and effort are not essential for the attainment of the crown, for they are not mentioned at all. No credit is given for noble lineage, heredity, and other accidents of birth. Nor is any tribute paid to the caliph, the head of the Muslim community (umma), whose recognition is supposed to confer legitimacy upon temporal rulers.22 19 See Simidchieva 1995,668-70. 20 D 9/Sch 5-6. Similarly, D78 9. 21 Instead of "anarchy rears its head," Sch has "good kingship departs from their midst" (ptidshtihl-yi nlk az miytin-i lshtin biravad) (6), and D78 "kingship disappears altogether" (9). 22 For comments on the absence of the caliph as a ratifier of ru1ership in Ni?am al-Mu1k's work, see Lambton 1974,417; and 1984,56-7. She attributes this omission to the fact that the medieval theory of royal authority had solidified by the second half of the fifth/eleventh century, when the caliph had already lost his temporal powers and thus was virtually ignored, while the king was perceived as the shadow of God on earth (1962, 99). This shift in Islamic political thought could be attributed to the influence of the pre-Islamic Persian concept of kingship, whereby all sovereignty belongs to Uhrmazd
103
The two segments above suggest that a ruler - any ruler ~- is an instrument of God's will, and his rise to power should not be considered a matter of chance, or an issue open to debate. A king represents God's blessing upon His righteous and obedient servants. A rogue ruler is a conduit of God's wrath against a sinful and rebellious lot, an unwitting who lends a portion of it directly to the ruler. According to Zaehner, the king in Zoroastrianism is considered God's representative and His manifestation on earth, and therefore may even adopt the title bagh, meaning "god" (1961, 297). In Islamic political culture the idea that a ruler's rise to power is directly attributable to God's will is linked to the concept of dawlat, "good fortune," "dominion," or, in Mottahedeh's phrase, "[a] divinely ordained turn in power" (Mottahedeh 1980, 132). Mottahedeh sees the notion of dawlat as a way of reconciling the concept of kingship, which was connected to the old order that Islam had replaced, with the Muslim ideal of a polity based on the divine law. Since God is the only one who has sovereignty (mulk) over the world, He can lend it to men, yet its permanent possession remains with God alone. As Mottahedeh points out, the notion of God as sole giver of sovereignty is already embedded in the Koran (3: 26): "Say, 0 God, possessor of sovereignty (mtilik almulk), you give sovereignty to whomever you choose and take it from whomever you choose"(1980, 185). Yet according to Marlow, later medieval literature on kingship invests political authority with more significance than is allotted to it by the classical doctrine of the caliphate. Medieval authors impart an almost religious significance to the royal office: They treat kingship as part ofthe divine order, and kings, selected by God, are accountable only to Him. She points out that such views were implicit not only in the writings of court administrators influenced by the legacy of the Persian imperial past, but also in the works of some leading religious scholars (1995, 101-2). 23 This interpretation of the segment is supported by Bosworth's view on the concept of governmental authority in fifth-/eleventh-century Persia. He sees it as a synthesis between the ancient Near Eastern concept of the divine ruler and the tendency of Islamic authors to regard tyranny as preferable to anarchy (1963, 48-9). Historical realities also played a role in shaping fundamental political views, for by the fifth/eleventh century, few ruling houses in Persia could claim a true noble pedigree. Some dynasties, like the ~afIarids and the Ghaznavids, were from plebeian or slave stock; others, like the Qarakhiinids and tlle Saljuqs, were of nomadic background; those who could lay claim to nobility, like the Samiinids, the Buyids and the Ziyarids, rose from the ranks of "local chieftains or dihqtins of middling status," and it was only the rare dynasty, such as the Afrighid Khwarazmshiihs, who could truly trace their ancestry to a long line of kings (ibid.). By Ni?iim al-Mulk's time, questions of royal legitimacy seemed less and less of an issue. Instead, as Lambton notes, the seizure of power itself gave authority to rule (1988a, 99). Any government was deemed legitimate as long as it possessed the coercive power necessary to maintain order (Lambton 1988a, 96; Bosworth 1963,48-50).
Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni~am al-Mulk's Siyasatnama
agent of divine purpose, whose misrule is destined to rid the world of sinners. Through terms like fasiid (corruption, wickedness, sedition), jitna (discord, riot, temptation, seduction), iishub (confusion, disturbance, affliction), all of which have both moral and religious as well as social and political connotations, digression from the religious norms is very closely aligned with political transgression.
individual ruler and his subjects. Noble lineage has pride of place among these distinctions, followed by "a comely appearance, a kindly disposition, integrity, manliness, bravery, horsemanship, knowledge, [skill in] the use of various kinds of arms and accomplishment in several arts." This group of qualities is skilfully integrated into Ni~am al-Mulk's encomium to the Saljuq sultan. In this way the author implies that Malikshiih, blesscd abundantly with the distinctions of the exclusive third group, possesses the other two groups of virtues as well.
104
It is noteworthy that deliverance fTom mismle is achieved not through popular resis-
tance, but through the emergence of a new king who sets things right. 24 Postulating the inevitable rise of a "saviour king," Ni~iim al-Mulk outlines the God-given qualities which guarantee the success of his task. These can be divided roughly into three groups, in a descending order of importance: first, the traits ensuring political stability; second, those pertaining to responsible state administration and economic prosperity; and third, the personal qualities that make a king stand out among other rulers. The definitive mark of the rightful king is his autocratic supremacy and unchallenged political control over a state, manifested through his ability to quell rebellion and religious dissent, and to impose social order. This first group of royal virtues, without which a ruler cannot accomplish his mission on earth, seems to be given unconditionally and in full measure to all kings chosen by God, since it is not attended by any limiting qualifiers in Ni~iim al-Mulk's text. Thus it serves as the ultimate sign of royal legitimacy. Next comes the second group of virtues, which make the rightful ruler a capable manager and steward of his domain. Ni~iim al-Mulk surveys this group briefly in the third segment of chapter one. 25 Among these qualities are the "wit and wisdom" of an effective state administrator, who would appoint capable officials "for the efficient conduct of affairs spiritual and temporal," and would "employ his subordinates every one according to his merits." The king must also be a just enforcer of the law, whose "subjects tread the path of obedience and busy themselves with their tasks ... untroubled by hardships." He must mete out proportionate punishment for crimes and misdeeds, but should also pardon and forgive wrongdoers who repent. In addition, he should be the chief sponsor and initiator of building and cultivation, engaged in "the advance of civilization," by "constructing underground channels, digging main canals, building bridges ... , rehabilitating villages and farms, raising fortifications, building new towns, and erecting lofty buildings ... , inns ... on the highways and schools for those who seek knowledge." This second group of qualities is mandatory for all rulers, but God apportions them "according to [a king' s] deserts." They are not given equally to all kings, and thus do not account for legitimacy (an absolute entity), but for different degrees of royal greatness, which is measured by the ruler's ability to ensure the prosperity of his realm. Finally, Ni~iim al-Mulk introduces a third group of qualities, to wit, persona] accomplishments and distinctions, which are not given to all kings, and therefore are not essential to the royal office. 26 Rather, they serve as a mark of God's special favour to an 24 See D 9/Sch 6. 25 D 9-10/Sch 6-7. 26 D 10-111Sch 7-8. Ni~am al-Mulk makes the exclusivity of this group of qualities clear, stating that they have been "lacking in the princes of the world before [Malikshah]." This particular chapter of the
105
The question of noble lineage, central to the pre-Islamic Persian tradition of royal legitimacy, is situated here only in the third group of royal virtues, among the admirable but non-essential qualities and accompli~hments of a ruler. 27 Although mentioned first in this group, noble birth is clearly an adornment, not a prerequisite, of royal legitimacy. Still, a respectable royal lineage with a claim to the Persian crown must have been an important, even though not a decisive, aspect of legitimate rule, since Ni~am al-Mulk felt compelled to link the ancestry of the Saljuqs to Afrasiyab. 28 In Persian mythology, this Turiinian ruler pursued relentlessly the hereditary farr of the Iranian kings - the divine luminescence, which, according to Zoroastrian teachings, conferred royal glory on the rightful successor to the Persian throne.
Siyasatnama has supported a variety of views regarding the essential qualities of a ruler. Thus, Barthold concludes that the ruler must possess above all the qualities of the second group: he must be a good landlord (katkhuda; Sch kadkhuda) of his kingdom, and care for its economic welfare by building canals, constructing bridges, and so on. He should also select capable administrators for the different branches of government (1977,226-7). Lambton considers essential such personal qualities of the king as comely appearance, good nature, justice and courage (1984,57; 1962, 102-3). In other words, she gives priority to the qualities of the third group, which Ni~am al-Mulk lists as distinctive of Malikshah in his personal praise of the sultan. In the present study, the hierarchy of royal virtues is based on two criteria: their order of appearance within the chapter, and the degree of their "availability" to kings, which indicates how critical those qualities are for a ruler's successful accomplishment of his God-given mission. 27 The influence of the Persian royal tradition on notions of hereditary kingship in the medieval Middle East is undisputed, but should not be considered absolute. Arab tribal society also judged a man's social worth in terms of his nasab or genealogy. Heredity was considered important in determining which qualities might appear in a man later in life. Although nasab did not determine fully the suitability of an individual for a certain rank or office, it was thought to increase the probability that he would be suitable. A noble nasab was also deemed to spur a man to noble actions, as he endeavoured to match the deeds of his ancestors (see Mottahedeh 1980, 99-102). On the importance of genealogy (nasab) and merit (~asab) as organising principles in matters of leadership in Arab tribal society, see Marlow 1997,5. 28 Ni~am al-Mulk, apparently, followed an already established tradition in connecting the Saljuq genealogy to the Persian mythical past. Tughril Beg's official Abu l_cAlii' b. I:Iassul (d. 450/1058) was the first known author to trace the ancestry of the Saljuqs back to Afrasiyab (Bosworth 1995b, 938). The Saljuq clan had a Turkic claim to distinguished ancestry as well. It belonged to the tribal aristocracy of the Oghuz nomads, who formed the Gak Tiirk tribal confederation, a nomadic empire which collapsed in 744 CE (Bosworth 1995b, 937; 1963, 210-11). Duqaq, the ancestor of the Saljuqs, apparently served the yabghu or "king of the Oghuz" (Boswortll 1963, 219-21).
~
"-"-~~~~~
106
..•.--~~~.-".~--.~-~-----~--~--~---.
Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni~am al-Mulk's Siyasatnama
Given the importance of hierarchy and structure in medieval texts, the order in which issues concerning kingship are presented in the opening chapter of the Siyasatnama is significant,29 Chapter one starts with the portrayal of kingship as an assurance of order and stability (segment one), then descends into a description of anarchy (segment two), followed by the emergence of a new king who restores order once again (segment three). The succession of "ideal kingship-anarchy--ideal kingship," culminating in the encomium to the ruling Saljuq sultan in segment four, strongly suggests historical developments in the Persian state at the time: from the absolutism of Sultan Mal;tmud of Ghazna, through the internecine strife that marked the rule of his Ghaznavid successors, to the establishment of Saljuq supremacy, which peaked during Malikshah's reign. Thus, chapter one is a perfect fusion of admonishment and praise, integrating into its very structure references to the lessons of history, which Ni~am al-Mulk's contemporaries would hardly have missed. It extols the king while exhorting him to do right, and presents the Saljuq sultan not only as the rightful ruler of the realm, but also as the embodiment of all kingly virtues.
The crisis of autocratic rule breeds social chaos, presented as a direct outcome of political instability. There is a complete reversal of moral codes and subversion of public expectations, as the world turns into a place where evil is not punished and good does not triumph. The social anarchy finds concrete expression in the breakdown of the established hierarchy in the court administration and the army. Once started, the author seems to imply, this erosion of moral and lcgal authority may reach the throne itself:
*** In many respects, the opening paragraphs of chapter forty, "On shewing mercy to the creatures of God and restoring all the affairs and customs of state to their proper order," resemble those of chapter one, often using similar phraseology. However, the impact of this "second introduction" is very different, turning the praise of chapter one into a warning of the dynasty's possible downfall. This warning is not spelt out here. (It is explicitly formulated in chapter forty-one (D)/forty-two (Sch), "On not giving two appointments to one man ... ," where Ni~am al-Mulk states: "The dynasty has reached its perfection; your humble servant is afraid of the evil eye and knows not where this state of affairs willlead.")30 However, in chapter forty it is unmistakably implied in the thematic reordering of the material. Thus, in contrast to chapter one, chapter forty starts with an invocation of pending disaster and the possibility of dynastic change. This ominous beginning leads to a picture of political anarchy, recalling the doomsday scenario of segment two in chapter one, in which discord (jitna) and confusion (ashub) bring about civil war and oppression (~ulm), and suggest failure of the most fundamental royal virtue - autocratic supremacy (first group), which keeps sedition at bay:3 1 1. At any time the state may be overtaken by some celestial accident, or influenced by the evil eye. Then the government will change and pass from one house to another, or the country will be thrown into disorder through seditions and tumults; opposing swords [will be drawn and there will be] killing, burning and violence.
107
In such troubled days men of noble birth will be crushed; evil-doers will gain control and whoever has strength will do what he likes. Men of good-will will have no power or influence; the least of men will be an amir [army commander], the basest of persons will become a civil governor. Noble and learned men will be dispossessed, and any wretch will not hesitate to take upon himself titles reserved for the king and the wazir; he might give himself ten titles with impunity and nobody would ask whether he is worthy or not.
Here Ni~iim al-Mulk presents a purely hypothetical situation, yet it foreshadows issues for which he would openly criticise Malikshah' s administration in the subsequent chapters. Foremost among them is the indiscriminate promotion of undeserving upstarts at the expense of experienced old courtiers. Of course, as Julie Scott Meisami notes, "This is no mere expression of generalities, but refers to specific abuses in the Saljuq polity of which Ni~iim al-Mulk both disapproves and considers himself a victim."32 Yet in the opening paragraphs of chapter forty, the vizier carefully avoids direct references to the Saljuq milieu. He chooses instead to speak in general terms, presenting a case of universal validity. Set against this background, the Saljuq administrative "innovations," which Ni~am al-Mulk criticises later on, appear like textbook examples of state mismanagement, boding ill for the future of the dynasty. Among the obvious signs of social chaos is the loss of distinction between military and civil titles - a subject that Ni~am al-Mulk would address at length later on in this chapter and in the following one. At the outset, though, he does not elaborate on this issue, but describes a state in upheaval, in which basic prerequisites of social order are subverted or negated. In such a state, underlings - Turks and Persians - issue orders instead of the king;33 religious law is not supreme, but weak; the peasantry is not subservient but unruly; the soldiers are not defenders of the Muslims, but their oppressors. This situation shows a profound, seemingly irreversible breakdown of custom, social order, and the rule of law, making proper governance impossible. Even if a legitimate king were still on the throne, he would be distracted by the need for constant military action, and would not be able to attend to the affairs of state: 32 Meisami 1999, 155. On the personal tone ofNi~am al-Mulk's criticism of Malikshah's administration, see also Simidchieva 1995, 670-1.
33 Turks were predominantly army commanders, while Persians had a monopoly over the court admini29 Issues of structural analysis of medieval texts are discussed in Simidchieva 1989, 36-88. 30 D l64/Sch 162. Note the reference to the "evil eye" in the direct warning to the Saljuqs in chapter
forty-one. The same phrase introduces the segment on anarchy in chapter forty. 31 Paragraph 1, quoted here, appears in D 1431D62 l891Sch 146. Its phrasing in D78 varies somewhat in some instances (l39). Meisami's rendition ofthis segment (1999, 154) is closer to the Persian original, and conveys clearly the consequences of anarchy for the state.
stration, so the ethnic references imply specific court offices. D78 has a slightly different reading of this particular segment Instead of "Turks and Taziks [Persians] alike will decorate themselves with titles ofleamed men and issue orders on behalf of the king" (D 143; D62 189; Sch 146 [variant]), D78 states: "Turks and Taziks alike will decorate themselves with titles of scholars and theologians. The king's wives will issue orders" (139). The statement in D78 appears to make an oblique reference to Ni~am al-Mulk's problems with Turkan KhatUn, while the DISch version links the erosion of royal authority to court officials who usurp the prerogatives or royal power.
108
Marta Simidchicva
[A]ll discretion and decency will vanish away and no one will be able to remedy matters. ... All the affairs of the country will fall short of their proper order and organization, and the king will be so distracted by expeditions, wars and anxieties that he will not have the opportunity to attend to such matters or even consider them. This segment is followed directly by another passage in which the author envisages the inevitable rise of a saviour king, who would set things right. This prospect, however, does not bode well for the ruling Saljuq monarch, whose tenure on the throne is implicitly linked to the state of anarchy. It is especially ominous since the ghost of dynastic change has already been conjured up in the opening sentence of the chapter. In chapter forty, the issue of royal legitimacy is presented differently than in chapter one, for in the "second introduction" royal pedigree is to be found among the prerequisites for the divine choice of a legitimate ruler: 2. Later, when through celestial good fortune the evil times pass away, and days of peace
and security follow, God (be He exalted) will bring forth a just and wise king from princely stock, and will give him the power to vanquish his enemies, and the wisdom and intelligence to judge matters aright ~ a king who will enquire from people and read books to learn what were the rules by which former kings directed affairs, so that he may restore all the proper forms and rules of government. 34 Apparently, noble lineage has been moved up in the hierarchy of kingly virtues. One might speculate that in the opening chapter of Part I, Ni?am al-Mulk takes pains to define kingship according to the classical Islamic concept of God-given just rulership and therefore de-emphasises the importance of lineage. In the opening chapter of Part II, however, he draws pointedly on the Persian tradition of government, highlighting the importance of pedigree, insisting on strict compartmentalisation in society, and demanding recognition of the privileges of the old nobility - the "ancient families," the "well-born," the men "pure alike in religion and in origin."35 The personal motivation behind many of the issues raised in chapter forty is evident for those acquainted with the biography of Ni?am al-Mulk, but the focus of the present study is not on this aspect of the Siyiisatniima. Instead, Ni?am al-Mulk's pronouncements are taken as representative of a specific class of medieval writers: courtiers and dignitaries of the old Persian school, who served a vigorous new political force of nomadic conquerors as administrators. Brought up in the Persian imperial tradition of government, these administrators had to comply with a political ethos that defined legitimacy in Islamic rather than imperial terms.
*** On the whole, the instructive texts in the Siyiisatniima do not depart from the general notions of kingship in Persia during the Saljuq era. Ni?am al-Mulk emphasises absolute royal authority and holds the ruler accountable only to God; he views power as its own justification; and he highlights the importance of maintaining order and a rigid social 34 D 143-4/Sch 146-7.
35 See, for example, D 144/Sch 147 and passim.
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni?am al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima
109
stratification. These issues having been addressed in earlier research, the present article adds to this picture a hierarchy of royal qualities, and their respective relevance to royal legitimacy. The rank accorded to lineage indicates the extent of a Persian-Islamic synthesis in matters of state administration. Also significant is the time-lapse in the composition of Parts I and II, the impact of which has been demonstrated in the textual analysis of chapters one and forty. While the instructive segments of the two "introductions" show no significant shifts in Ni?am al-Mulk's views on kingship, they reflect the careful layering of Persian and Islamic concepts of royal legitimacy, the resilience of old Iranian notions among administrators, and the importance of dressing these notions in Islamic garb.
2. Royal Legitimacy in the Illustrative Texts Royal legitimacy is likely to be an issue in a particular type of didactic narrative that features the rise of a new dynasty at the expense of an established one. Stories, or ~ikiiyiit, focusing only on the fall of royal houses, or on situations in which a dynasty narrowly averts its own downfall, pertain to a closely related subject - the loss of the mandate to rule. Six stories in the Siyiisatniima depict the near loss of royal prerogatives, and only two depict actual dynastic change. The latter group is particularly relevant here, since these exempla treat conflicting claims to royal legitimacy. In them the narrator justifies both the rise of a new dynasty, and the fall of the incumbent one, whose very position of power connotes legitimacy. The first exemplum follows the rise of the ~afIarid ruler YaCqub, and the fall of his successor cAmr b. Layth at the hands of IsmaciJ b. Al).mad, the founder of Samanid dynasty.3 6 The second exemplum depicts the rise of the Ghaznavid rulers Alptigin and Sabuktigin, and the unravelling of Samanid authority.3 7 This paper will examine the strategies through which the medieval narrator affirms the right of a new claimant to the throne, and negates the mandate of the incumbent ruler. The Samanids, ~afIarids, and Ghaznavids were three of the earliest autonomous ruling houses in Persian Islamic history. All three hold a prominent place in the national narrative, because their tenure coincides with the political and cultural revival of Persia. Yet the three dynasties emerge from different backgrounds and assert different claims to royal legitimacy.
36 The famous narrative about the revolt ofYa'qiib b. Layth appears in chapter three, "On holding court for the redress of wrongs and practising justice and virtue." In the Siyiisatniima, the story serves as a lengthy preamble to an anecdote about Isma'il b. AJ:unad's accessibility to the public, but its primary purpose appears to be the validation of Samanid legitimacy at the expense of the ~aflarids. In all probability it was borrowed from Samanid chronicles. Zakhoder saw it as a composite narTative, compiled from at least two sources: a laudatory account of the deeds of Isma'il b. AJ:unad; and the Akhbiir-i Ya'qiib-i Layth, mentioned by BayhaqI, who borrowed from that manuscript narratives of a similar pro-Samanid, anti-~afIarid sentiment (Zakhoder 1949,275 and 277-8). 37 The story about the rise of the Ghaznavids appears in chapter twenty-seven, "On organizing the work of slaves and not letting them crowd together while serving." Its pro-Ghaznavid bias leads Zakhoder to the conclusion that it may have been borrowed from Ghaznavid chronicles (1949, 287).
"'~_,'W'_~~",""'~~~~~_~~~
____
~
______
~
_____
,,="'~
_ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _• _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.
Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni~iim al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima
The Samanids (204-395/819-1005) were dihqiins, classic representatives of the old Persian landed gentry. They rose to prominence in the early third/ninth century, when the caliph al-Ma)mun 198-218/813-33) several of the Samanid brothers to governorships in Central Asia, in recognition of their political support and their assistance in defusing the rebellion of Rafi c b. Layth in Transoxania.3 8 The Samanids claimed descent from the general Bahram ChubIn, a scion of the Arsacid dynasty (247 BCE-ca. 225 CE), who revolted against the Sasanian emperor and briefly occupied the throne in 590-1 CE.39 The Samanids carefully nurtured this image of old-stock Persian grandees by reviving Persian festivals and patronising Persian letters. The Samanids' efforts to salvage Persian legendary history and to rejuvenate the national epic also had political significance, since both activities promoted the association of rightful authority with hereditary entitlement. Nevertheless the early Samanid amirs were loyal vassals to the Abbasid caliph, and derived much of their political legitimacy from their representation of the Abbasid dominion in the eastern regions of the caliphate.
YaCqllb's name, it represents him as "the son of the noble descendants of Jam[shId]," a statement vaguc enough to be read either as a declaration of pride in his Persian origins, or as a bonafide claim to a noble ancestry. The contcxt of the poem in which the appears suggests the former interpretation. Thus, YaCqub aspires to "the throne of the [Persian] kings" not on the grounds of birthright, but through the power of his sword and pen. Most significantly, hc claims to bc carrying "the banner of Kabl," which S. M. Stem identifies as the Kayanid standard. This famous Sasanian banner, a symbol of Persian royal authority, was reportedly captured and destroyed by the Arab forces in the battle of Qadisiyya in 14/635, which opened Persia to Arab conquest. Persian myth and legend, however, imbue the banner with additional meaning, which the $affarid panegyrist is clearly trying to evoke. In Firdawsl's Shiihniima, the Kayanid standard is the leather apron of the blacksmith Kava, who raises it as a banner of revolt against Za}:l}:lak, the Arab usurper of the Persian throne. 44 The parallel between the rebellion of Kava the blacksmith and the insurgency of YaCqub the coppersmith is hard to miss. It suggests that rather than claiming a royal pedigree, the $aftarid ruler aspired to the legacy of Kava, the plebeian who swept away a foreign usurper to restore the Persian monarchy.45 This interpretation of the poem is confirmed by YaCqub's public persona. The first $aftarid ruler made no pretence of being a nobleman, but relished his image as a rough and tough soldier who sat on the bare ground and slept with his head on his shield. 46 For this study, YaCqub's true background is of little significance. Far more important is the manner in which the story, as narrated in the Siyiisatniima, uses the popular paradigm ofYaCqub's lowly origins to discredit the $aftarids' claim to the throne.
110
The $aftarids (ca. 253-900/867-1495), native Persians from Sistan, sprang from humbler stock and were regarded as "military adventurers, who gloried in their plebeian origins."40 Traditional accounts describe the founder of the dynasty, YaCqub (r. 253-65/ 867-79), as a coppersmith's son or even a coppersmith's slave (hence the sobriquet $aftarI, "coppersmith"). His brother and successor CAmr (r. 265-88/879-901) is cast as a mule-driver or as a carpenter. The $aftarids are thus linked with the lowest strata of Persian society, and most sources - Arabic and Persian alike - mention their plebeian origins with disdain.41 However, a rival tradition from the $aftarids' native province of Sistan dispenses with the dynasty's disparaging moniker "Coppersmith," and traces the pedigree of YaCqub and cAmr b. Layth to the royal lineage of pre-Islamic Persia - from the Sasanian emperors back to the legendary king Jamshid, and further still, to the first man, Kayfrmarth. 42 The profusion of mythical figures in this genealogy of the $aftarids suggests that theirs was not an earnest aspiration to noble birth, but a symbolic claim to the legacy of pre-Islamic Persia, fired by strong anti-Arab and proto-nationalist (shucubf) sentiments. The nature of these aspirations is quite apparent in a qa~ida attributed to YaCqub's court panegyrist Abu Is1).aq IbrahIm b. Mamshadh. 43 Speaking in 38 39 40 41
Barthold 1977,209;Daniel1979, 174. Bosworth 1978,21. Bosworth 1963, 147. Zakhoder 1949,277; Barthold 1977,215-16; Bosworth 1994, 15 and 72. Craftsmen were assigned a low social status both in pre-Islamic Persia and among the Arabs. According to the Zoroastrian worldview, "In the microcosm which is man [four things] are seen to correspond to the four earthly castes, the head to the priesthood, the hands to the warrior caste, the belly to the caste of the husbandmen, and the feet to the caste of the artisans" (Mardan-Farrukh in Zaehner 1961,285). Artisans did not enjoy greater prestige among the early Arabs who, as nomads and warriors, had an aversion for the manual trades and contempt for their practitioners (Sadan 1985, 89-90). For an analysis of Islamic social ideas, including Greek and Persian influences, see Marlow 1997. 42 See Zakhoder 1949,277; Tiirikh-i Sistiin 1976, 159; Bosworth 1994, 12. 43 See Stern 1971,541-2: "I am the son of the noble descendants of Jam, and the inheritance of the kings of Persia has fallen to my lot. / I am reviving their glory which has been lost and effaced by the length of time. / Before the eyes of the world, I am seeking revenge for them - though men have closed their
III
The founders of the Ghaznavid dynasty (366-581/977-1186), Alptigln (d. 352/963) and Sabuktigin (r. 366-87/977-97), were not even commoners, but slaves: Turkic ghuliims of the Samanids. Not surprisingly, the heirs of the early Ghaznavid rulers claimed legitimacy mainly on religious grounds, as defenders of the orthodox faith. The greatest Ghaznavid sultan, Ma}:lmud b. Sabuktigin (r. 388-421/998-1030), presented himself as a pious ghiizi (warrior), and received at least five illustrious titles from the caliph aI-Qadir (r. 381-422/991-lO31) for his military exploits on behalf of Islam. The court poetry from this period often refers to the sultan's orthodox zeal, his persecution of Ismacms eyes and neglected the rights of those kings, yet I do not do so. / Men are thinking about their pleasures, but I am busy with directing my aspirations/ To matters of high import, of far-reaching consequence, of lofty nature. / I hope that the Highest will grant that I may reach my goal through the best of men. / With me is the banner of Kiihi, through which I hope to rule the nations. / Say then to all sons of Hashim: 'Abdicate quickly, before you will have reason to be sorry: / We have conquered you by force, by the thrust of our spears and the blows of our sharp swords. / Our fathers gave you your kingdom, but you showed no gratitude for our benefactions. / Return to your country in the I:Iijiiz, to eat lizards and to graze your sheep; / for I shall mount on the throne of the kings, by the help of the edge of my sword and the point of my pen!'" 44 FirdawsI 1990, I: 44-5. 45 Bosworth interprets the claims of this poem somewhat differently. While he considers it unlikely that YaCqiib himself could have "swallowed as the truth" the "obviously contrived genealogy" of this poem, Bosworth accepts it as an earnest claim on YaCqub's part to be the "linear descendant of the ancient Persian kings" (1994, 178-9; see also Bosworth 1994, 12-14). 46 See Barthold 1977, 218-19; Bosworth 1994, 171-2.
~
Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni~am al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima
(Qarma!is), and his expeditions against Indian infidels. 47 His military exploits are said to surpass the deeds of the Persian epic heroes, who seem "dated" and irrelevant in comparison with the foremost champion of Islam.
narrative each is assigned a different adversary: YaCqub is the foe of the Abbasid caliph al-MuCtamid, while Isma cll - who enters the scene only after YaCqub's demise - becomes the nemesis of YaCqub's brother cAmr. The two founders are introduced in the beginning of the story precisely because they epitomise the legitimate and the rogue ruler respectively. A series of binary oppositions, integrated into the character sketches ofIsmacll and YaCqub, confirms this interpretation.
112
The two Siyiisatniima stories, or bikiiyiit, that treat the political rivalries of these three dynasties reveal a complex interplay of hereditary and religious claims to royal legitimacy. Neither story takes a clear-cut position on whether rightful rulership rests on noble lineage or on Islamic probity; the main protagonist inevitably embodies both. Yet the circumstances that bring about dynastic change in each story suggest markedly different attitudes towards legitimate rule. The coexistence of two rival ideological schemes in a single treatise suggests that notions of royal legitimacy in Ni~am alMulk's time were fluid. This variability in the author's position also lends credence to the assumption that illustrative material from the common lore was assimilated into adab literature without significant editing or overall ideological reinterpretation.
*** The first of the two stories concerning dynastic change treats the rise of the $affiirids and their downfall at the hands of the Samanid amzr Ismacll b. Al).mad (r. 279-95/892907). This account makes the hereditary right to the crown a prerequisite for a ruler's justice and religious rectitude. It presents the founder of the ~af:farid dynasty, Ya cqub b. Layth, a rebel from Sistan and a new convert to Ismacilism, as a rogue ruler who is marching on Baghdad ostensibly to pay his respects to the Abbasid caliph, but with the secret intention of deposing him. Caliph al-MuCtamid (r. 256-79/870-92) proposes to recognise YaCqub's authority over the conquered territories. He keeps urging YaCqub to tum back, but the latter ignores the caliph's command, and presses on towards the capital of the Abbasids. In a military face-off near Baghdad, the $af:farid army is soundly defeated, yet, undeterred, YaCqub continues to defY al-MuCtamid, this time openly, despite the caliph's persistent attempts at reconciliation. The $affiirid ruler remains an unrepentant heretic and a rebel till his dying day. YaCqub's successor CAmr b. Layth is, by contrast, a just ruler and a loyal vassal to the Abbasids. The caliph, however, does not trust him and incites the Samanid amfr Ismacll b. Al).mad to rebel against his $af:farid suzerain. In the ensuing battle, the superior $af:farid army is routed without a fight by a rag-tag Samanid force, and cAmr is taken prisoner. He offers the victorious Samanid amzr the fabled treasures of the $af:farids, but Ismacj] refuses with indignation the rival dynasty's ill-gotten riches. The issue of legitimacy in this story is conveyed through a series of juxtapositions, whereby the character, actions, and the ultimate fate of the rightful ruler are contrasted with those of the rogue one. Thus Ismacll b. Al).mad and YaCqub b. Layth, the founders of the two dynasties, are introduced side by side, in paraliel character sketches at the very beginning of the story, despite the fact that the two never cross paths. 48 Within the
47 Bosworth 1963, Sl-4. 48 SeeD IS/Sch 11-12.
113
The first point of contrast and comparison between the two rulers is their status: Ismacj] is identified as a "king" [sic. D, D78] or a person of rank (amzr) in the very first sentence of the introduction, while YaCqub is not given a title at all, an omission which puts his legitimacy in doubt. Ismacil is further lauded as "extremely just," a man whose "good qualities (szrathii-yi nzkii) [are] many," who has "pure faith in God," and is "generous to the poor" - all indications of a good, pious Muslim. He is also ascribed a hereditary claim to Khurasan, Iraq and Transoxania, all of which, the narrator states, belonged to his ancestors. 49 YaCqub, on the other hand, has little to recommend him as a rightful ruler; he is a rebel who "emerged in revolt from the City of Sistan," which he forcibly "took" (bigirifl), eventually annexing also Khurasan and Iraq.SO With regard to religion, YaCqub is declared an Ismac'm, who aims not just to gain temporal powers, but to overthrow the Abbasid caliph and send his head to the Fa!imid capital Mahdiyya. S1 Thus the introductory character sketches of IsmacH and YaCqub present them as two antipodes: an amzr and a rebel, a hercditary ruler and a usurper, a pious Muslim and a heretic. As the plot begins to unfold, the narrative focuses on the ~af:farid ruler and his enmity with Baghdad, and a new juxtaposition emerges: YaCqiib versus al-MuCtamid, provincial rebel versus the supreme leader of the entire Muslim community, Ismacili heretic versus the khalifa (deputy) of the Prophet. In medieval Islamic political thought, the stature of the caliph far exceeded the standing of a "secular" provincial governor like YaCqub - a factor that highlights the latter's arrogance and rebelliousness. This point is emphasised further through an ingenious narrative device: the caliph's forbearance and magnanimity remain steadfast throughout the story, while the rebel's defiance of legitimate authority escalates in stages. First, YaCqub harbours secret designs on the caliphate, as 49 The claim for the hereditary rights of the Samanids over the lands of Transoxania, Khurasan and Iraq is clearly exaggerated. It relies upon tracing their pedigree back to Bahram Chiibln and the Arsacids, whose domain incorporated these territories. The early Samanids established themselves as hereditary rulers only in Transoxania. The ancestor of the Samanid dynasty Sami:inkhuda was the ruler of Saman in the province of BaUch. He converted to Islam under the last Umayyad governor of Khurasan. His four grandsons NU}:l, Al,unad, Ya}:lya and Ilyas served the Abbasid caliph al-Ma'miin (r. 198-218/81333) and were appointed governors of Samarqand, Farghana, Shash and Herat respectively (Barthold 1977,209; Bosworth 1995c, 1026; and 1978,21). SO On Ya'qub' s conquests and territorial losses, see Bosworth 1994, chapter 3. SI D IS-18/Sch 12-16. The alleged Ismacllism ofYaCqub b. Layth is among this story's well-known historical fallacies, since the Ismacill propaganda started eleven years after his death (Zakhoder 1949, 276). Bosworth attributes this "ridiculous accusation" to Ni~am al-Mulk's personal preoccupation with the Ismacili threat (1994, IS). However, YaCqub's reputation as a rebellious heretic may simply have been "updated." Reportedly, he started his fighting career as a Kharijite, and many of his soldiers were former Kharijites (Barthold 1977, 216; see also Bosworth 1994, IS-16, and 1995a, 79S).
114
Marta Simidchieva
he marches towards Baghdad with the overt aim of territorial conquest, and the covert intent "to kill the caliph and overthrow the house of the cAbbasids."52 The caliph's unsolicited offer to legitimise Y a cqub' s territorial claims underscores the rebel's treachery and ingratitude. The second stage brings open disregard for caliphal authority, though still under the pretence of loyalty. Despite al-MuCtamid's explicit order to tum back, YaCqub refuses to comply. "He did not obey the command, but said, 'It is my desire that without fail I should corne to the court, and carry out the rites of homage and renew my obligations; until I have done this, I will not tum back.'''53 YaCqub's placing of his own wishes above the caliph's orders recalls Ni?am al-Mulk's description of the state of anarchy in chapter one, whereby "whoever has the stronger hand does whatever he wishes." At the third stage, YaCqub declares his intent to remove the caliph in an ultimatum to al-MuCtamid to leave Baghdad immediately. "On that very day he bid [sic] defiance to the caliph and sent a messenger to him to say, 'Give up Baghdad and go where you like.' The caliph asked for two months grace; YaCqub refused him."54 Then a battle with the caliph's army ensues, resulting in the summary defeat ofYa Cqub. 55 This is stage four of the conflict. The battle is the turning point in the plot; al-MuCtamid's victory supplies divine confirmation of the caliph's righteousness. 56 Yet this incident is not the climax of the narrative: Y a cqub' s story culminates in his final act of defiance, whereby he openly proclaims himself a heretic. Aftcr carrying the day on the battlefield, al-MuCtamid sends a most unusual letter to his vanquished foe. The Commander of the Faithful excuses the rebel's transgressions with the latter's gullibility, bestows upon him an unconditional pardon, praises YaCqub as the best possible governor for Khurasan and Iraq, and offers him investiture for both provinces. This generous offer is a de facto recognition of YaCqub's legitimacy as a ruler, and is all the more surprising for being granted to a defeated rebel. Despite these peacef'ul overtures, YaCqub remains stubbornly and inexplicably defiant. Upon hearing the message delivered by al-MuCtamid's personal envoy, the $afrarid ruler orders his servants to bring in a simple wooden platter with greens, bread and onion, and rebuffs the caliph's offer with the following speech:
52 D 15/Sch 12.
53 Ibid. 54 D 16/Sch 13.
55 In another departure from the historical record, the Siyiisatniima story depicts the caliph leading the charge against Ya'qub's army in person. In reality, the Abbasid forces were under the command of the caliph's brother Abu I-Al:}mad al-Muwaffaq (See Zakhoder 1949,276; Stern 1971,540). However, the change makes narrative and didactic sense, for it streamlines the plot line, pares down the cast of characters, and heightens the conflict between the antagonists. 56 The battle as an indicant of righteousness is a fixture in Muslim sacred history, harking back to the Battle of Badr: "There has already been a sign for you in the two companies that encountered, one company fighting in the way of God and another unbelieving; they saw them twice the like of them, as the eye sees, but God confirms with His help whom He will" (Koran 3: 13, trans. Arberry 1955, I: 74). In the Battle of Badr, which took place in 2/624, shortly after Mul:).ammad's emigration (hijra) to Medina, three hundred Muslims led by him vanquished a thousand infidel Meccans. This first victory of the Prophet over the polytheists is considered to be the sign or "criterion" (furqiin) , validating his mission.
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni?iim al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima
115
Go and tell the caliph that I was born a coppersmith; I learnt that trade from my father, and my victual used to be barley-bread, fish, onions and leeks. The sovereignty, treasure and wealth which I enjoy, I have acquired by my own bold enterprise Cayyari) and daring; I neither have it as an inheritance from my father, nor did I get it from you. I shall not rest until I have sent your head to Mahdiyya and destroyed your family. Either I shall do as I say or I shall go back even to my barley-bread, fish and leeks. 57 Each word of YaCqub's soliloquy is a self-indictment, testifying that the founder of the $afrarid dynasty lacks legitimacy. He does not meet the criteria of the Persian imperial tradition because he is a mere craftsman, with no hereditary claim to the crown. Pious Muslims would not accept his ascent either, because it is achieved neither through
service to Islam, nor by caliphal investiture. Furthermore, his wealth was acquired through brigandage (rayyiiri), and thus through oppression of the population, whom a rightful ruler is enjoined to protect. 58 Finally, YaCqub is a self-confessed heretic, and thus unfit to govern Muslims. An unrepentant rebel to the last, the $afrarid ruler prepares a new offensive against Baghdad, but is cut down by illness as he starts his march on the Abbasid capital. The bikiiyat about the $affarids does not end with Ya'qub's death. The issue of royal legitimacy is taken to a new level with the account of the rise and fall of his brother cAmr b. Layth who, unlike YaCqllb, is presented as a just and competent ruler, loved by the people and army alike, and loyal to the caliph. 59 The character sketch of CAmr in the Siyiisatniima is that of an ideal king. He is exceptionally "magnanimous, generous, enlightened and statesmanlike." His hospitality is such that four hundred camels carry the kitchen utensils used for his feasts. cAmr's rulership lacks only one crucial element:
57 D 18/Sch 15-16. Ya'qub's boastful speech, claiming all the credit for his advancements, is a clear example of excessive pride, which is condemned by the Koran: "Turn not thy cheek away from men in
scorn, and walk not in the earth exultantly; God loves not any man proud and boastful. Be modest in thy walk, and lower thy voice; the most hideous of voices is the ass's." (31: 18-19, trans. Arberry 1955, II: 113-14). 58 Medieval sources often comment on the ~afrarid treasures, implying that they were not entirely licit. The pro-~afrarid Tiirikh-i Sistiin never fails to mention what booty fell to Ya'qub in each of his expeditions, which suggests that plunder might have been one of his prime objectives. Bosworth notes the exploitative taxation Ya'qub levied on newly conquered provinces as a way of financing his campaigns (1994, 125). The ~afIarid ruler was also notorious for confiscating the property of wealthy individuals on the flimsiest of excuses. After his death, four million diniirs and fifty million dirhams were found in his treasury, despite the military failures of his later years (Barthold 1977, 218). 59 D 19/5ch 16. The historical cAmr was apparently more inclined towards political compromises than his brother. Proclaimed as Ya'qub's successor by the troops, he hastened to express his submission to the caliph and, contrary to the claims of this story, was appointed as viceroy of Khurasan, Fars, Isfahan, Sistan and Sind. However, his relations with Baghdad were complicated. Thus in 271/885 Mul:).arnmad b. Tahir, whom Ya'qub had vanquished, was again declared viceroy of Khurasan, and the caliph cursed 'Arnr in the presence of the Khurasani pilgrims, ordering that these imprecations be repeated from the minbars across the land (Barthold 1977,219; Bosworth 1994,203). Three years later 'Arnr briefly recovered the caliph's favour, to be once again demoted in 276/889. Only in 279/892, with the ascension of the caliph al-Mu'ta<;lid (279-89/892-902), was cArnr acknowledged as the rightful ruler of Khurasan (Barthold 1977,219-21; see further Bosworth 1994, 205-22). He was the fIrst amir to have his name included in the khu!ba, which had previously been read only in the name of the caliph (Barthold 1977,220; Bosworth 1995a, 796).
116
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni~am al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima
Marta Simidchieva
caliphal sanction. The caliph, who had been so magnanimous with the intransigent Ya'qiib, turns rigidly implacable with the accommodating 'Amr , and even incites to rebellion 'Amr's vassal, the Samanid amir Isma'j] b. Al).mad. 60 The narrative explains the caliph's hostility towards 'Amr as a consequence of his lingering suspicions towards the brother of his old foe Ya'qiib. However, the caliph himself gives other reasons for encouraging Isma'll to challenge 'Amr. Foremost among these reasons is the Samanid's hereditary right to the territories under ~affiirid domination, followed by lsma'll's "more acceptable" conduct. 61 The pretender Isma'll even receives the caliph's prayer, a token which amounts to caliphal sanction, before the establishment of Samanid political authority. The tum of events suggests that caliphal sanction is tantamount to divine leave to rule, for Isma'll defeats 'Amr in almost miraculous circumstances. In the encounter between the two armies, two thousand ill-equipped Samanid soldiers reduce to flight seventy thousand elite ~affiirid troops, who do not even attempt to stand their ground. 62 There are no casualties, and no captives are taken on either side, except for 'Amr himself.63 The once mighty amir is taken prisoner and reduced to begging the servants of his foe for food. His magnanimity and statesmanship avail him nothing, since he has no sanction to rule. But if 'Amr's downfall is not the result of personal transgression, why is a royal mandate denied him? The answer to this question is contained in Isma'l1 b. A1).mad's rejection of the fabled ~affiirid treasures, which 'Amr unconditionally offers to his captor. The Samiinid ruler rebukes this gesture of good will with startling vehemence. He brands the ~affiirids' gold as tainted, and the dynasty's claim to legitimacy as hollow: Whence fell treasure to you and your brother, for your father was a coppersmith and taught you that trade? Through some celestial chance you seized dominion, and by reckless ventures your affairs prospered. This treasure with its dirams and dinars is all that which you have taken from the people by extortion; it comes from the price of thread spun by [decrepit old women and widows], from the provisions of strangers and travellers, and from the prop-
60 Other sources claim that this conflict was initiated by cAmr, who considered Transoxania as his possession. IsmacTI received caliphal investiture as governor of this province in 280/893. However, in 285/898, after consolidating his rule in Persia, CAmr pressured al-MuCta<;lid to issue a decree deposing Isma'TI and appointing the ~aff"arid ruler as viceroy of Transoxania. Baghdad complied, but 'Amr had to fight his way into the Samanid domain to assume his new sovereignty. In this campaign he suffered defeat at the hands of Isma'Il. Rejoicing at the news, the caliph endorsed the victorious Sfunanid amir. In Barthold's view, al-Mu'ta<;lid may have found it expedient to yield to 'Amr's demands, while secretly advising Isma'TI to challenge the ~afIarid takeover despite Baghdad's investiture. Bosworth is sceptical about the Machiavellian guile thus ascribed to the Abbasid caliph. In his view al-Mu'ta<;lid did not incite the Sfunanid rebellion, but simply exploited it to his own advantage (Barthold 1977, 223-5; Bosworth 1994,224-35). 61 D 19/5ch 16-17. 62 D 19-20/Sch 17. The numerical disparity of the armies, and the miraculous outcome of the campaign,
evoke the Battle of Badr.
63 This fantastic story may be rooted in Isma'TI's savvy diplomacy. He is said to have liberated all his captives without ransom, endeavouring to overcome his enemies with magnanimity (Barthold 1977, 225). For a more realistic account of this campaign and a brief review of the stories in Persian sources that embellish the facts of'Amr's downfall, see Bosworth 1994,228-30.
117
erty of weaklings and orphans. Tomorrow you will have to answer for all this before God ... ; so now you promptly want to cast these wrongs about our neck, so that on the morrow at the resurrection when creditors seize you and ask you to give back all the property which you wrongfully took, you will say: "All that we took from you, we gave to Isma'il; seek it from
· "64 h1m. In this speech, the injustices the ~affiirids are accused of committing while amassing their riches are explicitly linked to their having attained an authority which is not theirs by birthright. Here, pedigree determines not only political legitimacy, but also legitimate wealth. Both are seen as hereditary prerogatives, and thus beyond the reach of commoners, unless gained through unlawful means. This view coincides with Zoroastrian notions of royal authority, according to which the hereditary Jarr not only singles out the rightful ruler, but also guarantees that he will live up to the responsibilities of his office and govern justly. 65 In addition, the amir Isma'll implicitly links illegitimate rulcrship to violations of Islamic law (shar'fa). He alleges that the victims of the ~affiirids' oppression are the old and the poor, strangers and travellers, widows and orphans those whom the Koran enjoins the believers to protect. 66 His speech is all the more effective for echoing Ya'qiib's defiant assertions of being a self-made man, indebted for his fortunes neither to his ancestors, nor to Islam. It also explains the downfall of 'Amr. Despite the latter's statesmanship and piety, no successor to Ya'qiib can claim legitimacy, for the ~affiirid house rests on rotten foundations: usurped authority and the proceeds of tyranny. The bikiiyat ofYa'qiib and (Amr b. Layth combines old Iranian legitimistic traditions of hereditary rule with early Muslim criteria for authority over the faithful gained through piety and caliphal endorsement. Both are fulfilled in the ascent of a single protagonist, the Siimiinid amir Ismii'll, who is a Persian nobleman and a pious Muslim. The two traditions are carefully co-ordinated to avoid all contradiction. Yet the pre-Islamic notion ofJarr seems to playa greater role than caliphal sanction. Thus, despite the recognition offered to Ya'qiib by the caliph, the lowborn founder of the $affiirid house remains a rebel who cannot, and would not, rise to true kingship. The lack of hereditary traits and of intrinsic entitlement determine both Ya'qiib's irredeemable character and the downfall of his rogue dynasty, one that the statesmanship of his successor cannot avert. In view of this evidence, the effectiveness of the caliph's prayer for Ismii'l1' s victory over 'Amr, as presented in the story, may be due in significant measure to the implicit presence of the royalJarr, hovering over the man whose ancestors once ruled eastern Persia.
*** 64 D 22/Sch 19. The correction in brackets is from D 78, 21. 65 See "Farr," Farhang-i Mu(in, II: 1985. 66 See Rahman 1989, 46-7; Koran 2: 177 (trans. Arberry 1955, I: 50-1 ): "True piety is this: to believe in God, and the Last Day, the angels, the Book, and the Prophets, to give of one's substance, however cherished, to kinsmen, and orphans, the needy, the traveller, beggars, and to ransom the slave"; 4: 10 (trans. Arberry 1955, I: 101): "Those who devour the property of orphans unjustly, devour Fire in their bellies, and shall assuredly roast in a Blaze."
119
Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni?am al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima
The second bikiiyat pertaining to dynastic change offers a different vision of rightful rule. It features Alptigin and Sabuktigin, two military slaves who laid the foundations of the Ghaznavid dynasty, and it promotes a Muslim model for ie)2;ltllmate authority, namely one that is conferred by direct divine intervention and based on personality, service to Islam, and public consensus.
Samanid army follows Alptigin to his new capital, but the invaders are defeated and soon the Samanid state itself crumbles under the onslaught of the khans of Turkistan. Upon Alptigin's death, the army commanders unanimously elect Sabuktigin as their leader. A capable ruler, he consolidates Ghaznavid power and marries the daughter of the amfr of Zavulistan. Their son, the future sultan Mal,1mud of Ghazna, participates in all military expeditions alongside his father, and, at Sabuktigin's death, inherits the crown.
118
This story interlaces two strands. One, focusing on the Turkish sipahsiiliir (army commander) Alptigin and his ghuliim Sabuktigin, exemplifies an ideal master-slave relationship, built upon the justice of the master and the loyalty of the slave. The other strand exposes the troubled relations between Alptigin and his suzerain, the Samanid amfr Man~ur b. Nul}.. An inept and inexperienced ruler, Man~ur persecutes the faithful ghuliim of his father, who, as the army commander of Khurasan, has been instrumental in maintaining the dynasty on the throne. Alptigin, the leading character in both narrative strands, exemplifies not only the good master and loyal slave, but also the dedicated fighter for the faith and protector of the Muslims. Thus, aside from exploring the ethics of master-slave relations, this bikiiyat pursues an implicit legitimising goal. It justifies the establishment of the house of Ghazna and its challenge to Samanid authority. In this story the issue of legitimate kingship is explored on two levels. The traditional Persian understanding oflegitimacy, resting primarily on noble lineage, is suspended as the injustice of a hereditary ruler emerges, his moral decline paralleled by military setbacks which lead finally to the ruin of his house. Conversely, temporal authority as conceived of in Islamic terms is asserted through the ethical conduct of a former slave, whose justice, loyalty and piety are rewarded with military successes and, ultimately, with a mandate to rule. The rift between Alptigin and his suzerain starts with the issue of royal succession. Upon the death of Alptigin's master, the old Samanid amfr Nul}. b. Na~r, two contenders for the Samanid crown emerge: Nul}.'s thirty-year-old brother (not named in the text), and his sixteen-year-old son Man~ur. Asked for his opinion, Alptigin advises in favour of the king's brother on account of the latter's greater maturity and experience. The courtiers, however, ignore the issue of character and give precedence to the traditional Persian principle of patrilineal succession. They instate the adolescent Man~ur and poison his mind against the loyal slave of his father. On their instigation, Man~ur tries to lure Alptigin to Bukhara in order to kill him. Though fully aware of the plot, and despite the urging of his outraged officers, the army commander does not attempt to depose his new master. Rather than renege on his oath of allegiance to the dynasty, Alptigin abandons his estates and all his possessions, and leaves the Samanid territory in order to wage jihad on the infidels in India. His integrity and restraint do not mollify Man~ur, who sends the Samanid army in pursuit of Alptigin's small band of ghazf warriors. The old sipahsiilar offers no armed resistance, for in his eyes that would amount to rebellion. To stop the pursuers, Alptigin's faithful ghulam Sabuktigin takes the initiative, and attacks the Samanid army without his master's leave. Thus he forces Alptigin to accept the ensuing battle and vanquish his foes. After spectacular conquests in India, Alptigin settles in Ghazna, whose people ask the stern but just commander to govern them. The
The ascent of Turkic slaves to the throne was not unprecedented in Muslim history, but it clearly contradicted the Persian imperial tradition which required noble pedigree and strict hereditary succession. 67 This leaves the narrator of the story with the sensitive tasks of arguing for the Ghaznavids' divine sanction to rule, and dispelling any suspicion of their being usurpers or rebels. (As seen in the first story, a dynasty founded on rebellion does not endure.) The divine instatement of the Ghaznavids is addressed first, with the account of Sabuktigin's meteoric rise in Alptigin's service. As Alptigin inspects a group of newly purchased ghuliims, he is informed about the death of a tent-commander and, on an impulse, grants the vacant position to one of the new arrivals. The man of his choice is Sabuktigin, a young slave bought just three days before, who is thereby promoted to a military rank that would normally require seven years of service. Alptigin chooses Sabuktigin although the latter is just one of seventeen hundred ghuliims under his command, and a recruit who has not yet distinguished himself. The significance of this event is not lost on the sipahsalar, for it implies that the young slave is divinely "chosen" for an extraordinary fate. Concrete numerical data convey the exceptional nature of his progress through the ranks, and provide a contrast between Sabuktigin' s quick promotion and the painstaking process of advancement that a regular Samanid ghuliim would have to undergo. 68 Lest the reader miss the point of the juxtaposition, the narrator has Alp67 The slave origins of the Ghaznavids and their Turkic extraction were indeed a target of their detractors, as seen in the satire on Mal;unud, ascribed to Firdawsi: "But can we hope for any noble thing/from a slave's son, e'en were his sire a king" (Browne 1956, II: 81). Bayhaqi, an apologist for the dynasty, counters such statements with a reference to the Koran (3: 26): "If any defamer or jealous person says that this great house has come from humble or unknown origin, the answer is that God, since the creation of Adam, has decreed that kingship be transferred from one religious polity (ummat) to another and from one group to another. The greatest testimony to what I am saying is the words of the Creator: 'Say, 0 God, possessor of sovereignty, you give sovereignty to whomever you choose and take it from whomever you choose'" (Mottahedeh 1980, 186). 68 Ni?am al-Mulk's introductory paragraph to this story explains that, during his first year in service, a newly bought slave was "commanded to serve on foot at [a rider's] stirrup, wearing a Zandaniji cloak and boots." He was not allowed "to ride a horse in private or in public" under pain of punishment. Then follows a year-by-year account of the advancements in rank to which a slave could aspire, and of the insignia that went with each rank. The title of tent-leader is the last, acquired in the seventh year of service: upon promotion, the soldier was assigned a "single-apex, sixteen-peg tent," he was issued a "black felt hat decorated with silver wire and a coat made at Ganja," and three newly bought pages were placed under his command CD 106-7 /Sch 109-10). While Zakhoder accepts the veracity of this information and notes the importance of Ni?fun al-Mulk's unique account of the Sfunanid military system (1949, 287), Bosworth expresses doubts that a training curriculum of such sophistication existed in Sfunanid times, because no vestiges of it remained in the Ghaznavid army, which inherited
Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni?mn al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima
tigin express amazement at his own impulsive decision. The sipahsalar speculates that the newly bought slave must be either of noble lineage in Turkistan, or otherwise marked for future greatness. 69 The narrator also outlines a series of swift advancements, which characterise Sabuktigin's career from this point on. All are due to his exceptional merits. Thus the initial "divine intervention" involved in his promotion is confirmed by his outstanding personality.
In his preference for the mature man who "knows people's worth" and is capable of making his own decisions, the sipahsiiliir is presented as a champion of competent rulership, based on character and experience. The Samanid courtiers, who contend that "a man's heir is his son not his brother,"72 prevail in their choice of a successor, but the ultimate disintegration of the Samanid kingdom under Man~ur's inept rule would prove them wrong and Alptigin right.
The second problem - that of forestalling accusations of rebelliousness against the founders of the dynasty - dominates the rest of the story. This issue is addressed first with regard to Sabuktigin, the ancestor of the Ghaznavid line. His character is put to the test when his detachment is sent to collect taxes from a Turcoman tribe. The tribesmen refuse to hand over the full sum, and the soldiers under Sabuktigin's command propose to attack them. Sabuktigin, however, refuses to lead his men into action without express orders from his master. When Alptigin inquires as to why he failed to take the military initiative against the unruly Turcomans, his faithful ghuliim responds with commendable humility and deference to authority. "[I]f we had fought without The Master's orders, then each one of us would have been a master not a slave, for the mark of a slave is that he does only what his master tells him."70
This brief account of court intrigue around the enthronement of Man~ur opens the "battle of royal paradigms" in the Siyiisatniima story. The Samanid amfr represents the ruler who ascends through hereditary entitlement alone, while Alptigin provides a model of a virtuous Muslim leader, whose authority rests on personal merit and service to Islam.
120
Sabuktigin's words establish beyond doubt that the progenitor of the Ghaznavid line abhors insubordination, and thus could not be a rebel. The next few episodes indicate the same virtue in Alptigin, the founder of the ghiizf amirate in Ghazna (which Sabuktigin would eventually shape into a hereditary monarchy). These episodes clarify the circumstances that led Alptigin to secede from his Samanid overlord. A detailed character sketch of Alptigin, introduced early on in the narrative, is the first step in building the case in his favour. 71 It presents him as a "slave and nursling of the Samanids," a Turk who rose to the rank of army commander of Khurasan by the age of thirty-five, because he was "outstandingly trustworthy, faithful and courageous." He is also lauded as "prudent, skilful, popular, devoted to his troops, liberal, hospitable and God-fearing." It is not by accident that the list of Alptigin's virtues is headed by trustworthiness and faithfulness. These two qualities are to be tested repeatedly in his conflict with the young Samanid amfr Man~uT. In the Siyiisatniima's version of events, Man~ur's enmity stems from Alptigin's recommendation that the Samanid crown be given to his paternal uncle rather than to him. Sfuniinid routines and institutions (1963, 102). For the present study, this segment is of interest because it illustrates the manner in which historical or pseudo-historical data are used to support a legitimising agenda. 69 D 107/Sch 112. In this story the speculation regarding Sabuktigin's noble origins seems like an afterthought. It has no bearing on the plot action, and no further reference is made to it. Medieval genealogists tried to link Sabuktigin' s clan of pagan Barskhiin Turks to the last Sasanian shah, Yazdigird III, whose daughter ostensibly fled to the steppes and married a Turkic chief. Bosworth considers this claim a later elaboration. The fIrst Ghaznavids apparently did not set much store by such claims, for the panegyrists of Sabuktigin's son Malpnud highlighted his Turkic origins (Bosworth 1978,25). 70 D 1091Sch 113. 71 D 107ISch 110-11. Initial character sketches of the protagonists also support the story about the $af-
rarids and Ismiicil b. Alpnad.
121
At the same time, the story contains many historical inaccuracies, among them a misrepresentation of Alptigin's political role in the Samanid principality. The narrator neglects to mention that the amfr Man~ur did not ascend to the throne immediately after his father, Nu!:t I b. Na~r (r. 331-43/943-54). For in reality, Nu!:t was first succeeded by another son of his, (Abd aI-Malik b. Nu!:t (r. 343-501954-61), who was to be followed on the throne by his brother Man~ur (r. 350-65/961-76), according to the will of their father.?3 However, after (Abd al-Malik's death, Alptigin tried to claim the crown for Na~r b. (Abd aI-Malik, an infant son of the deceased amfr. The little boy was king for only a day, before the supporters of his uncle deposed him to instate Man~ur. 74 Had Na~r remained in power, he would have been a puppet in the hands of his benefactor. Apparently, this was not the first time that Alptigin had interfered so heavy-handedly in Samanid affairs. (Abd aI-Malik, who heartily disliked Alptigin, made him governor of Khurasan only in order to remove him from the Samanid capita1. 75 The attempted coup d'etat upon (Abd al-Malik's death, ostensibly intended to preserve the patrilineal succession, was the reason for Alptigin's conflict with Man~ur.76 The story in the Siyiisatniima, claiming that Alptigin's stance on the succession was precisely the opposite, shows how the historical facts were deliberately manipulated to align with the narrator's didactic message and legitimising agenda. 77
72 D WISch 114.
73 NliJ::lleft behind fIve sons, cAbd aI-Malik, Man~iir, Na~r, Alpnad and 'Abd al-cAziz. During his own lifetime, he ordered the population to take an oath of allegiance to all five princes, who were supposed to rule one after the other (Barthold 1977,249). 74 Bosworth 1963,37-9; Barthold 1977,250-1. Na?im gives a different version of these events, and his account resembles in part that of Ni?am al-Mulk. He states that Alptigin was notifIed of cAbd alMalik's death by the vizier Abu CAli: Bal'ami, who asked his opinion on the succession. Alptigin favoured the infant son of the late amlr, but before his reply was received, the army had sworn allegiance to Man~ur. Alptigin marched on Bukhara to reverse the decision. However, the amlr Man~iir succeeded in attracting to his side Alptigin's main ally Abu Man~iir Mul;tarnmad, the governor ofTus, and the sipahsiiliir was forced to retreat and eventually to leave the Siimiinid domain (1971, 24-5). 75 Na?im 1971,24-5; Barthold 1977,249-50. 76 See Bosworth 1963,37 and 1995b, 1027. 77 The Siyiisatniima version of the story, in which the protagonist gives preference to the mature candidate for the throne, parallels Ni?fun al-Mulk's own position in the nomination of Malikshah's elder son Barkyaruq as heir apparent to Malikshah - a move which led to the vizier's conflict with the sultan's wife Turkan Khatiin and his eventual fall from favour. However, the historical fallacies may
122
Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni?am al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima
The narrative establishes Alptigln's loyalty to the Samanid dynasty on multiple levels: through a review of his record of service to successive Samanid masters, of whom of his enemies that "the is the through the grudging foundations of the dynasty rest on him"; and through his own assessment of the dangers he has averted from the Samanid throne.7 8 Finally, Alptigln's steadfastness is demonstrated through his inaction before his suzerain, even as the latter breaks the feudal covenant and, first covertly then overtly, threatens his vassal's life.
when Alptigin's ghuliim Sabuktigin attacks the pursuers against his master's declared principles, and Alptigln's warrior band inflicts a crushing defeat on the superior Samanid army. Yet, heedless of the portent manifested in his foe's victory, the Samanid amir sends an even bigger force against Alptigin's ghiizi outpost in Ghazna, committing armed aggression on a territory beyond his legal writ. Only then does Alptig'in take the initiative in fighting the army of his former master, for now the erstwile ghuliim is the rightful ruler of Ghazna, bound to defend his subjects. This encounter marks Man~u.r's last attempt to interfere with Alptigin. The defeat of the Samanid army foreshadows the demise of the dynasty. Lacking the support of the faithful sipahsiiliir, the house of Saman soon succumbs to attacks by the khans of Turkistan. 81
As the relationship between Alptigin and Man~iir deteriorates, the abiding restraint and magnanimity of the former ghuliim contrast with his master's growing hostility. The enmity of the Samanid starts as a "displeasure" (dil giriini) with the man who advised against his enthronement. Fanned by court intrigue, this feeling gives way to "resentment and bitterness" (va~shat va-kina), and eventually Man~u.r's vague malevolence concretises as a plot for the sipahsiiliir's murder. Alptigin, meanwhile, has made every possible attempt to mollifY the amir. The respected old warrior has sent "a multitude of apologies and presents" to his adolescent master, spending "a large amount of money and [trying] every possible device" to overcome the misunderstanding between them. When his best efforts avail him nothing, and the Samanid amir lays out a deadly trap for him, Alptigin still refrains from retaliation. His restraint is heightened by his commanding of thirty thousand horsemen, and by the declared readiness of the officers of the Khurasanian army to help him depose Man~ur and take the amir's place. Yet, Alptigin steadfastly avoids the risk of public rebuke that he has "revolted against [his masters] and snatched the kingship from their hands by the sword," thus "scorning the duty of gratitude" incumbent upon a slave.7 9 To avoid armed conflict with the Samanid amir, Alptigin leaves his homeland, and abandons his privileged position and all his material possessions. (The magnitude of his sacrifice is underscored through a list of the properties and the number of cattle and horses he is leaving behind.) As an ultimate sign of good faith, he disbands the army of Khurasan under his command, and instructs the soldiers to renew their commissions with their rightful master, the Samanid amir.80 After the failed plot and Alptigin's retreat, Man~ur's vengefulness turns into open persecution. He sends sixteen thousand men after Alptigin's band of two hundred ghuliims and eight hundred ghiizi volunteers, even though the old sipahsiiliir poses no further real or imaginary threat to Samanid authority. Moreover, Alptigin is now a ghiizi warrior bound to pursue the holy duty ofjihiid, so Man~u.r's unwarranted animosity is hindering the cause of Islam. The amir receives a painful lesson in battle at the Khulam Pass, already have been present in his source material, since they playa part in the overall message of the story. In addition, this ~ikiiyat appears in Part I, which presumably was completed before the onset of Ni?iim al-Mulk's problems with the wife of the Saljuq sultan. 78 SeeD 110-131Sch 115-18. 79 D 110-13/Sch 117. The bonds between master and slave, established through patronage and "fostering," are discussed at length by Mottahedeh 1980, 84-6. The strongest loyalty of the slave was reserved for the master who had fostered his career, but sometimes it was extended to the master's offspring as well. Such an extension of patronage was reinforced through new acts of generosity to the ghuliim by the master's heir. 80 D I 13/Sch 118.
123
In the Siyiisatniima, the conflict between Alptigin and Man~ur demonstrates Alptigin's loyalty. It builds up dramatic tension in the plot, and pushes the two main characters to the limits of virtue and vice. Thus, the progression in the Samanid amir's hostility towards the old army commander is counterbalanced by Alptig'in's steadfast loyalty and forbearance. As in the story about Ya(qub b. Layth and the caliph, neither of the principal protagonists undergoes any development, and each episode in the confrontation serves to amplifY the qualities that define them from the start. These are monolithic characters representing universal types, and thus they exhibit few personal idiosyncrasies. Rather, the conflict between them carries the legitimising message of the story: it dispels any suspicion that the Ghaznavid principality of Alptigln was founded by a renegade army commander in revolt against his master. Even the inevitable clashes between Alptigin's forces and the Samanid authorities are presented in a way that absolves the Ghaznavids of any responsibility for the conflict. Thus, in the battle of Khulam, it is Sabuktigin who initiates the attack and leaves Alptigin no alternative but to participate. Yet Sabuktig'in, a man normally averse to insubordination, is no rebel either. He owes no allegiance to the Samanids, since he is Alptigin's personal slave, not theirs, and his attack on his master's enemies is a justified fonn of self-defence in response to persecution. The Koran itself gives pennission to the persecuted to take up 81 D 113-18/Sch 117-24. See also Na?im 1971,24-5. The relationship between the Ghaznavids and Siimanids does not end at this point and is more complex than the story in the Siyiisatniima would suggest. According to Bosworth, AlptigIn had his position in Ghazna regularised by an investiture (manshiir) from Man~ur and was granted the authority to mint coins, although his status remained that of a "semi-rebel," and relations with the Samanid court continued to be strained. AlptigIn's son and heir Abu Isi:taq Ibrahim (352-5/963-6) travelled to Bukhara to apologise personally for his father's errors, and to receive investiture for the governorship of Ghazna. The Siimanids even granted him military assistance against a rival occupying his capital (Bosworth 1963, 37-8). SabuktigIn also considered himself a vassal to Bukhara. He put the name of the Siimanids before his own on the Ghaznavid coinage and helped the dynasty gain victory over rebellious generals in Khurasan in 384/995 (ibid., 41; 39). Sabuktigln's son and designated heir IsmacIl (387-8/997-8) declared allegiance to the Siimanids as soon as he came to power. Even MaJ:unud, upon deposing his brother, came from Ghazna to Balkh, where he paid homage to the amlr, who confirmed his rule of the provinces of Ghazna, Balkh, Bust, Herat and Tirmidh. The Siyiisatniima story also omits the role of the Ghaznavids in the break-up of the Samanid dominion. When the Samanid amlr Abu l-:t£arith Man~ur II b. NiiJ:! (387-9/997-9) was deposed by two of his generals in favour of his brother, Sultan MaJ:unud b. SabuktigIn declared himself an avenger for the blinded monarch and used the occasion to take possession of Khurasan (Bosworth 1963,44-5).
------.----------------------------------------------_.........._-----
......
---~.~~~~.-".~~~~~-~~~~----------
Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni~fun al-Mulk's Siyasatnama
arms, since "persecution is more grievous than slaying."82 Sabuktigin alludes obliquely to verses 22: 39-40, as he exhorts his soldiers to attack the pursuers without Alptigin's leave:
Ghazna is established through the consensus (ijmaj of the community of Muslims - a major component of legitimate authority in Sunni Islam. 88
124
"Our master has left all his goods and riches with the amir of Khurasan and gone forth to holy war. Now they have designs upon his life and ours, but such is his characteristic loyalty, charity and courtesy towards them that I am afraid he will lead himself and us to destruction. This matter can only be settled by the sword, and as long as we remain quiet, they will not desist from following us. God Almighty helps those who suffer oppression; they are the oppressors and we are the oppressed. "83 Likewise, the second armed conflict between the Ghaznavids and Samanids is a defensive action, since Alptigin enters battle only when the Samanid army has come "within a farsang' s distance of Ghaznain. "84 Fending off an unprovoked attack on his capital, he is exonerated from blame. Having made the case that Ghaznavid legitimacy has not been compromised by a rebellious past, the narrator builds up anecdotal evidence for Alptigin's statesmanship. His military prowess is shown in a brief historical account of his campaigns in Afghanistan and India. 85 His benevolence is emphasised through the magnanimous treatment of his enemies, as he "pardon[s] and [gives] robe[s] of honour" to captured amirs who fought against him. His justice and his ability to enforce discipline are exemplified as Alptigin has one of his own ghulams executed for robbing a peasant of a chicken and a bag of hay during the siege of Ghazna. 86 The virtues that the narrator highlights in this section are not randomly chosen; they define the rightful ruler. It is not surprising, therefore, that Alptigin's campaigns in Afghanistan and India culminate in one significant event: his acclamation to the rulership of Ghazna. Having witnessed the "justice and protection" which this conqueror extends to the villagers beyond the city walls, the besieged citizens of Ghazna open the gates to him, and invite him to take up the reins of power. "We want a king who will be just and give us security for our lives, property, women and children, no matter whether he be Turk or Persian."87 Thus Alptigin's rule in
82 See Koran (2: 190-1, trans. Arberry 1955, I: 53-4): "And fight in the way of God with those who fight with you, but aggress not: God loves not the aggressors. And slay them wherever you come upon them, and expel them from where they expelled you; persecution is more grievous than slaying." 83 D 1141D62 150-lISch 119 (variant). See also Koran (22: 39, trans. Arberry 1955, II: 32): "Leave is given to those who fight because they were wronged - surely God is able to help them - who were expelled from their habitations without right." 84 D 118/Sch 123. 85 See D 116-18/Sch 122-4. Zakhoder (1949,287) assigns significant historical value to this segment, as
it imparts concrete information of A1ptigin's conquests, verifiable against reliable historical sources such as the Tajarib al-umam ofIbn Miskawayh (d. 42111030), and al-Kamilfi l-ta'rikh ofIbn a1-Athi:r (d. 63011239). 86 D 116-17/Sch 122-3. A slightly different version of the story is featured in Bayhaqi:'s Tarikh, in which the amir Masciid punishes one of his own soldiers for stealing a sheep from a peasant during the campaign in Gurgan in 426/1034 (Zakhoder 1949, 288; Bayhaqi: 1945, 449). Apparently, the story is a "wandering narrative" emblematic of royal justice. 87 D 117/Sch 123.
125
The element of public consensus in the establishment of the Ghaznavid state is reiterated with Sabuktigin's accession. According to the Siyasatnama's version of the story, Alptigin dies without leaving a male heir, and Sabuktigin is chosen unanimously by the army commanders to succeed his master. 89 Here, yet again, the narrative departs from the historical record. In reality, Alptigin was succeeded first by his son Abu Isl).aq Ibrahim b. Alptigin (352-5/963-6), and then by the ghulams Bilkatigin (355-64/966-75) and Piritig'in (364-6/975-7), both of whom rose to power by acclamation. 90 Sabuktigin was acclaimed to the throne in 366/977, PNenty-four years after Alptigin's death, when Piritigin was deposed by his comrades in arms, following a popular rebellion in Ghazna against his misrule. 9l The long delay in Sabuktigin's actual accession to the throne weakens the two main components of the Ghaznavids' legitimistic claim, as articulated in this narrative: divine intervention in the ascent of the dynasty's founder, and the unequivocal consensus of the community in choosing him as a leader. To reinforce the role of destiny in the rise of the Ghaznavids, the narrator matches Sabuktigin's meteoric rise in Alptigin' s service at the outset of the story with as quick an assumption of power upon his master's death. The adjustment of the facts extends also to the community's consensus in the acclamation of Sabuktigin. This element would lose much of its effectiveness were it shown to favour the protagonist only the third time around. In a third historical inaccuracy, the narrator trims the Ghaznavid line of succession once again as he suppresses Sabuktigln's official heir apparent Isma'll (387-8/997-8), who was his younger son by a daughter of Alptigin, and ascended to the throne after his father's death. Ismacll was quickly deposed by his half-brother Mal).mud, the future sultan of Ghazna. The Siyasatnama story passes over these details, and presents Mal).mud as his father's sole successor and constant companion in all military campaigns.92 His immediate ascent to the throne makes perfect narrative sense. The narrator's selective approach to the detailing of events decreases the historical value of the narrative, but increases its didactic impact, by showing virtue rewarded and destiny fulfilled in a timely and straightforward manner. Such an approach is warranted from a literary point of view; if the story followed the historical record in presenting all successors to the Ghaznavid throne, its cast would have been cluttered with peripheral personages of no interest to the reader, and no consequence for the plot.
*** Whether by chance or design, the two Siyasatnama bikayat discussed here present two competing paradigms of royal legitimacy: the first stemming from the Persian imperial 88 See Mottahedeh 1980, 19-21. 89 D 119/Sch 125.
90 See further Bosworth 1963,38. 91 Zakhoder 1949,286; Bosworth 1963, 38-9; Na~im 1971,26-8. 92 D l20/Sch 126; see also Na~im 1971,34-41.
Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni?am aI-Mulk's Siyiisatniima
tradition, the second from the Sunni Muslim concept of rightful rule. However, neither of the two models is absolute or free from interpolations. In the two exempla, as in al-Mulk's direct instruction, discussed Muslim notions of legitimate authority are clearly in ascendance, yet the undertow of the Persian imperial tradition continues to be felt.
torical accounts one may find also "wandering narratives" (short emblematic episodes, such as the story about the punishment of the marauding ghuliim) ascribed to other rulers as well. Such episodes were probably perceived as authoritative and "true" because the situations they depicted were part of the common lore, instantly recognisable topoi of righteous royal behaviour. The alternation of historically verifiable information and fictional narrative exemplifies the "fictitiously interspersed" historical "report," which, according to Sebastian Gunther, is an important feature of medieval literature. 95 The reader is expected to approach the story with the "assumption of factuality,"96 which is further enhanced through frequent resort to exact numerical data. The size of armies, the amount of wealth, the groups of slaves owned are all given numerical expression, lending an appearance of factuality and precision to the description. Numbers also have a symbolic function, especially when highlighting victory on the battlefield - hence the striking disparity between the handful of warriors championing the right cause, and the doomed hosts of their adversaries.
126
Previously, the two stories have been tapped as sources for historical information, and their many inaccuracies have drawn criticism ofNi~am al-Mulk's reliability as a writer. This article redirects attention to the legitimising agendas of the ~ikiiyiit, because the narrator's didactic goals require these discrepancies. The remaining historical data serve a primarily literary function. 93 This approach shifts the focus to the narrative strategies that attend the transformation of the historical record into didactic material. Moreover, the role of medieval writers in the public affirmation of royal authority thus comes to the fore. So far little attention has been given to factuality, or the use of concrete historical information (whether correct or spurious) as a literary device in the Siyiisatniima. According to Ulrich Marzolph, understanding the semantic function of such fact-oriented excerpts and the intention behind their use "might eventually reveal more about the actual meaning of a text than could be extracted by analyzing the text at its (historical) face value. "94 Indeed, the resort to historical facts in the two Siyiisatniima stories, or the liberties taken with the historical record, are far from random. Rather, they further the narrator's task in promoting the legitimacy of one royal house while undermining its rival. Some of the obvious misrepresentations might have entered Ni~am al-Mulk's text from his sources; others, like the anachronistic accusation of IsmaC"i:lism brought against Ya(qub b. Layth, undoubtedly reflect his own political preoccupations, but both types of factual "error" strengthen the didactic impact of the narrative. Thus, for Ni~am al-Mulk's contemporaries, Isma('ilism categorises Ya(qub b. Layth as a heretic more immediately and effectively than would Kharijism - an accusation more plausible, but rather dated and hence devoid of psychological impact. The streamlining of royal succession lines, which happens on three occasions in the story of Alptigln and Sabuktigln, plays a definite role in asserting the legitimacy of Ghaznavid rule. The use of historically accurate, or probable, clusters of facts also deserves attention from a literary perspective, for it does have a function within the narrative other than the simple imparting of information. Thus, the rank system of the Samanid ghuliims, which opens the story of the rise of the Ghaznavids, creates a dramatic backdrop for Sabuktigin's early promotion and accentuates his "chosenness" for future greatness. The detailed report of Alptigin's campaigns in Afghanistan, leading up to his acclamation as ruler of Ghazna, presents him as a victorious, magnanimous, and just protector of the people - thus he is endowed with all the qualities of an ideal king. Alongside such his93 As Kilpatrick notes, historicity is of subsidiary importance in didactic literature, which aims to create clear examples of moral behaviour and to entertain the reader (l998b, 95). 94 Marzolph 1998, 121.
127
On the purely narrative level, medieval writers favour unambiguous ethical conflicts, in which right and wrong are boldly outlined, and heroes and villains never waver in their convictions. To that end, the narrator of the Siyiisatniima stories juxtaposes binary pairs of one-dimensional and immutable characters, who represent the legitimate and rogue ruler respectively. The plots, too, are one-dimensional. They are made up of a series of episodes, each hammering home the same basic message with a growing intensity. In the first story, the thread is YaCqub's defiance of the caliph; in the second, it is the am'ir Man~ur's obsessive persecution of Alptigln. The palpable crescendo in the otherwise monotonous interaction of the major antagonists creates the impression of a dramatic escalation of the conflict, a feature which compensates for the lack of character development. 97 Writers clearly had an important function in creating an enduring public image of rulers and dynasties, and in affirming their legitimacy. The probability that a writer's historical account would become part of the common lore depended on his ability to reduce the complexities of reality to stark edifying examples of moral or reprehensible behaviour. The author's fame also played a part in the "currency" of his stories as source material for other works. It is not by chance, then, that Ni~am al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima had sueh a lasting effect on the popular perception of the three Iranian dynasties depicted in the ~ikiiyiit discussed above. The stories have been widely quoted, in medieval works and in modern scholarship alike. Thus, despite scholarly misgivings about their accuracy, these narratives have played a significant role in shaping readers' pre-conceptions about the $affiirids, Samanids and Ghaznavids - not only in medieval times, but also in contemporary historiography. Although the basic plot-lines of these stories are almost certainly borrowed from other sources (along with their authors' original legitimising agendas), Ni~am al-Mulk's editorial intervention might perhaps be credited with the selection of 95 See Gunther 1998,435. 96 Leder 1998,34. 97 The features outlined above are found not only in the two Siyiisatniima stories, but are characteristic of many medieval literary works, as discussed in Simidchieva 1989, 103-42.
128
Marta Simidchieva
suitable episodes, fine-tuning the plots, enhancing the protagonists' stature, and augmenting the didactic impact of the stories. The literary appeal of the Siyiisatniima narratives, along with the fame of Ni?am al-Mulk himself. caused his versions of the stories to outlast his now lost sources.
*** The Siyiisatniima exempla, in conjunction with Ni?am al-Mulk's direct instructions, create a monumental image of the rightful ruler, in which Islamic criteria of legitimate authority are superimposed upon a resilient core of the Persian imperial tradition. The most obvious distinction between the rNO paradigms concerns royal legitimacy. In the Muslim paradigm, it is the inscrutable will of God that confers royal mandates in unpredictable ways. Conversely, in the Persian imperial paradigm, divine grace follows the channels of hereditary entitlement. A syncretism of both models is possible, because they measure righteousness by similar criteria: a monarch's ability to impose and maintain order; his justice towards his subjects; and his triumph in battle. To this ideal Ni?am al-Mulk elevates Malikshah in his encomium in the opening chapters of his treatise, and to this standard he holds this same suzerain in the critical amendment of the manuscript. Thus, regardless of the personal relationship between ruler and writer, the ideal of rightful rulership remains intact.
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni?am al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima
129
Bibliography Barthold, W. (1977), Turkestan down to the Mongol Invasion, 4th ed., Cambridge. BayhaqI, Abul-Fazl (1945), Tiirlkh-i Mas'iidl, cd. Q. Ghani and A. A. Fayyaz, Tehran. Black, A. (2001), The History of Islamic Political Thought, Edinburgh. Bosworth, C. E. (1963), The Ghaznavids, Their Empire in Afghanistan and Eastern Iran, 994-1040, Edinburgh. -
(1978), "The Heritage of Rulership in Early Islamic Iran and the Search for Dynastic Connections with the Past," Iranian Studies 11: 7-34. (1994), The History of the SafJarids of Sis tan and the Maliks of Nimruz (247/861 to 949/1542-3),
Costa Mesa, California and New York. -
(1995a), "~aflarids," in: El2 VIII: 795-7.
-
(1995b), "Saldju~ids," in:
-
(1995c)," Samanids," in: El2 VIII: 1025-8.
-
(1997), "Sebuktigin," in: EI2 IX: 121.
EJ2 VIII: 936-59.
-- (1998), "Mirrors for Princes," in: 1. S. Meisami and P. Starkey (eds.), Encyclopedia of Arabic Literature, 2 vols., London and New York, II: 527-9.
Bowen, H. [c. E. Bosworth] (1995), "Ni?am al-Mul1<," in:
EJ2 VIII: 69-73.
Browne, E. G. (1956), A Literary History of Persia ,4 vols., Cambridge. Daniel, E. 1. (1979), The Political and Social History of Khurasan under Abbasid Rule, 747-820, Minneapolis and Chicago. Darke, H. (1978), "Introduction," in: Ni?am al-Mulk, The Book of Government (q.v.), ix-xxii. FirdawsI (1990), Shiihniima, ed. J. Mohl, 4 vols., 3rd ed., Tehran. de Fouchecour, Ch.-H. (1986), Moralia: les notions morales dans la litterature persane du 3e/ge au 7e/13e siecle, Paris.
Gunther, S. (1998), "Fictional Narration and Imagination within an Authoritative Framework: Towards a New Understanding of I:Iadlth," in: S. Leder (ed.), Story-Telling in the Framework of Non-Fictional Arabic Literature, Wiesbaden, 433-71.
Hodgson, M. G. S. (1974), The Venture of Islam, 3. vols., Chicago. Kilpatrick, H. (1998a), "Adab," in: J. S. Meisami and P. Starkey (eds.), Encyclopedia of Arabic Literature, 2 vols., London and New York, I: 54-6.
-
(1998b), "The 'Genuine' Ashcab: The Relativity of Fact and Fiction in Early Adab Texts," in: S. Leder (ed.), Story-Telling (q.v.), 94-117.
The Koran Interpreted (1955), trans. A. J. Arberry, 2 vols., New York.
Lambton, A. -
1(.
S. (1954), Islamic Society in Persia, London, 3-32.
(1956a, b), "Quis custodiet custodes: Some Reflections on the Persian Theory of Government," Studia Islamica 5: 125-48; 6: 125-46.
-
(1962), "Justice in the Medieval Persian Theory of Kingship," Studia Islamica 17: 91-119. (1968), "The Internal Structure of the Saljuq Empire," in: J. A. Boyle (ed.), The Cambridge History of Iran, vol. 5, The Saljiiq and Mongol Periods, Cambridge, V: 203-82.
-
(1971), "Islamic Mirrors for Princes," Quaderno dell' Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei 160, La Persia nel medioevo, Rome, 419-42.
-
(1974), "Islamic Political Thought," in: 1. Schacht and C. E. Bosworth (eds.), The Legacy of Islam, 2nd ed., Oxford and New York, 404-24.
130
Marta Simidchieva
Kingship and Legitimacy in Ni?am al-Mulk's Siyiisatniima
131
-
(1981), State and Government in Medieval Islam, Oxford. (1984), "The Dilemma of Government in Islamic Persia: The Siyiisat-Niima of Ni?am al-Mulk," Iran
Tarlkh-i Slstan (1935), ed. M. T. Bahiir, Tehran.
Yusufi, Gh. IJ. [G.-IJ. Yiisofi] (1978-9), Dldari bii ahl-i qalam, 2 vols., 2 nd ed., Mashhad.
-
22: 55-66. (1988a), "Concepts of Authority in Persia: Eleventh to Nineteenth Centuries A. D.," Iran 26: 95-103.
Zaehner, R. C. (1961), The Dawn and Twilight of Zoroastrianism, New York.
-
(1988b), Continuity and Change in Medieval Persia, Albany and New York.
Z,ahir aI-Din (2001), The History of the Seljuk Turks from the Jiimi' al-Tawiirlkh: An Ilkhanid Adaption
Lapidus, 1. M. (1988), A History ofIslamic Societies, Cambridge. Leder, S. (1998), "Conventions of Fictional Narration in Learned Literature," in: S. Leder (ed.), StoryTelling in the Framework ofNon-Fictional Arabic Literature, Wiesbaden, 34-60.
-
(1999), "Aspekte arabi scher und persischer Ffustenspiegel. Legitimation, Fiirstenethik, politische Vernunft," in: Angela de Benedictis (ed.), Speculaprincipum, Frankfurt, 21-50.
Lewis, B. (1988), The Political Language of Islam , Chicago and London. Luther, K. A. (2001), "Introduction," in: Z,ahlr aI-DIn, The History of the Seljuk Turks (q.v.), 3-19. Madelung, W. (1969), "The Assumption of the Title Shiihanshiih by the Biiyids and 'The Reign of the Daylam (Dawlat al-Daylam)'," Journal of Near Eastern Studies 28: 84-108,168-83. Marlow, L. (1995), "Kings, Prophets and the (Ulama' in Mediaeval Islamic Advice Literature," Studia Islamica 81: 101-20.
-
(1997), Hierarchy and Egalitarianism in Islamic Thought, Cambridge.
Marzolph, U. (1998), '''Focusees' of Jocular Fiction in Classical Arabic Literature," in: S. Leder (ed.), Story-Telling (q.v.), 118-29.
Meisami,1. S. (1999), Persian Historiography to the End of the Twelfth Century, Edinburgh. Mottahedeh, R. P. (1980), Loyalty and Leadership in an Early Islamic Society, Princeton. Na?im, M. (1931), The Life and Times ofSultiin Ma~mud of Ghazna, 2nd ed., New Delhi 1971. Ni?am al-Mulk (1955), Siyiisatniima, ed. M. MudarrasI, Tehran (based on Ch. Schefer's text [Paris, 1891] with notes and corrections by M. QazvInI). References to this edition are marked in the article as Sch. -
(1960), The Book of Government or Rules for Kings: The Siyiisat-niima or Siyar al-Muluk of Ni?iim al-Mulk, trans. H. Darke, London (marked as D).
-
(1962), Siyar al-muluk (Siyiisatniima), ed. H. Darke, Tehran (marked as D62).
-
(1978), The Book of Government or Rules for Kings: The Siyiisat-niima or Siyar al-Muluk of Ni?am al-Mulk, 2nd ed., trans. H. Darke, London (based on the Nakhjivani manuscript and marked in the ar-
ticle as D78). Quran-i karlm (n.d.), trans. IJiijj Shaykh MahdI Iliihi Qumsha'i, Tehran. Rahman, F. (1989), Major Themes of the Qur'an, Minneapolis. Rypka,1. (1968), History of Iranian Literature, Dordrecht. Sadan, J. (1982-5), "Kings and Craftsmen: A Pattern of Contrasts," Studia Islamica 56: 5-49,62: 89-120. ~afii, Dh. A. (1973), Tarlkh-i adabiyyat dar iran, 5 vols., 6th ed., Tehran. Simidchieva, M. (1995), "Siyasat-name Revisited: The Question of Authenticity," in: B. Fragner, C. Fragner, G. Gnoli, R. Haag-Higuchi, M. Maggi and P. Orsatti (eds.), Proceedings of the Second European Conference of Iranian Studies Held in Bamberg, 30th September to 4th October 1991, by the So-
cietas Iranologica Europaea, Rome, 657-74. (1989), "Persidskaya didakticheskaya proza XI-XII vv.: Qiibus-name, Siyasat-niime, Chahar maqiile,"
Ph. D. thesis, Moscow: Academy of Sciences. Stem, S. M. (1971), "Ya(qiib the Coppersmith and Persian National Sentiment," in: C. E. Bosworth (ed.), Iran and Islam, in Memory of the Late Vladimir Minorsky, Edinburgh, 535-55.
The Tiirlkh-e Slstiin (1976), trans. M. Gold, Rome.
of the Saljuq-niima of ,?ahlr aI-DIn Nlshiipurl, trans. K. A. Luther, ed. C. E. Bosworth, Richmond,
Surrey. Zakhoder, B. N. (1949), "Prilozheniya," in: Ni?am al-Mulk, Siaset-name [sic]: Kniga XIstoletiya Ni?iim al-Mul'ka [sic], Moscow and Leningrad, 241-373.
0
pravlenii vazira
Occasion
the
(Umar
The RubeYz, Literary History, and Courtly Literature
Olga Merck Davidson (Brandeis University)
(Umar Khayyam is known for a lyric form called the rubiTi, commonly translated as "quatrain," with the plural rubiliyyiit. Edward FitzGerald's Rubaiyat ofOmar Khayyam, the first edition of which appeared in 1859, made "Rubaiyat" a familiar term for European readers. Whereas the rubii'i, as a poetic genre, did not originate with (Umar Khayyam, it will be argued here that the poetic occasions represented by this poet's life played a key role in shaping it. Moreover, the poetic persona of (Umar Khayyam was in tum shaped by the genre of the rubiYi. Such mutual shaping is determined in part by the fact that the rubiiS, as a genre, can exist both outside and inside the normative framework of canonical Persian poetical forms, as enshrined in the typical diviin of a medieval poet. Accordingly, the rubiifi can be considered both an outsider and an insider to the world of patronage as typified by classical Persian court poetry. For background, it is opportune to review briefly the Iranian heritage of court poetry as a whole. In the history of Iran, the tradition of court poetry can be traced back as far as the Parthian dynasty (ca. 250 BCE to 250 CE). Mary Boyce describes the generic Parthian gosiin as a "court minstrel."l While they naturally underwent considerable transformations over time, courtly minstrel traditions as such continued all the way into the classical Persian period. During the Sasanian era (224-651 CE), Zoroastrianism as the dominant religious doctrine of the realm had profound effects on courtly traditions and on the codification of earlier poetic lore, including that of the Parthian period. With the rise of Islam and during the caliphate of the Umayyads (41-132/661-750), a gradual conversion of the Iranian population took place; and during the Abbasid caliphate (132656/749-1258), the interchange of Persian and Arab traditions intensified. In Islamic times, dynasties of the pre-modem era with notable and important courtly traditions include the Tahirids in Khurasan and Baghdad (205-78/821-91),2 the Samanids in Khurasan and Transoxania (204-395/819-1005),3 the $afrarids in Sistan (247-393/8611003), the Ziyarids in Tabaristan and Gurgan (ca. 319-483/931-1090), the Buyids in Persia and Iraq (334-447/945-1055), the Ghaznavids in Khurasan, Afghanistan, and northern India (367-583/977-1187),4 the Qarakhanids in Transoxania and eastern Turkestan (382-607/992-1211), the Great Saljuqs in Iraq and Persia (429-55211038-1157), the Ilkhanids in Iraq and Persia (654-756/1256-1355), the Timurids in Transoxania and Boyce 1957. 2 See Bosworth 1969. 3 In the tenth century, the Siirnilnid court played a key role in the early development of classical Persian court poetry; see Lazard 1975, 611-22. 4 The court of the Ghaznavids played a major role in the development of Persian panegyric and epic poetry; see Bosworth 1968, 40-1. Firdawsl's epic, the Shiihniima, was composed under Ghaznavid patronage. The dynasty is also known for its persecution of A vicenna (Ibn Sma).
Olga Merck Davidson
Genre and Occasion in the Rubii'iyyiit of
Persia (771-91311370-1507), and, finally, the $afavids in Persia (907-1135/1501-1722). During the rule of these dynasties, certain court poets stood out: Rudaki (d. 329/940-1),5 who produced a poetic rendition (extant only in fragments) of the fables known in the Islamic world as Kalila and Dimna; Firdawsl (ca. 329-411/940-1020), author of the national epic Shiihniima; cUn~uri (d. 431/1039-40), the poet laureate (malik al-shufarii); Farrukhl (d. ca. 429/1037), panegyrist and master of elegy; Manuchihri (d. ca. 432/ 1041), master of lyric;6 Sacdl (d. ca. 691/1292), master of both prose and poetry;7 I:Iafi? (ca. 726-92/1326-90), the "Beethoven" to Sacdl's "Haydn";8 and Jaml (8l7-981141492), exponent of mystical poetry.9
Collating biographical details from these and other sources, it appears that cUmar Khayyam's full name was Ghiyath aI-Din Abu I:Iaf~ CUmar b. Ibrahim al-Khayyami; he and died on December 4, 1131 CE (526 was born on May 18, 1048 CE (439 AH).11 He composed a treatise on algebra under the patronage of the chief qiir;li of Samarqand, Abu Tahir b. CAlaq, and he presented it to the Qarakhanid ruler, Shams alMulk Na~r b. Ibrahim (r. 460-7211 068-80), who "used to show him greatest honor, so much so that he would seat Imam cUmar beside him on his divan."12 cUmar Khayyam p~obably remained in service at the Qarakhanid court in Bukhara until the time when peace was concluded with the Saljuq Malikshah in 46611 073-4. At the age of twentysix, Khayyam served in Malikshah's court as one of his nadims; but Malikshah's son Sanjar, whom Khayyam had treated for smallpox as a young child, disliked him,I3 Ibn al-Athlr (555-63011160-1233) mentions that cUmar Khayyam played a large part in reforming the calendar in the year 46711074-5, when the new JalalI system was instituted, and in building an observatory in Isfahan. We learn from Ibn al-QifWs Ta)rikh alI:zukamii) that Khayyam went on a pilgrimage and then lived as a recluse in Nishapur. 14
134
As this catalogue of changing dynasties and poets suggests, the nature of patronage, and the relationship between the court and the poet, underwent significant changes throughout the long period, depending in part on such factors as the extent of the religiosity or even literacy of the ruler on the one hand, and the pose adopted by the poet on the other. For instance, the poet might assume the role of boon companion, whose impromptu poems added wit and sophistication to a royal drinking session, or that of a sober, moralizing advisor, who flaunted his detachment from, and disdain for, the court and its trappings as his greatest asset. Such characterizations were reflected in random anecdotal stories which over time came to constitute the "life" of a medieval poet. Such anecdotes were systematically collated by literary historians in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries and given the appearance of full-fledged biographical accounts. Among the salient primary sources that concern classical Persian court poetry and bear upon the poetic persona of cUmar Khayyam, a few deserve particular attention. These sources include Zahlr aI-DIn Bayhaql's Tatimmat $iwiin al-I:zikma (Ta)rikh l:zukamiP alIsliim), written in approximately 54811153;10 Ni?aml cAmil Samarqandl's Chahiir maqiila or "Four Discourses," composed in or around 55111156; and Mu}:lammad b. Mu}:lammad cAwfi's Lubiib al-albiib, completed in 618/1221, which provides a kind of negative evidence, for in this anthology cAwfi (d. ca. 630/1232-3), the oldest biographer of Persian poets, makes no mention of CUmar Khayyam at all, even though he lists practically every known poet.
135
In 50611112, according to Ni?aml cAmil, Khayyam was in Balkh in the company of the astronomer Abu I:Iatim Mu?affar Isfizari:,15 with whom he had collaborated earlier in computing the JalalI calendar; during this period, the same author records having heard Khayyam's celebrated prophecy about his burial place.1 6 Finally, in 508/1114, we find cUmar Khayyam in Marv, where he makes his celebrated forecast about good weather for hunting. 17 There is no record of his activities after Sanjar's accession to the sultanate in 51111118. The last sixteen years of his life remain unattested, except for the death scene described by the poet's brother-in-law Imam Mu}:lammad aI-BaghdadI to Zahir alDIn Bayhaql. Bayhaql reports that cUmar Khayyam was "niggardly in both composing and teaching, and wrote nothing but a compendium on physics, a treatise on Existence, and another on Being and Obligation, though he had a wide knowledge of philology, jurisprudence and history." 18 During cUmar Khayyam's lifetime, the Saljuq Turks were extending and consolidating their power over Iran. The invasion caused much economic and political hardship, and the disastrous effects were particularly felt in the poet's birthplace of Nishapur in the rich and fertile province of Khurasan. The Saljuqs, once they had consolidated their power, attempted to promote their legitimacy by presenting themselves as rigorous servants of orthodoxy and zealous enforcers of Islamic law. Tughril Beg (r. 4295511038-63) appropriated such titles as "Reviver of Islam," "Right Hand of the Caliph,"
5 At the court ofNa~r II b. Al:unad the Samanid (r. 301-31/914-43). 6 All four at the court of Mal:uniid the Ghaznavid (r. 388-421/998-1030). 7 A native of Shiraz, Sa
11 Boyle 1975, 658-9, from Tirtha 1941, xxxi-xxxiv. On the dating of
17 Ni?ami 'Ariizi, Chahiir maqiila, 101-2; Browne 1900, 101-2. 18 BayhaqI, Tatimmat ~iwiin al-bikma, 106, as quoted in Boyle 1975,661.
Olga Merck Davidson
Genre and Occasion in the Ruba(iyyat of 'Umar Khayyam
and "King of the East and West." He was followed by Alp Arslfm (r. 455-65/1063-72) and Malikshah (r. 465-85/1072-92), both of whom relied heavily on the Persian minister Ni~am al-Mulk (408-85/1018-92), who was renowned for establishing and maintaining orthodox religious institutions and would become an almost archetypal figure of the perfect vizier. In around 485/1092, Ni~am al-Mulk was supposedly murdered by Isma(iTis (or "Assassins," as they were to become known in European sources), who were headed by I:Iasan al-~abbal:I (d. 51811124). As will be seen below, both figures, Ni~am al-Mulk the Vizier and I:Iasan al-~abbal:I the Assassin, are relevant to the identity of (Umar Khayyam as a poet. But, for now, let us tum from the occasions of the poet's hfe, as reflected in this variegated assortment of observations and reported events, to the genre of his poetry and the surviving poetical tradition and heritage attributed to him.
classified within their divans, since figures such as Rum'i, Jaml, Ni~amj, and Sana)j left behind not only divans but also other kinds of collections. 22 Yet the fact that these poets possessed diviins remains notable, even if the extant diviins often date from several centuries after the deaths of their authors. 23
136
To consider the genre of (Umar Khayyam's poetry requires a working definition of "genre" and of the related concept of "occasion." Genre means here the traditional agenda of the poem. As for occasion, it signifies the poem's actual agenda as realized in the circumstances of its composition and, where applicable, of its performance. To focus on the genre rather than the occasion does not, however, imply a tacit belief in a clear-cut division between the two. Instead, the genre of the rubiiS shaped the personality of (Umar Khayyam as reflected in the surviving anecdotes about his life. In fact, it might be said that the rubili shaped the conventional personality of (Umar Khayyam as a poet. The key to this formulation lies in a fact of literary history: namely,
137
What is extraordinary about (Umar Khayyam is the total absence of a diviin; quite simply, no textual transmission of any divan exists for him. In addition, all verse attributed to
22 Such additional collections could follow alternative organizing principles; in the case of
Ni~ami,
moreover, his divan is relatively unimportant in comparison with his Khamsa. 23 See de Blois and Bosworth 1996,438. 24 Elwell-Sutton 1975, 633-57. On the Iranian - and non-Arab - heritage of Persian quatrain traditions in general, see Tafazzoli 1999. Tafazzoli points out that the "deviations" from classical Arabic metrical norms in the dialect poems, or fahlaviyyat, "were hardly noticed when the poems were sung, whereas when reading them the prosodist immediately noticed their metrical defects" (159). For the Iranian heritage of the ruba(i in particular, there is vital comparative evidence in Sogdian poetic traditions; see Lazard 1970, 238-44. 25 Cf. Mirafzali 1995, de Fouchecour 2000,828.
Olga Merck Davidson
138
virtually unrestricted; it has been used for the complaints of the lover, the celebration of wine, the eulogizing of the patron, the satirizing of enemies, the thoughts of the philosopher, and the expression of mystical ecstasy."26 In the same essay, Elwell-Sutton describes rubd'iyydt as "impromptu thoughts thrown out at random during informal literary or religious gatherings," and notes that this factor of spontaneity explains the "almost earthy language of most ofthem."27 According to the thirteenth-century author Shams-i Qays, who completed his treatise on prosody and poetry after 630/1232, and the fifteenth-century writer Dawlatshah (d. ca. 89911494), it was Rudak'i, the premier canonical poet of the Persian lyric tradition, who once heard a small boy at play cry out in excitement as he was rolling a walnut: Ghaltiin ghalatan haml-ravad ta bun-i gav
UU
UU - - UU
Rolling, rolling along it goes to the edge of the ditch. 28 According to the story, Rudak'i was so inspired by the rhythm of this spontaneous utterance that he went horne and proceeded to write quatrains in this and equivalent meters. Because RudakI is considered to be the father of all poetry composed in the Persian language, this little story makes Rudaki: the inventor of the rubd'i. Scholars dismiss the account as a legend and point out that the rubd'i is firmly attested before the time of Rudakl. 29 But a sole focus on historical accuracy runs the risk of missing the literary historical significance of this tale. From the standpoint of literary history, the story's internal logic assumes a link between the rubd'i and Rudakl. Rudaki: is the prototypical poet of Persian lyric, and the rubd'i becomes a prototypical Persian poem that is grounded in the "natural" rhythms of the language as spoken by the man on the street, or, more precisely, the boy running along the edge of the ditch. What is more, the "naturalness" of the speech is equated with the "naturalness" of the rolling of a walnut down an incline. In other words, the etiology of the rubd'i breaks down the distinction between the artificial and the natural, between art and spontaneity. The conceit that this etiological story applies to the rubd'i is that of a visceral response and natural outpouring of the Persian language and its people.3 0 The point made with the story of Rudaki: and the rubd'i can be extended to the rubd'iyydt of (Vmar Khayyam. These poems are characterized by a sense of spontaneity, an identification with the "natural," and an aversion to the realities of the royal court - let alone court poetry. A good example appears in the poem numbered 155 in the Bodleian manuscript of (Vmar Khayyam's rubd'ls:
26 Elwell-Sutton 1975,641. 27 Ibid., 640. 28 Also rendered ghaltan ghaltan haml-ravad ta bun-i gav (or gil); see Elwell-Sutton 1975, 633; de Fouchecour 1995, 578; and Thiesen 1982, 166. 29 See for example Reinert 1974,220. 30 In addition to the fundamental contributions of Elwell-Sutton to the study of the ruba(l, see also Pagliaro and Bausani 1968, 319-55 ("La quartina"), de Fouchecour 1995, 578-80 and the extensive bibliography provided there, and de Fouchecour 2000, 827-31.
Genre and Occasion in the Ruba(iyyat of 'Dmar Khayyam
139
gar dast dahad zi maghz-i gandum mini, v-az may du-mani, zi gUsfandl rani, v-imgah man-u tit nishasta dar virani (ayshl buvad an na ~add-i har sultanl
If it were possible to have a loaf of purest flour; And wine as well, a good two measures, and a leg of lamb, And you and I were settled in some deserted ruins, It would be a merry occasion not within reach of every sultan) 1 For an attempt at a more poetic translation, though its Persian textual basis might seem a patchwork, one may wish to consider that of Ahmad Saidi: Ah, would there were a loaf of bread as fare, A joint of lamb, a jug of vintage rare, And you and I in wilderness encamped No Sultan's pleasure could with ours compare.3 2 This particular rubd'i is well known to European readers as the famous "Stanza XII" of Edward FitzGerald's Rubaiyat ofOmar Khayyam: A Book of Verses underneath the Bough, A Jug of Wine, a Loaf of Bread - and Thou Beside me singing in the Wilderness Oh, Wilderness were Paradise enow!33 The incompatibility of rubd'iyydt and court poetry brings us to the second of the three levels on which the rube/i defies canonicity, namely the vita tradition, which tends to portray the proverbial composer of rubd'iyydt, (Vmar Khayyam, as an outsider to the circles of court poets. The vita tradition refers here to the legendary stories about a given poet's life, stories that elaborate on the themes surrounding his persona as a first-person speaker. There are many examples of this phenomenon in other cultural settings, such as the Provenyal genres of the vida, that is, "life," and razo, that is, "rationalization" (from Latin ratio). In these Provenyal media, the songs of the troubadours and jongleurs are given a context through a pseudo-biographical account of the poets' lives, as if they personally experienced everything that the "I" of their poems relates. The traditions of the vida and the razo run parallel to those of the poems themselves and thereby give the poems an occasion, a context of interpretation, as it were; or, to put it in Provenyal terms, what these traditions give is a razo - a reason or rationalization. For instance, if the lyric "I" says something that challenges an authority within a given poem, there will be a corresponding story about how the given poet challenged authority in real life. This phenomenon bears comparison with the "life of (Vmar Khayyam" tradition. In conjunction with the poems attributed to (Vmar Khayyam, a plethora of stories depict 31 MS no. 140, Ouseley Collection, Bodleian Library, Oxford. This ninth/fifteenth-century manuscript contains 158 quatrains attributed to 'Dmar Khayyam. For the purpose of this article, the Persian text is taken from the edition of Khayyam's ruba(iyyat prepared by Ahmad Saidi (1991, 67); see also the variant recorded in the edition of 'Abbas! (1959, 113-14, 173). The translation is the author's. 32 Saidi 1991,67. 33 FitzGerald 1872, as in Decker 1997, 69. Compare also FitzGerald 1859, as in Decker 1997, 11 (Stanza XI).
Olga Merck Davidson
Genre and Occasion in the Rubii'iyyiit of 'Umar Khayyam
the poet as a counter-culture figure beyond the realm of the royal court, and at times even beyond the limits of right belief and acceptable social mores. One example is contained in the Mir~iid al-(ibiid min al-mabda} itii l-ma(iid (62011223), the polemical work of Najm aI-Din Daya al-Razl (573-65411177-1256), in which the writer adopts the strategy of defending some aspects of Sufism as orthodox by demonizing other aspects of it. In this work, (Umar Khayyam is singled out as "wandering in the wilderness of misguidance"34 on the basis of two rubii(is attributed to him:
We have thus observed that the "vita" tradition tends to portray (Umar Khayyam as an outsider to court poetry and to the circles of court poets. Such representations complement the earlier stated internal evidence of Khayyam's rubii(iyyiit, which defy the restricted format of the diviin. This observation leads to the third level of non-canonicity in the rubiiTtradition of (Umar Khayyam, namely its textual history.
140
In this circle of our coming and going Neither beginning nor end is visible. None in the whole world can tell us truly Whence is our coming and whither our going.
and Why did the Maker adorn the forms of creation And then cast them down to decay and decrease? Should the forms be ugly, whose fault is it? And if pleasing they be, why cause their ruin?35
Modem critics react to such poems, especially in the context of negative reactions at later stages of reception, by assuming that they may not be genuine. To utter such sentiments seems too unorthodox for someone of (Umar Khayyam's stature. He is, after all, a revered character in Persian history, even if the persona in poems attributed to him often emerges as a less-than-exemplary figure. Herein lies the paradox: the historical (Umar Khayyam was a famous astronomer and physician, in which capacities he belonged to the establishment, as it were; as a poet, however, he was an outsider. This dichotomy is echoed in his treatment by Ni~ami (AriizI, the Prosodist: in his Chahiir maqiila or "Four Discourses" (ca. 55111156), Ni~a mI, a contemporary of Khayyam, reports many details about the lives of classical poets, interspersed with quoted examples from their poems; but he does not discuss (Umar Khayyam in connection with the rubiici. Instead, he treats him only as an astronomer. 36 This omission reminds us that the poetry of (Umar Khayyam was transmitted outside the constraining format of a diviin - and that the word diviin means not only "a collection of poetry of different genres" but also "an office at the royal court," and that literary diviins, owing to the pervasive influence of patronage and its relationship to the production of manuscripts, were closely associated with royal courts and wealthy patrons. If one may infer a cause-and-effect relationship here, it is not that (Umar Khayyam lacked a diviin because he was in fact an anti-establishment figure; it is rather that he failed to become an established poet in the literary tradition - that is, his poetic vita was either antinomian or suppressed - because the genre in which he composed, the rubii(i, could not on its own constitute a diviin. 34 Algar 1982,54. 35 For the Persian text, see Najm aI-Din a1-RazI, Mir{Nid al-'ibiid, 31; English trans. Algar 1982,54. 36 In Ni?amI's treatise, 'Umar Khayyfun appears not in the Second Discourse, which is devoted to the poetic arts, but in the Third Discourse, which discusses astrology (Chahiir maqiila, 100-2); for an English translation, see Browne 1900, 100-2, anecdotes xxvii and xxviii.
141
The first signs of a textual transmission are historically attested within a century after (Umar Khayyam's death. At this point, he had a mere dozen or so rubiiCiyyiit to his name. 37 By the end of the fourteenth century, around fifty-five further rubiiCiyyiit were credited to (Umar Khayyam in a variety of anthologies and histories, including the Tiirikh-i jahiingushii (658/1260) of (A1a Malik JuvaynI (one quatrain); a late seventhl thirteenth-century manuscript of the LamCat al-siraj (MS dated 69511296; nine quatrains inscribed on the margin and attributed to Khayyam); the Tarikh-i guzida (730/1329) of I:Iamd Allah Mustawfi QazvlnI (one quatrain); the Nuzhat al-majalis (731/1331) of KhalIl-i Shirvani (thirty-one quatrains); and the Mu}nis al-abriir (740/1339) of Mu1:).ammad b. Badr al-JajarmI (thirteen quatrains).38 Only in the fifteenth century do we find the first major compilation of rubii'iyyiit attributed to (Umar Khayyam, preserved in the Bodleian manuscript (865/1460), which contains 158 poems. This collection is followed by the Tarabkhiina (867/1462) of Yar Al).mad Rashidi TabrlzI, which contains 373 poems, and other roughly contemporary collections found in Istanbul, Paris, and elsewhere. The number of poems in the compilations rose steadily with the passage of time, as more and more rubii(iyyiit were ascribed to (Umar Khayyam. 39 In 1897 the Russian scholar V. A. Zhukovskii pointed out that 82 of the rubiiCiyyiit attributed to (Umar Khayyam could be found in the divans of other classical Persian poets, ranging from FirdawsI (d. 41111020) to the Indo-Persian author Talib AmuII (d. 10361 1626-7). These poems, the authenticity of which was questioned because of their ascription to two or more authors, have come to be known as the "wandering quatrains. "40 Over the years, scholars have kept adding to the number of these wandering quatrains, thereby diminishing the number of "authentic quatTains" attributed solely to (Umar Khayyam. Curiously, wherever the supposedly same quatrain occurs both in the diviin of a classical Persian poet and in a compilation or individual quotation attributed to (Umar Khayyam, the other poet regularly wins the authorship in the judgment of the
37 In this period, quatrains that tradition has invariably attributed to 'Umar Khayyfun appear, albeit without attribution, as early as the Rub al-arviib of A}:lmad-i Sam'anI (d. 534/1139) (two quatrains, one repeated twice; see Sam'anI 1989, 78, 293), and the late sixth/twelfth-century Sindbiidniima of Mul:tarnmad b. 'Ali Z;ahIrI SamarqandI (five quatrains, see Elwell-Sutton 1971, 118-19). In the Risiilat al-Tanbih (600/1203) ofFakhr aI-DIn al-Razi (d. 60611209), in the context of a cornrnentary on Q 95, Khayyam's name appears for the first time in connection with one of his quatrains (ibid., 36, 110-11). As has already been noted, this quatrain and one other, also attributed to Khayyam, appear in the Mir~iid al-'ibiid (62011223) of Najm aI-Din a1-Razl; see above, and Elwell-Sutton 1971,36-7, 110-11. For further quatrains associated with 'Umar Khayyfun in a seventh/thirteenth-century manuscript, see DanishpazhUh and Afshar 1965. 38 Elwell-Sutton 1971, 109-28; de Fouchecour 2000. 39 For 'Umar Khayyfun's quatrains in Arabic, see Dashtl 1969,92-8. 40 Ross 1898, especially 363-4.
142
Olga Merck Davidson
scholar tracking the "real" 'Umar Khayyam. The more scholars look for the historical poet 'Umar Khayyam, the less is left of him. By 1934, this trend reached its peak when H. H. Schaeder demanded that 'Umar Khayyam's name be "struck out of the of Persian poetry."41 The phenomenon of the wandering quatrains is directly relevant to the two main concerns of this essay, that is, to the questions of genre and occasion. In an earlier work on Persian poetry, I have applied the approach of oral poetics to such questions and reached the conclusion that a given genre in a living, fluid poetic tradition can be expected to generate parallel wordings for parallel occasions. When we find roughly the same wording in two poems attributed to two different poets, we cannot simply jump to the conclusion that one of these poems is original and the other derivative, or that one poem is based on, or copied from, the other. 42 From the standpoint of oral poetics, each occasion calls for a recomposition, following the rules of a given genre. Albert Lord, in his pioneering book, The Singer a/Tales, puts it this way: Our real difficulty arises from the fact that, unlike the oral poet, we are not accustomed to thinking in terms of fluidity. We find it difficult to grasp something that is multiform. It seems to us necessary to construct an ideal text or to seek an original, and we remain dissatisfied with an ever-changing phenomenon. I believe that once we know the facts of oral composition we must cease trying to find an original of any traditional song. From one point of view each performance is an original. 43
In this vein, we may also apply the findings of Paul Zumthor, whose work on European medieval poetic traditions has shown that any given song or poem will change each time it is written down, provided the performance tradition of the given genre stays alive. Zumthor has coined the term mauvance to describe this phenomenon of continuing change. One may argue that this phenomenon is also at work in medieval Persian poetry. If, following Zumthor, one reconsiders the question of the wandering quatrains, it is less useful to establish whether one quatrain was borrowed from one context and transferred into another than to observe how similar contexts can generate similar quatrains - so similar in some cases that they are not recognized for the variants they really are. Michael Zwettler has applied to Arabic poetry Albert Lord's observation that oral poetry lives through its variants, and he finds it ironic "that scholars of Arabic poetry have so often cast doubt upon the 'authenticity' or 'genuineness' of this or that verse, poem, or body of poems or, sometimes, of pre-Islamic poetry in general, because they have found it impossible to establish an 'original version' ."44 Similarly the medieval Persian manuscript transmission of the Shiihniima of Firdawsl exhibits a degree of textual variation
41 Schaeder 1934, *28*; cited in Elwell-Sutton 1971,20. Tirtha lists 756 "vagrants" out of 2,213 rubii'iyyiit transmitted in (Umar Khayyam's name (Tirtha 1941, clxxxii, and see further 393-402). 42 See Davidson 1994. 43 Lord 1960, 100. Italics added for emphasis. 44 Zwettler 1978, 189.
Genre and Occasion in the Rubii'iyyiit of (Umar Khayyam
143
that is, in my view, the product of an oral tradition. 45 Using as a test-case a randomly selected passage from the Shahniima, I have shown that "every word in this given passage can be generated on the basis of parallel phraseology expressing parallel themes."46 Here I simply add that the parallelism of themes is controlled by the rules of genre. From this perspective, scholars should proceed with caution in calling into question, or rejecting outright, 'Umar Khayyam's authorship ofruba(iyyat. Looking back at the available textual and anecdotal evidence, the conclusion imposes itself: the genre associated with 'Umar Khayyam, the rubili, eliminated his chances of becoming a canonical poet. The ruba(iyyiit attributed to 'Umar Khayyam precluded their canonization in a divan precisely because of their typical prosodic simplicity and informal, even irreverent, contents. Owing to the fluidity of the genre, the textual tradition likewise robbed the poet of the incontrovertible authorial claim to the poems ascribed to him. Finally, and for the same reason, (Umar Khayyam's vita tradition could not be stretched to include him as a poet. Ironically, however, the very legends of the vita tradition construct, albeit indirectly, a canonical status for 'Umar Khayyam as a poet. This construction of 'Umar Khayyam's standing as a poet emerges indirectly out of his position as an astronomer. On the surface, the three following anecdotes illustrate 'Umar Khayyam's prowess as an astronomer capable of foreseeing the weather. But his weather-predictions have a seer-like quality that is more readily associated with a canonical lyric poet. The first story is recorded by Ni~ami 'Arll:zl in his Chahiir maqiila. Ni~aml writes that 'Umar Khayyam did not believe in prognostication by the stars, but that in Marv in 50811114, the sultan sent a request that 'Umar Khayyam "determine a period during which he could go hunting, when there would be neither snow nor rain." On the days that 'Umar Khayyam selected, the weather was very overcast in the morning. (Umar Khayyam, however, assured the sultan that the weather would be fine and so it was. 47 Even in a prose paraphrase, the metaphorical world of the prescient poet is evident. The lyric qualities of 'Umar Khayyam as a seer are even more apparent in a second anecdote about his supposedly scientific prognostications. Ni~aml 'Ariizl reports that, as a child in the year 50611112, at a convivial gathering in Balkh, he heard 'Umar Khayyam predict that he would be buried "where the trees shed their blossoms on me twice a year." In 53011135, four years after 'Umar Khayyam had died, Ni~aml returned to Nishapur and found 'Dmar Khayyam's grave situated beneath a garden wall over which a pear and a peach tree were leaning. His grave was completely hidden under the many blossoms. 48 The quality of this reminiscence seems to signal its hidden purpose: it is 'Umar Khayyam's lyric genius that the story celebrates. The third story involves the three historical figures mentioned in the biographical sketch at the beginning of this essay. The story is recorded by the illustrious fourteenth-century 45 Davidson 1994, 54-72. 46 Ibid., 63-4. 47 Chahiir maqiila, 101-2; Browne 1900, 101-2. 48 Chahiir maqiila, 100-1; Browne 1900, 100-1.
144
Olga Merck Davidson
historian Rashid aI-Din Fail Allah (ca. 645-71811247-1318) in his history of the Mongols, and its characters are the Sunni vizier of the Saljiiqs, Ni~am al-Mulk, the 1sma'm leader al-$abbal), the vizier's bitterest enemy, and 'Dmar Khayyam. 49 These three men, according to the story, had made a blood-pact when they were youthful fellow-students, promising each other that whoever achieved the highest rank would steadfastly protect the others. When Ni~am al-Mulk achieved supreme power, he offered governorships to both of his former schoolmates. 'Umar Kbayyiim accepted the protection of Ni~iim al-Mulk, but he opted for permanent material support instead of a governorship. I:Iasan al-~abbii1), on the other hand, refused the governorship offered to him and the vizier's general protection, and thus the two former schoolmates parted as enemies. The story surely has a retrospective message, built on the premise of subsequent historical events: the assassin killed the vizier. Seen from this perspective, the story situates 'Dmar Kbayyiim as the real winner. His fictional survival outside the court can be interpreted as a prefiguration of the survival, outside of a protecting divan, of his beautiful ruba'iyyat.
Genre and Occasion in the Rubii'iyyiit of 'Vmar Khayyam
145
Bibliography (Abbasi, M. (ed.) (1959), Kulliyyiit-i athar-i parsi-yi ftaldm 'Umar Khayyiim, shiimil-i ruba'iyyiit, Tehran. Algar, H. (1982). See al-Razl, Najm aI-Din. Angiirani, F. and Z. (2002), Kitabshiniisi-yi 'Umar Khayyam, Tehran. Arberry, A. 1. (1947), Fifty Poems
ofljaji~,
Cambridge.
(AWi.r, Farid ai-Din (1940), Ilahinama, ed. H. Ritter, Istanbul. - (1996), Mukhtarniima, ed. M. R. Shafi(i Kadkani, 2 nd ed., Tehran. (Awfi, Mul:J.ammad b. Mul:J.ammad (1906), Lubab al-albab, ed. E. G. Browne and M. M. Qazvini, London. al-Bayhaq!, (An b. Zayd "Ibn Funduq" (1968), Tarikh-i Bayhaq, ed. K.-A. J:!usaynI, Hyderabad. -
(1994), Tatimmat $iwan
al-~ikma,
ed. R. al-(Ajam, Beirut.
Blois, F. de (1994), Persian Literature: A Bio-Bibliographical Survey (begun by C. A. Storey), vol. 5, pt. 2, London. and C. E. Bosworth (1996), "Divan," in: EIr VII: 432-8. Bosworth, C. E. (1968), "The Development of Persian Culture under the Early Ghaznavids," Iran 6: 33-44. -
(1969), "The Tahirids and Persian Literature," Iran 7: 103-6.
Boyce, M. (1957), "The Parthian Gosan and the Iranian Minstrel Tradition," Journal of the Royal Asiatic
Society 18: 10-45. Boyle, 1. A. (1975), "(Vmar Khayyam: Astronomer, Mathematician and Poet," in: R. N. Frye (ed.), The
Cambridge History of Iran, vol. 4: The Period from the Arab Invasion to the Saljiiqs, Cambridge, 658-64. Browne, E. G. (1900), The Chahar Maqitla ("Four Discourses''), London. [English translation of the
Chahar maqala ofNi?ami (ArM:l Samarqandi.] -
(1928), A Literary History of Persia, 4 vols., Cambridge.
de Bruijn, J. T. P. (1988), "The Transmission of Early Persian Ghazals (with special reference to the
Divan of Sana'J:)," Manuscripts of the Middle East 3: 27-31. Danishpazhiih, M. T. and 1. Afshar (1965), "Kitabi muhimm az (Abd aI-Qadir Ahari, ta'lif sal-i 629 varuba(iyyat-i Khayyam dar an," Farhang-i lran-Zamin 13: 311-22. Dashti, (Ali (1969), Dami ba Khayyam, 2nd revised edition, Tehran. Trans. L. P. Elwell-Sutton, In
Search ofOmar Khayyam, London 1971. Davidson, O. M. (1994), Poet and Hero in the Persian Book of Kings, Ithaca. Decker, C. (ed.) (1997), Edward FitzGerald: Rubaiyat ofOmar Khayyam, Charlottesville and London. Duri, A. A. et al. (1965), "Diwan," in: EJ2 II: 323-37. Elwell-Sutton, L. P. (1971), In Search of Omar Khayyam, London. [English translation of A. Dashti,
Dami ba Khayyam, 2nd revised edition, Tehran, 1969.] -
(1975), "The 'Ruba(i' in Early Persian Literature," in: R. N. Frye (ed.), The Cambridge History of
Iran, vol. 4: The Period from the Arab Invasion to the Saljiiqs, Cambridge, 633-57. -
(1976), The Persian Metres, Cambridge.
FitzGerald, E. (1859, 1872). See Decker 1997. de Fouchecour, Ch.-H. (1995), "Rubaci," in: EI2 VIII: 578-80. 49 Browne 1928,2: 252-3.
(2000), "(Vmar Khayyam," in: EI2 X: 827-31.
Huart, Cl. [H. Masse] (1965), "Djami," in: EI2 II: 421-2.
146
Olga Merck Davidson
Ibn al-Qifp:, cAll b. Yllsuf (1903), Ta'rlkh
al-~ukamii',
Jajarmi, Mul).ammad b. Badr (1959-71), Mu'nis
Genre and Occasion in the Rubii(iyyiit of (Umar Khayyam
ed. J. Lippert, Leipzig.
al-a~riir
fi daqii'iq al-ash(iir, ed. MIT
Thackston, W. M. (1994), A Millennium of Classical Persian Poetry: A Guide to the Reading and Under~alil).
TabThl,
2 vols., Tehran. al-Khazini, cAbd al-Ral;tman (1940), M'iziin
al-~ikma,
Hyderabad.
Tirtha, Swami Govinda (1941), The Nectar of Grace: (Omar Khayyiim 's Life and Works, Allahabad.
M. Boyce and I. Gershevitch (eds.), W. B. Henning Memorial Volume, London, 238-44.
Iran, vol. 4: The Period from the Arab Invasion to the Saljiiqs, Cambridge, 595-632.
and G. Nagy, 2000. Mlrafzall, S. (All (1994), "Ruba(iyyat-i Khayyam dar shash jung-i kuhan-i tarsi," Ma(iirif 10, nos. 2-3: 3-20. (1995), "Ruba(iyyat-i a~ll-i Khayyam kudam ast?" Nashr-i Diinish 15, no. 5: 4-16. ~afavi"
Ma(iirifI8, no. 2: 29-44.
Mustawfi, I:Iamd Allah QazvIni (1983), Tiirlkh-i guzlda, ed. (Abd al-I:Iusayn Nava'i, Tehran. Nawabi, Y. M. (1971),A Bibliography of Iran , Tehran. Ni~ami
(Ariizi Samarqandi (1954), Chahiir maqiila, ed. M. MuCin, Tehran.
Pagliaro, A. and A. Bausani (1968), La letteratura persian a, 2nd edition, Rome. Pingree, D. (1987), "Asfezari, Abu :£:Iatem Mo~affar b. Esma(ll," in: EIr II: 748-9. Potter, A. G. (1994), A Bibliography of the Rubdiyiit ofOmar Khayyiim, London; repr. of 1929 edition. Rashidi Tabrizi, Yar Al;tmad I:Iusayn (1988), Tarabkhiina (Rubii(iyyiit-i Khayyiim) , ed. J.-D. Hurna'i, Tehran. al-Razi, Najm aI-Din Daya (1973), Mir$iid al-(ibiid min al-madba'ilii l-ma(iid, ed. M. A. Riyal).i, Tehran. Trans. H. Algar, The Path of God's Bondsmen from Origin to Return, Delmar, New York, 1982. Reinert, B. (1974), "Die prosodische Unterschiedlichkeit von persischem und arabischem Rubii(l," in: R. Gramlich (ed.), Islamwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen, Wiesbaden, 205-24. -
(1990), "Der Vierzeiler," in: W. Heinrichs (ed.), Orientalisches Mittelalter, Wiesbaden, 284-300.
Ross, E. D. (1898), "AI-MuzafJariye: Containing a Recent Contribution to the Study of (Omar Khayyam,"
Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 30: 349-66. [English translation of Zhukovskii 1897.] Ross, E. D. and H. A. R. Gibb (1928-30), "The Earliest Account of (Umar Khayyam," Bulletin of the
School of Oriental Studies 5: 467-73. Saidi, A. (1991), Ruba'iyat ofOmar Khayyam, Berkeley. Sam(ani, Shihab aI-Din Al;tmad b.
Man~iir
(1989),
Rii~ al-arvii~
fi
shar~
asmii' aI-Malik
al-Fattii~,
ed.
N. Mayil-i Haravi, Tehran. Schaeder, H. H. (1934), "Der geschichtliche und der mythische Omar Chajjam," Zeitschrift der
Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gesellschaft 88: *25-28*. Shamisa, S. (1984), Sayr-i rubii'l dar shi'r-ifiirsl, Tehran. Shams aI-Din Mul).ammad b. Qays al-Razi (1935), al-Mu'jamfi maciiYlr ash'iir al-'Ajam, ed. M. QazvIni and M. Razavi, Tehran, repr. 1957. Shirvani, Jamal Khalil (1996), Nuzhat al-majiilis, ed. M. A. Riyal}.i, 2nd ed., Tehran. Tafazzoli, A. (1999), "Fahlavlyiit," in: EIr IX: 158-62.
Zwettler, M. (1978), The Oral Tradition in Classical Arabic Poetry: Its Character and Implications, Columbus, Ohio.
dissertation, University of Chicago. Lord, A. B. (1960), The Singer of Tales, Cambridge; 2nd edition, with new introduction by S. Mitchell
(2001), "Rawnaq-i du-bayti dar dawra-yi
Zhukovskii, V. A. (1897), "Omar Khayyam i stranstvuyushchiye chetverostishiya", trans. E. D. Ross 1898.
(1975), "The Rise of the New Persian Language," in: R. N. Frye (ed.), The Cambridge History of
Lewis, F. D. (1995), "Reading, Writing, and Recitation: Sana'! and the Origins of Persian Ghazal," Ph. D.
-
standing of Persian Poetry from the Tenth to the Twentieth Century, Bethesda, Maryland. Thiesen, F. (1982), A Manual of Classical Persian Prosody, Wiesbaden.
Lazard, G. (1970), "Ahu-ye kuhi ... Le chamois d'Abu Hafs de Sogdiane et les origines du robai," in: -
147
is
and
Accomplishments
Evident!" Baybars's Cairo in Ibn Daniyal's Shadow Play Amila Buturovic (York University)
The word play "Inna hiidhihi dawlatun qiihira wa-iithiiruhii ?iihira" in the title of my paper derives from the first of three shadow plays written by the Egyptian ophthalmologist and playwright Ibn Daniyal (d. 710/1310).1 Entitled Kitiib ray! al-khayal, the trilogy reconstructs the exuberant popular culture of Mamliik Cairo. Though structured differently, the three plays share a number of common features. The first of these commonalities is the space-time of the Cairo of Baybars (r. 658-7111260-77), to which city Ibn DiiniyiiJ had moved from his native Mosul. In this sense, the dramaturgic frame of the shadow play is what both divides and unites the historical and the fictional here-andnow. Second, all three plays thematize the richness of human relations in a familiar location. Third, each play treats dramaturgic agents as non-individualistic entities. Fourth, several deictic and narrative pointers suggest that the plays may have been staged at the same time: for example, the prologue mentions that Ibn Diiniyiil was commissioned by one and the same person to write all three plays, and the same presenter, al-rayyis CAll, oversaw the staging of each of them. Of the three plays in the trilogy, the first, entitled ray! al-khayiil, like the trilogy itself, appears the most mature and best developed, both in view of the plot and the formation of the characters. Since it exploits most successfully those aspects of the genre that bring to the surface its mimetic richness, it is through this play that the relationship between literature and rulership can best be explored. Three key questions relevant to this volume's theme are posed in the analysis of ray! al-khayiil. First, how does Ibn Diiniyiil' s authorial voice reflect his relationship with Sultan al-Ziihir Baybars, in whose service Ibn Diiniyiil was employed?2 Second, how does the performative nature of the genre affect this relationship? And third, in light of the reception process of the shadow play performances, what role does the audience assume in shaping the relationship between author and ruler? It can be argued that Ibn Diiniyiil' s shadow play removes Cairo from the plane of historical reality and reworks it as a counter-world. Social relations are inverted and characters rendered ambiguously anti-heroic, though the locality maintains its toponymic accuracy. The play becomes an anti-text, and the performative medium, the shadow On Ibn Daniyiil, see Landau 1971; Rowson 1998a; Sallam 1971,2: 166-73; al-Jammal 1966,200-9; I:Jamada 1963,82-100; Badawi 1982; Moreh 1987; Buturovic 1994; and Corrao 1996a. 2 Li Guo points out that, although Ibn Daniyal's works had made him an official clown of the underprivileged since his arrival in Cairo under Baybars, his official employment by the MamlUk court may have begun only under aI-Ashraf KhalIl (r. 689-93/1290-4); see Guo 2001, esp. 225-7. See also Guo 2003.
Amila Buturovic
Baybars's Cairo in Ibn Daniyal' s Shadow Play
play, a vector of authorial subversion. In this sense, the historical reality gains a negative symbolism in the play, enabling Ibn Daniyal to reflect quite critically on the paradoxes of Baybars's Cairo. The ambiguous status of the shadow playas a performative genre in medieval Islam works in Ibn Daniyal' s favor by allowing him to de-emphasize the specificity of the historical context while fore grounding the genre's ludic frame. Employing theatrical semiotics as a means to address the issue of stage-audience communication, Ibn Daniyal, I argue, cleverly exploits the peculiarities of the genre so as to offer an alternative reading of Baybars's Cairo. While entertained, the audience becomes indirectly implicated in the critique of political culture through a collective experience of the play.
F or a puppeteer who is required to master the art of mimicking various gestures and sounds, the success of the performance depends on the synchronization of visual and auditory representations. In the case of the medieval Arabic shadow play, as IbrahIm I:Iamada points out, the puppeteer "has to have a skill for narration, must know the basic principles of composing verse and singing, must feel a special affection towards popular story-telling, riddles, and zajals [popular strophic poems], and must know what the audience enjoys and loves."7
150
In terms of its technique, the shadow play is distinct in that it exhibits both a richness and drawbacks that are not characteristic of drama proper. For instance, the mimetic structure in the shadow play is extremely complex, in the sense that between the audience and the dramatic text stands a series of performative layers: the puppeteer, the screen, the figures, and their shadows. In the execution of the play, the meaning is produced only after all the dramaturgic relations are channeled into a complex linear communication between the stage and the audience. Viewed from this perspective, the shadow play possesses limited flexibility regarding themes and representations, but opens new possibilities in the stage-audience interaction. 3 To begin with, the theatrical frame in shadow performances is saliently defined. Whether in the case of the portable type, where the stage "attends" the audience, or in a permanent theatre location, where the audience goes to see a play, this frame clearly defines its inclusive space and time. Other explicit and implicit markers, such as the lighting of the lamp, the use of formulaic speech, and musical accompaniment, further confirm that "the frame of an activity" is established. "Given their understanding of what it is that is going on," Erving Goffman writes in his Frame Analysis, "individuals fit their actions to this understanding and ordinarily find that the ongoing world supports this fitting."4 The puppeteer in a shadow performance assumes a much more comprehensive function than actors do in live theatre. In a shadow play, the presented signs are shadows of figures whose performance is evidently carried out by proxy. As Keir Elam suggests, however, if theatre depends on similitude, both visual and acoustic sign systems have equal value for the performance at large. 5 A successful shadow play implies the ability of the puppeteer to manage the complex process of associations between the signifier and the signified. Unlike drama proper, the shadow play can never exploit what Elam terms "iconic identity": The sign-vehicle denoting a rich silk costume may well be a rich silk costume, rather than the illusion thereof created by pigment on canvas, an image conserved on celluloid or a description. 6
3 I elaborate on this issue in Buturovic 2003. 4 Goffman 1974, 247. However, Goffman mentions a case of a drunken spectator who shot a puppet portraying the devil; ibid., 363. 5 Elam 1980,23. 6 Ibid., 22-3. Italics appear in the original text.
151
In light of the complexity of the puppeteer's role, it is not difficult to understand why the portrayed characters usually lack, literally and figuratively, multidimensionality, or "roundness." This is further a consequence of the limited mobility of the figures and the lack of verisimilitude of stage signs. Consequently, characters are necessarily formed through easily recognizable lines of socio-cultural demarcations. In the majority of shadow plays one can only speak of "types," not "characters," which means that, even if carrying a broad connotative value, the roles are mostly non-individualistic. Therefore, every figure depicts through its shape specific physical features of the object it represents, expecting that these features will prompt the viewer to make appropriate associations. Umberto Eco sees this process as the transposition of stage signs from the rhetorical to the ideological level, which is one of the basic principles of theatrical interaction. 8 Because dramatic referents in the shadow play are so evidently limited, the themes are usually selected from a familiar "cultural encyclopedia." Communication with the shadow figures on stage is activated only when the audience is able to decode the silhouettes behind the screen and translate them into actual or - in light of the relations that may be forged in the society possible relations. Linked to this is also the issue of stage props, which in the shadow play assume a complementary function of approximate spatiotemporal markers. These markers tend to rely heavily on the immediacy of visual identifications, be it through recognizable contours of animate and inanimate objects, or through culturally determined attributes in (grotesque) representations (e.g., costumes or physical stereotypes based on gender, ethnicity, or other forms of differentiation). Given these restrictions, the shadow play provides a familiar but conspicuously delimiting sense of space and time that effectively foregrounds its ludic aspect. 9 Furthermore, the employment of leather figures as mute bearers of action assumes the spectator's spontaneous acknowledgment of the theatrical frame and demands the decoding of the intended messages through that frame. In whatever way the dialogue between stage and audience is to be carried out, it accentuates the frame's playful nature in the production of meaning.
Medieval Egyptian Shadow Play: Historical Considerations Sources indicate that Ibn DaniyaJ' s plays were not isolated examples of a genre unknown to this epoch. The author himself testifies to this effect in the opening paragraphs 7 I:Iamada 1963, 18. 8 Eco 1977, esp. 116. 9 As per Huizinga 1955,28.
Amila Buturovic
Baybars's Cairo in Ibn DaniyaJ' s Shadow Play
of his first play, in which he also reminds his patron that the meaning of the play lies not in the written text but in its dramatic realization:
with the entourage of entertainers (fubiilkhiina) and professional poets. 16 It is only reasonable to assume that nothing in the themes of these shadow plays was offensive to the sultan, and that they were largely tolerated by the religious elite.
152
You wrote to me - ingenious master, wanton buffoon, may your position still be lofty and your veil impenetrable - mentioning that khayiil al-?ill has lost its popularity, and its quality has diminished because of many repetitions. You asked me to produce something in this genre with fine and original characters. The subject of your request - which you would later introduce as mine - humbled me. I knew if I were to refuse you, you would assume that I was not interested enough, or that I lacked ideas and talent, regardless of my ample inspiration and natural gift. So I indulged in the domain of their untamed rule and decided to comply with your request. I thus composed witty biibiit of high, not low, literary quality. When you sketch the characters, sort out their parts, put them together, and project them before the audience through a candle-lit screen, you will see that they are an innovative creation, surpassing other such plays in truth. 10
Presenting his plays as an enhancement of a known genre does not run against historical evidence. Already the Fatimids knew of this kind of theatre, as is inadvertently documented by Ibn al-Haytham (d. 43011039).1 1 In Ayylibid Egypt, knowledge of the shadow theatre is attested by the anecdote concerning an event involving Saladin and alQa9i al-Fa9il, which took place in 56711171: a shadow play was staged, and al-Qa9i alFa9il decided not to attend it. However, on Saladin's insistence that such performances were admissible, he sat through the end, acknowledging that the play had indeed been a great lesson in history. 12 In Egypt under the Mamluks, local historians treat the shadow playas one of the common forms of entertainment. For example, Ibn al-Dawadari (d. ca. 736/1336) speaks of Ibn Daniyal as one of his friends from literary circles,13 while Ibn Taghribirdi (d. 87411470) mentions the staging of various shadow plays.14 In his chronicle BadiiY al-zuhur, Ibn Iyas (d. ca. 93011524) writes that in the year 77811376 Sultan Shacban II (r. 764-7811363-76) invited a shadow play performer to be his entertainer during the pilgrimage to Mecca. 15 Though criticized by some of his fellow pilgrims in high social positions, Shacban's act demonstrates the ruler's acceptance of this type of entertainment despite the presence of influential jurists and theologians on the journey. As the composition of pilgrimage caravans indicates, various functionaries used to accompany the MamlUk sultans on their way to Mecca. Thus, qii(iis shared space 10 Istanbul MS (Siileymaniye Kiitiiphanesi: Ali Pa~a Hekimoglu Collection, no. 648; henceforth MS 1): 1v-2v; Madrid MS (El Escorial, Derenbourg Collection, no. 469; henceforth MS2): 2v-3 v; Cairo MS (Dar al-Kutub, AJ:unad Taymiir Collection, no. 16; henceforth MS3): 3v. My translation of this difficult and often ambiguous text is based on the cited MSS. On Derek Hopwood's recent edition of the shadow plays from Paul Kahle's material (Hopwood 1992), see the reviews ofR. Irwin (1993), Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 56: 364-5, M. Booth (1993), British Journal of Middle Eastern Studies 20.2: 268-9, E. K. Rowson (1994), Journal of the American Oriental Society 114: 462-6, and S. Moreh (1994), Die Welt des Islams 34: 129. 11 Ibn al-Haytham 1983, part 3: 6 and 408. 12 Ibn I:Iijja al-I:IamawI (d. 83711434) 1983,47. 13 Ibn al-DawadarI 1990, 57-8. The same claim is also mentioned in his Kanz al-durar (Ibn al-DawadarI 1972, 217). I am grateful to the late Ulrich Haarmann for these references. 14 In his lfawadith ai-zaman, as quoted by S. Moreh 1992, 139. 15 Ibn Iyas 1982, 1 pt. 2, 174: "On his way to the Hijaz, [the sultan] brought along a group of entertainers and performers of shadow plays ... "
153
Yet we also encounter records that reveal an occasional ambivalence on the part of the ruling elite toward the shadow play: in the year 85511451, Sultan Jaqmaq (r. 8425711438-53) had all leather figures collected and burned. Then he demanded that all performers sign a document stating that no further staging of either live or shadow play performances would take place. I7 Though the extent of damage to the props and possibly written texts is difficult to estimate, it is evident from other accounts that the shadow play outlived Jaqmaq's assault. Ibn Iyas writes that its popularity continued even on the courtly level: in the year 90411498, Sultan aI-Malik al-Na~ir (r. 901-411496-8) "sent someone to fetch Abu I-Khayr with his props for a shadow play, the group of Arab singers, and the ehief buffoon Burraywa." 18 At the close of the Mamluk era, the shadow play was still a popular form of entertainment. The political turmoil created by the Ottoman occupation of Egypt in 92311517 did not put an end to it. The following is Ibn Iyas's description of the events that happened in the wake of Egypt's fall under Ottoman rule: On several evenings, Sultan Selim attended the shadow performances. When he sat for the entertainment he was told that the performer was going to produce for him the figure of Bab Zuwayla and the figure of Tuman Bay as he was hanged and the rope cut twice in this process. This delighted Ibn CUthman [the Ottoman sultan]. That evening he rewarded the performer with 200 diniirs, presented him with a velvet robe embroidered in gold, and said to him: "Travel with us to Istanbul and stay with us to entertain my son with this."19
In light of these records, Ibn Daniyal's plays need to be viewed as belonging to an ongoing, albeit not ubiquitous culture of stage performances in medieval Islam. Ibn Daniyal's audience did not lack experience with the shadow play either. It was an already constituted and initiated audience, accustomed to the genre's modalities in both content and form. Ibn Daniyal' s task, as he saw it, was to win the audience's favor by elevating the state of the existing art, not by inventing a new one. 20 With this idea in mind, and in light of the main arguments posited above, let us tum to the play ray! al-khayiil.
ray! al-Khayiil: The Storyline The play is introduced through a brief prologue by the Presenter (al-rayyis), followed by a melody, performed in the sharp riist mode,21 which foregrounds the target audience and the play's underlying mimetic intent:
16 17 18 19 20
cAnkawI 1974, esp. 163-6. Ibn Iyas 1982,2: 33. Ibid., 3: 401. Ibid., 5: 192. Cf. also Rowson 1997, esp. 172-3. 21 Rast (Pers.): a modal entity in the musical system. For details, see Wright 1978, 36-8, 68-71, 141-4, 283-6.
Amila Buturovic
154
This shadow play of ours is for people of position, Virtue, generosity, and fine literary taste. It is the art of both solemnity and frivolity, Composed in the best verse bringing forth marvels. Pay attention, 0 you with perceptive minds, For here lies the closest path to knowledge. The play has but one speaker Visible through all characters, yet hidden. The Presenter then invites the first character, the hunchback Tayf al-Khayal, to appear on the stage. Having exchanged greetings, the Presenter offers a eulogy to both Tayf alKhayal's hunch and a variety of crooked objects. Using typical military imagery, he calls him "the most glorious amir of all hunchbacks" who is to be compared with "a sword-blade that boasts of a crooked handle," "a polo-stick in use," "a lance," and "a sailing ship."22 Thanking him with "May God bless your mouth and protect you from the swords of the police," Tayf al-Khayal turns to the audience and delivers a zajal in praise of God, the Prophet, and the sultan, foHowed by a speech in rhymed prose that stresses the play's intention to invert the social and aesthetic norms: Greetings, gentlemen, may you continue to live in prosperity and happiness. You ought to know that every character (shakh:;) belongs to a type (mithiil), and as the proverb says, what you don't find in fine baskets, you may find in the junk. Every play (khayiil) bears a reality (baqiqa), and every geme (uslub) a style (tariqa). Humor is a remedy for the burden of seriousness; misfortune brings about fortune. Beauty can become tiring and ugliness pleasant....What is it to you if something is said to be ugly? Because everything is beautiful in its own way.23 Three dramaturgic modes are foregrounded in this paragraph: mimesis, humor, and aesthetic travesty. Although articulated in the first play only, this three-focal foregrounding is applicable to the entire trilogy, which further accentuates its interconnectedness. Tayf al-Khayal's speech also establishes the spatio-temporal boundaries of the play. "Having repented of such activities and having abandoned my companion Wi~al, I returned from Mosul to Egypt at the time of al-Zahir Baybars, may God bless his reign and bestow on him the waters ofParadise."24 Reconstructing the contemporary context becomes critical for the understanding of the socio-aesthetic value of the play, as the overarching problem of the endangering of folk culture through a series of political measures manifestly features in the play's possible world. Wc arc thus told that "the market of enjoyment" is subjected to severe punishment by the sultan ("the sultan's commands have sent the army of Satan into exile!"25); we hear a qa:;ida lamenting the death of Satan (mata, ya qawmu, shaykhuna Iblisu!) and extolling his law of conduct
22 23 24 25
MS 1: MSl: MSl: MSl:
3L 4r; MS2: 2r; MS3: 4r-5 r. 6v-7v; MS2: 3r; MS3: 6r-7 r. SV; MS2: 3v ; MS3: 7r . 9r ; MS2: 3v ; MS3: 6 r .
Baybars's Cairo in Ibn Daniyal' s Shadow Play
155
[namiis];26 and we read a passage used subsequently by Ibn Iyas to describe the events of the year 665/1266.27 Doubtless, Ibn Daniyal deliberately draws immediate parallels between the possible world of the play and the actual world in which he lived and worked. 2S
As he completes his sorrowful recitation, Tayf al-Khayal expresses a wish to be reunited with his friend AmIr Wi~al. Summoned to the stage, AmIr Wi~al introduces himself in rhymed prose through a series of puns with suggestive connotations. Then, in a nostalgic and picturesque manner, he evokes the sensual pleasures of bygone days. He also expresses concern for Satan's well-being: a qafjida follows, urging Abu Murra (Satan) to depart from Egypt so as to avoid the wrath of the sultan. Repentance proves to be the most sensible course of action for Amir Wi~al. "So the best thing for reasonable folk to do is to shut this door and repent before it is too late, to ask for forgiveness before this life is over, and to seek protection from these evil acts. Truly, this land is triumphant and its accomplishments evident!"29 Amir Wi~al then asks for his sccretary, al-Taj Babuj. A Coptic bureaucrat appears, complaining of the difficult times afflicting people of his religion and vocation. When asked to give an account of Amir Wi~al' s financial state of affairs, al-Taj Babuj responds by mocking every item in Wi~al's possession. Pushing sarcasm beyond limits, he recites a poem by the court poet ~urra Ba cr. 30 Amir Wi~al angrily calls for the poet, who, in an attempt to divert Amir Wi~al from the impulse to seek revenge for this poetic insult, assumes the parodic role of Shahrazad. Fearing for both his life and his poetic status, ~urra BaCr relates a series of unconnected stories, each of which playfully ends with a confusing reference to a new story, prompting Amir Wi~al to ask: "And what is that story?" In the end, he releases ~urra Bacr, praising his unequivocal eloquence. AmIr Wi~al then declares:
o Tayf al-Khayal, I have decided to abandon the wanton lifestyle, sincerely repent to God, and accept the sunna and the community, for the time for departure [from this world] has drawn near and little is left. I ask God's forgiveness for my indolence and homosexual practices. I am resolved to get married, have children, and settle down, so bring me the marriage-broker Dmm Rashid! 31 Umm Rashid appears, amazed that a request for her services should come from Amir Wi~al, a well-known philanderer. She declares that she has the right woman for him, a divorcee of innumerable charms but unfortunate marriage experiences with a violent husband. Umm Rashid masterfully combines praise of the bride-to-be and self-praise, particularly in matters of her own sexual failures with men, and successes with women. 26 MSl: lOf-12v; MS2: 4L 5f ; MS3: SLlOf. A longer, bowdlerized version of this qa:{ida is preserved in al-DulaymI 1979, 5-25. For a discussion and translation of this version, see Guo 200l. 27 MSl: 9f ; MS2: 4f; MS3: 7V-Sf. 2S Guo (2001,224-32) arrives at a similar conclusion. 29 MSl: 20r; MS2: 7v; MS3: 17f. 30 This name may be an allusion to the name of the classical Arab poet ~arra Durra. I am grateful to Issa Boullata for this suggestion. 31 MSl: 35 v-36 f; MS2: 13 r ; MS3: 13 f .
156
Amila Buturovi6
Amlr Wi~al accepts the suggestion and invites a scribe to draft a marriage contract. A formulaic speech follows, specifying the amount of money AmIr Wi~al is expected to pay as mahr for the bride, pabba bt. Mifta}:l. In the following act, Amlr Wi~al informs the parties involved that his wealth has been reduced to a tiny bug-infested abode, that his horse has died, and that all valuable items in his possession have been lost. In stressing the misery of his personal conditions, he produces qa$fdas that unscrupulously mock traditional Arabic-Islamic values. Then he pleads with the audience and his friend Tayf al-Khayal for sympathy, reminding them that it is solely for the sake of penitence that he intends to marry. 32 Umm RashId re-enters, announcing that the ceremony is about to begin. Amlr Wi~3J leaves, only to return at the head of a flamboyant procession accompanied by drumbeat and candles. Standing next to his decorated horse, Amir Wi~al obediently waits for the bride who is soon to enter, hidden behind a gold-embroidered veil and accompanied by a young boy - her grandson, as we are to find out -- and a female entourage. Observing the ceremonial customs, Amir Wi~al lifts the veil, only to find the ugliest creature looking at him. Horrified, he faints. His shock traumatizes the bride, the boy, and the other members of the procession. The boy, having smelled Amir Wi~al's genitals, falls into an epileptic fit and starts reciting an obscene zajal that rapidly brings Amir Wi~al back to consciousness. Furious, Amir Wi~al drives away everyone with his mace. Upon the return of Tayf al-Khayal, Amir Wi~al requests the summoning of Umm Rashid as well as her husband CAflaq in order to punish them for Umm Rashid's malice. An aged man with dyed hair enters, singing and farting, oblivious to the course of events. He nostalgically remembers his happier past, full of erotic adventures. Amir Wi~al becomes even angrier because for him CAflaq epitomizes all possible reasons why women should be unfaithful to men. But, before Amir Wi~al regains his composure, Tayf al-Khayal starts degrading CAflaq's virility with humorous verses depicting his impotence and senility. CAflaq himself adds to this his own verses on his debilitating old age, which could not have been improved by the incompetence of the local doctor Yaqtiniis at whose hands Umm Rashid has just passed away. The unexpected mention of Umm Rashid's death prompts Amir Wi~al to verify the news, and Yaqtiniis is summoned to the stage. Grudgingly, he appears and explains the circumstances of Urnm Rashid's death, and her passing on of the mantle (of her vocation) to a young disciple, Umm Tiighan, in order to ensure the continuation of the trade. As for Umm RashId, she is to be buried with honor "in the drain of the bath, behind the exit, and close to the entrance." Umm Rashid's death brings about repentance, marking the end of the play. Tayf alKhayal decides to put an end to his debauchery once and for all, while Amir Wi~al announces his pilgrimage to Mecca.
32 Badawi (1982, 97) aptly points out that this must have been a hint to the audience to reward the performers with money.
Baybars's Cairo in Ibn Daniyi11's Shadow Play
157
Analytical Issues: Textuality and Intertextuality The tendency to view all three plays, and especially ray! al-khayal, as a rich source for the examination of Mamluk social history has existed for a long time. For example, Ibn Iyas confidently treats Ibn Daniyal' s plays as a credible source of historical information. His analysis of the situation in Cairo under Baybars includes a full paragraph from Ibn Daniyal's play, as well as several verses related to the punishment by crucifixion of one Ibn al-Kazaruni: who had violated the sultan's prohibition of alcohol in 665/1266. Ibn Iyas writes: During this period, the head of the police arrested a man called Ibn al-Kazaruni who was the most notorious drunkard of Cairo. They hung the pitcher and cup over his neck and then put him on to the cross at Bab al-Na~r. When the debauchers saw what happened to Ibn alKazaruni, they yielded obediently, and on this issue Ibn Daniycll said: "Before his crucifixion drinking carried an easy punishment, for legally it was just a beating, but when he was nailed on a cross I said to my friend: 'Repent, for the punishment has gone too far. ,,, In addition to this, the shaykh Shams aI-Din b. Daniyal wrote a pleasant maqiima about these events. 33
Ibn Iyas continues with a quotation from Ibn Daniyal's play to address several issues of Baybars's internal policies: The traces [of entertainment sites were] erased and the places of enjoyment left with no joy, debauchers and buffoons were in grief, as the sultan ordered the army of Satan to flee. The inns were confiscated by the governor of Cairo, the wine was spilled, the ~ashlsh burned, and beer wasted. The sinners and homosexuals were called on to repent, and prostitutes and adulterers detained. 34
While a number of contemporary historians have advocated reading these passages as accurate historical portrayals of the Mamllik epoch,35 others have gone further and attributed an autobiographical value to the play.36 The verisimilitude in Ibn Daniyal's plays is certainly striking: though not written as historical documents, the settings they depict are familiar and accurate. For example, the first play presents a detailed map of Cairo and its environs: the area around Bab al-Lilq, where drinking and adultery happened on many a night,37 Old Cairo with al-Sunbab, the fields of Khashshab, Rub c al-Khawr, to name just a few of the areas depicted. In the temporal narrative, the character Tayf al-Khayal arrives in Cairo from Mosul only to 33 Ibn Iyas 1982, 1: 326-7. By maqiima, Ibn Iyas meant the shadow plays; see I-Iameen-Anttila 19992000, esp. 267 [85]. 34 Ibid., 1: 326. 35 See for example 'Abd al-Raziq 1973; Bosworth 1976. For reservations regarding this approach, see Rowson 1997,172 and 184. 36 Such is the case with I:Iamada 1963, 92-103, and al-Dlwahji 1951, 611-17. The latter author has based his short study of the life ofIbn Di1niyal primarily on the evidence of this play.
37 Gaston Wict wrote: "There were certainly some places that were more suitable than others for public celebrations attended by all elements of the population. We are told that the dregs of the popUlation, the debauched, the prostitutes went for their entertainment to the Bab al-Luq, the gathering place of magicians; thimble riggers; men who trained camels, donkeys, dogs, and monkeys to dance; traveling wrestlers; fortunetellers sitting behind their box of sand; and shadow-theatre actors 'who operated marionettes behind a cloth'." See Wiet 1964, 114-15.
Amila Buturovic
Baybars's Cairo in Ibn Diiniyiil's Shadow Play
find a strict application of Baybars's new regulations, just as Ibn Daniyal himself had when he arrived from Mosul at the same time.
synthesizer of two seemingly "irreconcilable" norms and proves them transferrable. In such image-sets, aspects of culture that have been treasured through centuries and mythologized as unaltered sets of values become grotesquely demystified. 41 The overall effect becomes inevitably humorous. Laughter plays a crucial role in this process as it assumes a didactic purpose of associating anachronistic elements of a culture with a specific historical context. 42
158
In charting Cairo in topographic detail, Ibn Daniyal creates an atmosphere of direct participation in the possible world of his plays, the purpose of which is to draw on both mental and physical contiguity. In this way the dramatis personae are playfully accommodated as likely inhabitants of the audience's own space-time. As he draws the spectators' attention to the delimiting aspect of this frame, Ibn Daniyal experiments with a set of epistemic models that derive from his alert observance of the heterogeneity of the historical context. At the level of social and political relations that attracted Ibn Daniyal's attention, the tension between the two juxtaposed realities - Arab and Mamluk was striking, for it was viewed by the indigenous Arab elite as "us" versus "them" or "self' as opposed to "other." As Ulrich Haarmann points out, the discourse of the (ulamiP revolved around "a painful conflict between, on the one hand, the religious esteem they owed to the Mamliiks as valiant mujiihidiin and, on the other, the rejection of the same Mamliiks as haughty foreign usurpers."38 Contrary to such an ideological inflexibility that closed venues for a fruitful dialogue, the folk spirit remained more elastic and pragmatic: "The people in the street did not share this feeling of suffocation and threat of selfishness and dishonesty. They declared, 'Rather the injustice (or tyranny) of the Turks than the righteousness (or self-righteousness) of the Arabs (?ulm alturk wa-lii (adl al-(arab ).'''39 Within this multiplicity of voices - the Mamliiks, the Arab religious elite, and the common folk - Ibn Daniyal, an Arab but not Egyptian-born, adopts folk pragmatism, and above all, eclecticism. More than reconciling himself to a passive acceptance of the three juxtaposed realities, his goal seems to be to test the ways for their interaction. In the possible worlds of his plays, the cultural differential among the three groups corresponds to three dramaturgic sub-worlds. Though not rigidly defined, each of them correlates to a conceptual realm: Mamliik to alterity, Arab to immutability, and the folk to the fluid in-betweenness within which a dialogue can take place. Ibn Daniyal tackles the actual proclivity of the first two to remain separate through the processes which in carnivalesque festivities correspond to travesty, defined by Michael Bristol as "code switching" and "grotesque exaggerations" whereby "identity is made questionable by mixing attributes."40 "Code switching" in Ibn Daniyal' s plays is achieved through changing stereotypes, comic juxtapositions, and the shuffling of ethical and aesthetic polarities "eternal" and "changeable," "glorious" and "sordid," "sacred" and "profane," "beautiful" and "ugly," "moral" and "immoral." The non-linear correlation of these concepts is foregrounded as they are exposed as shaky cultural constructs. For instance, in ray! al-khayiil, AmIr Wi~al delivers a speech which parodically projects the traditional Arab knowledge of horses, while treating it at once as a chivalric Mamliik virtue. He thus appears as the _0
38 Haarmann 1988a, esp. 183. 39 Ibid., 184. See further Haarmann 1988c. 40 Bristol 1985,65.
159
The variety of effects produced by alternation, aggregation, and juxtaposition of different sets of meanings is reinforced by Ibn Daniyal's parallel usage of several literary forms that are usually regarded as incompatible, such as qa~lda, zajal, sal, muwashsha~, dii-bayt, and mawwiil. 43 The dialogues unpredictably assume versified qa~lda or zajal forms, rhymed or regular prose, and in a very original manner alternate between classical and colloquial Arabic, in a way that demonstrates their compatibility and effectiveness in complex semantic clusters. Ibn Daniyal does not even shy away from using QurJanic quotations when describing the most licentious practices,44 when eulogizing Satan,45 or when referring to miserable living conditions. 46 With such uninhibited dialogic medleys, he succeeds in portraying his characters as vital, articulate, and interactive. Spontaneity synchronizes different forms of articulation, in poetry or prose, vernacular or classical, QurJanic verse, ~adlth, and proverbs combined with onomatopoeia, euphemisms or dysphemisms, and psittacisms. These dynamic exchanges that leave nothing unsaid or incomplete render the agents humorous and "naturally" eloquent. In much of the text, Ibn Daniyal' s language abounds in curses, oaths, sexually suggestive puns, and insolent references. Hyperbole is ubiquitous and mainly employed to demystify political and ideological stiffuess. Thus, in the first play, a mocking praise of AmIr Wi~al's qualities is expressed by his secretary al-Taj Babiij: The most opulent amir (al-ajamm instead of al-ajalI), the goat of religion ranz aI-din instead of (izz aI-din), the glory of idiots and fools, the distinguishing mark on the anus of the boy-servants of the Commander of the Faithful, the sword of the police, the champion of lovers - may God extend his neck, bless his testicles, and bestow on him an abundance of slaps. He belongs among those who adorn gatherings with their presence and invoke joy among the gathered; the one who deserves that arms and hands stretch out towards him; and the one who is like the sea whose shores are open to those who come and go. We endow him with the matters of gaiety and proclaim him the amir ofridicule. 47
41 See Rowson's matching description of the third play in the trilogy, al-Mutayyam, as a parody deflating the sublimated (homoerotic) love of the ghazal (Rowson 1997, 183-4). 42 On the function oflaughter, see also Corrao 1996b, esp. 20-2. 43 See Stoetzer 1998; Cacchia 1998; Alvarez 1998a, 1998b; Jacobi 1998; and Rowson 1998b. 44 Q 21:104 and Q 76:18 in relation to Amir Wi~al's enjoyment of nightly copulations with Dmm Khishiib, followed by his withdrawals into his room on the Nile. See MSl: 16V ; MS2: 6L 6v; MS3: 13 r .
45 Q 76:10, in the qa~lda lamenting the death of Abu Murra, MSl: lor; MS2: 4v; MS3: 9r. 46 Q 79 and Q 100 in the eulogy to the vizier, MSl: 48 v; MS2: l8 r ; MS3: 48 r. 47 MSl: 2lv-22r; MS2: 8L 8v; MS3: 18 r -19 r. The exaggerated attributes of praise and insult that culminate in the last phrase, labeling Wi~iil the mock prince, is strikingly parallel to the camivalesque imagery of medieval Europe. Peter Molan has already pointed out this feature in his analysis of the
Amila Bulurovi6
Baybars's Cairo in Ibn Diiniyiil's Shadow Play
The succession of epithets aimed to glorify and humiliate Amir Wi~al indirectly mock a whole set of political, social, and religious values associated with Amir Wi~al' s world. The original Arabic reveals Ibn Daniyal' s mastery in exploiting its semantic richness in order to achieve ambivalent imagery. The abusive epithets attributed to Amir Wi~al recreate him as a good-natured and amiable personality. Their connotative value leaves a positive comic effect, even if they border on the offensive. Consequently, there is nothing "degrading" in this succession of degrading attributes. Moreover, despite a rhythmic inconsistency, there is a harmony between humor and abuse, rendering the characterizations not only socially inoffensive but also aesthetically agreeable. Ibn Daniyal's words at the opening of the play are thus confirmed: "Everything is beautiful in its own way."48
tif in early Arabic poetry), Qabba bt. Miftal:,1 (lit. "Latch, Daughter of Key"), al-Taj Bahuj (lit. "Crown of Slippers"), $urra Ba(r (lit. "Pile of Dung", also, as noted above, a possible allusion to the poet Durra). Their naming follows different lines of demarcation: ethno-vocational (e.g., Amir Wi~al, a MamI-uk amfr; al-Taj Babiij, a Coptic secretary; $urra Ba(r, an Arab court poet; Yaqtiniis, a Greek doctor; Umm Rashid, the go-between), or gendcr (Umm Rashid as a cunning marriage broker, Qabba bt. Miftaq as a typical victim of the imbalance in sexual politics, and (Aflaq as an outwitted husband). These groupings are not rigidly separated and their occasional overlap reinforces the overall pun effect. Given that the three plays explicitly share an historical frame with Ibn Daniyal' s own life, it is useful to reflect on Ibn Daniyal' s articulation of that frame through paronomastic characterizations.
Given that the communication among dramaturgic agents is mainly carried out through the combination of rhymed prose and verse, with or without music, the theatrical frame is never lost. Many narrative and deictic pointers enable the actualization of the play and usually assume the function of straightforward references as to how the action is to be carried out. In Ibn Daniyal's plays, moreover, the instructions regarding what kind of gestural and auditory communication should accompany a given scene are also expressed in rhymed prose so that there is no interruption in the overall stylistic integrity of the written text: "A hunch appears swooping down like a gray hawk, greets with the greeting of a newcomer, and stands silently with a bowed head";49 or "The boy went into convulsions and began to sing, then threw himself down and curled up, screaming yd dddatl, nanu, nanu, huwa ndnatl. He then sniffed the genitals of Amir Wi~al and started farting and coughing";50 or, "An ugly creature came in, saying 'your former lad,' snorting from his mouth as if whistling, and accompanying his whistling with braying. "51
To begin with, all these characters are built around the most conspicuous features that render them stereotypes in the mind of the audience. As such, they are defined through the frame of a collective social experience, and not through individual traits. Even when injected with a dose of individuality, this individuality is portrayed in a grotesque manner, that is, not as a private, "psychological" drama, but as a public affair, such as Amir Wi~al's departure from the controlled eroticism of the underworld or Umm Rashid's deception. This is an interactive, not an isolated individuality. An individual never carries the action alone and is not privy to knowledge, inaccessible to other agents or the audience. Nothing in Ibn DaniyaI's plays is bdtin but everything is ;dhir, laid out in straightforward stage-to-stage and stage-to-audience dialogues. The ultimate goal of such a dramaturgic strategy is to achieve narrative immediacy whereby potential situational or individual intricacies can be distilled through collective participation. This leads to all experience becoming collective, not by means of linear monologues expressing inner complexities, but by means of rich stylistic modes - prose, verse, music, puns, jokes - which highlight the texture of any given situation or emotion.
160
Though the cohesiveness of the written or performed text in a complete theatrical communication is lost to us with the absence of staged plays, it is noteworthy that the written text itself maintains the coherence between the direct speech and the signs offered to the spectator. In Aristotelian terms, though mimetically intended, the author's instructions have a balanced narrative function, as they contribute to the flow of the written text. Of particular importance in the dialogic scheme of Ibn Daniyal' s plays is the attribution of metaphoric names to his dramaturgic agents. When removed from the imaginative dramatic frame and returned to their actual historic context, most of the names of Ibn Daniyal's heroes have a satirical function: for example, the names of Amir Wi~al (lit. "Prince of Sexual Union"), Tayf al-Khayal ("the Spectre of Imagination," a leitmo-
48 49
50 51
structure of this play, arguing that its overall organization recalls the charivari rituals. It therefore seems significant to stress a certain thread of continuity in the varied popular practices of the Mediterranean regions, although no conclusive causal connection should be advanced without more thorough research on the subject. See Molan 1988, esp. 5-7. MSl: 7v; MS2: 3f ; MS3: 6 f . MSl: 3f ; MS2: 2f; MS3: 3f . MSl: 64v; MS2: 22v-23 f ; MS3: 50f . MSl: 143 v ; MS2: 49 v; MS3: 114f.
161
"Agency" in Ibn Daniyal' s dramaturgy depends on the stereotypical intensity of traits that are associated with these "types" in actual life. The "depth" of any agential role is thus not intrinsic but external. It is not a product of psychological but of socio-cultural processes, and Ibn Daniyal's emphasis on these processes reflects his own participation in this collective self. The difference that he posits between himself, as the articulator of the collective social experience, and his audience is purely functional. Within that dynamic scheme of societal relations, the aesthetic and cognitive contribution of his plays is an attempt to reconcile the apparent discord between the seemingly static tradition and the currents of change. The focus of action thus moves from agents to concepts. In building a particular scheme of agential relations, Ibn Daniyal actually highlights them as the main repositories of a collective ethos. In the examination of the dynamics between Ibn Daniyal's agents and his dramaturgic discourse, it is noteworthy that Ibn Daniyal tends to structure agents in binary correlation. 52 The main carriers of action in the three plays come in pairs and complement each 52 This characteristic also appears in the Ottoman shadow play with Karag6z and Hacivat. See And 1974.
Amila Buturovi6
Baybars's Cairo in Ibn Daniyal's Shadow Play
other in a dialectic interplay. Although other agents should by no means be underestimated, there is a structural function to the leading pair in each play. These pairs do not necessarily function as protagonist and antagonist constructs, but are complementary and expose ambivalence in all aspects of their roles. Thus, when he first appears on the stage, Amir Wi~al introduces himself with the following maqiima-like speech:
the prince for turning "waste land into an earthly paradise governed by justice."61 In accordance with al-Ja}:li?'s specification of horsemanship as one of the exalted Turkic virtues,62 Amir Wi~al demonstrates an impressive knowledge of different breeds of horses. 63 All these references reinforce the popular image of a Mamluk amzr and they cleverly pervade the entire play, offsetting the genre's limited capacity for visual representation.
162
Greetings to those who are attending this gathering of mine and who are listening to my speech. Those who know me will enjoy my company, and as for those who don't - I shall introduce myself to them. I am a man of different traits (abu l-khi:jiil ) known as Amir Wi~al, the man with a club (dabbus ), honor, and a hammer. 53 I knock down walls, I punch the devil. I bite better than a snake, I carry more than a weigh-bridge. I thrust stronger than a ram, and stink worse than a den. I steal better than sleep and am more of a pederast than Abu Nuwas. I grew up among Dakush and Diqlash, and Qamuz and Zamlakash. I enter and withdraw. I am a bag of flaws and a bucket of sins. I am a torch in the stoker's hand and a twinkle in the pimp's eye. I am more twisted than a rope and more piercing than an arrow. I am hungrier than fire and thirstier than sand. I slash better than a knife and snort better than a frog. I penetrate better than a key and am coarser than an artichoke. I twinkle better than a star and twist better than a screw. I gulp more than a mouth and kill better than poison. I've assaulted demons and flayed dead bodies in their graves. I've pushed through the crowds and harassed everybody standing around. I untie knots even if they are of palmstrands. I entertain at night and gamble. I am a boxer and a slanderer, a beater and a caviller, a rebuker and a sneaker, a quarreler and a menacer, a believer and a murderer. I've been rubbed and stroked. I am a pimp and a shoveller. 54 I dress well 55 and socialize, I tum into a gentleman, I juggle, I dye my hair, I limp, I dance, I report, and I tell stories. So don't disregard my value, now that I've disclosed my secrets to you. 56 At the outset, Amir Wi~al is a Jund~ a man of the sword. He wears a sharbiish, the headgear associated with Mamluk soldiers. In his Khitat, al-Maqrizi informs us that a sharbiish was ceremonially presented by the sultan to an amzr promoted to the rank of horseman. 57 He carries a mace (dabbiis)58 and wears a bristling moustache. The physical stereotype of a soldier, condensed in the most recognizable features that can be depicted by a leather figure, is thereupon complete. From then on, Amir Wi~al stands as an "ideological abstraction," associated with a socially defined image of a soldier within the concurrent historical frame. Although kept in the background most of the time, this frame is occasionally highlighted by other references: Wi~al mentions that he has grown up "among DakUsh and Diqlash, and Qamuz and Zamlakash," manifestly people of non-Arab descent. 59 His Coptic secretary, al-Taj Babuj, delivers a speech ridiculing Amir Wi~al's courtly and financial affairs.60 The court poet ~urra Bacr, in an unconcealed political satire, praises
53 Reading the last word as shakiish, for sallis or shalUs. 54 Karlik, probably from Turkish korek, shovel. 55 Reading tahandamtu for Kahle's tahannadtu (Kahle 1940). 56 MSl: 12v-14r;MS2: 5r-5 v;MS3: 10L}l r. 57 Quoted in Mayer (1952), al-Malabis al-mamllikiyya, trans. by al-Shiti, Cairo, 51. 58 Ibid., 84. 59 MSl: 13 f; MS2: 5v ; MS3: 11f. 60 MSl: 22f_26 f; MS2: 8L}or; MS3: 18L 21f.
163
Certainly, one might wonder about the etymological unsuitability of Amir Wi~al's name: Wi~al is an Arabic word, and, as far as our knowledge goes, the great majority of the Mamluks bore Turkish first names, even if they were not ethnically Turkish. 64 This can be explained by the fact that, except in the case of non-central agents - such as the Greek doctor Yaqtinus - the names of Ibn Daniyal' s agents are most frequently puns in Arabic, construed for an Arabic-speaking audience. In the name Amir Wi~al, the fusion of political and erotic motifs within the frame of grotesque imagery is conspicuous. The theme of "sexual union" is omnipresent in the play, depicting sex as free, ubiquitous, and non-procreative. In line with such an open attitude towards sexuality, the name of Amir Wi~al becomes an ambivalent, yet morally cohesive metaphor, intended to remove the aura of ethical perfection from political authority. However, as the end of the play brings not defiance but compliance, it seems that the play's intention is less to undermine political authority by associating it with immorality, than to bring it down to the level of popular imagery in which sexuality occupies a dynamic role. Representative of the ruling class, Amir Wi~al attempts to assert his power in the domain of personal relationships. On the one hand, he acknowledges the rules of law and refrains from challenging them. Through repentance and a quick marriage, he intends to avoid trouble. Taking a shortcut to morality is the privilege of a fearsome JundT. His scandalous approach to gender-relations, his sordid temperament, his perpetual need to control, and his libertine approach to sexuality are exaggerations that make Amir Wi~al an "individual." As the play progresses, however, it becomes increasingly apparent that this "individual" and his ethos are about to be challenged. Indeed, the contending ethos that highlights the heterogeneity of the cultural context comes through the character of Dmm Rashid. Among the agents in the play, she is the one who directly challenges Amir Wi~al's need to cover up his misbehavior. In certain respects, her role represents a vague feminist manifesto directed not just against male abuse of power, but against a denial of multiple loci of authority. Dmm Rashid's authority extends over the "unofficial," and Amif Wi~al' s over the "official" realm. Aware that the "official" realm has been in disarray, she wants to make sure that the whims of Amir Wi~al will not damage the delicate balance safeguarded in her (under)world. Amir Wi~al's initial rejection of the underworld's common code of behavior is what leads to his punishment. The underworld surfaces, and the hidden, the biitin, is
61 62 63 64
MSl: 26 f; MS2: lOY; MS3: 24f. Quoted in Haarmann 1988b, 82. MSl: 48 v -5tr; MS2: 18L 21f; MS3: 38 L 41r. Ayalon 1977, esp. 322.
"""""-----......-----....-----------------------------------------_..-
.............
--~~~~-~~---~~~~-~~~----------------
Amila Buturovic
Baybars's Cairo in Ibn Daniyal's Shadow Play
once again removed from the equation. Umm Rashid, after all, is the one who follows the correct way:
sexuality as a public rather than a personal matter. The circle is complete once Amir and Umm Rashid join the two collective bodies: one being that of the erotic underworld which Umm Rashid jealously guards, and the other, that of political authority, which abortively tries to endanger the first one.
164
Summon Umm Rashid, the marriage agent, although she is the one who goes out by night into the bush. She knows every honorable woman, every adulteress, and every beauty in Mi~r and al-Qahira. She lets them go out from the baths, disguised in servant's clothes, and guarantees the prostitutes for whom the police are looking in secret places, and gives them clothes and jewelry for free .... She also knows how to deal in a friendly way with the hearts of lovers, and she sells the enjoyment of love only on the condition of trial. She does not break her promise; she does not haggle over a price. She does not visit a drinking bout in order to appropriate what drips down from the candles, nor does she ransack the clothes of the guests for money. She does not take the fragrant flowers around the bottles, pretending it is to decorate the clothes of sinning women. She does not filch the pieces of meat from the plates, nor does she pour together what has cleared from the dregs of the wine. She does not exchange old slippers for new ones, and she does not criticize the clothes of customers, as a housewife would do. Mostly she goes round the houses of women of rank and sells balls of material, raw and unbleached, and all kinds of spices and incense. She sells on credit and makes appointments for Thursdays and Mondays. She does not haggle over prices. She keeps her appointments even if it is the laylat al-qadr. So it is, and her pocket is never empty of chewing-gum and mirrors and rouge and powder and Maghribi nutmeg and powder for coloring the eyebrows and a lime preparation for the armpits and perfumed wool and skin cream and the "Beauty of Joseph" perfume and pomade and Barmakide scent and hair-dyes and violet scent. The devil kisses the ground before her daily, and he alone wakes her from her slumbers. 65
Dmm Rashid's relationship with Amir Wi~~i1 thus proves to be complex, as it is both antagonistic and cooperative. It is also highly personalized: after hearing the name of Amir Wi~al, Umm Rashid gives the relationship a touch of nostalgic intimacy by remembering how the stubborn and dirty Wi~al as a boy managed to be seduced even by her own useless husband CAflaq. However, the personalization of the relationship actually deepens the friction between the two, as Umm Rashid's flashbacks of memory posit Amir Wi~al as a perpetual intruder into her affairs. Since she is now given the upper hand, the ground for her assertion of superiority over Amir Wi~al is finally prepared and the conflict of interests focuses on Amir Wi~al's dependence on her will and skill. Expectedly, a trap for Amir Wi~al is set and he falls irreversibly into it. His outrage "Fetch Umm Rashid and also find her husband Shaykh CAflaq! I shall surely beat them both even if they hang me for it!"66 - is overshadowed by his inability to take matters into his own hands, which proves to be the impetus to invert the power relations. Umm Rashid's abrupt death, which follows this trickery, proves to be her triumph, because it results in the final repentance of Amir Wi~al. She, therefore, is not to be perceived in isolated terms as an individual condemned to death for her malice, because that would associate the ethos of the underworld with defeat. On the contrary: her role develops through the tripartite cycle of death-birth-death whose continuity is maintained after she, like a Sufi shaykh, passes the mantle to her disciple Umm Tiighan and thus posits 65 Based on the translation of Kahle 1940, esp. 32-3. For an interesting study on the character of Umm RashId, see Kotzamanidou 1980. 66 MSl: 66[; MS2: 23 v; MS3: 51r.
165
Wi~al
Morality and immorality are further explored in terms of their shifting meaning and reception. Satan is hailed as a member of the community and its anthropomorphic deity: "In wine there is relief from sorrows, if it were not for the lightness of the scale, the sharpness of punishment, and mixing with Christians and Jews. There is obedience to Satan and disobedience to the sultan."67 However, now even Satan has to leave. The sexual practices that are part of every character's past are no longer acceptable. The theme of eroticism is thus developed retrospectively, as a nostalgic reference to the "good old days" before Baybars's unpopular measures. As the fear of punishment overshadows the libertine lifestyle, a need for the acceptance of new, more complex social ethics becomes paramount. At one level, the play raises the issue of obedience to the state as a legislating body. At another, it also requests obedience to the rules of the underworld by showing how Amir Wi~al's impetuous attempt to breach those rules has led to his punishment.
Conclusion Returning to the questions posed at the beginning of this essay, a conclusion can be drawn about the playwright's pivotal role in the satirical production of meaning on the one hand, and his self-protection from the potential wrath of his employer Sultan Baybars, or aI-Ashraf Khalil, on the other. Given the seemingly harmless frame of the shadow play, the production of meaning, even if satirical and critical, is conveniently shielded by the laughter generated by such performances, during which competing voices and unsubtle gestures create a burlesque atmosphere. The leather figurines' representational economy reduces real relations to silhouettes and articulations in the mode of a carnivalesque clamor. The tendency of the shadow play to tum the actual world into a black-and-white canvas both confirms the ambiguity of the world, with its desire for political certainties, and provides a mechanism for effacing individuality, including the authorial one, behind the white curtain of the shadow theatre. What better form to express critique than the genre that is both stringent in form and non-canonical in content? The main argument of this essay, then, is that Ibn Daniyal's dramaturgy relies on a marriage of content and form, insofar as he successfully places the shadow play frame in the service of his possible world. What could normally be perceived as the genre's minimalism seems to be Ibn Daniyal's modus operandi, as he exploits it for the purposes of a bracketed and compressed mode of representation. The flat, roughly cut figures, their shadows cast in a setting that saliently demarcates the fictional space-time, and the complex yet limited function of the puppeteer, all focus the audience's attention on the most recognizable features of represented objects without minimizing the audience's 67 MS 1: 7v; MS2: 3v; MS3: 6r.
_
166
~
..__ ._.---,-,-::,_.-, __
~_~"-"_",:""".........o..:..=,,",,,=~=,'-
..
.. _ _ .
""'-"~~~.~
~
__
Amila Buturovic
awareness of the artificiality of the frame. In this way, Ibn DaniyaJ encourages his spectators to move freely through their "cultural encyclopedia" during the dialogue with both the shadow puppets and the historical reality. The implications of such a mode of representation are manifold. To begin with, Ibn Daniyal manages to draw a triangular link between himself, his agents, and Baybars' s Cairo. Music, snatches of the vernacular, names of herbs, plants, animals, games, trades, and pastimes, as well as of many other popular images that would otherwise find no place in literary writings, appear vital for Ibn Daniyal's dramaturgy. He uses the folk ethos both to diversify the historical context and to loosen its ideological fixities. Mamliik culture is filtered through the shadow play frame and its cross-referentiality can be inferred from the agential constructs, linguistic fusions, and thematic overlaps. With this dramaturgic technique, Ibn Daniyal explores different sets of relations without alienating his target audience. Though presented parabolically, Ibn Daniyal's agents carry a link of familiarity through vocation and ethnicity. Their paronomastic intent, based not on unpredictable psychological make-ups but external molds, discloses popular attitudes towards different social groupings. Furthermore, the space-time of the three plays, which hosts familiar yet hypothetical sets of relations, allows the spectators to draw necessary parallels without reaching too far into their background knowledge. Whatever the theme, Ibn Daniyal ensures that his possible world is never too distant from the actual world. His dramaturgy operates as mundus inversus satire, which denies the immutability of any given reality. Through humorous explorations of sites for potential harmony in the heterogeneous Mamliik society, Ibn Daniyal's drama proves to be, to borrow Sinclair Goodlad's term, "the drama of reassurance. "68
Baybars's Cairo in Ibn Daniyal's Shadow Play
167
Bibliography 'Abd al-Raziq, A. (1973), Lafemme au temps des Mamlouks en Egypte, Cairo. Alvarez, L. (1998a), "Muwashshab," in: J. S. Meisami and P. Starkey (eds.), Encyclopedia of Arabic Lit-
erature, 2 vols., London and New York, 2: 563-6. -
(1998b), "Zajal, medieval," in: J. S. Meisami and P. Starkey (eds.), Encyclopedia of Arabic Litera-
ture, 2 vols., London and New York, 2: 818-9. And, M. (1974), "Turkish Shadow Theatre: Karagoz," East Asian Cultural Studies 15: 1-4. 'Ankawi, A. (1974), "The Pilgrimage to Mecca in Mamluk Times," Arabian Studies 1: 146-70. Ayalon, D. (1977), "The Muslim City and the Mamluk Military Aristocracy," in: idem, Studies on the
Mamluks ofFgypt (l250-1517), London, VTI: 311-29. Badawi, M. M. (1982), "Medieval Arabic Drama: Ibn Diiniyal," Journal ofArabic Literature 13: 83-107. Bosworth, C. E. (1976), The Mediaeval Islamic Underworld: The Banu Sasan in Arabic Society and Lit-
erature, 2 vols., Leiden. Bristol, M. D. (1985), Theatre and Carnival: Plebeian Culture and the Structure of Authority in Renais-
sance England, New York. Buturovic, A. (1994), "Sociology of Popular Drama in Mediaeval Egypt: Ibn Diiniyal and His Shadow Plays," Ph.D. dissertation, McGill University. -
(2003), "The Shadow Play in MamlUk Egypt: The Genre and Its Cultural Implications," Mamluk
Studies Review 7: 149-76. Cacchia, P. (1998), "Mawa/iya," in: J. S. Meisami and P. Starkey (eds.), Encyclopedia of Arabic Litera-
ture, 2 vols., London and New York, 2: 518-9. Corrao, F. (1996a), Il riso, il comico e lafesta al Cairo nel XIII secolo: if teatro delle ombre di Ibn Dani-
yal, Rome. -
(1996b), "Laughter Festival and Rebirth: Ibn Daniya1's Shadow Plays, an Example of Cultural Tolerance in the Early MamlUk Ages," The Arabist: Budapest Studies in Arabic 18: 13-28.
al-DlwahjI, S. (1951), "Ibn Diiniyal al-Maw~iH," al-Katib 10: 611-17. al-DulaymI, M. N. (1979), Al-Mukhtar min shi'r al-lfakim Shams ai-Din Mubammad b. Daniyal al-
Maw$ill al-Kabball- ikhtiyar ~alab aI-Din Khalz7 b. Aybak al-~afadl, Mosul. Eco, U. (1977), "Semiotics of Theatrical Performance," The Drama Review 21.1: 107-17. E1am, K. (1980), The Semiotics of Theatre and Drama, London and New York. Goffman, E. (1974), Frame Analysis: An Essay on the Organization of Experience, New York. Good1ad, J. S. R. (1971), A Sociology ofPopular Drama, London. Guo, L. (2001), "Paradise Lost: Ibn Diiniya1's Response to Baybars' Campaign against Vice in Cairo,"
Journal of the American Oriental Society 121: 219-35. -
(2003), "The Devil's Advocate: Ibn Daniyal's Art of Parody in his
Qa~Idah
No. 71," Mamluk Studies
Review 7: 177-210. I;Iamada,1. (1963), Khayal al-f'ill wa-tamthlliyyat Ibn Daniyal, Cairo. Hameen-Antti1a, J. (1999-2000), "1,000 Years of Maqamas: A List of Maqama Authors," Zeitschriflfor
Geschichte der Arabisch-Islamischen Wissenschaflen 13: 243-315. Haarmann, U. (1988a), "Ideology and History, Identity and Alterity: The Arab Image of the Turk from the 'Abbas ids to Modern Egypt," International Journal of Middle East Studies 20: 175-96. 68 Goodlad 1971, 167.
(1988b), "Arabic in Speech, Turkish in Lineage: Mam1uks and Their Sons in the Intellectual Life of Fourteenth-Century Egypt and Syria," Journal ofSemitic Studies 33.1: 81-114.
168 -
Amila Buturovic
(1998c), "Rather the Injustice of the Turks than the Righteousness of the Arabs- Changing 'Ulama' Attitudes towards Mamhlk Rule in the Late Fifteenth Century," Studia Islamica 68: 61-77.
Hopwood, D. (1992), Three Shadow Plays by
Mu~ammad
The Way of al-wuzariP wa-siraj Literary
of Al;lmad al- I~fahbadhI and the of Early Fourteenth-Century
Ibn Daniyal; edited by the late Paul Kahle
with a critical apparatus by Derek Hopwood, prepared for publication by Derek Hopwood and Mustafa Badawi, Cambridge.
Louise Marlow (Wellesley College)
Huizinga, J. (1955), Homo Ludens: A Study of the Play Element in Culture, Boston. Ibn Daniyal, Khayal al-?ill, Siileymaniye Kiitiiphanesi, Istanbul: Ali
Pa~a
Hekimoglu no. 648 (MS 1); EI
Escorial, Madrid: Derenbourg no. 469 (MS 2); Dar al-Kutub, Cairo: Al)mad Taymur no. 16 (MS 3). Ibn al-DawadarI (1972), Kanz al-durar wa-jami' al-ghurar, ed. A. 'Ashur, 9 vols., Cairo. -
(1990), Durar al-rijan, ed. and tr. G. Graf, Die Epitome der Universalchronik Ibn ad-Dawadaris im Verhiiltnis zur Langfassung: Eine quellenkritische Studie zur Geschichte der iigyptischen Mamluken,
Berlin. Ibn al-Haytham (1983), al-Mana?ir, ed. A. Sabra, Kuwait. Ibn I:Jijja al-I:IamawI (1983), Thamarat al-awraq, ed. M. M. QumayJ:ta, Beirut. Ibn Iyas (1982), BadaY al-zuhiir fiwaqaJi' al-duhiir, ed. M.
Mu~taIa,
5 vols., Cairo.
Jacobi, R. (1998), "Qa~ida," in: J. S. Meisami and P. Starkey (eds.), Encyclopedia ofArabic Literature, 2 vols., London and New York, 2: 630-3. al-Jammal, A. $. (1966), al-Adab al-'ammifi Mi~r fi l-'a~r al-mamliiki, Cairo. Kahle, P. (1940), "The Arabic Shadow Play in Egypt," Journal o[the Royal Asiatic Society, 21-34. Kotzamanidou, M. (1980), "The Spanish and Arabic Characterization of the Go-Between in the Light of Popular Performance," Hispanic Review 48.1: 91-109. Landau, J. M. (1971), "Ibn Daniyal," in: E12 III: 742. Mayer, L. A. (1952), Mamluk Costume: A Survey, Geneva, trans. S. ai-ShiH, al-Malabis al-Mamliikiyya, Cairo, n. d. Molan, P. D. (1988), "Charivari in a Medieval Egyptian Shadow Play," al-Masaq: Studia AraboIslamica Mediterranea 1: 5-24.
Moreh, S. (1987), "The Shadow Play (Khayal al-?ill) in the Light of Arabic Literature," Journal of Arabic Literature 18: 46-61.
-
(1992), Live Theatre and Dramatic Literature in the Medieval Arab World, New York.
Rowson, E. K. (1997), "Two Homoerotic Narratives from Mamhlk Literature: al-$afadI's Law'at aI-sham and Ibn Daniyal's al-Mutayyam," in: J. W. Wright Jr. and E. K. Rowson (eds.), Homoeroticism in
Writings on the subject of statecraft, composed for the benefit of rulers and their counsellors, formed a recognised part of the political cultures of many premodern societies. 1 The medieval Islamic world produced a particularly voluminous and varied body of literature devoted to the ethical and practical aspects of governance, and such writings were customarily dedicated to specific rulers or other high-ranking officers of the state. 2 Modern students of medieval Islamic literature commonly refer to such works as "advice literature" (from na~i~a(t) or pand, "advice" or "counsel," which terms appear quite frequently in the titles of such books) or, following the model of the analogous literary forms that flourished in several medieval European societies, as "mirrors for princes." The terms "advice literature" and "mirrors for princes," though sometimes used interchangeably, are not necessarily entirely synonymous. In the largest sense, medieval Islamic "advice literature" might refer to a number of explicitly didactic modes of writing, including legal and theological writings, philosophical treatises, epistles and more extended prose works, and panegyric poetry; whereas the "mirror" is, as already suggested, an imported term applied somewhat variously by scholars to a more restricted group of "literary" medieval prose works. 3 In what follows, I shall focus on a particular book, the Minhiij al-wuzarii) wa-siriij alumarii) (The Way of Viziers and the Lamp of Commanders) of one Al,lmad b. Mal,lmud al-JiII al-I~fahbadhi. This work, composed in north-western Iran in the early eighth/fourteenth century, is dedicated to the prominent vizier Ghiyath aI-Din Mul).ammad (d. 73611336), who served one of the last IIkhanid rulers of Iran, Abu Sacid (r. 7173611317 -35). The Minhiij al-wuzarii) possesses several of the characteristics commonly associated with mirrors. It is written in prose and dedicated to an eminent political
Classical Arabic Literature, New York, 158-91.
-
(l998a), "Ibn Daniyal," in: J. S. Meisami and P. Starkey (eds.), Encyclopedia of Arabic Literature, 2 vols., London and New York, 1: 319-20.
-
(l998b), "Sa},," in: J. S. Meisami and P. Starkey (eds.), Encyclopedia of Arabic Literature, 2 vols., London and New York, 2: 677-8.
Sallam, M. Z. (1971), al-A dab fi l-'a~r al-mamliiki, 2 vols., Cairo. Stoetzer, W. (1998), "Diibayt," in: J. S. Meisami and P. Starkey (eds.), Encyclopedia of Arabic Literature, 2 vols., London and New York, 1: 197-8.
Wiet, G. (1964), Cairo, City ofArt and Commerce, Norman, Oklahoma. Wright, O. (1978), The Modal System of Arab and Persian Music, A.D. 1250-1300, Oxford and New York.
See Hadot 1972; Dankoff 1983,3-4. 2 For a treatment of ethical writings, including "mirrors for princes," in Arabic, Persian and Turkish, see Gutas 1990. On Arabic and Persian texts, see Leder 1999. For the Arabic tradition, see Richter 1932; Gutas 1975, 1981; al-Sayyid 1978, introduction, and 1981, introduction. Mirrors for princes were identified as a significant and well represented strand in Islamic political thought by A. K. S. Lambton, whose "Islamic Mirrors for Princes" (1971) still constitutes an important treatment of Persian mirrors; for a more recent, and highly detailed, study of the Persian tradition, see de Fouchecour 1986, and also Safa 1987. Other useful contributions to the study of writings on statecraft include the introductions to several translated texts, especially those of Bagley 1964; Dankoff 1983; Alvi 1989; and Meisami 1991. For some examples of the Ottoman nasihatname, see Lewis 1962; Tietze 197882; Fleischer 1986a, 99-103, and 1986b. 3 For a discussion of three major "formulations" of medieval Islamic political ideas, including "mirrors for princes," see Lambton 1981, xvi-xvii. On the varieties of discourse that fall into the literary category of the "mirror," see Leder 1999,22-5.
Louise Marlow
The Way a/Viziers and the Lamp a/Commanders
figure. The author's stated primary purpose is the instruction and edification of the recipient, who is invited to emulate the ideals upheld in the words offered to him by a wise and well-wishing subject. In addition, the author aspires to certain secondary goals, such as the pleasurable diversion and entertainment of the dedicatee and his companions. Furthermore, the book invokes certain themes and motifs, Queanic prooftexts, badith, verses of poetry, and historical or quasi-historical anecdotes that recur in mirrors with considerable regularity.
the shadow of rising Saljuq power. The points of contrast between these famous Persian works of the fifth/eleventh century and later writings such as the Minhiij al-wuzarii) are all the more significant in that they are obscured at first glance by the apparent similarity between the earlier and the later books. 8
170
While on initial examination this body of literature, which includes works written in Arabic, Persian, and Turkish, may strike the reader as being remarkably consistent across time and space,4 it is highly varied, and comprises writings that differ markedly from one another in content, style, form, and even to some extent in function. By an exploration of the literary and historical contexts of the Minhiij al-wuzarii) wa-siriij al-umarii), I shall attempt to show that, literary and social conventions notwithstanding, the roles and functions of mirrors are not entirely fixed, and that individual authors enjoyed considerable literary freedom in negotiating their own relationships with the royal and influential figures to whom they presented their works. In other words, the Minhiij al-wuzarii) is both representative of a particular branch of advice literature that flourished during its author's time - a branch which, I shall suggest, had as its primary purpose the securing of employment for its author - and also expressive of the author's particular circumstances and interests.
The Development of Mirrors from the Saljuq to the Ilkhanid Period Before proceeding to an analysis of the Minhiij al-wuzarii) and its genesis, it may be helpful to explore briefly the earlier development of prose genres on the subject of statecraft, since this evolution constituted the generic context of the work under consideration. In particular, it is instructive to note certain points of contrast between the Minhiij (and works contemporaneous with it) and the paradigmatic examples of medieval Islamic advice literature, namely, three works that were written in Persian in the fifth/eleventh century: the Qiibusniima (The Book of Qiibus, 47511082) by cUn~ur alMacali KaykaYls b. Iskandar;5 the Siyar al-muluk (The Conduct of Kings, commonly referred to as the Siyiisatniima, The Book of Government) by Ni~am al-Mulk (d. 48511092);6 and the Na$ibat al-muluk (Counsel for Kings) traditionally attributed to alGhazali: (450-505/1058-1111),7 The Siyar al-muluk and the Na$ibat al-muluk were composed during the Saljuq period, and the Qiib'usniima, though composed by a member of the Daylaml dynasty of the Ziyarids (ca. 316-483/928-1090), was written in 4 See Dankoff 1983, 4-5. 5 Often considered the earliest "full-blown" Persian mirror (see Dankoff 1983, 8-9), the Qiibiisniima is also known as the Andarzniima (see Yusofi 1987). See further Levy 1951, de Fouchecour 1986,179223. 6 The Siyiisatniima has received a great deal of scholarly attention. Major contributions include Darke 1960; Lambton 1984; de Fouchecour 1986, 381-9; Meisami 1999, 145-62; Simidchieva 1995. 7 See Bagley 1964, introduction; Lambton 1954; de Fouchecour 1986, 389-412; Hillenbrand 1988; Crone 1987.
171
The first point of contrast between the works of the Saljuq period and those of the llkhanid period concerns their respective popularity, among medieval and modem readers alike. The three above-mentioned eleventh-century works, all of which follow their own style, have received more or less unbroken perusal since their composition: they were frequently copied and translated throughout the premodern Islamic period, and they have been edited, translated and studied at length by modem scholars as well. The advice literature of the Ilkhanid era, however, has received comparatively little attention. It seems to have enjoyed a limited circulation among medieval readers; indeed, much of this later body of advice literature has survived only in single manuscripts, and thus seems not to have circulated after its original composition. In the realm of modem scholarship, the most significant contribution to the study of the thirteenth- and fourteenth-century materials is that of Ri<;lwan al-Sayyid, whose work has greatly furthered the study of Islamic political thought as a whole. His many editions and studies of lesser known Arabic works of advice literature have included not a few of those composed during this later period. 9 A. K. S. Lambton, in her extensive studies of mirrors for princes and other writings on statecraft, has also paid some attention to examples from the era under study here. She has acknowledged that "mirrors continued to be written in the Mongol and post-Mongol period," and has judged that they "did not vary very greatly from those belonging to the earlier period," though she allows that "circumstances from time to time led to a different emphasis."10 Charles-Henri de Fouchecour's illuminating and thorough study of Persian wisdom literature pursues the subject up to, but not beyond, the seventh/thirteenth century, and therefore deals with a portion of the Persian materials composed during the Ilkhanid period. 11 These contributions notwithstanding, the advice literature of the Ilkhanid period has not received the kind of close, sustained attention that has been lavished upon specimens produced during Saljuq times. Reasons for the differing degrees of interest commanded by the earlier and later texts are not difficult to discern, and they point to further areas of contrast between the two bodies of literature. They differ, for example, in the nature of their contents. The unbroken reception enjoyed by the small cluster of texts from the Saljuq period attests to their inherent, multifaceted attraction as literary works. The content of the thirteenth- and fourteenth-century books, by contrast, has failed to rouse the interest of many readers or scholars: the political ideas expressed in these books, and the sources and stories they cite, are often commonplace and predictable from earlier writings. Furthermore, unlike 8 See below, n. 10. 9 See, for example, Ri<;lwan al-Sayyid's edition of al-Jawhar al-nafis fi siyiisat a/-raYs (64911251-2) (al-Sayyid, 1983) and in particular the editor's introduction. 10 Lambton 1971,439. 11 De Fouchecour 1986.
Louise Marlow
The Way of Viziers and the Lamp of Commanders
some of their precursors of the Saljuq era, the later works contain little explicit or implicit information regarding the actual conditions and practices prevalent at the times and places in which they were written.
where the author would normally have identified his patron, the reader encounters a blank space. I5
172
Perhaps as important a factor as content to the enduring attention paid to the eleventhcentury Persian texts is their authorship. The positive reception and lasting prominence of these works are doubtless attributable in significant measure to the eminence of their authors, and in some cases, of their authors' patrons as well. As is well known, KaykiFiis, author of the Qiibusniima, ruled in the provinces of the Southern Caspian as a member of the Ziyarid dynasty; he acceded to the throne in 44111049-50, and he composed his book for the benefit of his son GIlanshah, himself a prince and future ruler. (GIlanshah duly acceded to the throne, but was overthrown by the IsmacIlis of Alamut around the year 48311090.)12 The prominence of the two remaining authors and their patrons need hardly be emphasised. Ni~am al-Mulk (d. 48511 092), who served the Ghaznavids and, more famously, was appointed as vizier under the early Saljuqs, initially composed his Siyar al-muluk at the request of the Saljuq ruler Malikshah (r. 465-8511 072-92). AI-Ghazali has long been associated with a large pseudepigraphical literature, and the Na$il:zat al-muluk consists of two originally independent works. Of these, the first is a genuine work of al-Ghazali, written for the Saljuq ruler Mu}:lammad b. Malikshah (d. 51111118) (according to the Arabic translation) or for Sanjar (d. 552/1157) (as implied in the Persian text); the second is the work of an unknown Iranian author, and owes its lasting readership almost certainly to its erroneous attribution to al-Ghazali. 13 In striking contrast to the trends in authorship of the fifth-/eleventh-century works, many of the authors of the later literature are otherwise unknown to us. There are, of course, exceptions to this trend. During the seventh/thirteenth and eighth/fourteenth centuries, a small number of men of extraordinary intellectual stature composed works of advice literature, usually early in their careers. Such men include Na~ir aI-Din Tusi (597-67211201-74), the renowned philosopher, Imami theologian and scientist, whose Akhliiq-i Nii$iri (The Nasirean Ethics), composed during the author's early period among the Ismacilis of Quhistan, met with immediate acclaim and has to this day remained enormously popular; and Siraj aI-Din Urmavi (594-682/1198-1283), the highly respected qiicj.i and logician who in 65511257 dedicated to the Rum Saljuq ruler cIzz alDin KaykaJus, at whose court the author had just arrived, his Latii)if al-I:zikma (Subtleties a/Wisdom), devoted to the principles and practices of government.1 4 Yet the extant mirrors suggest that far more commonly, authors of political advice in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries wrote little or nothing else, and they appear to have had no wider reputation either during their lifetimes or among subsequent generations. In some cases, not even the author's name is known, and occasionally, at the point in the text
12 Bosworth 1978b. 13 See Crone 1987, Hillenbrand 1988. 14 Tusi, Akhltiq, tr. Wickens 1964; Urmavi, La!tiV For these and other works of advice literature composed in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, see appendix.
173
A further point of contrast between the earlier and later works of advice literature is the purpose that underlies their composition in such numbers. If, in part owing to the stature gained by their authors in their respective realms of expertise and authority, the three eleventh-century Persian books are the best known examples of medieval Islamic advice literature, they constitute a small portion of a much larger corpus of extant mirrors, which itself must represent a small fraction of all those books actually written, many of which have not survived. And while (correctly or otherwise) a blossoming of advice literature in prose is associated particularly with Saljuq Iran, a similar spate of literary activity, in Persian and Arabic, appears, from the extant texts, to have characterised Iraq, western Iran and Anatolia under the Ilkhans and their vassals. In both the earlier and the later instances, it might be supposed that advice literature f10urished because it served the purposes of acculturation, as first Turks and then Mongols came to rule over societies with whose cultures they were often unfamiliar. Such a purpose has long been assumed in the case of the Saljuq works, and of the Siyar al-muluk in particular. 16 Yet an impulse towards acculturation cannot in itself explain the intense literary activities of the Ilkhanid period. In fact, as the Minhiij al-wuzarii) exemplifies, these later books were as or more likely to have been dedicated to vassal rulers, atabegs and viziers, who were already steeped in the norms and accomplishments of Pcrso-Islamic culture, than to the Ilkhanid sovereigns. 17 Furthermore, towards the end of the Ilkhanid period, some Mongol rulers were themselves well versed in the cultural achievements of their subjects. For example, the last major Ilkhan, Abu Sacid, was adept in Mongol and Arabic script and in music; he associated with (uiamii); and he even composed Persian poetry. 18 The extant literature from the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries suggests that by this time a different form of mirror, with a distinct set of purposes, had emerged. Despite these distinguishing features shared by a large collection of works, I shall argue that seemingly similar books of this period were tailored to suit various political circumstances and their authors' individual needs. If the uncertain or obscure authorship of much thirteenth- and fourteenth-century advice literature poses an interpretative challenge, the sheer number of texts produced in this period is worthy of note. 19 The frequency of single manuscripts and the effective
15 See for example the anonymous Durr al-thamln fi mantihij al-muliik wa-l-salti!ln, where the dedication to "mawlana aI-sultan" is followed by a lacuna, in which an unknown later hand has inscribed the name "Tughril." 16 Bagley 1964, xxviii-xxix. 17 The same trend is evident in other genres as well: for the dedication of histories, translations and other works to the vizier Ghiyath aI-Din, see the discussion below. 18 Jackson 1985. On Abu Sa'id's sponsorship of architecture, see Blair 1986,142. 19 In order to gain a sense of the large number of works written, see I;Iajji Khalifa, Kashf al-?uniin, vol. 1, titles listed under akhltiq, adab and tuMa, 35-8,43,374, and vol. 2, titles listed under na$lba, 195775; Brockelmann, GAL, GI 452-69; GIl 133-5, 210, 254; SI 812-51; SII 164-6, 253, 294, 363-4; Munzavi 1970, vol. 2 (2), 1513-1719; Diinishpazhuh 1960, V-XXXii; 1973, 1988. It should be noted
Louise Marlow
The Way a/Viziers and the Lamp a/Commanders
anonymity of so many authors of mirrors under Ilkhanid rule suggest that these works did not enjoy a wide circulation. Yet the proliferation of such texts proves that the book of political advice was a ubiquitous genre, and that it addressed particular issues or needs faced by authors living under the Ilkhans and their clients and deputies. Given the marked differences between the eleventh-century texts and the thirteenth- and fourteenth-century ones - the latter being characterised by their more predictable content and less famous authors and patrons - it seems probable that the two groups of texts served different functions, despite the similarity in their basic subject matter and the court circles in which both were produced. In order to address the question of function, and the associated issue of the relationship between writer and ruler (or patron), in the advice literature of the IIkhanid period, I shall now return to the Minhiij al-wuzariP wa-siriij al-umarii), which, as noted above, was composed in the early eighth/fourteenth century and dedicated to the well-known vizier Ghiyath aI-Din Mul).ammad (d. 736/1336).
a scholar with a marked interest in Sufism, and his book belongs to a related but somewhat different literary tradition than the "secretarial" mirror. As will become apparent in what follows, the book might be considered an example of what Julie Scott Meisami has termed the "homiletic" tradition of advice literature. 25 From his nisbas it emerges that Al).mad was a native of Jilan (or, in Persian, Gilan), from the little town of I~fahbad (or, according to Yaqut, Isfahbudhan).26 Tabriz, under the Ilkhans, was the largest town in Adharbayjan. Having served as the winter quarters of the earlier Ilkhans, it became the capital under Abaqa and his successors and remained an important centre even after the completion nearby of Sultaniyya, the capital of the late I1khanid state, in 713/1313.27
174
The Author and Addressee of the Minhiij al-wuzarii) The Minhiij al-wuzarii) wa-siriij al-umarii) of Al).mad b. Mal).mud al-Jm al-I~fahbadhi was composed in Arabic at Tabriz. Like many other books of its kind and period, it survives as a unicate. 20 In it, the author identifies himself as Al).mad b. Mal).mud al-Jm al-I~fahbadhl and his addressee as the vizier Ghiyath aI-Din Mul).ammad. 21 Al).mad alI~fahbadhi seems not to have been sufficiently well known to be mentioned in the literature of his own day or of later times. The title of his book is recorded in the continuation to the Kashf al-?unun of I:Iajji Khallfa, but without any further description of its subject matter or any information concerning its author.22 Nor can the reader glean much explicit information about the author or his circumstances from internal evidence, since Al).mad al-I~fahbadhi states only his name, the vizier for whom he wrote the book, and the place and date of its completion: Tabriz, at the Madrasa $adriyya, in the year 729/1329-30. 23 Many authors of advice literature were secretaries, and participated in the political culture of the courts; indeed, many mirrors for princes are the compositions of members of the courtly elite for the perusal and enjoyment of their own group.24 Al).mad alI~fahbadhi, by contrast, appears from the shaping and contents of his book to have been
20 21
22 23
24
that these lists are not exhaustive, and some of them may contain occasional duplications or inaccuracies. See further the useful list of titles that appears as an appendix to Leder 1999,46-50. Aya Sofya 2907. The title of Minhiij al-wuzarii) wa-siriij al-umari'P appears on f. 7a, though Brockelmann lists the work as Minhiij al-wuzarii)ji l-na5jll:za (GAL II, 210). Minhiij al-wuzarii), f. 2a-b. J:Iiijji Khalifa, Kash/ al-?uniin, 2: 589. Minhiij al-wuzarii), f. 162b. See, for example, the comments of Alvi: "The writer of a Mirror, by the very nature of the subject matter, usually belongs to the ruling class, is familiar with the mechanics of government, and quite often holds an important administrative position" (Alvi 1989, 2). On the various positions held by authors of mirrors, see also Leder 1999,25.
175
To appreciate properly the work under discussion, it is important to consider the author's choice of patron. The dedicatee Ghiyath aI-Din Mul).ammad served as vizier under the I1khan Abu Sa
___
~
~
~
~
=
~
~
~
=
=
~
~
~
.
~
.
_
.
=
_
.
~
- __"_c_ .•.
_ _ _ _........_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Louise Marlow
The Way of Viziers and the Lamp of Commanders
new vizier's own security.32 At the death of Abu Sacid in 736/1335, Ghiyath al-Din attempted to install Arpa Khan as the deceased Inman's successor, but he faced strong opposition from many powerful amirs and from CAli: who had raised a revolt against the vizier's authority some years earlier. In the ensuing struggle, Arpa Khan was defeated and Ghiyath aI-Din was captured and executed in 73611336.
aI-Din as vazir-i :jufi ("the Sufi vizier").40 It is likely that the author of the Minhiij alwuzarii looked for a confluence between his own area of expertise and the vizier's interests, and that he found it in religious and especially in Sufi subjects. On this Al).mad sought to establish a relationship of service and remuneration between himself and the patron whom he chose to address. The personal nature of Al).mad's approach to his recipient is the more apparent when the Minhiij al-wuzarii J is compared with other contemporary works of advice literature. Writers whose background lay in the secretarial arts might have approached the vizier through a discussion of the vizierate and the notable viziers of the past. Al).mad, however, sought to establish a personal connection with Ghiyath aI-Din by addressing the vizier's concern for religious and contemplative matters.
176
Ghiyath al-Din's family was closely associated with the city of Tabriz, in which Al).mad al-I~fahbadhi wrote his book. Rashid al-Din's earlier execution had triggered a spate of destructive looting in the Rabc-i Rashidi quarter that had been constructed by the former vizier; Rashid al-Din's lands and property had also been confiscated. Even after these events, Ghiyath aI-Din continued to expand the area)3 Furthermore, Ghiyath aI-Din was well known as a patron of varied intellectual activities, and he commissioned a large number of literary and artistic works. 34 Works dedicated to him cover history, wisdom literature and adab (belles lettres), and include the Tiirikh-i guzida (Select History, 73011330) of I;Iamd Allah Mustawfi Qazvini; the Majma( al-ansiib (The Gathering of Genealogies, first edition, 73311332-3; second edition, 736/1336-7)35 of Mul).ammad b. cAli Shabankara)i (d. 75911358), who also composed many eulogies for the vizier; the Dustur al-kiitib (The Model for the Secretary) of Mul).ammad Nakhjavani (d. after 768/1366); and the Jiim-i Jam (The Cup of Jam[shid), 733/1333) of Rukn aI-Din Awl).adi. Ghiyath aI-Din was also the patron of a number of translations of Arabic works into Persian, among them the Ma~iisin I~fahiin (The Beauties of Isfahan), known in Persian as the Tiirikh-i I:jfahiin (History of Isfahan, 72911329), of I;Iusayn b. Mul).ammad b. Abi I-Riza al-Avi, and the Durrat al-akhbiir wa-lum(at al-anwiir (The Pearl of Stories and the Radiance of Lights), possibly translated by Na~ir aI-Din Munsh'i Kirmani. 36 Moreover, it is likely that Ghiyath ai-Din commissioned the fine illustrated copy of the Shiihniima (Book of Kings) known to art historians as the "Demotte."37 When Ghiyath aI-Din was killed in 736/1336, the property of Rashid al-Din's family was again plundered by the people of Tabriz, and many valuable items, including precious books, disappeared. 38
177
J
Generic Features of the Minhiij al-wuzarii) Despite the relative paucity of available information regarding the author of the Minhiij al-wuzariiJ, the book can be situated confidently within a recognisable literary tradition. Since nothing in the style or content of the book suggests that its author was (as in the case of many mirrors) a secretary, it must be supposed that he was an (iilim, and it appears that his purpose in writing the work was to secure employment and protection under the wing of the vizier. To this end, Al).mad al-I~fahbadhi employs several techniques. At the beginning, the book satisfies the expectations of its genre. Yet as the reader proceeds further through the work, it diverges increasingly from these expectations, for the author seeks to establish a personal relationship with the recipient. It is in his interweaving of expected and individual elements that Al).mad reveals his purpose and aspirations. A description and analysis of the text will illustrate the significance of the writer's compositional choices. In passages from the opening section of the Minhiij al-wuzarii J, Al).mad describes the aims and contents of his book as follows:
The vizier Ghiyath aI-Din Mul).ammad was not only noted for his interest in and support of literature and translations; he was also known to have a strong interest in religious scholarship and in Sufism. His family supported a Sufi shaykh and a number of Sufi novices in the new khiinaqiih that dominated the Rabc-i Rashidi,39 and I;Iamd Allah Qazvini Mustawfi, in a list of honorific titles and laudatory phrases, describes Ghiyath
To proceed: The lowly slave Al,lmad b. Mal,lmiid al-Jili al-I~fahbadhi, may God give him a good end, [says]: God has bestowed on His creatures, the sons of this our time, a great bounty, a mighty gift and a worthy present in that He has ennobled the path of the vizierate by the existence of the great master, the leader, the mighty, learned, just, virtuous, most perfect, most esteemed one, of highest birth, the recourse of kings, the support of rulers, the king of viziers of the East and West, steward of the affairs of kingdoms ... [Ghiyath aI-Din] (f.2a-b).41
32 Mustawfi, Tiirlkh-i guzlda, 621; Boyle 1986,412; Jackson and Melville 2001,598. 33 Mustawfi, Nuzhat al-qulUb, 76; for the buildings sponsored by Ghiyath aI-DIn and his brother, see further ibid., 182-3; Jackson and Melville 2001,598-9. On Rashid al-DIn's patronage, see Blair 1997. 34 Cf. Iqbal 1986, 351, 511; Jackson and Melville 2001, 598; Blair 1997, 56-7. 35 The second edition was written after the earlier manuscript was destroyed in the pillage of Ghiyath alDin's house (see below). 36 See further below, n. 72. 37 Grabar and Blair 1980,48-55; Blair 1997, 56. 38 Minorsky 2000; Iqbal 1986,350-1,490. 39 See Blair 1984. On the construction ofmonurnents for noted Sufis under the IIkhans, see Blair 1997, 46-8.
So I embarked on the composition of an epistle (risa/a) made up of pieces of advice and admonition, mention of the excellent conduct of prophets and messengers, peace be upon them, [mention ofJ the excellent conduct of caliphs, viziers and leaders (ru)asaj, pleasing Qur)anic verses, ~adith reports and sayings, pertinent utterances and admirable testaments, striking stories, current proverbs and well known verses of poetry. Each one of these [passages] illustrates clearly, commands and demands justice and beneficence, and, in defiance of Satan, deters [men] from injustice and hostility. [I composed this epistle] so that he [the 40 Mustawfi, Tiirlkh-i guzlda, 620-1. 41 All translations are by the author.
178
Louise Marlow
vizier] might ennoble it [the book] by his perusal and, as he comes across the accounts of excellent conduct it contains, that he might remind others of [such conduct], and emulate it himself ... for God ordered His Prophet Mul;1ammad to emulate the earlier prophets and previous messengers who had come before him ... the greatness of his [own] stature notwithstanding (ff. 5b-6a). I have fashioned it [as] a conveyance towards his lofty presence and [as] a means of access to his high gate. I have called it The Way of Viziers and the Lamp of Commanders, and, petitioning God and depending on Him, I have organised it in ten chapters, according to the maxim "The number ten is auspicious" (may God's satisfaction be upon them all). God is all-sufficing and all-trustworthy, the best master and the best helper; there is no power and no strength except in God, the exalted, the mighty (f. 7a).
The passages cited above assign the Minhiij to the mirror genre within the larger category of advice literature, and they invoke the expectations that the author of such a book was required to fulfil in his search for employment or reward. In order to situate the Minhiij al-wuzarii1 in both its literary and historical contexts, it is helpful to focus on four aspects of the text: the skill and primary sources of the author, and the function and layout of his book. First, these opening passages serve to demonstrate the author's skill in the use of the Arabic courtly literary style. Among the stylistic techniques employed by the author are rhyming prose and the pairing of sometimes virtually synonymous words and phrases (such as "gift ... present," "the earlier prophets and previous messengers"). The use of rhymed prose in prefaces, which originated in the ninth century and became fully fashionable in the early tenth,42 was required among thirteenth- and fourteenth-century writers in Arabic (and indeed among writers in Persian as well), and not only, although perhaps especially, when the work in question was dedicated to a patron or intended as a "gift."43 As was customary, A1.lmad adopted a more fluid, less verbose style in the body of his text. The pairing of synonyms, often involving a Persian and an Arabic term, was similarly a feature of Persian prose, as the Siyiisatniima already demonstrates. Second, the introductory passages include the list of materials out of which A1.lmad alassembled his book. This list resembles the descriptions of materials, already conventional in the eleventh century, by both Arabic and Persian authors of adab in the introductions to their works. 44 In advice literature, the tradition was particularly well established. Writing in Persian, a contemporary of A1.lmad' s, the anonymous author of the Tu~fa (The Gift, dedicated to the Hazaraspid atabeg of Luristan, Nu~rat aI-Din A1.lmad b. Yusufshah [r. 696-730 or 73311296-1330 or 1333]), wrote, "I have written a few sections on the ways of kings, the histories of the caliphs, pieces of advice and admonition, a portion of the conditions of viziers, and their eloquent sayings, witticisms and memorable utterances. I have called this brief work The Gift, and I have adorned it I~fahbadhi
42 Freimark 1967,16-17 and 20-1. 43 See further the comments of Julie Scott Meisami on the style of the Persian cJqd al-cula lil-mawqif alaCla (58411189) of Afial aI-Din Kirmani, dedicated to Malik Diniir, the Ghuzz conqueror of Kirman (Meisami 1999,237). 44 See, for example, the lengthy list of categories given by al-Thaciilibi in the introduction to his anthology al-Tamthll wa-l-mubarjara; Gutas 1981,65-6.
The Way 0/ Viziers and the Lamp a/Commanders
179
with beautiful words, reports, wise sayings, stories, proverbs, poems and verses."45 The frequency with which authors of advice literature open their books with such descriptive lists suggests that these too formed part of an expected mode of presentation: the thirteenth- or fourteenth-century work of advice literature was conceived of as a compilation of judiciously chosen texts more than as an independent composition. While such major thinkers as Na~ir aI-Din rUSt presented comprehensive points of view in their works of advice literature, many other scholars and men of letters produced moreor-less heavily annotated anthologies, which served to prove their literary and cultural credentials. Third, according to A1).mad al-I~fahbadhi's explicit statement of purpose, the book is intended as a means of entry to the addressee's presence: it is "a conveyance towards his lofty presence" and "a means of access to his high gate." Again, A1.lmad's language is consistent with that used by other writers of the period in a number of genres, but especially in mirrors for princes. This literary posture had been adopted by two late twelfth-century Persian writers, Afzal aI-Din Kirmani in his (Iqd al-(ulii lil-mawqif ala(lii (The Necklace of Sublimity for the Loftiest Station, 58411189) and, with some variation, by Ravandi, who sought the ruler's "praise and approval" in his Rii~at al~udur wa-iiyat al-surur (Ease for Hearts and Marvel of Happiness, completed ca. 60111204-5).46 Fakhr aI-Din al-Razi (d. 60611209), in the preface to his Jiimt al-(ulUm (Compendium of Sciences), states that he was attracted by the good reputation of the Khwarazmshah (Ala) aI-Din Abu I-Mu?affar Tekish (r. 596-61711200-20), and that, after spending three years in the capital of Khwarazm, he obtained access to the ruler and wrote for him the present work. 47 The as yet unidentified author of the Qada~ al-diriisa fi manahij al-siyasa (The Goblet of Instruction in the Ways of Government, dedicated to "aI-Malik al-Man~ur," probably the Mamluk ruler Qalawlin (r. 678-89/1279-90), writes in his introduction that he composed his book "in the hope that he will accept it and it will become my means of access to him (wasilati i/ayhi)."48 Some authors of advice literature provide suggestive personal details of the circumstances that led them to compose their books in the hope of gaining access to the influential men of the court. 49 For example, the thirteenth-century author Ya1.lya b. Sacid writes that he was separated from his family and found his way to Ersinjan, where he waited fifteen years before he was able to enter the service of the Saljuq monarch Kayqubad, to whom he dedicated his
45 Diinishpazhiih 1962, 7. Diinishpazhiih has suggested that the writer may well have been Fail Alliih Qazvini (d. 74011339), whose Mujamfi athar mulUk al-CAjam is dedicated to the same potentate. Also dedicated to Nu~rat aI-Din is a biography of the Sufi Ruzbihiin Baqli (see Ernst 1996, 115). 46 Meisami 1999,235,238. The translation of RiivandI's title is based on that of Meisami 1999,237. For the title of KirmanI's work, I have followed the wording of CAli Mul).ammad cAmid Nii'inI's edition (Tehran, 1932); Meisami gives the variant reading of cJqd al-ula lil-mawqif al-acla, Meisami 1999, 234. On Riivandi's purposes in the composition of the Rabat al-!judur, see also Meisami 1994, 191-2. 47 al-Riizi, Jamt al-culUm, 2-3. 48 Qadab al-dirasa, f. 2a. See Rieu 1894,2: 506, no. 745. 49 While particularly prevalent in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, this authorial posture or literary conceit was not new to the advice literature of that time. For an eleventh-century example, see the Kitab fi l-siyasa of al-Wazir al-Maghribi (d. 418/1027); Leder 1999,40.
Louise Marlow
The Way a/Viziers and the Lamp a/Commanders
ljadiPiq al-siyar (Gardens of [Exemplary] Conduct).50 Siraj aI-DIn UrmavI tells us that he arrived at the court of the Saljuq ruler 'lzz aI-DIn Kayka)us towards the end of 65511257, and that he wrote his La!iPif al-~ikma, dedicated to this monarch, shortly after his arrival there. 51 The author of the Tu~fa notes that the king to whom he dedicated his text transformed Shushtar from a place of hostility into one of security. 52 All of these authors employ directly, or allude to, the conceit of the "fitting gift"; they depict their works as the only objects worthy of the intended recipients that they could possibly produce, given their patrons' extraordinary stature and their own straitened circumstances. Their compositions are simultaneously marks of t,'Tatitude and tokens of expectation, appropriate in that they add to the recipients' reputation, which, as material wealth is transient and children depart, alone survives death. Fourth, the author of the Minhiij al-wuzarii J meets his audience's expectations by declaring his book's tidy construction in ten chapters. 53 In envisaging a work of advice
ious Sciences), the four books of which each consist of ten chapters, perhaps contributed to the further spread of the form. By the thirteenth century, when such books were written frequently as vehicles for the demonstration of employable skills, the tenchapter structure had become one of the conventions of advice literature, in Persian and Arabic. Nevertheless, the ten-chapter format still allowed authors considerable freedom of choice. Four examples, two drawn from Arabic and two from Persian, will illustrate both the consistent, conscious use of the form and the degree to which individual writers might select their subject matter according to their own strengths and the interests of their intended audiences.
180
literature that consisted of ten thematically divided chapters, Al,lmad al-I~fahbadhI was again conforming to common literary practice. Such a structure, however, was by no means obligatory. Several accomplished and renowned writers of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries adopted two- or three-part frameworks for their works of advice literature. For example, the Persian La!iiJif al-~ikma is divided into two sections, the first of which deals with wisdom based on knowledge (~ikmat-i (ilml), and the second with practical wisdom (~ikmat-i (am all). The Arabic Kitiib al-Fakhri fi l-iidiib al-sul!iiniyya wa-l-duwal al-isliimiyya (Book of the Glorious One on Governmental Customs and the Islamic States, ca. 70111302) of Ibn al-Tiqtiqa, a book dedicated to Fakhr aI-DIn 'Isa b. Ibrahim of Mosul, consists of a mirror in the first half and a history, organised dynasty by dynasty, in the second half. 54 As Fakhr aI-Din al-RazI had done in his Jiimf al-(ulum, Na~ir aI-Din Tusi employed a three-part structure for his Akhliiq-i Nii~iri, in the form of three treatises devoted to the cultivation of virtues, the management of households, and the governing of polities (ethics, economics and politics). It is evident that the writing of advice literature afforded an author a good deal of freedom in form and content.
To begin with an example in Arabic, the ten-chapter model was used by Ibn al-I:Iaddad in his lawhar al-nafis fi siyiisat ai-raYs (The Precious lewel on the Ruler's [Mode oj] Government, 64911251-2), dedicated to Badr aI-Din Lu)lu), who ruled first as vizier to the last of the Zangid atabegs, then as ruler of Mosul (631-5711234-59), and from 6421 1244-5 as a vassal ofthe lIkhan Hiilegii. Al-Jawhar al-nafis, like the Minhiij al-wuzariiJ, survives in a single manuscript, although its author was perhaps more productive than Al,1mad al-I~fahbadhi, since I:Iajji Khalifa records a set of thirty maqiimiit, composed in 673/1274-5, apparently by the same Ibn al-I:Iaddad. 56 His choice of topics for the ten chapters ensures coverage of such expected subjects as justice, forbearance, consultation and generosity, but also suggests a particular interest on the part of the author in the cultivation of virtues in political leaders. 57 The somewhat artificial distribution of materials into ten chapters in the Jawhar al-nafis indicates the degree to which this format had become an expectation among writers and recipients of advice literature. In fact, the editor Ri<;lwan al-Sayyid has noted Ibn al-I:Iaddad's apparent disregard of other considerations in his determination to have his chapters conform exactly to the number ten.58 In Persian, the model of the book of advice literature in ten chapters is exemplified in the first half of the thirteenth century by the /fadiiJiq al-siyar fi iidiib al-muluk (Gardens of [Exemplary] Conduct on the Customs of Kings) ofNi~am aI-DIn Yal,lya b. $a'id, who dedicated his book to the Rum Saljuq ruler 'Ala) aI-Din Kayqubad b. Kaykhusraw (ca.
The above-mentioned examples notwithstanding, the ten-chapter model was particularly well established as an expression of political culture and was frequently used by writers in both Persian and Arabic. The widely circulated pseudo-Aristotelian Sirr al-asriir (Secretum secretorum), which served as a source for several writers of advice literature, seems itself to have been expanded from an earlier, shorter form of seven or eight chapters, to ten;55 and al-Ghazali's I~yiiJ (ulum aI-din (The Revivification of the Relig50 51 52 53 54 55
Yal,lya b. $aCid, ljadiiJiq al-siyar fi iidiib al-muliik, 253-4. Urmavl, LaWif al-~ikma, 6-7. DanishpazhUh 1962, 6-7. For a full discussion of this arrangement, see below. The title, naturally, alludes to the name of the patron. See Manzalaoui 1974. Manzalaoui estimates that the version in ten chapters reached its final form in the later eleventh century (1974, 183). See also Badawl 1954, 71-2. The titles of the ten chapters in Badawl's edition of the text are: (1) On the categories of kings (a~nii/al-muliik); (2) On the state and bearing (haya) of the king; (3) On the form of justice which perfects the king and by which both elite and commoners are to be governed; (4) On his ministers; (5) On the secretaries for his records, and
181
56
their ranks; (6) On his envoys; (7) On the governors of his subjects; (8) On the governing of his military commanders; (9) On the managing of wars; (10) On the esoteric sciences. For the topics covered in both thc longer and the shorter versions of the work, see Manzalaoui 1974, 166-70. For the role of the Sirr al-asriir in the writing of advice literature, see ibid., 238-42. l;Iajji KhaliJa, Kash/ al-?uniin, 1: 231. See also Ri~wan al-Sayyid's introduction to the text (al-Sayyid
1983,21,55). 57 These ten chapters are: (1) On the excellence of justice in those endowed with virtue; (2) On the ex-
58
cellence of government among those who practise leadership; (3) On the excellence of forbearance and deliberation in kings and leaders; (4) On the excellence of forgiveness blended with sincerity; (5) On doing good (i~!iniic al-ma(riif) to the known and unknown; (6) On noble characteristics among those made to prosper by the Creator; (7) On authority and manliness among men of excellence and chivalry; (8) On [the cultivation of] fine disposition among God's creatures; (9) On the excellence of consultation and sound judgment among those who form opinions; (10) On the excellence of liberality and generosity, the existence of which is preferred. See al-Sayyid 1983, 24, 63-4. Ibid., 29.
_____
~
~
~
_
__
~
~
------ __c-
~
-
-
-
-
~
~
~
~
~
~
c
~
c
~
~
_
c
____
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Louise Marlow
The Way a/Viziers and the Lamp a/Commanders
617-3411220-37).59 Ya}:lya b. ~acid, who had served several princes, asserts that he wished to give the ruler a present, and that he had decided a book devoted to akhlaq and adab - a combination of desirable character traits and exemplary behaviour - was the only appropriate choice. 60 While Ya}:lyii b. ~iicid's ten chapters, like those of Ibn alI:Iaddiid, include certain obligatory topics, his choices also reflect a concern with appropriate conduct at court. 61
own situation: he includes a chapter (the first) on the vizierate; he adds viziers at the head of the lists of holders of authority whom he invokes in the titles of his chapters; he emphasises virtues and necessary qualities; and he devotes ample space to pious admonition. Al).mad's ten chapters bear the following headings:
182
If the Jawhar al-nafis and the ljadiPiq al-siyar illustrate the ten-chapter form of the work of advice for the thirteenth century, the form's continuing popularity among authors of Al).mad al-I~fahbadhl's own day is evident in the above-mentioned Tu~fa.62 Unlike the Minhaj al-wuzariP, the Tu~fa, according to its author, was commissioned by the author's patron, Nu~rat aI-Din A}:lmad b. Yiisufshiih. The author of the Tul:ifa adds that he completed his book in the month of Rama<;liin, a point perhaps intended to predispose the recipient towards a charitable acceptance of the work of advice and admonition, and a fact which might incline us to conjecture that such books were read aloud during that month. 63 Again, as in the cases of al-Jawhar al-nafis and the ljada}iq al-siyar, the ten chapters of the Tul:ifa ensure the coverage of expected topics, but in addition, the author's choices emphasise the office of the vizier and reflect an interest in the historical lore associated with rulers. 64 When A}:lmad al-I~fahbadhi composed his Minhaj al-wuzara} in 729/1329-30, he clearly had in mind models such as al-Jawhar al-nafis (Arabic), the ljada)iq al-siyar, and the Tu~fa (both Persian). In his chapters, he too considers justice, injustice, forbearance, generosity, consultation and so forth. The treatment of these subjects, it is now sufficiently clear, was among the expectations of the audience and could not be neglected by an author seeking favour at court or a position in the recipient's entourage. Like each previously mentioned author, AJ:lmad al-I~fahbadhi tailors his ten chapters to suit his 59 See further de Fouchecour 1972. 60 Ibid., 222. 61 The ten chapters are: (1) On the ways of kings and rulers; (2) On the laudable results of justice; (3) On the ignominy of injustice; (4) On the principles of government (siyasat); (5) In censure of anger, and in praise of postponing punishment and [according] prompt forgiveness; (6) On forbearance, deliberateness, patience and the manliness of kings, the fulfilment of promises, and in censure of stubbornness; (7) On consultation and administration; (8) On generosity and liberality, and in censure of miserliness; (9) On the manners of those who are brought close to the ruler; (10) On the etiquette of those in the presence of kings and rulers, and the appropriate etiquette for those in his retinue. YaJ:1ya b. ~a(id, ljada)iq al-siyar, 255. 62 See n. 45 above. 63 DanishpazhUh 1962,239, where the author refers to his work as Na{il;at al-muliik. On the importance of reading aloud in connection with Persian chancery style, see Luther 1990, 94. 64 The chapter headings are as follows: (1) On the excellences of just rulers; (2) On the fact that kings are linked with their subjects; (3) On justice and injustice; (4) Concerning the knowledge of the qualities on the observance of which the order of the state depends, and with the preservation of which felicity in this world and the next is bound up, such as forgiveness, force, resolve and vigilance; (5) On the illustrious deeds of kings during their rulership; (6) On the fine sayings and witticisms of kings; (7) On the conditions of viziers and a portion of the stories concerning them; (8) On the conclusions of the reflections of viziers and their wise sayings; (9) On Islamic history; (10) On the exhortations of kings. Danishpazhiih 1962, 7.
183
(1) In explanation of the need of rulers for viziers; an analysis of the meaning of the tenn "vizier"; mention of the customs of viziers with rulers and elucidation of their relationship to them; (2) In explanation of the incumbency of justice on viziers and caliphs; mention of what has happened to their standing when they have behaved justly; (3) In explanation of injustice, and mention of what has happened to the standing of viziers, caliphs, commanders and others when they have behaved unjustly; (4) Mention of exhortation to piety, admonition from the Quean, and the Merciful One's re-
strictions, which prophets have decreed; (5) Mention of God's commands to His Messenger, and the commands of the Messenger and some of the rightly guided caliphs, and mention of the wishes of the Companions, caliphs and the following generation expressed at the time of their deaths; (6) Mention of the nobility of knowledge, the virtue of scholars, and explanation of the need of viziers for knowledge; (7) Mention of the two qualities that viziers cannot do without, namely, forgiveness and forbearance; (8) On generosity and liberality, and avarice and parsimony; (9) Mention of the two characteristics in which the well-being of viziers, caliphs, rulers and others consists, namely, consultation and the keeping of secrets; (10) Mention of the two qualities essential for viziers, caliphs and rulers, namely, patience and gratitude. 65 Thus it emerges that the thirteenth- and fourteenth-century author of advice literature could avail himself of an expected structure for his book, and also of an expected (if not prescribed) content for at least some of his ten chapters. In both cases, it is interesting to consider the conditions imposed on an author by these conventional expectations. With regard to the ten-chapter form, the precise numerical limit seems to have been absolute. Authors were obliged to arrange their materials in such a way that they fell into ten chapters exactly, not nine, and not eleven. They could introduce additional subject matter, but they were required to accommodate it within an epilogue - even if the epilogue was as substantial and lengthy as a further chapter. Al,lmad al-I~fahbadhi demonstrates this condition in his Minhiij al-wuzara) by appending to his ten chapters a portentous theological postscript. In terms of content, it is evident that certain themes were virtually required of an author who chose this form: justice and injustice; the need for consultation; the excellence of generosity and the ignominy of miserliness; the need to eschew rushing to punishment, and so on. But beyond these essential topics, the subjects addressed by the authors discussed above vary quite widely. Having covered the obligatory subjects, a writer may broach topics suitable to his own circumstances. For example, some authors follow the Sirr al-asrar in emphasising military matters, questions of taxation, and other pragmatic 65 Minhiij al-wuzara), f. 7a-b. After the ten chapters, AJ:unad appends a substantial epilogue; see further below.
~~
__ __________________ ____________________ ~
~
................BD....................................
""~k~a~s~~"""""""""""~~"""
. . . .IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
~
Louise Marlow
The Way a/Viziers and the Lamp a/Commanders
elements of government. Other writers, such as Ibn al-I:Iaddad, stress matters of charb. ~acid, pay greater attenacter and disposition (akhliiq). Others again, such as tion to life at court and matters of etiquette. Still others, such as the author of the Tub/a, focus on historical lore and precedent, and the eloquence of kings and viziers. Al).mad al-I~fahbahdi demonstrates a concern with matters of religious knowledge and their importance to viziers. While thematic constraints could be mitigated, the formal convention could not be overriden if the audience's expectations were to be fulfilled. The tenchapter format thus provided a structure and some indication of subject matter, but it also allowed authors the freedom to emphasise the topics of their greatest interest.
In other respects, however, Al).mad al-I~fahbadhi departs from common contemporary literary practice. For example, unlike most authors of advice literature, he records the name of the principal transmitter for many Prophetic badith. By so doing, Al).mad situates himself in the sphere of religious scholarship. His choice of badith is also significant; it shows him to be a Sunni, probably of the Shafici madhhab. Additionally, Al).mad refers to the Dhari'a ilii makiirim al-shari'a (Means to the Excellences of the Religious Law) of the early fifth-/eleventh-century philosopher and Shafici scholar alRaghib al-I~fahani, whose intellectual outlook he shares in several regards. 68 The epilogue, on the theological question of the duty of gratitude for divinely given bounties, demonstrates Al).mad's adherence to the Ashcari position. 69 Moreover, unlike many authors of books on statecraft, but following al·-Ghazali and other shari'a-minded authors of advice literature, Al).mad al-I~fahbadhi includes few materials from Sasanian Iran, and none from Greek sages or ancient Arab lore. Instead, he refers frequently to such Qur)anic figures as Moses, Jacob, Joseph, Job, David and Jesus, to figures of the early Islamic period, and to a large number of Sufis. His tenth chapter, on the subjects of patience and gratitude, provides him with particular scope for his interest in Sufism, and here he cites stories of Dhu i-Nun al-Mi~rl (d. 245/859), al-Junayd (d. 297/910), Abu Bakr al-Shibli: (d. 334/946) and several others.
184
Special Features of the Minhiij al-wuzarii} In his use of rhyming, parallel prose in the preface, his listing of the book's raw materials, his portrayal of it as a means of gaining access to his patron, and his adoption of the ten-chapter form with its set topics, Al).mad al-I~fahbadhi declares the genre of his work and his aim to satisfy the expectations of his audience. But in other ways Al).mad diverged from standard practices and shaped the Minhiij al-wuzarii) to his own particular situation. One of the principal aspects in which the Minhiij al-wuzarii) differs from most mirrors is its religious and moral orientation. This homiletic tone is evident in the introduction as well as in the body of the text, and it culminates in a theological excursus appended to the book in the guise of an epilogue (khiitima).66 Three areas are affected in particular. They comprise the author's general treatment of topics, and especially the references and authorities cited in each chapter; omissions in content; and areas of positive emphasis, such as the author's focus on religious knowledge. First, Al).mad's authorial persona is evident in his presentation of the subjects of his chapters. Adhering to usual literary practice among writers in the ethical strand of adab literature, Al).mad al-I~fahbadhi opens each chapter with a statement; for instance, "All kings and sultans need viziers; even prophets and messengers, upon them be peace, despite their lofty stature and elevated authority, need them; only the Creator ... [has no need of a vizier]"; or "Know that generosity is an admired characteristic and a pleasing quality in all human beings, but in viziers, commanders, caliphs, kings, sultans, men of riches and those possessing wealth and influence, [it is] most pleasing."67 It is in these opening remarks, in themselves a standard feature of anthologies, that Al).mad connects the substance of each chapter to the requirements of the ministerial office. Next, Al).mad proceeds to substantiate his initial assertions through the use of a variety of authoritative texts, which are invoked in a fixed hierarchy: first Qur)anic verses, then a selection of ~adith and iithiir, then sayings attributed to other well-known figures, and finally pseudo-historical anecdotes. He sometimes punctuates his recounting of sayings and anecdotes with further comments, which then introduce subsections within the larger chapters. In this manner of presentation, Al).mad once again follows a predictable set of conventions. 66 Ibid., ff. 154b-162b. 67 Ibid., ff. 8a, 105a.
185
The second area, that of omissions of subject matter, can be gauged against the background of the standard topics included in the ten-chapter format. These omissions concern elements in which the writer had neither great interest nor expertise. Particularly striking, in the light of the primary audience for the Minhiij al-wuzarii), is Al).mad's omission of a chapter, or section, devoted to the history of the vizierate. In contrast, one of his contemporaries, the author of the Tubfa, made historical narrative the distinguishing feature of his work. In omitting a historical treatment of the vizierate, Al).mad also departs from other models that, unlike the Tubfa, were explicitly intended for viziers. For example, the early thirteenth-century Persian Dustiir al-viziira (The Model for the Vizierate) of Mal).mud b. Mul).ammad b. al-I:Iusayn al-I~fahani was composed for a vizier in Shiraz'?o In this work, which again consists of ten chapters and survives in a single manuscript, Mal).mud al-I~fahani, like Al).mad al-I~fahbadhi, concentrates on the theoretical importance of the vizier's office and the qualities required for it; but he devotes his longest chapter by far to stories about, and praise for, famous viziers of the past,?1 Al).mad al-I~fahbadhi's work further contrasts with a book on the subject of the vizierate by another contemporary, Na~ir ai-Din Munshi Kirmani: the Nasii)im al-as~iir min la!ii)im al-akhbiir (The Breezes of Early Dawn from the Perfume-Holders of Tales, 725/1325), which was written shortly before Ghiyath aI-Din assumed the office of 68 Ibid., f. 81b. See also Rowson 1995. 69 Minhiij al-wuzari?, ff. 154b-162b.
70 The exact date of the text, and the vizier for whom it was written, are uncertain, but it is likely that the book was intended for (AmId aI-Dill As(ad b. Na~r Abzarl (d. 62411226-7), vizier to Sa(d b. Zangi b. Mawdiid (r. 601-2811203-31), the atabeg of Fars. See al-I~fahanl, Dustur al-viziira, 13. As in so many cases, the title of this book involves a play on words, since the term dastur (Persian)/dustur (Arabic) can be used, among other things, as a synonym for "vizier." See Shaki 1996. 71 Ibid., 44-74.
186
Louise Marlow
The Way of Viziers and the Lamp of Commanders
187
vizier. The NasiPim al-asbiir consists of a history of the vizierate and biographies of its holders, and it includes in its latter portions a biography of Ghiyath ai-Din's illustrious father and predecessor in office, Rashid al-Din.n In contrast to these two authors, Al).mad al-I~fahbadhi not only omits even the briefest history of the vizierate, but also, except for cursory remarks in the first chapter, devotes little explicit attention to the office or its holders throughout the remainder of his book. Rather than investing viziers with legitimacy through the invocation of historical lore, Al).mad stresses the moral qualities and responsibilities they must demonstrate; viziers cannot claim merit on account of the virtues demonstrated by their predecessors in office, but must prove themselves worthy by their own performance. In the subsequent chapters, viziers are mentioned almost exclusively in relation to various qualities and attributes that they, more than other human beings, must possess and cultivate. In his treatment of these topics, A}:lmad displays his religious learning and upholds the importance of such learning to the vizier.
fulfilment of punishment, and so on. Looking into every one of the items just mentioned requires knowledge, so that he [i.e. the vizier] is indeed the neediest of people for knowledge of the sciences and for knowledge of practices. A person devoid of knowledge is like a tree bare of fruit, like a bow without strings. If the vizier is deficient in [his knowledge of] the sciences, he rides his passions, and he treats his subjects in accordance with that which he covets and desires. Yet even if the vizier excels in the sciences and is preeminent in the branches of knowledge, [only] if he gathers [around him] scholars and jurists, who are the custodians of legal ordinances and the carriers of knowledge - for they are [our] guides to God Almighty, they undertake God's command, uphold His penalties, advise His worshippers, and, in legal matters and ordinances, protect His creatures from falling into that which would occasion God's notice and anger - and [only] ifhe [i.e. the vizier] consults them and
The third area in which A}:lmad al-I~fahbadhl's book diverges from contemporary mirrors is in the author's preference for the exploration of ethical and theoretical issues over historical narrative and practical matters of government. The last two subjects held no interest for A}:lmad, in contrast to his emphasis on the branches of knowledge, especially the religious sciences. A}:lmad also advocates a sound knowledge of Arabic which he himself, though originally a lilani (Gilani), deftly displays - and which, he argues, is incumbent on the vizier, because on it depends an understanding of the religious law (shar).?3 As al-Ghazall and other religious scholars who kept the company of rulers had done before him,74 A}:lmad advocates strongly the cultivation of religious knowledge and the promotion of its custodians by the vizier:
In this passage, A~mad extols knowledge and its possessors with an intensity that many contemporary writers in courtly circles might have reserved for justice and the rulers and counsellors expected to embody that virtue. Here, too, A}:lmad adds a distinctive mark to the mirror's common familiarities.
If you know this, then know that all people need knowledge, as we have mentioned, but the
vizier is most in need of it. For if the sultan assigns to him the administration of the kingdoms and the fostering of all the interests of the people, then among their interests is that he should look into appointments to religious offices and positions of Islamic leadership, such as the offices of judges, guardians, imiims, preachers, muezzins, officials, and he should ensure that they [i.e. the holders of such appointments] are worthy; and that he should look into the treasury, zakiit, (ushur,jizya, land tax, booty (jayJ and ghanima), the interests of the soldiers and the nature of the instruments of war, the arrangement of their tools, the protection of the properties, lives and limbs of the Muslims and dhimmis, and those given security, and those with whom treaties have been made, the application of the statutory penalties, the
72 KinnanI, Nasa'im al-as~ar, 112-14. Despite the defective state of the sole surviving manuscript, the NasiPim, as its editor Mul.J.addith has established, is almost certainly the work ofNa~ir aI-DIn MunshI KirmanI, author of the SimI al-cula lil-~agrat al-(ulya, composed between 715-2011315-20 for the amir Qutlugh Noyan, and of the Durrat al-akhbar wa-lumCat al-anwar, composed in 729-30/1328-9 for the vizier Ghiyath aI-DIn Mul.J.ammad; see KirmanI, NasaJim al-as~ar, introduction. The Nasa'im was apparently written for the Ilkhan Abu Sa'Id, the amir al-umariP and regent Chupan Noyan (executed in 728/1327), and the vizier Nu~rat aI-DIn ~ayin (d. 727/1327) (KinnanI, NasaJim al-asbar, 7; see further Mustawfi, Tarikh-i guzida, 616-18). See further Luther 1969, 123. 73 Minhaj al-wuzara J, f. 79b. 74 On the recurrence of this topic in the political writings of al-Ghazall, see Hillenbrand 1988. For a mid-twelfth-century example, see Meisami 1991.
refers to them in such matters, gives orders in accordance with their judgments, accepts their
admonitions and counsels, and does not cut a matter off from them, nor take a decision without consulting them, but only [does so] after conferring with them ... only then will his [i.e. the vizier'S] ordinances be most completely free from error and wrong, best protected from iniquities and injury, and furthest from deviation and foolishness.?5
The Purpose of the Minhiij al-wuzariP The preceding discussion has shown the interplay between the expected and the distinc·· tive features of the Minhiij al-wuzarii J, and permits an interpretation of the book's context and purpose. While the lengthy passage on knowledge, cited above, appears only in the sixth chapter, it reveals indirectly A}:lmad al-I~fahbadhi's own hopes and expectations. In short, A}:lmad asserts the vital need of the vizier for precisely the skills that he, as a religious scholar, both possesses and demonstrates in the present book. In his Minhiij al-wuzarii then, A}:lmad al-I~fahbadhi both acknowledges and exceeds the formal and substantive expectations that had come to surround the composition of a work of advice literature. For instance, A}:lmad chose the format of ten chapters with certain required topics and an established mode of presentation and address. The prevalence of these conventions made A}:lmad's book recognisable as part of a genre, albeit one which permitted considerable flexibility. This genre seems to have appealed to authors who wrote little or nothing else and whose primary purpose was to gain employment, while authors of greater intellectual and literary prominence, whose reputations were assured and whose purposes for writing may have varied considerably, availed themselves of a multiplicity of frameworks when they wrote books of advice literature. The Minhiij al-wuzariP is an example of a book intended to function as a request for personal consideration and as a proof of the author's credentials. In this respect, the book is perhaps analogous to certain works of Persian historiography that K. J
,
75 Minhaj al-wuzara', ff. 82b-84a.
Louise Marlow
The Way a/Viziers and the Lamp a/Commanders
Allin Luther has described as "tokens in a system of exchange among members of the ruling elite" (that is, in the case discussed by Luther, among scribes),76 Al!mad presents his book in a form easily identifiable as the literary genre that had come to be understood as a quest for patronage; moreover, the Minhiij al-wuzariF serves as a sample of AJ:lmad's work and as an attestation of his abilities. A}:lmad al-I~fahbadhi also encourages a positive response to his overture by emphasising the need for knowledge and the need for the vizier to surround himself with experts in the various branches of knowledge, among which the religious sciences take pride of place; he further stresses the need for a sound command of Arabic and the virtues of consultation and generosity. In this way, A}:lmad's book constitutes a proposal: it conveys to the patron the author's offer of sage, informed advice and expertise in religious matters, in exchange for employment and support.
as well, it has been shown that a substantial number of books of political advice from this later period was intended to serve an entirely different function. This contrast is evident in the choices of patron made by the author of the Minhiij al-wuzarii) and many other writers: they addressed a vizier already known to be fluent in, and supportive of, Perso-Islamic culture. Indeed, in this particular case, the reigning Ilkhan himself, Abu Sacid, demonstrated both interest and skill in several branches of the arts. Furthermore, in contrast to the works of the eleventh century, which tended to be written by exceptional individuals, the later texts were usually penned by men whose own status was not well established. It follows that a significant portion of the writers of mirrors of the Illillanid period were motivated less by didactic impulses than by their practical needs for patronage and employment. 77
188
189
al-I~fahbadhi himself took the initiative in seeking to establish a relationship with the vizier Ghiyath aI-Din. It was therefore important that he take steps to ensure that his work would be well received. AJ:lmad's use of Arabic instead of Persian, and his emphasis on religious matters, were perhaps intended partly to differentiate his book from the many others that the vizier received. But A}:lmad did not seek to appeal only to the vizier's widely known sponsorship of literary production; he also sought to approach Ghiyath aI-Din, the vazir-i $uji, through his strong inclination towards religious and contemplative matters, at the expense of a discussion of the vizierate and the notable viziers of the past.
It seems that A}:lmad
The Minhiij al-wuzarii) thus represents a strand of advice literature that is particularly dominant in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. It is a strand that records the culture, the needs and the aspirations of lesser scholars and intellectuals, men who would not be remembered long after their deaths and whose works would not often be read, and in many cases not even recorded by bibliographers. Advice literature composed by great writers, such as Siraj aI-Din Urmavi and Na~ir aI-Din Tusi, continued to display as highly individual a manner as the great works of the prominent figures of the Saljuq pcriod. Yet alongside these admired and popular works, a derivative genre had emerged by the thirteenth century and flourished throughout the llkhanid period. Books of this secondary genre could be composed in anticipation of remuneration rather than as commissions, and to advertise the author's credentials. Individual authors were also able to take advantage of this genre's fluidity in choosing their own materials, topics and emphases, and their own additions and omissions, while remaining within the framework of prevailing literary and cultural norms. In conclusion, it is now appropriate to return to the questions of historical context and literary purpose. As noted above, it has often been supposed that the works of advice literature of the Saljuq period were designed to serve the purposes of rulers' acculturation. Despite the partial applicability of the notion of acculturation to the llkhanid period 76 Luther 1990, 94. On Luther's assertions regarding the importance of stylistic constraints and the primary function of the ornate rhetorical prose style employed by several Persian historians, see the important qualifications noted by Meisami 1999,297, n. 25.
77 An interesting parallel in historiography is explored elsewhere in this volume by J. S. Meisami; see also Meisami 1999,238.
The Way of Viziers and the Lamp of Commanders
Louise Marlow
190
Bibliography
(1990), "Ethische Schriften im Islam," in: W. Heinrichs (ed.), Orientalisches Millelalter, Wiesbaden, 346-65.
Alvi, S. S. (1989), Advice on the Art of Governance: MauJi?ah-i Jahiingiri of Mubammad Biiqir Najm··i (fiini, Albany, New York. BadawI,
al-U~iil
al-yiiniiniyya lil-rw?ariyyiit al-siyiisiyyafi I-Isliim, Cairo.
Bagley, F. R. C. (ed.) (1964), Ghaziili's Book of Counsel for Kings
(Na~ibat
al-muliik), London.
Rab<-i Rashidi," Iran 22: 67-90. -
(1997), "Patterns of Patronage and Production in Ilkhanid Iran. The Case of Rashid aI-Din," in: J. Raby and T. Fitzherbert (eds.), The Court of the II-Khans 1290-1340, Oxford, 39-62.
bridge History of Iran , Cambridge, V: 303-421. Brockelmann, C. (1898-1942), Geschichte der arabischen Litteratur, 2 vols., 3 supplements, WeimarLeiden. Crone, P. (1987), "Did al-GhazalI Write a Mirror for Princes? On the Authorship of Na~0at al-muliik," Jerusalem Studies in Arabic and Islam 10: 167-91.
aI-DIn Munsh! (1959), NasiiJim al-asbiir min laWim al-akhbiir, ed. MIr Jaliil aI-DIn
Lambton, A K. S. (1954), "The Theory of Kingship in the
Na~lbat
ul-muliik of Ghazall," Islamic Quar-
terly 1: 47-55. -- (1971), "Islamic Mirrors for Princes," La Persia nel Medioevo, Rome, 419-42. (1981), State and Government in Medieval Islam, London and Oxford. 22: 55-66.
(1973), "Chand athiir-i rarsI dar akhlaq," Farhang-i lriin-Zamin 19: 261-84. (1988), "An Annotated Bibliography on Government and Statecraft," trans. A. Newman, in: S. A. Arjomand (ed.), Authority and Political Culture in Shi'ism, Albany, New York, 213-39.
Leder, S. (1999), "Aspekte arabischer und persischer Fiirstenspiegel: Legitimation, Fiirstenethik, politische Vernunft," in: Angela de Benedictis (ed.), Specula principum, Frankfurt, 21-50. Le Strange, G. (1930), The Lands of the Eastern Caliphate, Cambridge.
Dankoff, R. (1983), Wisdom ofRoyal Glory (Kutadgu bilig), Chicago and London.
Levy, R. (1951), A Mirror for Princes: The Qabus Nama, London.
Darke, H. S. G. (1960), The Book of Government or Rules for Kings, London and New Haven.
Lewis, B. (1962), "Ottoman Observers of Ottoman Decline," Islamic Studies 1: 71-87.
al-Durr al-thamin fi maniihij al-muliik wa-l-salii!in, MS Kadizade Mehmed 291. Ernst, C. W. (1996), Ruzbihan Baqli: Mysticism and the Rhetoric of Sainthood in Persian Sufism, Richmond, Surrey.
Ali
(1541-1600), Princeton. (1986b), "Mustafa
Freimark, P. (1967), Das Vorwort als literarische Form in der arabischen Literatur, Munster. Grabar, O. and S. Blair (1980), Epic Images and Contemporary History: The Illustrations of the Great Mongol Shiihniima, Chicago and London. Gutas, D. (1975), Greek Wisdom Literature in Arabic Translation: A Study of the Graeco-Arabic Gnomologia, New Haven. (1981), "Classical Arabic Wisdom Literature: Nature and Scope," Journal of the American Oriental Society 101: 49-86.
Na~ir
MuJ:1addith, Tehran.
-- (1984), "The Dilemma of Government in Islamic Persia: The Siyiisat-Niima of Ni?am a1-Mulk," Iran
(ed.) (1962), Tubfa dar akhliiq va-siyiisat, Teheran.
-
AJ:unad b. Malpnud, Minhiij al-wuzarii Jwa-siriij al-umariiJ, MS Aya Sofya 2907.
Jackson, P. and C. Melville (2001), "Gla! aI-DIn MoJ:1ammad," in: EIr X: 598-9. KirmanI,
-
Danishpazhuh, M. T. (ed.) (1960), Akhliiq-i Mubtashami, Tehran.
-
Malpnud b. Mul:J.ammad b. al-J:Iusayn (1985), Dustiir a l-viziira , ed. R. AnzabI-Nizhad, Te-
hran. Jackson, P. (1985), "Abu Sa
Boyle, J. A. (1968), "Dynastic and Political History of the II-Khiins," in: J. A. Boyle (ed.), The Cam-
-
a!-I~fahanI,
al-I~fahbadhI,
EJ2 IV: 207-8. (1978b), "Kay Ka'us b. Iskandar," in: EJ2 IV: 815.
Bosworth, C. E. (1978a), "Ispahbadh," in:
Fleischer, C. H. (1986a), Bureaucrat and Intellectual in the Ottoman Empire: The Historian Mustafa
26: 88-94. Ibn al-J:Iaddad (1983), al-Jawhar al-nafisfi siyiisat aI-raYs, ed. R. al-Sayyid, Beirut. Iqbal,
(1986), "The Mongol Capital of SuWmiyya, 'The Imperial,''' Iran 24: 139-5l.
-
KhaliJa, Katip Chelebi (1941-55), Kashf al-?uniin 'an asiimll-kutub wa-l-funiin, 6 vols., Istanbul.
Hillenbrand, C. (1988), "Islamic Orthodoxy or Realpolitik? AI-Ghazall's Views on Government," Iran
-
-
Hadot, P. (1972), "Furstenspiegel," Reallexikonjiir Antike und Christen tum 8: 555-632. ~HijjI
Blair, S. S. (1984), "Ilkhanid Architecture and Society: An Analysis of the Endowment Deed of the
-
191
Luther, K. A. (1969), "A New Source for the History of the Iran Se1juqs: The Tiirikh al-vuzarii J," Der l~lam
-
45: 117-28.
(1990), "Islamic Rhetoric and the Persian Historians, 1000-1300 AD.," in: J. A Bellamy (ed.), Studies in Near Eastern Culture and History in Memory of Ernest T Abdel-Massih, Ann Arbor, 90-8.
Manzalaoui, M. (1974), "The Pseudo-Aristotelian Kitiib Sirr al-Asriir," Oriens, 147-257. Meisami, J. S. (1991), The Sea of Precious Virtues
(Ba~r
al-faviiJid), Salt Lake City, Utah.
-
(1994), "RavandI's Riibat al-~udiir: History or Hybrid?" Edebiyat 5: 181-215.
-
(1999), Persian Historiography to the End of the Twelfth Century, Edinburgh.
Melville, C. (1990), "The Itineraries of Sultan Oljeitii, 1304-16," Iran 28: 55-70. -
(1996), "DemasqKvaja," in: EIrVII: 256-7.
EJ2 X: 41-9. EJ2 VIII: 443-4.
Minorsky, V. [C. E. Bosworth] (2000), "Tabrlz," in: Morgan, D. A. (1995), "RashId aI-DIn TabIb," in:
MunzavI, A. (1969-), Fihrist-i nuskhahii-yi kha!!l-yi fiirsi, 4 vois., Tehran. Mustawfi, J:Iamd Alliih QazvInI (1982), Nuzhat al-quliib, ed. G. Le Strange, Tehran. -
(1983), Tiirikh-i guzida, ed.
Qada~
al-diriisafi maniihij al-siyiisa, British Library, MS Or. 1534.
al-RazI, Fakhr aI-DIn (1967), Jiimi' al-'uliim, ed. M. J:I. TasbIJ:l!, Tehran.
-< -< [;;' 0 F? F' ~ ~ 0' ~ Ns' ~,
,!:l
.::r:I
,......, \0
00
'-~
1::>1 ~ I::>
6: s:::
~ ;:;:
;; :;:l 0-
1::>,
v;:S
e; '"
N
(1) (1)
Z [;;::E
8'
J"
(t :;:l
(t-
P.' p: ~
~
..N
'-f N
:I"'-
Vl
.g '<
~,
:E [;;: ~ ('l
(t
:>;"
:;:l
:;:l
?"' (t·en p.: ~~
(1)
v'"
p
C
,......,
~I
\0 -..l
~
en ~ ~.
~~
~ :n ~ ;£. -"'" Z '2 ,......, 00 6 ? N
t...l
-..l
I
s
~
.>-j
~
ffi: ~ Z
';::'
.~
~I
;£.
'"(1)(1)
ti
en
CJ')
0' s:::~ ~ ('l 0.: v'"1 ~
P.
:::! "0en $l
N
v(1)
s·
C
?> ~ "15~(1:> ,......, ,......,
I::>
(JQ
~
P'"
:;:l
(1) v'"1
;:s
P'"
(ii'
-<
~
r---
J"
I (1)
(1)
\0
'2 ~ \0
\0 -..l
00
n
!"l ,......, F
(0
\0 00
P'"
0;v'"1
~
F.
~,
.~
.g ~ ~ ;::. v~'
.~ ~ 1:)...
1::>,
-':
>-t:l
(""
;::.
~. I:)
(1:>
~
~
~ --:
1::>,
s:::
--:
1:)...
1::>,
\:l'-
\:l'(""
v;::'
2- 0\ -< ~
:t:: :t::,
v?;-<
~~
l(1)'
p.. -0' N ~
(1)
l' 0
:;:l
00
?
'P::
-< [;;' 0
::tl
Q< I
';:C
-<
[;;' 0
~ ~
(1)'
iii'
g"
~,
~
v'"1
I::>
(1)
;:t> P'"
'"
;::.
~ ~ p.. g" v-I 0 ~ (1) p.. P"
vI::>
t;;.
.... '" '"
I::>
~,
.;::. ~. ~ 0
~ ~
ti
~~
s::: ;:s
v;:S
'"
l'
(1:>
;:s
Vl
'"
-;-.l
~ ........ v,
~ g" ~ ?
:l"'-
v........
-<
ffi!
-..l
00
~
P'"
~ F-
>-3
;0
5 (1)
s--
~
;; I::>
;:s
~, ~,
1::>,
7
....--: I::> I::>
,-,t:;'1
ttl
(1)
~'
to
(1)
I::>
~ ~ 1::>,
z
(")
::;:: '1:1
('l
;;l
Pi' to F (1)
~. ;.'"
~'
.~ ~
~
P'"
0-
§I
()q
....1
s::: (1:>
~
~
~
P.'
--:
I::>
\:l'-
~
\0
s:::
~
0\
0
~
~
;:s
(""
c;;
s·
s.
C
5" (1)
(1:>
a
b:l ~.
9'
t;;' ;::.
(i'
~
;:s
oa p,'
'":t:: (1:>
~ ~ "rj S. '"1 (1:> ~
51
1::>,
",-
;£.
~ c
0-
.~ Ie
~
~ v~ ("" 0
\C)
N
~
0
,......, N 0 0
~ ~
(1:>
~
()q
~ ~ (1:> s.(1:> 0 ~. ~
-,:
'"'"0' ;:s
r:;' (1:>
;:s
~
I::>
I::>
l' (1)
~
~
--:
I::>
\:l'-
t;;' ;:s(1:> ;:,:
(""
~
(i;' ;:,:
{l
;:s ;:s ;:s
I::> 0.: (1) ::s §:: ~
::s
0-
ttl 27;
l' 0
~.
(1)
~ E:l
0'
::f!
0' ;:,:
~
(1:>
0 I:)~ ?
(;).
()q
v~ l' (1) ~'
N
qQ'
0-
:;:l
S
e' is': ;:s
v~ l' 0 ::s
(JQ
;:s
~
~ ("" s:::
--:
'"--: ":t:: N :=> "8' :t:::
0' ;:t>
1:)...
(i;'
~ ~ ~ r:;'
00
;::.
1::>:
P.' ~
.-
H;
"i::i ~
~
~
:;:l
(1)
~
1::>,
2. v~
f!
g.
("" (1:> (1:>
~,
~i
C
0
~~ flo'
I:)
;;l
a. ,......,
§
P'"
(1)
§
0-
~.
?:I
v'"
(1)
N
N
(1)
'"
8(1)
('l
(1) 0.: ?:I ~ ~ §: --: ? 08 ~ (t ~ ~ v(1) (JQ P.§-' 0\ 33,
P'"
"0
s:::
l2'
F P" 0 ~ '2 ,......, 9 ~ 00 ;:s
rn
00
~,
~.
('l
F
~
\0 \0 ~ \0 to r--\0 00 P ~ r--'-" (1) ¢; t...l ~ {!; ~ 0~ 9 O ,......, I::> I::> 0 \0 ~ ;; :;:l ~ .... ,......, \0 (1:> 0\ \0 V:l ~. 'N' ~ tJ :;:l 0\ 5' ~ (i;' {i ~ \0 t3 ~ t;-< ,......, ~ \0 N ;::. \0 0- ~ P'" s::: \0 ;:s 8 ?' "15 -..l ¢; 0\ e; -..l ~ ~ CI 1::>, ~ ;::. (i;" ~ \0 .", N --: ~ ~ (""(1:> (0 ~ v'"1c, ;£. ~ -..l :::;. -? ?"' .", I::> I::> e:= ~ ;:s(1:> ~ ~ ;:s --: v-I (1:> I::> 651 (""~ (1:> ~ (1) ~ ~ ~ ~ ;:;. ~ ::r: cJj N I::> (1) s::: 1::» ~ ~. ~ ~ t-< p.. ~ P.' ~ 1::>, (JQ --: ~ I::> ~ (i;" I::> ~ ,......, ~ ~ .~ P'" ~ 1::>, ~> ;:s ;:s (JQ ~' ~ §",I::> :::;;, '" (1)~ cr: S. c::J(1:> '"~. 1::>, ~ ~. \0 t;;, \:l'- 1:)... ::c e ~ ~ s· 12' ",00 ;:s (1:> C' :l I::> '< '"("" ~. ~ ~ (1:> ;::. 5' ~ ~ ~ 0 ;:s I::> 5' ~ 9 I::>~ ~ Q r:;' ~ ~ ~
~ 6 e~ 1::>1 51 P,......, "0
00
?:I
2? C? (1)
en F' 0 ~ '< 0
0- 0'< 0 0
,......,
en ?:I ~
;£.
,......, ,......,
0
?
0
;:s
'"t;;'~ '"0'
-;:,:
9 ;:,: (i;' ;:s
_t;;I::>
;:s
1:)...
~
:t::
S'
Appendix of thirteenth- and fourteenth-century works cited Author
Title
Patron
Region
Format
Ni?3.m aI-Din yaJ:tya b. $a'id b, Alfmad Mal,unud b. Mul,larrunad b. al-I:Iusayn al-I~fahani
ljadiPiq al-siyar fi {idiib al-muluk (Persian) Dustur al-viziira (Persian)
Ersinjan
10 chapters
Shiraz
10 chapters
Na~lr
aI-Din Tusl (597-672/1201-74)
Akhliiq-i Nii$iri fIrst version 63311235; later revised (Persian)
Kayqubad b, Kaykhusraw, 'Alii' aI-Din r, ca, 617-3411220-37, Saljuq ofRiim 'AmId aI-Din As'ad b. N a~r Abzar'i ? (d. 62411226-7), vizier to Sa'd b. Zangi b, Mawdud (r. 601-28/1203-31), atabeg ofFars Na~ir aI-Din Abu 1-Fatl}. 'Abd al-RaJ:tIm b. Abi Man~iir, Isma'm governor (mu~tasham) of Quhistan
Quhistan
3 discourses (maqiiliit): tahdhib-i akhliiq, tadbir-i maniizil, siyiisat-i mudun
Ibn al-I:Iaddad
al-Jawhar al-nafis fi siyiisat ai-raYs 649/1251-2 (Arabic)
Badr aI-Din Lu'lu' r, 631-57/1234-59; vassal to Hiilegu from 64211244-5
Mosul
10 chapters
Siraj aI-Din Mal,unud Unnavi (594-682/1198-1283) Anonymous
LaWif al-~ikma 65511257 (Persian)
'Izz aI-Din Kaykii'us II (d. 67811279-80), Saljuq of Rum
Konya
2 sections: bikmat-i (ilmi, bikmat-i (amall
Qadab al-diriisa fi maniihij al-siyiisa (Arabic) Kitiib al-Fakhrifi l-iidiib al-sul!iiniyya wa-I-duwal al-isliimiyya 70111302 (Arabic) NasiiJim al-as~iir min laWim al-akhbiir 72511325 (Persian) TubJa dar akhliiq va-siyiisat (Persian)
"aI-Malik al-Man~ur" Qalawiin ? (r. 678-8911279-90)
Egypt
No chapter divisions
Fakhr aI-Din 'Isa b. Ibrahim
Mosul
Abu Sa'id Bahiidur (r. 717-3611317-35), Chupan Noyan (d. 72811327), vizier Nu~rat al-Din $ayin (724-711324-7)
NW Iran
2 sections: mirror, history (biographies of caliphs and viziers) Biographies of viziers, presented in chronological order
Nu~rat
Luristan
10 chapters
Tabriz
10 chapters, epilogue
Mul,larrunad b. 'All b. al-Tiqtiqa
Na~ir
aI-Din Munshl Kinnani Fail Allah Qazvini ? (d. 740/1339)
Alfmad b. Mal,unud al-HII al-I~fahbadhl
Minhiij al-wuzarii Jwa-siriij al-umarii J 729/1329-30 (Arabic)
aI-Din Alfmad b. Yusufshah (r, 696-730 or 733/1296-1330 or 1333) Hazaraspid atabeg appointed by Ghazan Khan (r. 694-71311295-1304) Ghiyath al-DIn Mul,larrunad (d, 736/1336) vizier to Abu Sa'id (r. 717-3611317-35)
of The Design, Ceremony, and Poetry of the I:Iasanabad Bridge *
Paul E. Losensky (Indiana University)
Any tourist to Iran is likely to return home with a photograph of the Khvaju Bridge (fig. 1). More widely known in the past as the I:Iasanabad Bridge, it crosses the Zayanda River in the city of Isfahan. l The leading authority on Persian architecture, Arthur Upham Pope, describes this bridge as "the culminating monument of Persian bridge architecture."2 In his words, "the whole has rhythm and dignity and combines in happiest consistency utility, beauty, and recreation."3 To analyze the sources and extent of this "happiest consistency," we will examine the bridge from several perspectives. By its architectural design and placement, the bridge not only regulates and spans the river, but also creates a public space that straddles the worlds of commerce and ideology. In historical sources, the bridge supplies a stage for displays of royal authority during the annual spring floods. These festivals attracted Isfahan's finest poets, and in their works, the I:Iasanabad Bridge unites disparate elements of environment and experience in a celebration of political, communal, and natural renewal. The manifold purposes of the bridge and the diverse representations of the poets show how royal patronage was able to serve both the purposes of the court and the interests of the larger community. Pope's "consistency" most immediately shows itself in the bridge's multifunctional design.4 The fa<;ade of the bridge is divided into two stories, each consisting of an arcade of archways mnning the length of the span. The lower course not only supports the roadway, but also serves as a dike to regulate the river's flow. The Zayanda River is fed by several springs in the Zagros Mountains and flows year round. But as in all rivers on the arid Iranian plateau, the volume of water is subject to extreme seasonal fluctuations. Most of the year, the Zayanda is broad and shallow, and its gentle currents can easily be forded on foot; in the dry season, dropping the sluice gates built into the bridge's foundation can raise the river level by as much as six feet, creating a reservoir to supply the city with water. During the spring, on the other hand, seasonal rains and snow melt can tum the river into a deep, swirling flood; the wide, interconnected lower archways
*
An earlier version of this paper was presented at the conference on "Comparative Arts: What Was, What Is, What Will Be," held in Bloomington, Indiana, April 200l. My thanks to Kemal Silay for helping to prepare the illustrations for this article. The bridge was known as J:.Iasanabad until the neighborhood of this name was destroyed in the Afghan invasion of 1135/1722, and it gradually began to take on the name of the nearby district of Khvajii. 2 Pope 1965,3: 1237. 3 Ibid., 3: 1238-9. 4 This account of the design and functions of the bridge is based primarily on Pope 1965, 3: 1237-40; Hunarfar, 1971, 582-5; ~aliQ.I-KakhkI 2000,63-4; and Mullazada 2000,67-8. I would especially refer the reader to the elevation and cross-sections given in fig. 439 a-c of Pope 1965, 3: 1238.
196
Paul E. Losensky
The Equal of Heaven's Vault
197
and stepped cascades then offer an unimpeded passage to the river's onmsh. In this way, the natural cycle of the seasons is integrated into the very design of the bridge.
d oj ..s:1
<.S ~
oS
bJ)
'd
·c i=CI
!2, ,oj
~
I-<
o
'd ,oj
..D ,oj
g (/)
oj
::r:;. Q)
~ ......;
£
Like most bridges, however, the I:Iasanabad functions primarily as a way of getting from one bank to the other. The bridge takes advantage of a narrowing in the river between two low rock ledges, but its siting is perhaps more fully explained by its manmade, urban environment. The I:Iasanabad Bridge represents the final stage of a vast program of urban renewal. In the last decade of the tenth/sixteenth century, Shah (Abbas I decided to make the ancient city of Isfahan his new capital. 5 He ordered a series of building projects that transformed the city into a showplace of the imperial might of the $afavid dynasty and one of the great international capitals of the Baroque world. The expanse of the Royal Plaza was the most notable public space in the vast new neighborhood designed to house the extended imperial household of some 100,000 people. In addition to the Naqsh-i lahan palace and the mansions of the great amlrs along Chahar Bagh Avenue, this new suburb included public baths and parks, mosques and schools, and a covered bazaar that eventually extended for some twenty miles. This grand urban development project was continued and extended by (Abbas I's grandson, (Abbas II, who came to the throne at the age of ten in 105211642 and reigned until his death in 107711666. He turned his attention to some of Isfahan's older neighborhoods that lay along a major commercial corridor connecting the imperial bazaar with the caravan route from Isfahan to Shiraz. 6 An old bridge along this strategic road had apparently fallen out of use,7 and (Abbas II ordered the constmction of an entirely new span. The I:Iasanabad Bridge in its present form opened in 106011650 and revitalized the nearby districts of I:Iasanabad and Khvajll. The bridge thus completed the development of the area between the river and the old city walls begun some sixty years earlier and served as a key link in the city's commercial transportation network. 8 The neighborhoods of I:Iasanabad and Khvaju eventually lent their names to the new bridge, but when it first opened, the bridge was often called the Pul-i Shabi' or the Royal Bridge. While commemorating royal patronage and initiative this name suggests yet another function of the bridge. During the 1060s11650s, (Abbas II invested great resources in building a new set of royal palaces and gardens along both banks of the Zayanda River. At the eastern boundary of this palace complex known as Sa(adatabad (the Abode of Happiness) stood the I:Iasanabad Bridge. Looking upriver from the bridge, it was possible to survey the palace buildings set alongside the river; conversely, standing on the banks, the bridge's strong horizontal lines constituted a key element in the overall
5 This account of the development of Isfahan in the ~afavid period is based largely on chapter 2 of Blake 1999. This work also contains two nineteenth-century etchings of the I:Jasanabad Bridge on p. 33. 6 For this reason, the bridge was sometimes known as the Pul-i Shlraz or Shiraz Bridge; see Mullazada 2000,67. 7 According to ~aliJ:!i-Kiikhki 2000, the most recent bridge on this site was named the I:Iasan Beg Bridge and was constructed during the reign of the Aq-Qoyunlu dynasty in the late fifteenth century. This bridge, too, seems to have been preceded by an indeterminate number of earlier structures. 8 Maps of this area may be found in Blake 1999,42 and Ferrier 1996, 152.
198
Paul E. Losensky
199
The Equal of Heaven's Vault
design of the royal gardens. 9 The I:Iasanabad Bridge was sited squarely on the boundary between the public realm of the commercial city and the royal domain of the ....",1",..1" 10 This medial position is reflected in the dual functionality of the upper course of the bridge (fig. 2). The whole length of the roadway is closed off from the river by flanking arcades. On the one hand, these arcades serve a utilitarian function: they "protect the passing caravans not only from the gusty winds, but also from the excitements of the moving water or too serious consequences of any panic that might arise from congested traffic."ll On the other, their size and elegance go well beyond what is required for travelers' safety. The two arcades combined are nearly as wide as the roadway itself. Each of the interconnected niches is the size of a small room that can accommodate several people comfortably. The elbows of the arches are adorned with lavish polychrome tilework, and regularly spaced doorways offer easy access to the arcades from the roadway. Open to the breezes coming off the water and presenting splendid views of the river, these galleries create sheltered public spaces where passing travelers and local residents can relax, converse, and socialize. This communal function also helps to explain the single most distinctive feature of the I:Iasanabad Bridge. Three large buildings are integrated into its design. On both banks, the bridge is anchored by two roughly triangular pavilions, bisected by the passage of the roadway. These pavilions are divided between the lower and upper courses of the bridge, with each story containing several small rooms. A larger hexagonal pavilion rises up prominently from the center of the span and projects boldly from the fayade. 12 This is also a two-story structure, but here both stories are located on the upper level of the bridge to allow water to flow freely below. A small cupola originally crowned this pavilion adding to its salience. Open to the river, all these pavilions were originally decorated in richly painted fresco. They shape the bridge's striking profile, buttress and accent the rhythm of the running arches, and give the entire fayade an impressive balance and symmetry. However, unlike the gatehouses or toll booths found on other Iranian bridges, these buildings do not open on to the roadway and serve no apparent utilitarian purpose. Nor do they provide the same sort of easily accessible public spaces offered by the arcades.
9 See the nineteenth-century etching of Sa'adatabad's Hall of Mirrors with the I:Iasanabad Bridge in the background reproduced in Blake 1999, 79. Chardin's seventeenth-century map of this palace can be found in Ferrier 1996, 148. lOA similar architectural melding of the ~afavids' commercial and ideological interests can to be found in the Royal Plaza, which contains entries to both the imperial palace and the bazaar. 11 Pope 1965,3:1235, describing the similar design of the Allahverdi Khan Bridge built during the reign of 'Abbas I in 1005/1596-7. 12 This pavilion is perhaps better described as an octagon with two sides removed to make way for the passage of the road. The eight-sided pavilion known as hasht bihisht or "eight paradises" was a common design in ~afavid palaces and had clear cosmological connotations.
.gf
·c ~ 'd
oro oro
.D
§ ro ::q. lfJ
.s '+-<
o i
:> 'C\=l
'5
-< ~
oiJ
k:
200
Paul E. Losensky
The function and meaning of these pavilions emerges most clearly from the literature written to commemorate the bridge. As a first example, let us look at the official court history of the reign of (Abbas II written by Va};lid Qazvlni: and entitled, amJroofllltelv enough, the (Abbasnama or The Book of (Abbas. For the most part, this is a straightforward narrative history, but the march of events seems to pause when Val;tld comes to the chapter entitled "The Description of the Adornment (ay"in) of the New Bridge." Written in a rhymed and cadenced prose, the opening of the chapter deploys a familiar motif of the traditional panegyric qa$zda - the bahariyya or the celebration of the coming of spring. Natural renewal results from the social renewal brought about by the reign of the young (Abbas II: "The perfect attainment of flowering and joy was dependent upon the arrival of the auspicious time of his Excellency the Shadow of the Merciful." Having established his symbolic register, Val;tld begins his description of the festival of lights (charaghiin) held in 1069/1659: In these days of auspicious beginning and joyous outcome, when with the aid of the grace of the Glorious and Beneficent, the gates of the paradise of success and prosperity are open before eternal good fortune from six directions, and the fruitful sapling of world conquest quivers with raindrops from the clouds of divine favor, His Highness's will determined that the new bridge of I:Iasanclbcld - a bride delivered from shameful faults and a peacock sprung from shackling defects - should be adorned and that flowers should be scattered. By adorning the bridge, knots would be loosed from around the hearts of those eager for entertainment. Since the goal of his alchemical insight was that the beautiful efforts and endeavors of each of his servants should be mirrored in a public display, he divided the archways of that well-proportioned bridge among the amirs, courtiers, viziers, and nobles. It was decided that the central arches, which occupy the position of the heart in the body and of meaning in words, should be adorned under the direction of the imperial private household. The directorship of this paradisiacal festival and utterly vernal assembly was assigned to the supervision of Maq~ud Beg, head of the royal table. 13
As the passage opens, the spring rains are linked metaphorically with the divine order of the heavens, and both are united under the king's sway. As the king's bride, the bridge is the embodiment of this union of natural, sacred, and royal powers. Other features and functions of the bridge fade into the background, and the prominent central pavilion emerges as the living heart of the bridge's meaning. It is here that (Abbas presides over a public celebration of the annual flooding of the river and a ceremonial affirmation of imperial authority. Taking a hint from the image of "the gates of the paradise of success and prosperity," we can return to the architecture of the bridge. Its arcades and central pavilion assimilate the standard design of the $afavid imperial and religious portico and draw on deep reservoirs of symbolic meaning. We can compare the fa9ade of the bridge to the entryways facing the Royal Plaza, such as the entrance to the Lutfullah Mosque (fig. 3). A prominent central archway flanked by multi-story arcades has a long history in the annals of Near Eastern and Roman architecture, as can be seen in the legendary remains of
13 Val;1id Qazvini (d. ca. III 011698-9), 'Abbiisniima, 259-60.
The Equal of Heaven's Vault
201
oj
N
oj
rs:: Ctl
>-.
a
i3 (:i
o
6< r:/J
o ~ ...c:
!.::l
;z
j'
i3 .8
8
~
£
203
Paul E. Losensky
The Equal of Heaven's Vault
the Iwan Kisra at Mada)in (Ctesiphon).14 By creating a gateway to receive the "lifegiving river" (to translate the name Zayanda Riid) , the designers of the I:Iasanabad Bridge effectively created a nexus between the forces of nature and the imperial presence that gazed out from the central pavilion.
gateway as a portal between the human and cosmic realms, however, is further inflected by its placement over a river and by its social history. What made this bridge such an apt site for the public celebration of royal authority and communal allegiance? 17 Since it is part of the business of poets to recover, explicate, and recreate the implicit meanings of the objects in the world around them, we can tum to the poetry written to accompany and celebrate the festivals of lights to apprehend the full experiential meaning of the I:Iasanabad Bridge in the past.
202
As Va}:lId's account continues, it is clear that no expense was spared in adorning the king's architectural bride. Disappointed by the efforts of his subordinates, (Abbas took control of the adornment of the entire bridge. Paintings, embroidered silks, and fulllength mirrors were installed inside and outside of the archways, while "gold brocaded awnings were erected from one end of the bridge to the other, and braided ropes were stnmg for hanging lanterns and lamps of various designs." Flower petals were strewn over the costliest of Persian carpets, mingling their perfume with aloe-wood incense and camphor-scented candles. Wine was served by some of the most beautiful adolescents of the city's multi-racial population. The spectacle culminated when: fireworks were prepared in the midst of the tempestuous river. Each moment a full moon showed its white hand when Moonlight Rockets were set off, and each instant, a fTesh flower of Abraham's Garden of Fire revealed its beautiful face. Every second, fiery cypresses stretched up from the surface of the water toward the Pleiades, and meteoric arrows ran from the dusty plain to the sky. 15
The flight of the fireworks visually links earth and heaven, their display visible both in the sky and on the reflective surface of the water. Now that streetlights and neon signs provide a constant background light, it is hard to imagine the breathtaking impact such a show of lights would have made in the medieval city, which was normally plunged into an impenetrable darkness after sunset. But even today, the nocturnal illumination of the I:Iasanabad Bridge remains an impressive sight. 16 During the years of (Abbas II's rule, these adornments and festivals of lights constituted one of the major public affirmations of the splendor and majesty of the royal house. The I:Iasanabad Bridge is thus designed to meet a surprising variety of needs. In practical terms, it regulated the seasonal fluctuations in the river's flow and crossed the river at a crucial point on a major commercial artery. It offered travelers and residents alike a place for informal gatherings, protected from the sun and open to the river's refreshing breezes and beauty. Positioned at the eastern border of the royal gardens, the bridge was integrated into the landscape of the ruler's private domain. However, as Va}:lId's description of the adornment of the bridge shows, it also carried a wealth of symbolic meaning that linked its functions with other areas of cultural belief and social life. Part of this meaning can be traced to the architectural past. The typological meaning of the
14 E. Baldwin Smith (1956, especially chapters 1 and 7) has painstakingly documented the sacral, cosmic, ideological, and ritual significance of such gateways. The bridge's resemblance to ancient Near Eastern imperial gateways was further enhanced by a cupola or baldachin that originally crowned the central pavilion, but has since disappeared. 15 Val).id QazvIni, (Abbiisniima, 262. "Moonlight Rockets" and "Abraham's Garden [of Fire]" appear to be the names of particular types of fireworks. 16 For contemporary photographs of the bridge illuminated at night, see Niir Bakhtiyar 1993,30,82, and 99, and Kasra'iyyan 1992, 12-13.
A phenomenological perspective can help extend our functional-historical reading of the bridge. In an effort to link the structures of the mind with the structures of place, Martin Heideggcr presents the bridge as the architectural site of what he terms the "gathering of the fourfold." In the essay "Building, Dwelling, Thinking," bridges first emerge as a horizontal focal point drawing the river and the surrounding landscape together. Vertically, the arches of a bridge then draw together the river and the sky and mediate the twofold opposition of earth and heaven: "Even where the bridge covers the stream, it holds its flow up to the sky by taking it for a moment under the vaulted gateway and then setting it free once more."18 This conjunction of natural elements is compounded by a union of animate forces. Crossing the suspended span of the bridge, mortals are able "to surmount all that is common and unsound in them in order to bring themselves before the haleness of the divinities."19 The architecture of the bridge gathers the earth and the heavens, the realm of mundane human affairs and the abode of the divine. This is no doubt a heavy phenomenological load for any structure to bear. But for Heidegger's "divinities," let us substitute the ~afavid shah - the shadow of God on earth. The I:Iasanabad Bridge then seems an ideal site for Heidegger's meditations. It occupies a medial position in the topography of ~afavid Isfahan on the boundary of the public and royal domains. Likewise, the multiple functions of the bridge's design combine the everyday practicalities of water supply and travel with celebrations of seasonal renewal and political affirmation. Our perceptual experience of the bridge gathers and melds diverse visual and symbolic fields. Finally, the poetry of the bridge spans two art forms and gives voice to this multiplicity of architectural, ceremonial, and cultural meanings. I have tracked down a dozen or so literary works devoted in whole or part to the festivals of light held at the I:Iasanabad Bridge. Although a scouring of manuscript sources will likely yield several more, these published works seem to offer a representative sampling. 20 The datable works span the decade of the 1060s/1650s. Except for the 17 In the Royal Plaza, after all, the dynasty already had at its disposal a space large enough to contain even the largest festival crowds and one that was fronted by no less than four gateways, the entrances to the imperial palace, the bazaar, the Lutfullah Mosque, and the congregational mosque. 18 Heidegger 1971, 152. 19 Ibid., 153. 20 The reign of 'Abbas II was especially rich in the poetry of topographical and architectural description, and a similar fashion swept India during the reign of Shah lahan (r. 1037-68/1628-57). The present paper is part of an ongoing study of these themes in Persian poetry of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. I have surveyed this literature in a paper presented at the Central Eurasian Colloquium Series at Indiana University in February 2001. A case study of 'Abdi Bayk Shirazi's khamsa, Jannat-i 'Adn, describing Tahmasp's capital city of Qazvin was presented at the Third International ~afavid
205
Paul E. Losensky
The Equal oflleaven's Vault
ruba5, all the common formal genres are included - qita, qa~'llda, mathnaVl, and ghazal. The authors of these works Ashraf, $iFib, Va1;lid, and Sayira - arc comparably diverse in their standing at court and in their social backgrounds. In of these differences, the works have much in common. Most obvious is their ceremonial topicality, and this brings with it a shared set of topoi related to banquets, mirrors, and earthly paradise. Beyond this, all the poems show a preference for certain rhetorical strategies. The bridge is usually described in highly metaphorical terms; there was, after all, little need for a systematic, representational depiction when the listeners were sitting on the bridge or looking at it from the banks. Furthermore, there is a preference for tropes that cross and blend experiential categories: the earthbound bridge, for example, aspires to the sky, while its inert architecture takes on human form and consciousness. Within these parameters, however, there is a variety indicative of an age that prized innovation as a cardinal poetic virtue. Most notable is the range of what we might call encomiastic emphasis. In some works, Shah (Abbas dominates the bridge and is the focus of every gaze. Elsewhere, the royal presence is absorbed and refracted by its surroundings and becomes only one element in the giddy swirl of river, clouds, and drunken revelers.
The spectators and revelers on the shore see their merriment reflected in a bridge that is itself a mirror for the projected joy of the monarch. In this meeting of gazes, the populace thus sees itself in the image of the king whose presence dominates the poem. Invoked as "the king of heavenly rank," (Abbas's power over nature is absolute. The bridge transforms the physical form (paykar) of the river itself into one of his attendants:
204
One of the most common poetic forms of architectural commemoration is the chronogram. These brief poems are often inscribed on the building as a calligraphic ornament and serve the eminently practical purpose of dating their construction. 21 The following chronogram composed by Ashraf Mazandarani" however, dates not the construction of the I:Iasanabad Bridge, but rather one of the festivals of lights held there. Giving each letter its numerical value, the final line of this ten-verse qita yields the year 107111660 22 and includes an initial example of the image of the mirror: Without an evil glance, the adornment of the bridge is a mirror for the face of joy and merriment. 23
Roundtable in Edinburgh in 1998 and has recently appeared as "The Palace of Praise and the Melons of Time: Descriptive Patterns in 'AbdI Bayk SIrazI's Garden of Eden," Eurasian Studies 2 (2003): 1-29. The architectural poetry of the court of Shah lahan was discussed in "Building a Career: Architecture in the Life and Poetry of KalIm KashanI," delivered at the Workshop on Indo-Persian Patronage in Paris (March, 2001) and again at the Workshop on South Asian Islamic Aesthetics in Chapel Hill, N. C. (April, 2001). This paper is currently being revised for publication. 21 For a recent study of the history, range, and intricacies of the Persian chronogram, see ~adrI 2000. A collection of architectural chronograms can be found in chapter 12 ofNakhjavanI 1964, 525-645. 22 To be precise, arriving at this date requires more than simple mathematics. Adding together the numerical values of the verse (bl nigah-i bad buvad iiYln-i put / iiYlna-yi ru-yi nishiit va-tarab) yields 1077. Like many chronograms of the period, however, a riddle is embedded in the verse: bl nigah-i bad ("without an evil glance") tells us to subtract the numerical value of bad ("evil"), resulting in the year 107l. See ~adrI 2000,242-3 (s.v. bad nadldan). A similar riddle is involved in another chronogram dedicated to the I:Iasanabad Bridge composed by RamzI Kash!. Here the bridge is described as a dam, and the final verse reads: bahr-i tiirlkhash guzasht az iib Ramzl va-nivisht / sadd-i Iskandar biiib-i zindagiinl basta and ("For the sake of its date, RamzI passed over the water and wrote: They have built Alexander's dam with the water of life.") The second half-verse merges two allusions to the legend of Alexander and yields the number 1068; the first half-verse, however, tells us to deduct the numerical value of the word iib ("water"), and we arrive at the year 1065/1654-5. See Na~rabadI (d. ca. 1116/1704), Tadhkira, 2: 702. 23 Ashraf MazandaranI (d. 111611704), Dlviin, 129 (v. 10).
The form of the Zayanda River is changed by the bridge into a bold youth in golden mail cinched with a belt. 24 The festival of lights ordered by the king eclipses the stars: Distressed by its adornment, the Milky Way
went behind the ink-dark veil ofnight. 25 The Milky Way is another recurrent image in the poetry on the I:Iasanabad Bridge and performs one of the principal tasks of architectural ecphrasis in medieval Persian poetry - defining the archetypal meaning of a building. With a tall building, the poet can associate its height, its vertical climb from ground to sky, with the axis mundi. As the juncture of heaven and earth, this sacred pivot is a linchpin in the cosmic order, a terrestrial paradise. 26 The horizontal span of the I:iasanabad Bridge, however, eliminates this strategy for even the most hyperbolically inclined poet. A parallel is instead delineated between the bridge and the celestial road that crosses the night sky. In Ashraf s poem, one of these parallel lines disappears as the imperial command overwhelms nature and intimidates the forces of the cosmos. The qa~lda is the preeminent poetic form for panegyric, and architectural description was a well-established thematic subgenre. In such poems, as in Ashrafs chronogram, the depiction of the building becomes an "emblematic portrait"27 of the patron. In the opening verse of $aJib Tabrizi's qa~lda on the I:iasanabad Bridge, the bridge is placed at the heart of the city and the king's presence at the heart of the bridge: With this festival of lights, Isfahan has become a luminous heart. With its decoration, the bridge has become Solomon's throne. 28 For the next twenty-four verses, however, the throne remains empty, and the focus shifts to the festival itself. Rather than overwhelming the natural scene, the festival complements and strengthens the Milky Way's celestial radiance: Flowers and candles, lit and scattered, another Milky Way appears on the earth. 29 The chiasmus in the first half of this verse draws together the natural color of the flower petals with the artificial illumination of the candles. Mimicking the reflection of the bridge in the river, the second half of the verse projects this blending of the natural and 24 Ibid. (v. 8). 25 Ibid. (v. 4). 26 See Tuan 1974,168-70. 27 See Motoyoshi 1999, 213. 28 ~a)ib TabrIzI (d. ca. 108711676-7), Divan (1991), 6: 3718 (v. 1). 29 Ibid. (v. 3).
Paul E. Losensky
The Equal of Heaven's Vault
the man-made on to a cosmic scale. The parallel hnes of earth and heaven are both clearly visible.
allowing the river to retain its potent identity, $aJib makes its service to the king all the more valuable. Postponing (Abbas's arrival at "Solomon's throne" until the end of the poem, $a)ib is able to summon up the full power of the communal, natural, and celestial forces that are united by the bridge.
206
Throughout $ahb's description of the festival, the "gathering of the fourfold" is enacted in a dizzying and carnivalesque whirl of image and trope: The top of the bridge recalls the streets of paradise. Candles and flowers are the faces of angels, glowing radiantly. The awnings, which appear on every side, are sails for the ships on the oceanic heart of wine. The curve of each arch is as colorful as the rainbow. Gazing upon them, the feathers of sight turn iridescent. The Zinda River, with drunken foam on its iips, is the river of milk that paraded through paradise. The strings of clouds - the air holds a lute in its lap. The red flowers - the earth is flushed like a drunkard's face. The scent of flowers has so tickled the air's nose that it sneezed and scattered the thoughts of the clouds.3 0
In keeping with Heidegger's phenomenology of the bridge, this passage is dominated by personification and synaesthesia, two tropes that gather and merge experiential categories. When the bridge becomes an earthly reminder of the celestial city, candles and flowers are personified as its angelic residents. The synaesthetic image of "the strings of clouds" links sound and sight and heaven and man. As the tiled arches ascend to heaven like rainbows, perception itself is given the power of flight, uniting the onlookers with the object of their gaze. The final image of this passage seems playful enough: a gust of wind sneezes the wisps of cloud from the sky. But this clear, cloudless sky heralds the months of baking sunshine to come, before snow melt and spring rains again bring foam to the lips of the river. As it does so often in Persian poetry, wine reveals the essential oneness of the universe - bridge, river, and reveler all participate in an intoxicating renewal of life that is both seasonal and eternal. (Abbas finally makes his entrance in the five-verse ducii that concludes the poem. The closing prayer for the king's prosperity begins with two images reminiscent of Ashraf's chronogram: May the evil eye be far from this age when each arch of the bridge has become a life-giving spring of the water of life. With this golden bridge, the river has cinched the belt of the king's service. With it, the river is now renowned through the ages for its living heart. 31
A pun on the word chashma - meaning "archway" and "spring of water" - identifies the bridge with the fertility of the river. This fertility is emphasized by a compound play on the river's name: the "Living River" (Zinda Rud) possesses a "living heart" (dil-i zinda) whose "water of life" (sar chashma-yi ~ayviin) is life-giving (zindagf-bakhsh).3 2 In Ashraf's poem, the physical form of the river had to change to serve the king. By 30 Ibid. (vv. 7-12). 31 Ibid., 6: 3719 (vv. 26-7). 32 Like the bridge, the river, too, was known by several names, Zayanda and Zinda Riid being the most common.
207
As suggested earlier, Va}:lId Qazvlnl mimics a more traditional qa~ida structure in his description of the J:Iasanabad Bridge in the (Abbiisniima. Though most of his account is written in ornate prose, Va}:lId interweaves three short passages of poetry written in the most flexible of Persian verse fonns - the mathnavf or poem in rhymed couplets. As we might expect, (Abbas's presence is felt throughout these passages and shapes Val).i:d's treatment of both architectural and festal imagery: Bravo for the bridge of auspicious omen, which is the heaven of dignity and glory. The multicolored awnings upon it are like hats on the heads of European beauties. Inside it is full of commotion, like the veins of a sprig of roses in springtime. In the age of the King of Time, a paradise has appeared upon the Pul-i $iriit.3 3
The awnings that ~aJib sent sailing across the ocean of wine now appear as a symbol of the worldwide sway of $afavid rule, which brings even Europeans to serve at the court. The natural energy of spring is safely contained "inside" the bridge. Heaven and paradise take on a clear ideological and doctrinal coloring. The heavenly bridge unites the royal "dignity" (jiih) with divine "glory" (jalaI). Under (Abbas's benign influence, a distinctively Islamic paradise overruns its boundaries and spills out on to the Bridge of Judgment (Pul-i $iriif) that crosses over the abyss of hell. In only two verses, the second poetic passage drives home the point with an unmistakable Koranic allusion: In that sublime paradise, candles now appear from glass, and glasses from the mirror. Seldom have any of the onlookers ever seen lamps within lamps within lamps due to humankind.3 4
The adornments on the bridge reflect God's light as depicted in the Surat al-Nur (24: 35-6) as a lamp within glass within a niche giving "light upon light." In the final verse passage, the king's political puissance asserts full control over the banquet: The King of Kings upon the royal throne shines forth like the moon in the sky. Around him on two sides, beardless youths stand circling the eye like lashes. At the foot of his throne, kings sit willingly like bottles ofwine.3 5
33 Qazvlni, (Abbiisniima, 260-1. 34 Ibid., 26l. 35 Ibid., 262.
209
Paul E. Losensky
The Equal of Heaven's Vault
The wine that led to a swirl of synaesthesia in ~iFib's qa$fda remains submissively bottled up at (Abbas's feet next to his rival The king is the object of every gaze, as his gaze encompasses the entire scene. the elements are not so much gathered as marshalled under the omnipresent command of "His Excellency the Shadow of the Mercifu1."
~a)ib's poem, the trope of personification serves to animate the entire scene. In the following verses, "eyeglasses" trigger a personification that joins the fish in the river to the observers on the banks:
208
The imperial presence permeates the organization and imagery of VaJ:.lid's account of the adornment of the bridge, just as it did in Ashrafs chronogram. Although bridge and river take on an independent life in the body of $a)ib' s qa$fda, the structure of the poem frames the delirious carnival with images of (Abbas and his throne. Another history of (Abbas's reign, Vall Qui] Shamlii's Qi~')Q~" aZ-khiiqiinf, initially seems to follow Val).id's pattern of combining prose and poetry in a predominantly encomiastic description of the festival of lights. However, the verses that Vall Quli: inserts in his prose narrative were originally part of an independent work by Mawlana Sayira Mashhadl. This mathnavf is a typical representative of the kind of topographical narrative that flourished in Persian poetry during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. 36 Over the course of Sayira's poem, the role of the bridge as an emblematic portrait of the ruler recedes, and the bridge becomes the site of a larger public celebration that (Abbas initiates, but does not control. Even in the explicitly encomiastic opening of Sayira's poem, the king's will is mediated by his commands to others. Passing recognition is given to the architect ("the skilled master"), who, together with an anonymous "they," becomes the active agent of the bridge's construction. Moreover, the following verses seem to translate into the idiom of the Persian baroque Heidegger's observations on how the bridge gathers the surrounding landscape and how the arches "hold the [river'S] flow up to the sky": By the king's command, the skilled master erected a bridge over the Zinda River in Isfahan, so that the floods of springtime pour over its sluices into the stream of the Milky Way. Recently they built a bridge over the river. They bound together the fascicles of the earth. By the command of the king of the seven climes, the bridge became the equal of heaven's arch)7
The Milky Way is no longer intimidated or reflected by the bridge; instead the bridge serves to join the parallel lines of stars and river into a single cosmic stream. In spite of its lack of vertical assertiveness, the architecture of the bridge participates in the architecture of the heavens. In this passage, the elements of Heidegger's "gathering of the fourfold" - the earth and the heavens, the sacral king and the mortals under his command - are delicately balanced. As the poem proceeds, however, it is the "mortals" who take center stage. As in 36 For a more representative example of this genre, see Mul).sin-i Ta'thlr's mathnavl Gulzar-i sa'adat, a description of (Abbas's royal gardens along the river, which contains a short description of the I;Iasanabad Bridge not discussed here; Mul).sin-i Ta'thir (d. 1129/1717), Divan, 168-82. 37 YaH QuH Shfunlu (d. after 1085/1674), Qi~a~ al-khiiqanl, 518 (vv. 10-13).
Fish were swarming to get a look; their bubbles were eyeglasses to take in the festival of lights. In order to see that royal holiday, fish eyes were bubbles on the surface of the water. If the reflection of the candles had blazed up from the water, its bubbles would have burned like moths' wings.3 8
The river is alive with creatures of both the water and the air. The glints of light on its surface acquire an alchemical power to make water burn. The passionate human activity that swarms across the top of the bridge is also reflected in the river: They ran in every direction pursuing handsome yusufs. They chose a few flowers from the garden. From the face of the river, the purity oftheir beauty shone like the watery gleam of a pearl. Boys were dressed in jewel-studded clothes; fathers were silenced with gold)9
While the river and its denizens look on this scene from below, the starry eyes of heaven gaze down from above: With a hundred thousand eyes, heaven stared at the adornment, the gardens, and the festival of lights. As befits the banquet in this bower of hope, it strung the lute with Venus's hair. At its burning melodies, moths restlessly fluttered against the lute strings like plectrums. Instruments were painted with wine. The festival of lights was made of song. At this banquet, the king's sun and stars happily broke the wishbone of the new moon. When I wrote the description of the feisty candle, the pen became a match, and the ink, fire. 40
The bridge becomes the focal point of the astral spectators. Heaven joins in the celebration, accompanying it with the "burning melodies" of the music of the spheres. This in turn scts the insect world to dancing. The collective intoxication of nature and humankind comes together in a final burst of synaesthesia. The taste of wine, the glitter of the musical instruments, the voices of the singers, and the brilliance of the lanterns join together harmoniously. To the very end, Sayira's poem seems to resist making (Abbas its sole or even primary focus, as the celebrants accompany the celestial king in this seasonal festival. Further weakening the encomiastic emphasis, Sayira reserves the final
38 Ibid., 519 (vv. 30-2). 39 Ibid. (vv. 34-6). 40 Ibid. (vv. 40-5).
~
210
Paul E. Losensky
The Equal of Heaven's Vault
verse for himself to portray an act of literary creation that participates in the luminous transformation of elements in the bridge's festival oflights.41
~a'ib's lyrical poems. Moreover, both poems exhibit one of the defining features of the ghazal - the poet's takhallu~ or penname in the penultimate or final verse. Unlike the examined above, neither of these poems will give (Abbas pride of place at the poem's conclusion. Indeed, as we follow the course of these two poems, we drift progressively further away not only from the king, but from the bridge itself to return to the natural force of the river.
Perhaps Sayira's more communal attitude toward the festival can be partially explained by glancing at poetic patronage in ~afavid Isfahan. From the sketchy biographical information available on the poet, he seems to have earned a modest living as a calligrapher residing in a Shiite takya along the Chahar Bagh.42 He represents the hundreds of semi-professional craftsmen-poets who filled the streets of the city. Va}:lid, on the other hand, was born to a family of professional administrators and would rise to be chief of the bureaucracy under (Abbas's successors. He was closely linked to the royal court, filling a variety of roles as poet, court historian, and high-level officia1. 43 Ashraf was not a member of the king's immediate circle, but was born into a highly influential family in the official Shiite clerical hierarchy, and he represents yet another social class that swelled the ranks of poets. 44 Just as the bridge straddles the public world of commerce and the imperial domain of the ruler, the social production of poetry extended from the marketplace to the palace. The most famous and prolific poet of the age, ~a'ib's position in this patronage system is particularly ambiguous. He was the malik al-shucara of the court of (Abbas II and was at his beck and call for courtly occasions. His divan contains a number of poems commemorating (Abbas's building projects. At the same time, ~a'ib' s fame and audience went far beyond his work for the ~afavid court. He had established his literary reputation in the Indian subcontinent long before (Abbas came to the throne and had become independently wealthy in the process. The thousands of ghazals that form the bulk of his collected works were no doubt written for a wide range of patrons from the upper classes and administration. His position seems not unlike that of the Poet Laureate of the United States, whose renown and income are only marginally related to his or her official position. 45 ~a'ib's
renown as the leading poet of the day and his relative independence from the court might account for certain peculiarities of two other poems in which $a'ib describes the adornment of the I:Iasanabad Bridge. Both present interesting problems of generic classification. No doubt because of their topical content, they are included among the qa~idas in manuscripts of his collected works that ~a'ib himself helped to prepare. 46 In their length and formal characteristics, however, both poems are more readily recognized as ghazals: at seventeen and eleven verses, their length is not at all unusual for
211
The first of these ghazals, rhyming -an mikunad, follows a developmental structure similar to that found in Sayira' s mathnavi. ~a'ib confines the encomiastic content of the poem to its opening verses: The Zinda River storms in drunken display. The bridge this year parades in full adornment. The awnings recall fairies' feathered wings. In its majesty, the bridge displays Solomon's throne. This belt - the bridge the golden river wears this year reduces the house of sanctimony to dust. 47
The stately gait of the king's bridge is contrasted with the tumultuous river, and architecture seems to hold sway over nature. As in the first verse of$a'ib's qa,'lida, the bridge again serves as the platform of the imperial throne. The fairies recalled by the awnings embody Solomon's legendary control over animate spirits. Both the fairies and the repetition of the word jilva (display), however, threaten to unsettle the royal hierarchy, as the other-than-human powers of genie and river slip into the ordered march of the bridge. The metaphor of belt and bridge veers away from the cincture of royal service and approaches the zunnar4 8 often worn by the ghazal's seductive cupbearer. The demolition of the house of sanctimoniousness is the major theme of the drunken celebration of spring that dominates the body of the poem. In this banquet, wine is imbued with the power to blur and erase the boundaries between architecture, nature, and human character: In the eyes of those who drink whole rivers, each curve of the bridge's arches makes a peacock's display of colorful flowers. Atop the bridge, drinkers will need a wine-boat, if such a golden river rebels this year.
41 Sayira's closing image has a technological basis: ink is made of lamp black, and in turning to fire, it returns to its elemental origin. The poem itsclfis thus a "natural" product of the bridge's illumination. 42 Na~rabadl, Tadhkira, 1: 489.
43 ~aIa 1985, 1346-5l. 44 Ashraf: Divan, 17-33. 45 For references to the extensive literature on ~a'ib, see Losensky 1998,212, n. 45. For a survey ofpatronage in ~afavid Iran, see ibid., 137-42. 46 See, for example, the edition of $a'ib's divan edited by Jahangir Man~iir (1995), which is a transcription of a manuscript produced in ~a'ib's personal scriptorum in 1072/1661-2 (2: 1396-7).
With life-giving breezes across the soft fire of wine, the shadows of clouds do the work of bellows.
47 ~a'ib, Divan (1991), 6: 3612-13 (vv. 1-3). 48 The zunnar is the distinguishing belt worn by non-Muslims, whose religious beliefs allowed them to produce and serve alcohol.
212
The Equal of Heaven's Vault
Paul E. Losensky
Wine pulls the sanctimonious out of their moroseness. Wine makes the heron coo like a dove. 49
Unlike in ~a)ib's qa0'lda, there is no return to the encomiastic theme at the end of this poem. The focus is instead on the humbler participants in this public festival; imperial pomp fades into the background, as the banquet manifests the natural fertility of the spnng rams: The saqi's pearl-raining hand is enough for the humble. Flowery clouds make the drinkers' banquet a garden of roses. In whatever direction it parades, $a)ib's pen ruins hearts with its drunken display. 50
The key words of the opening verse - "display" (ji/va) and "parades" (jawlan) - are repeated in the final signature verse. Emblems of imperial sway give way to ~iFib's poetic puissance, which unites the force of the river and the dignity of the bridge. (Abbas's presence is overshadowed by the festive intoxication that he has unleashed, and which only the poet's pen can harness. In another of ~a)ib's ghazals ostensibly dedicated to the I:Iasanabad Bridge, the elemental force of the river dominates the scene entirely. The name of the river rings out at the end of every verse as a refrain-like radii, and its prominence is emphasized by the opening, doubled matla(.51 The river is first and foremost a life-force of such fundamental power that it can only be defined by reference to the obscure and legendary springs of the water of life: Immortality's spring does not have the splendor and luster of the Zinda Rud. For Khizr, the water of life for us, the water of the Zinda Rud. The water of life does not have the beauty of the water of the Zinda Rud. Each bubble of the Zinda Rud holds a hundred genies in a bottle. 52
IdentifYing the river with the water of life allows Isfahan's citizens to partake in the immortal life of the Prophet Khizr and unleashes a world of magical powers. These
49 Ibid., 6: 3613 (vv. 5, 7, 11-12). The word translated as "bellows" (daman) literally means "skirt," which is used here to fan the fire of intoxication. 50 Ibid. (vv. 16-17). 51 The ghazal normally has one mafla', the first verse in which the rhyme is repeated between hemistichs. In this poem, however, the rhyme -ab-i Zinda Rud is repeated four times in the two opening verses. Two other ghazals in ~a)ib's divan make use of the refrain (radif) Zinda Rud. One of these appears to be dedicated to the Pul-i Juyi, built a few years after the I:-Iasanabad Bridge in the midst of the Sa'adatabad Garden; the second makes no mention of any bridge. See ibid., 6: 3611-12. 52 Ibid., 6: 3611 (vv. 1-2).
213
powers, however, are dangerous. The river's "drunken display" threatens to overwhelm both free will and religious mores: The drunken display of the ocean-riding Zinda Rud takes the reins of choice from the hands of repentance. In its devastations, buildings are laid out for the taking like the wine. Happy is the one who is devastated by the Zinda Rud. Like Khizr, the bounty of the Zinda Rud bestows the honor of etemallife on the dead heart of the earth. 53
The devastations of the floods clear the way for a renewal ofIsfahan's riverine cityscape and the reveler's ecstatic mindseape. Most importantly, the river brings new life to the earth itself in the eternal cycle of the seasons. In the poem's penultimate signature verse, this revitalized, natural fecundity rises from the river to fertilize the imagination and life of onlookers, and the poet responds with his own act of creation: The essence, $a)ib, of every wisp of cloud that rises from the water of the Zinda Rud is the wakeful eye and living heart. The splendor and luster of the Zinda Rud have been raised two-fold by this new bridge. The water of the Zinda Rud desired the arch of an eyebrow like this. 54
To the end, there is no sign of the imperial presence. The bridge no longer functions to bind the river in obedience to the royal will. Even though it is given pride of place at the poem's conclusion, the bridge serves only to reflect the river's inherent splendor and to provide a desirable and gracefully inessential complement to the river's beautiful face. ~a)ib's ghazal takes us back to the beginning of our architectural analysis of the I:Iasanabad Bridge as a structure intimately tied to its environment and the seasonal cycle. Even in its utilitarian functions as a dam and a crossing, the bridge stands symbolically at the juncture ofthe natural and human worlds. Upon this utilitarian foundation, further levels of meaning are built. As an instrument of commerce and travel, the bridge draws the residents of the city together both geographically and psychologically; it facilitates the traffic in wealth and people that in tum adorns the bridge and gives it its social meaning. By siting and design, the bridge unites the public life of the city with the exclusive realm of the royal gardens. From an ideological perspective, the bridge repre-
53 Ibid. (vv. 5-6, 8). 54 Ibid. (vv. 12-13).
214
Paul E. Losensky
The Equal of Heaven's Vault
sents a paradise on earth, where the cosmic powers of the king are made manifest to the mundane world, where changing weather and everyday affairs take on a higher meaning, and where dulled perceptions are roused from their slumber.
serve as a locus of public identity. It is perhaps the favorite postcard icon of a city filled with stunning architectural monuments. Every year, crowds of holiday revelers flock to the bridge to celebrate the coming of spring and the thirteen days of the ancient Iranian holiday of Naw Ruz. In the same way, Persian poetry by the seventeenth century had become a system of artistic practice and cultural production that often eluded established mechanisms of courtly patronage.
The I:Iasanabad Bridge also spans the worlds of architecture and poetry. As an art form, architecture possesses an immense "semiotic potency"55 and draws on a wide range of indexical, iconic, and conventional sign systems to create meaning. 56 The "open symbols"57 of kinesthetic sensation and visual form are shaped by patterns of use and historical precedent. Poetry helps define and articulate these symbols verbally and provides an interpretative commentary on the built environment. Moreover, poetry documents and represents the social uses that give any building much of its meaning. The I:Iasanabad Bridge gave birth to the poetry; the poetry, in tum, unfolds the fullness of the bridge's meaning in the eyes of its beholders. Put another way, the poetry of the festival of lights leads us from Pope's "happiest consistency" to Heidegger's "gathering of the fourfold." The bridge's semiotic fullness, its surplus of meaning, assures that any reading of the structure is provisional. Many common images reappear in this corpus - belts, awnings, mirrors, and the Milky Way - but their meaning varies from poem to poem depending on the prominence of the royal presence, the poet's social position, and the internal logic of the work. Similarly, personification and synaesthesia are apt responses to the "poetics of the bridge" as the junction of diverse experiential realms, but these tropes may be put to a wide range of uses from imposing (Abbas's sway over the entire environment to conveying the sensual fullness of participating in a communal bacchanal. Finally, we might draw a lesson about the patronage system in Persian literature in the seventeenth century from even this small corpus of poetry. In all the major centers of Persian culture in Iran, India, and Central Asia, the royal court was a major source of literary patronage and remained the goal of most professional poets. At the same time, the social practice of poetry had spread throughout the community to provinces, religious institutions, coffeeshops, merchants' homes, and craftsmen's shops. The most accomplished poets enjoyed a reputation and status that were enhanced by, but not dependent on the approval of the elite circles of the court. Even when literary production was initiated by the court, as it was in the case of these poems, the play of signification could easily trespass ideological boundaries. When (Abbas II commissioned the I:Iasanabad Bridge, it was designed to enhance his prestige and to serve as a stage for the display of his political authority. As a public work, however, it quickly entered into the life of the larger community where it acquired uses and meanings that went well beyond its initial purposes. Today, modem hydraulics have supplanted the bridge's sluices. Its roadway closed to automobile traffic, it is no longer vital to the city's transportation system. The central pavilion is securely locked to prevent vandalism, and the pavilion on the northern bank is now a coffeeshop. Nevertheless, the bridge continues to 55 Tuan 1974, 152. 56 See Jencks 1980. 57 Arnheim 1977,208.
215
216
Paul E. Losensky
Notes on
Bibliography Amheim, R. (1977), The Dynamics ojArchitectural Form, Berkeley. Ashraf MazandaranI (1994), Dlvan-i ash car, ed. M. I:I. Sayyidan, Tehran. Blake, S. P. (1999), Half the World: The Social Architecture ofSafavid Isfahan, 1590-1722, Costa Mesa, California. Ferrier, R. W. (1996), A Journey to Persia: Jean Chardin's Portrait of a Seventeenth-Century Empire, New York. Heidegger, M. (1971), "Building Dwelling Thinking," in: Poetry, Language, Thought, trans. A. Hofstadter, New York. Hunarfar, LutfulE'th (197l), Ganfina-yi iithiir-i tiirlkhl-yi l,~fahiin, 2nd ed., Isfahan. Jencks, Ch. (1980), "The Architectural Sign," in: G. Broadbent, R. Bunt, and C. Jencks (eds.), Signs, Symbols, and Architecture, Chichester, UK, 71-118. Kasra'iyyan, Na~rullah (1992), I~Jahan, Tehran. Losensky, P. (1998), "Welcoming Fighanl": Imitation and Poetic Individuality in the SaJavid-Mughal Ghazal, Costa Mesa, California. Motoyoshi, A. (1999), "Poetry and Panegyric: A Double Portrait in an Arabic Panegyric by Ibn Zarnrak," Journal ofArabic Literature 30: 199-239.
Mu/:lsin-i Ta'thIr TabrIzI (1994), DIvan, ed. A. P. IjIaH, Tehran. Mullazada, Ka?im (2000), "Pul-i Khvaju," in: K. Mullazada and M. Mu/:lammadI (eds.), Banaha-yi 'amm al-manJaca, Tehran, 67-8. NakhjavanI, :tIajj I:Iusayn (1964), Mavadd al-tavarlkh, Tehran. Na~rabadI, Mu/:lammad Tahir (2000), Tadhkira-yi Na~rabadl, ed. M. N. Na~rabadI, Tehran. Niir Bakhtiyar, Riza (1993), I~Jahan: muza-yi hamlsha zinda, Isfahan. Pope, A. U. (ed.) (1965), A Survey of Persian Art, rev. ed., London. ~adrI, MahdI (2000), ljisab-i jummal dar sMr-i Jarsl va-Jarhang-i taCblrat-i ramzl, Tehran. ~aIa, DhabIhullah (1985), Tarlkh-i adabiyyat dar fran, vol. 5, part 2, Tehran. ~a'ib TabrlzI (1991), DIvan, ed. M. Qahrarnan, Tehran. ~a'ib TabrIzI (1995), Divan, ed. J. Man~iir, Tehran. Saliir Qajar, Riza QuH (1996), "Pul-i Khvaju," in: B. Ayatullahzada ShIrazI (ed.), MajmuCa-yi maqalat··i kungara-yi tarlkh-i m{marl va-shahrsazl-yi fran (7-12 Isfand 1374), Tehran, 4: 625-48. ~ali/:lI KakhkI, A/:lmad (2000), "Pulha va-bandha-yi I~Jahan (kulliyyat)," in: K. Mullazada and M. Mu/:larnmadI (eds.), Banaha-yi camm al-manJaca, Tehran, 63-4. Smith, E. B. (1956), Architectural Symbolism of Imperial Rome and the Middle Ages, Princeton. Tuan, Yi-Fu (1974), Topophilia: A Study oj Environmental Perception, Attitudes, and Values, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. Va/:lld QazvInI, Mu/:lammad Tahir (1950), cAbbasnama, ed. 1. Dihgan, Arak. VaH Qull b. Daviid QuE Shfunlii (1992), Qi~a~ al-khaqanl, ed. S. I:I. S. Na~irI, vol. 1, Tehran.
SAMER MAl-lDY ALI (Ph.D. Indiana University, 2002) is Assistant Professor of Middle Eastern Studies and Comparative Literature, University of Texas at Austin. His research focuses on Arabic court poetry, Arab-Islamic mythology and kingship, and the anthropology of literature. In 2003 he was awarded a fellowship from the American Institute of Maghrib Studies to conduct archival work in Morocco for his project on praise poetry entitled "Face Like the Moon: The Presentation of Self in Three Medieval Islamic Societies." His article "AI-Bul).turI" will appear in: M. Cooperson and S. M. Toorawa (eds,), Dictionary of Literary Biography: Arabic Literary Culture, 500-925 (Charleston: Bruccoli & Layman, forthcoming). AMI LA BUTUROVIC (Ph.D. McGill University, 1994), Associate Professor of Religious Studies and Humanities and Noor Fellow in Islamic Studies at York University, Toronto, is a specialist in medieval Arabic literature, Islam in the Balkans, and Bosnian literature. Among her principal publications are "The Shadow Play in Mamliik Egypt: The Genre and Its Implications," Mamluk Studies Review 7 (2003), 149-76; "Ibn Quzman," in: M. Menocal, R. Scheindlin, and M. Sells (eds.), Cambridge History of Arabic Literature: Al-Andalus (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2000), 292-305; and many works on Bosnian literature, including Stone Speaker: Medieval Tombs, Landscape, and Bosnian Identity in the Poetry of Mak Dizdar (New York: Palgrave/St. Martin's Press, 2002). OLGA MERCK DAVIDSON (Ph.D. Princeton University, 1983) is Chainnan of the Board of Trustees of the ILEX Foundation and Adjunct Associate Professor of Women's Studies at Brandeis University. She is a specialist in Classical Persian literature, comparative literature and folklore, and oral poetics, and she is particularly concerned with the role of oral traditions in Persian literature and poetic perfonnance. She is the author of Poet and Hero in the Persian Book of Kings (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1994) and Comparative Literature and Classical Persian Poetics: Seven Essays (Costa Mesa, California: Mazda Publishers, 2000), both of which have been translated into Persian, as well as numerous articles, including "Women's Lamentations as Protest in the 'Shahnama'," in: G. R. G. Hambly (ed.), Women in the Medieval Islamic World (New York: St. Martin's Press, 1998), 131-46, and "The Text of Ferdowsi's Shahnamah and the Burden of the Past," in Journal of the American Oriental Society 118 (1998), 63-8. BEATRICE GRUENDLER (Ph.D. Harvard University, 1995) is Professor of Arabic in the Department of Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations at Yale University. Her three areas of research over the years have been Arabic script, medieval Arabic poetry with its social context, and the integration of modem literary theory into the study of Near Eastern literatures. Besides numerous articles, her major publications include The De-
velopment of the Arabic Scripts: From the Nabatean Era to the First Islamic Century, Harvard Semitic Studies 43 (Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1993); Medieval Arabic Praise
~.-
219
Notes on Contributors
Notes on Contributors
Poetry: Ibn al-Ruml and the Patron's Redemption (London: RoutledgeCurzon, 2003); and, co-edited with Verena Klemm, Understanding Near Eastern Literatures: A Spectrum of Interdisciplinary Approaches, Literaturen im Kontext: Arabisch - Persisch Tiirkisch 1 (Wiesbaden: Reichert, 2000).
Court Poetry (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1987), Persian Historiography to the End of the Twe(fth Century (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 1999), and Structure and Meaning in Medieval Arabic and Persian Lyric Poetry (London: RoutledgeCurzon, 2003).
ERIC 1. HANNE (Ph.D. University of Michigan, 1998) is Assistant Professor of History at Florida Atlantic University. His research deals with the later Abbasid caliphate, and focuses on the manifestation of power and authority in medieval Islam as well as the use of material evidence in historical studies. He is currently preparing his first monograph, Putting the Caliph in His Place: Power and Authority in Medieval Islam, for publication. In addition he has written two articles, "Women, Power, and the Eleventhand Twelfth-Century Abbasid Court," and "Murder on the Tigris: A Numismatic Analysis of the Breakup of the Great Saljiiqs," which have been submitted to journals in the field.
MARTA SIMIDCHIEVA (Ph.D. Soviet Academy of Sciences, Moscow, 1989) teaches Islamic culture and civilization in the Division of Humanities, York University, and studies issues of continuity and change in Persian literature. Her interest in problems of genre formation in Persian prose finds expression in publications including "Siyasatname Revisited: The Question of Authenticity," in: B. G. Fragner et al. (eds.), Proceedings of the Second European Conference of Iranian Studies (Rome: lstituto Italiano per el Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1995), 657-74; "Kashifi's BadayiJ al-ajkar and Its Predecessors al-Mujam and lfadaJiq al-si/:lr: Imitation and Innovation in Tlmiirid Poetics," Iranian Studies (forthcoming); and "Rituals of Renewal: $adeq Hedayat's The Blind Owl and the Wine Myths of Manucehri," Oriente Moderno XXII (LXXXIII) 2003.1: 219-41 (La letteratura persiana contemporanea tra novazione e tradizione, ed. Natalia L. Tornesello).
218
PAUL E. LOSENSKY (Ph.D. University of Chicago, 1993) currently serves as Associate Professor in the Departments of Central Eurasian Studies and Comparative Literature at Indiana University, Bloomington. His research deals primarily with Persian poetry of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries with a focus on intertextuality, literary biography and historiography, and the relations between poetry and architecture. His publications include Welcoming Fighanl: Imitation and Poetic Individuality in the SafavidMughal Ghazal (Costa Mesa, California: Mazda, 1998); "Linguistic and Rhetorical Aspects of the Signature Verse (takhallu~) in the Persian Ghazal," Edebiyat 8 (1997): 23971; and "The Palace of Praise and the Melons of Time: Descriptive Patterns in (Abdl Bayk Sirazl's Garden of Eden," Eurasian Studies 2 (2003): 1-29. LOUISE MARLOW (Ph.D. Princeton University, 1987) is currently Director of Middle Eastern Studies at Wellesley College. Her research falls in the fields of medieval Islamic intellectual and literary history, and she is particularly concerned with the study of mirrors for princes written in Arabic and Persian. Her publications include Hierarchy and Egalitarianism in Islamic Thought (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997), and "Kings, Prophets and the (Ulama) in Mediaeval Islamic Advice Literature," Studia Islamica 81 (1995), 101-20. She is currently engaged in a study of literary works produced in Khurasan during the tenth and eleventh centuries in Arabic and Persian, and she is preparing a translation of the Na~l/:lat al-muluk ofPseudo-Mawardi. JULIE SCOTT MEISAMI (Ph.D. University of California at Berkeley, 1971) has taught at the University of Tehran and at the University of California at Berkeley. She recently retired from her position as University Lecturer in Persian, University of Oxford, and she is currently an affiliate of the Aga Khan Program in Islamic Art, Sackler Museum, Harvard University, where she is working on a project involving relationships between texts and material-visual culture. Other research interests include medieval Islamic historiography and poetry and poetics. Her major publications include Medieval Persian
DEVIN J. STEWART (Ph.D. University of Pennsylvania, 1991) is Associate Professor of Arabic and Islamic Studies and Chair of the Department of Middle Eastern and South Asian Studies at Emory University. His research interests include Shiite Islam, Islamic law, Qur)anic studies, and medieval Arabic prose literature. Recent publications include "Sa/ in the Qur)an: Prosody and Structure," Journal of Arabic Literature 21 (1990): 101-39; Islamic Legal Orthodoxy: Twelver Shiite Responses to the Sunni Legal System (Salt Lake City: University of Utah Press, 1998); and "Mul;mmmad b. Dawiid alZahiri's Manual of Jurisprudence: al-Wu~ul itii macri/at al-u~ul," in: Bernard Weiss (ed.), Studies in Islamic Legal Theory (Salt Lake City: University of Utah Press, 2002), 99-158. He is currently preparing a monograph on parody and sectarian polemics in medieval Arabic literature.
of Names,
Works
Abaqa (Ilkhan) 175 (Abbas I (Safavid shah) 197, 198n (Abbas II (Safavid shah) x, 197,200,202, 203n,205-12,214 Abbasid(s) v, vii, 1,3-4,7,9-12,17,22-3, 29-30,50-1,58,61, 78n, 79-80,86,97, 110,112-15, 116n, 133 (Abbasnama 200, 207 (Abd aVAziz b. Nul}. (Samanid prince) 121n (Abd al-l:lamid al-Katib 44 (Abd aI-Malik I b. Nul}. (Samiinid amir, r. 343-50/954-61) 121 (Abd al-Ral}.miin (d. 58911193) 55n (Abd al-Ral}.miin III (Spanish Umayyad caliph) v (Abd aI-Rashid b. Mal}.mud (Ghaznavid sultan, r. 440?-3?/1049?-52?) 80-1 (Abdi Beg Shirazi 203n Abraham 202 Abu (An see Chaghiini Abu (An b. Jarada 54 Abu l-(Aynii) 7 Abu Bakr (first caliph) 58 Abu Bakr b. Jahiin Pahlaviin (atabeg) 89 Abu Bakr al-Khwiirazmi 39 Abu Bakr Mul}.ammad b. Yal}.yii see al-Suli Abu Dulaf al-Khazraji 40 Abu I-Fatl}. see aI-Iskandar! Abu Isl}.iiq, Ibriihim b. Alptigin 123n, 125 Abu Kiilijar (Buyid amir) 53-4 Ablll-Khayr 153 Abu Man~ur b. Yusuf 54-5 Abu Man~ur Mul}.ammad b. (Abd al-Razziiq Tusi see Tusi Abu Muslim 80 Abu I-Mu?affar Na~r (Ghaznavid governor of Khurasan) 78 Abu Na~r Mishkiin 81 Abu Nuwiis 162 Abu Qiibus (Lakhmid king) 10 Abu I-Qiisim (All b. al-l:lusayn b. Mul}.ammad (vizier ofatabeg of Hamadan) 88 Abu Sa(d (Abd al-RaQ.illiin b. Dust 39n Abu Sa(id (Ilkhiin) 169, 173, 175-6, 186n, 189, 193 Abu Taghlib, (Uddat aI-Din (.tIamdiinid amir, r. 358-69/969-79) 73
Abu Tahir b. (Alaq (qalji) 135 Abu Tiilib (father of (All) 23,28 Abu Tammam 17 Abu Ya(lii see Ibn al-Farrii) Abu Yusuf 49 Abzari, (Amid aI-Din (vizier of atabeg of Fars) 185n, 193 (Ad 89 Adab al-kuttab 42 Adam 119n Adharbayjan 175 (Adniin b. Mul}.ammad (mayor of Herat) 41 (Aqud al-Dawla (Buyid amir) 73-4, 77, 92 Aegisthus 11 Afghanistan 124, 126, 133 (Aflaq 156,161,164 Afriisiyab 82n, 105 Afrighids l03n Agamemnon 11, 17 al-Aghani 12 Al}.mad b. Asad b. Siimiin (governor of Farghana) 113n Al}.mad b. l:lanbal 58, 66 Al}.mad b. Malikshiih (SaIjuq prince, d. 48111 088) 98 Al}.mad b. Yusufshiih, Nu~rat aI-Din (Haziiraspid) 178, 182, 193 Akhbar-i Ya(qub-i Layth 109n Akhlaq-i Na/firi 172, 180, 193 (Alii) aI-Din Abu I-Mu?affar Tekish (Khwiirazmshiih) 179 Alamut 172 Aleppo v Alexander (the Great) 81,204n (All b. Abi Tiilib (fourth caliph) 23 (Ali b. al-Jahm 12, 16 (Ali b. Tarriid 62n (Alid(s) 9,21-3,28-30 Alliihverdi Khan Bridge 198n Alp Arsliin (Saljuq sultan, r. 455-65/106372) 97-8, 136 Alptigin 78n, 109, 118-27 (Alqama b. (Abada 5n (Amr b. Layth CSaftarid amir) 109-10, 112-13, 115-17 Anatolia 173 al-Andalus 40
222
Writers and Rulers
Andarzniima 170n Anushirvan b. Khalid (Saljuq vizier) 83-4, 90-1 Anvari 136 Apollon 11 Aq-Qoyunlu 134n, 197n Arabia, pre-Islamic 19 Arabian Peninsula 62 Arberry, Arthur John 134n Ardashir (Sasanian king) 81, 101 n Argos 11 Aristotelian 160 pseudo-~ 180 Arpa Khan 176 Arsacids 77, 110, 113n Arslan, Mu'izz aI-Din (Saljuq sultan, r. 55671/1161-76) 85-6 Asadabad 84 al-AshrafKhalll (Mamluk sultan) 149n, 165 Ashraf Mazandarani 204-6, 208 al-Athiir al-biiqiya 74n 'Attar, Farid aI-Din 136 Atreus 11 al-A vI, lJusayn b. Mul).ammad b. Abil-Riza 176 'Awfi, Mul).ammad b. Mul).ammad 134 Awl).adi, Rukn aI-Din 176 Ay Aba Ulugh Barbak, Jamal aI-Din (atabeg in Hamadan) 88-90 Aytughmish 88, 89 Ayyilbid(s) 152,92 Baba Tahir 87 Badiiyi' al-azmiin 87n BadiiYal-zuhiir 152 Bad!' aI-Zaman see al-HamadhanI Badr (Battle of) 114n, 116n Badr aI-DIn Lu'lu' 181,193 Baghdad v, ix, 7, 9, 49-52,54-7,61-2,65-6, 73,80,82,84,99-100, 112-14, 115, 116n, 133 aI-BaghdadI, Mul).ammad (imam) 134 Baha' al-Dawla (Buyid amir) 60-1,65 BahramChubin 76-7,110 Bahram Gur 74,76 BakaUjar (Kakuyid governor of Fars) 83-4 Bakhtin, Mikhail IOn Bal'amI, Abu 'AU (Samanid vizier) 76-7, 121n Bal'amI, Abu l-Fazl 74
Balkh IBn, 12311, 135, 143 Balkuwara (palace) 8 Banu Sasan 39-40 Barkyaruq, Rulm aI-Din (Saljuq sultan, r. 487-98/1094-1105) 84,99, 121n Barskhan Turks 120n Barstoghan 53-4 Barthold, W. 105n al-BasasIri (Turkish general) 56n, 61, 65 Basra 2 Baumann, Richard 6 Bayazld (Ottoman sultan) 134n Baybars (Mamluk sultan) ix, 149-50, 154, 157-8, 165-6 Bayhaq 84 Bayhaqi, Abu l-Fazl 80-3,85, lOOn, 109n, 119n, 124n Bayhaqi, Zahir aI-Din see Ibn Funduq Bilkatigin (ghuliim and successor of Alptigin) 125 Biruni, Abu Rayl).an 74n, 75, 76n Bodleian Library 138, 141 Bosworth, Clifford Edmund 39-40, 111n, 113n, 115-16nn, 119-20nn Boullata, Issa 155n Boyce, Mary 133 Briggs, Charles 6 Bristol, Michael 158 al-Bul).turi v, ix-x, 1-5, 13-14, 16-22,24-30 Bukhara v, 74-5, 76n, 118, 121n, 123n, 135 Bundari 84 Burraywa 153 Bust 123n Buyid(s) viii-ix, 40-1, 50-1, 53-4, 56n, 60, 63,65,67,73-7, 78n, 79-80,82-3,91, 103n, 133 Cahen, Claude 83,86 Cairo xi, 149, 157-8, 164, 166 Bab al-Luq 157 Bab al-Na~r 157 Bab Zuwayla 153 Khashshab 157 Old ~ 157 Rub' al-Khawr 157 al-Sunbab 157 Caton, Steven 26-7 Central Asia 110
Index of Names, Places, and Works
Chaghani, Abu 'All Al).mad b. Mul).ammad (Mul).tajid governor of Khurasan) 75 Chaghaniyan 75 Chaghri Beg b. Mika)il b. Saljuq (d. 45211 060) 98 Chahar maqala 134, 140, 143 Chavli (atabeg, governor of Fars, d. 510/1116) 83 Chrysothemis 11 ChLipan (I1khanid regent) 175, 186n, 193 Copt(s), Coptic 155, 161-2 Cordoba v Crotty, Kevin 4-6 Ctesiphon see Mada'in pabba bt. Miftal). 156, 161 Dandanqan, Battle of ~ 83,86 Daqiqi 77 Dar al-Khilafa 50-1,54,60,65,67 Darke, Hubert S. G. 97n, lOOn, 101 Da'ud (Saljuq prince) 85 Da'ud b. Malikshah (atabeg of Fars, d. 47411082) 98 David 185 Dawlatshah 138 payf, Shawqi 2, 29 Daylami(s) see Buyids "Demotte" Shiihniima 176 al-Dhahabi 53 DhakhIrat aI-DIn (Abbasid heir designate) 61 al-Dharzra ilii makiirim al-shada 185 Dhu I-Nun al-Mi~ri 185 Di'bil 11 Dimashq Khvaja 175 Dinawari 77 al-Diyiiriit 8-9 Dryden, John 26 Duqaq 105n Durrat al-akhbiir wa-lum(at al-anwiir 176, 186n Dustiir al-kiitib 176 Dustiiral-viziira 185,193 Eco, Umberto 151 Egypt 152-5, 164, 193 Elam, Keir 150 Electra 11-12, 17 Elwell-Sutton, Lawrence Paul 137-8 Ersinjan 179, 193
223
Fa41 12 Fagnan, Edmond 55 Fa'iq (al-Kha~~a, Samanid chamberlain) 76 Fakhr al-Dawla (Buyid amir) 41 Fakhr aI-Din see al-Razi Fakhr aI-Din elsa b. Ibrahim (of Mosul) 180, 193 al-Fakhrifi l-iidiib al-sul!iiniyya wa-I-duwal al-isliimiyya 180, 193 Farghana IBn Farrazin 88 Farrukhi 134 Farrukhzad b. Mas
224
Index of Names, Places, and Works
Writers and Rulers
G6k Turk 105n Goodlad, Sinclair 166 Greek(s) 161,163 Gruendler, Beatrice 2,27 Gunther, Sebastian 127 Guo, Li 149n Gurgan 124n, 133 Haarmann, Ulrich 152n, 158 !j.ada}iq al-siyar fi adab al-mulUk 180-1, 193 Haddad, Wadi Z. 55 I:Iafi? 134, 136 I:Iajji Khalifa 174, 181 I:Iamada, Ibrahim 151 Hamadan 84,87-8,91 al-Hamadhani, Badi( aI-Zaman ix, xi, 39-46 I:Iamdanid(s) v Hamlet 12 I:Iamza al-I~fahani 74 al-~Iariri 39-40 al-f:Iarith (Ghassanid king) 5n I:Iasan Beg Bridge 197n !:lasan al-~abbal,l 136, 144 I",lasanabad x, 197 ~Bridge 195-215 Hashimite(s) 20,29, 111n al-lfawi al-kabir fi l-furu( 52 Hazaraspids 178, 193 Heidegger, Martin 203,206,208 Herat v, 41, 113n Hijaz 111n Hillenbrand, Carole 91n al-I:Iira IOn Hodgson, Marshall G. S. 9 Hopwood, Derek 152n I:Iujr (Kindite king) 12 Hiilegu 181, 193 I:Iusayn Bayqara (Timurid sultan) v, 134n al-I:Iu~ri 20 Ibn Abi Ya(la 54 Ibn (Aqil 66n Ibn al-Athir 53,62, 124n, 135 Ibn al-Balkhi 83-5 Ibn Daniyal ix, xi, 149-51, 153, 155, 15761, 163, 165-6 Ibn al-Dawadari 152 Ibn Farighun 75 Ibn aI-Farra', Abu Ya(la 49-52,54-60,62-8
Ibn Funduq, z:ahir aI-Din Bayhaqi 81, 84, 86, 134-5 Ibn al-I:Iaddad 181-2,184,193 Ibn al-f:Iamid 54 Ibn I:Ianbal see Ahmad Ibn I:Iassul 73-4, 82n, 83, 105n Ibn al-Haytham 152 Ibn Hibinta 74 Ibn al-(Imrani 4, 13 Ibn Iyas 152-3,155,157 Ibn al-Jawzi 52, 65-6 Ibn al-Kazariini 157 Ibn Khaldun 49 Ibn Makula' (chief qafli) 54 Ibn al-Muqaffa( 49,75 Ibn al-Mu(tazz (Abbasid prince) 20 Ibn al-Qifti 135 Ibn Rashiq 5, 14 Ibn al-Rumi vi, 27 Ibn Sina 133n Ibn Taghribirdi 152 Ibn Taymiyya 49 Ibn al-Tiqtiqa 180, 193 Ibrahim, Abu l-Mu?affar b. Mas(ud I (Ghaznavid sultan, r. 451-9211 059-99) 82 Ibrahim b. Mamshadh 110 Ibtal al-ta}wllat 55 I~ya} (ulum aI-din 180 Ilkhanid(s) viii-x, 134, 169-71, 173-4, 181, 186n, 188-9 Ilyas b. Asad b. Saman (governor of Herat) 113n Imru' al-Qays 12 India(n) 80, 112, 118, 124, 133, 203n, 214 Inju'ids 134n Cfqd al-ula lil-mawqif al-aCZa 87, 178n, 179 al-Iqna( 52, 67 Iran 40,75,78, 169, 173, 193, 195, 198, 214 see also Persia Iraq 40,85,89-91, 1l3-14, 133-4, 173 al-I~bahani see al-I~fahani Isfahan 40,84, 88n, 91, 115n, 135, 195-215 Chahar Bagh Avenue 187, 210 Lutfallah Mosque 200-1, 203n Naqsh-i Jahan Palace 197 Pul-i Shahi see I:Iasanabad Bridge RoyalPlaza 197, 198n,201,203n Sa(adatabad 197, 198n, 212n a1-I~fahani see I:Iamza
al-I~fahani,
al-I~fahani,
(Imad aI-Din 83,91 Mal,lmud b. Mul,lammad 185,
193 al-I~fahani,
al-Raghib 185 175 al-I~fahbadhi, Al,lmad b. Mal,lmud 169,17489, 193 Isfarayini, Abu l-(Abbas (Ghaznavid vizier) 78n,79n Isfizari, Abu I:Iatim Mu?affar 135 al-Iskandari, Abu I-Fatl,l 39-40,46 Isma(ll lb. Al)mad (Samanid amir, r. 27995/892-907) 109, 112-13, 116-17, 120n Isma(ll b. Sabuktigin (Ghaznavid sultan) 125 Isra'll (Arslan) b. Saljuq (d. ca. 42711036) 85-6 I~tabulat (palace) 8-9 I~takhri 76n,79n Istanbul 141, 153 Italy 40 lwan Kisra (Mada'in) 202 (Izz al-Dawla Bakhtiyar (Buyid amir, r. 35667/967-78) 73 I~fahbad(h), I~fahbudhan
Jacob 185 Ja(far see al-Mutawakkil al-Ja(fari (palace) 7, 14 Ja(fariyya 7 Jahan, Mul,lammad ~ Pahlavan (atabeg) 86, 88-9 Jahanshah (Qara-Qoyunlu) 134n al-1iil,li? 163 al-Jajarmi 141 Jalal al-Dawla (Buyid amir) 53,61 Jam, Jamshid 75, 110-11 Jamal aI-Din (chamberlain to Ghuzz ruler of Kirman) 87 Jam-i Jam 176 Jamaspnama 78n Jami 134, 137 Jam{ al-(ulum 179-80 Jaqmaq (Mamluk sultan) 153 Jarbadhqani, Abu l-SharafMunshi 73,83, 88-90,92 Jawami( al-(ulum of Ibn Farighun 75 a/-Jawhar al-nafis fi siyasat a/-raYs 181-2, 193 al-Jawsaq al-Khaqani (palace) 7-8 Jayhani, Abu (Abdallah 74
225
Jibal 83 Jilan see Gilan Job 185 Joseph 185, 209 Julius Caesar 12 al-Junayd 185 Jurjan 41 Juvayni, (Ata-Malik 141 Kaaba 8-9,21,25,86 Ka(b b. Zuhayr 5n, 29 Kabul 78 Karur 24 Kahle, Paul 152n Kakuyids ofFars 84 Kalila wa-Dimna 74-6, 134 al-Kamilfi l-ta}rikh 124n Kanz al-durar 152n Kashan 88 Kashf al-~unun (an asami l-kutub wa-l-jimun 174 Kava 111 Kayanids 111 Kayka'us b. Iskandar, (Un~ur al-Ma(all (Ziyarid amir) 170, 172 Kayka'us, (Izz aI-Din (Rum Saljuq sultan) 172, 180, 193 Kayka'us (b.) Kaykhusraw (author of Zaratushtnama) 78n Kaykhusraw b. Qilij Arslan, Ghiyath aI-Din (Rum Saljuq sultan) 85-7, 90n Kayqubad b. Kaykhusraw, (Ala' aI-Din (Rum Saljuq sultan) 179, 181, 193 Kayiimarth (Gayiimarth) 110 Khalafb. Al,lmad (~afIarid amir) 41 Khalil-i Shirvani 141 Khamsa of Ni?ami 137n Khaqani 136 Khi<;lrlKhizr 212-13 a I-Khitat 162 Khulam, Khulam Pass 122-3 Khurasan 15, 17, 75-8, 80-1, 84-6, 91n, 98, 113-14, 115n, 120-2, 123n, 124, 133, 135 Khusraw I Anushirvan (Sasanian king) 75 Khvaju 197 ~ Bridge 195-215 see also I:Iasanabad Bridge Khwarazm 179 al-Khwarazmi see Abu Bakr Khwarazmshah(s), 103n, 179
226
Writers and Rulers
Kirman 87, 89n, I78n Kinnani, Afzal aI-Din 87-8, 89n, 92, I78n Kinnani, Na~ir aI-Din Munshi 176, 179, 185, 186n, 193 al-Kitiib fi l-siyiisa 179n Konya 85, 193 al-KundurI, Abu Na~r (Saljuq vizier) 83,98 Lam(at al-siriij 141 Lambton, Ann K. S. 102n, 103n, 105n, 171 Laoust, Henri 51, 55 La!iiV al-~ikma 172, 180, 193 Letters of al-Hamadhan'i 39,41-3,46 Libation Bearers, The 11 Little, Donald, 51, 55-6, 57n, 59 Lord, Albert 142 Lubiib al-albiib 134 Luristan 178, 193 Luther, K. Allin 87, 88n, 188
al-MacarrI 21 Mada)in (Ctesiphon) 202 Ma~iisin I$/ahiin 176 Mahdiyya, 113, 115 Ma1;mud I b. Malikshah (Saljuq sultan, r. 485-7/1092-4) 99 Ma1;mud II b. Mu1;ammad b. Malikshah (Saljuq sultan ofIraq, r. 511-2511118-31) 84 Ma1;mud b. Sabuktigin (Ghaznavid sultan, r. 388-4211998-1030) v, x, 66, 73, 77-83, 85-6, 91n, 92, 111, 119, 120n, 123n, 125, 134n Majma( al-ansiib 176 Makdisi, George 66, 90n Malik Arslan Shah (Sa1juq sultan of Kirman, r. 570-2/1175-6) 87 Malik DInar (Ghuzz ruler of Kirman, r. 5829111186-95) 87, 89n, 178n aI-Malik al-Na~ir (Mamluk sultan) 153 Malik Tughril Shah (Saljuq sultan of Kirman, r. 551-8/1158-62) 87,89n Malikniima 82n, 83 Malikshiih (Saljuq sultan) ix-x, 84, 97, 100, 104-7, 121n, 128, 135-6, 172 MacmarI, Abu Man~ur (vizier to governor of Khurasan) 75 Mamluk(s) ix-xi, 92, 152-3, 157-8, 161-3, 165,179 Ba1;rI ~ viii
al-Ma)mun (Abbasid caliph) 75, 80, 110, 113n al-Man~ur (Spanish Umayyad regent) v Man~ur I b. Nu1; (Samiinid amir, r. 35065/961-76) 76-7,118,120-3,127 Man~ur II b. Nu1;, Abu l-I:Iiirith (Siimiinid amir, r. 387-911997-9) 123n ManuchihrI 134, 136 Maqiimiit al-Hamadhiini 39-40, 42, 45-6 Maqiimiit al-ljariri 39-40 Maqiimiit al-Iskandari 39 al-Maqdisl, Mutahhar b. Tahir 74 al-MaqqarI 17n al-MaqrIzi 162 Maq~ud Beg 200 Marlow, Louise lIOn, 103n Marv/Marw 135, 143 MarvazI, Mascudi 74 Marwa 25 Marwiin b. AbII-Janub (the Younger) 13 Marzolph, Ulrich 126 al-Marzubiini 18 Marzubiinniima 90 Mascud I b. Ma1;mud (Saljuq sultan, r. 42132/1031-41) 80-2,85-6, 124n Mascud b. Mu1;ammad b. Malikshiih (Saljuq sultan ofIraq, r. 529-4711134-52) 61-2, 86 al-Mascudl 3, 13,20 al-MiiwardI 49-60, 62-8 Mawdud b. Mascud (Ghaznavid sultan, r. 432-40711041-87) 81 Maymandl (Ghaznavid vizier) 79n McEwan, Calvin 9 Mead, George 27 Mecca 9, 152, 156 Medina 114n Meisami, Julie S. 2,27, lOOn, 106n, 107, 178n, 189n Mesopotamia 10 Mihriin (rulers of Rayy) 77 Mikhail, Hanna 51, 55-6, 57n al-Minii 22 Minhiij al-wuzarii) wa-siriij al-umarii) 16971,173-89,193 Mir$iid al-%iid min al-mabda) ilii l-ma(iid 140 Miskawayh (Ibn~) 82n, 124n Mi~r see Egypt Molan, Peter 159n
Index of Names, Places, and Works
Mongols 50, 92 Mosul 149,154, 156, 158, 180-1, 193 Mottahedeh, Roy P. l03n, 105n, 122n Mu1;addith, Jalal aI-DIn 186n Mu1;ammad, Abu Man~ur (governor of Tus) 121n Mu1;ammad Buzqush (atabeg, d. 59211196) 87 Mul;!ammad b. Mal;!mud b. SabuktigIn (Ghaznavid sultan, 1st reign 42111030; 2nd reign 43211041) 79 Mu1;ammad b. Malikshah (Saljuq sultan, r. 498-511111 05-18) 83, 172 Mul;!ammad b. Mu1;tiij, Abu Bakr (Mul;!tiijid governor of Khurasan) 75 Mul;!ammad Niisikh 100 Mul;!ammad b. Tahir (Tiihirid amir) 115n Mul;!sin-i Ta)thIr 208n al-MuhtadI (Abbasid caliph) 4 Mul;!tiijids 75 al-Mucizz (Fatimid caliph) 74n MuCizz al-Dawla (Buyid amir) 60 al-MuJam fi iithiir muluk al-(Ajam 179n Mujmal al-taviirikh va-I-qi$a,<; 84 Mukhtiirniima 136n Muluk al-Tawii)if see Party Kings Mu)nis al-abriir 141 al-Munta~ir ix, 1,3-4, 18-22,24-30,33-4 al-Munta;am 52 al-MuqtadI (Abbasid caliph) 61 al-Muqtafi (Abbasid caliph) 62, 65 al-MustacW (Abbasid caliph) 50 al-MustaCIn (Abbasid caliph) 4 a1-Mustakfi (Abbasid caliph) 60,65 al-Mustan~ir (Fatimid caliph) 65 a1-Mustarshid (Abbasid caliph) 61-2 Mustawfi, I:Jamd Alliih QazvInI 141, 175-6 al-MuCtaqid (Abbasid caliph) 115n, 116n al-Mutahhar (Buyid vizier) 73 al-MuCtamad fi u$ul ai-din 55-7 al-MuCtamid (Abbasid caliph) 7, 15n, 11214 al-Mutanabbi 24 al-MuCta~im (Abbasid caliph) 7 al-Mutawakkil, Jacfar (Abbasid caliph) ix-x, 3-4,7,10,12-14,16-17, 19-20,22,24-5, 28-9,31-2 al-Mutayyam 159n a1-Mu Ctazz (Abbasid caliph) 1,4,15,17-20 aI-MuW (Abbasid caliph) 60, 65
227
al-Muwaffaq (Abbasid regent) 114n Mu?affarids 134n al-Niibigha al-Dhubyani lOn, 29 Nakhjaviini, Mul;!ammad 176 NaqshbandI, Naqshbandiyya 134n NarshakhI, Abu Bakr Mul;!ammad 75,76n Nasii)im al-asbiir min la!iiJim al-akhbiir 185-6, 193 Na$ibat al-muluk of al-GhazaU 170, 172 Nii~ir-i Khusraw 136 Na~r b. cAbd aI-Malik (Siimiinid prince) 121 Na~r II b. Al;!mad (Siimiinid amir, r. 301311914-43) v,74-5 Na~r b. IbriihIm, Shams al-Mulk (Qarakhiinid ruler) 135 Na~r b. Nul;! (Siimiinid prince) 121n Nii:fim, Mul;!ammad 121n Nishapur 45, 75, 135, 143 NIshiipurI, Zahir aI-Din, 85-7, 90 Ni?iim al-Mulk (Saljuq vizier) v, ix-x, 83, 97-128, 136, 143-4, 170, 172 Ni~iimi 136-7 Ni~amI cArlizI SamarqandI 134-5, 140, 143 Ni~amiyya 98n Nu1; b. Asad b. Siiman (governor of Samarqand) 113n Nu1; II b. Man~ur (Siimiinid amir, r. 36587/976-97) 74n, 77 Nul;! I b. Na~r (Siimiinid amir, r. 331-43/94354) 75,118,121 NuCman III b. Mundhir (Lakhmid king) IOn Nur aI-DIn, Malik al- CUlamii) 87 NU$rat al-fatra 83 Nuzhat al-majiilis 141 Oedipus 12 Oghuz 105n 01jeitii 175 Orestes 11 Ottoman(s) 134n, 153, 161, 169n Pahlaviinids 88-9 Paris 141 Parthian(s) 133 Party Kings 40 Persia 9, 100, 103n, 108, 110-11, 116n, 117, 133-4 see also Iran PIritigln 125
~
228
Writers and Rulers
Pope, Arthur Upham 195,214 Prophet, the (MuQammad) 49, 57n, 58, 114n, 154, 178
Qabusnama 170, 172 Qadab al-dirasa fi manahij al-siyasa 179, 193 al-Qaqi al-Faqil 152 aI-Qadir (Abbasid caliph) ix, 50, 52, 54, 57, 60-1, 65-6, 111 Qadisiyya, Battle of 110 al-Qahira see Cairo al-Qa'im (Abbasid caliph) ix 50, 53-6, 60-1,65-6,86 Qalawlin (Mamluk sultan) 179, 193 Qannawj 78 Qarakhanids 82n, 103n Qara-Qoyunlu 134n Qarmatian(s) 9, 112 Qa$lda Sasaniyya 40 Qa~r aVAshiq (palace) 9 Qa~r al-Ji~~ (palace) 8-9 al-Qatiil (channel) 14, 16 Qavam aI-Din (vizier to Ghuzz ruler of Kirman) 87,88n Qavurt b. Chaghri Beg (Saljuq prince, d. 46611074) 98 Qazvini, Fail Allah 179n, 193 Qazvini, J:Iamd Allah Mustawfi see Mustawfi Qazvini, MUQammad 97n Qi$a$ al-khaqani 208 Quhistan 172, 193 Qummi, Najm aI-Din 83,88n Quraysh 59 Qutlugh Noyan 186n Qutlumush b. Isra'l1 b. Saljuq (d. 45611064) 98 RabC-i Rashidi see Tabriz Rafi c b. Layth 110 Rabat al-~'ludur 85, 179 Ramzi Kashi 204n Rashid aI-Din, Fail Allah (Ilkhanid vizier) 144,175-6,186 aI-Rashid billah (Abbasid caliph) 61-2,65 Rashidun (caliphs) 58 Ravandi 85-8, 89n, 90-2, 179 Rayy v,40-1, 76,82 al-Razi, Fakhr aI-Din 141n, 179-80
al-Razl, Najm aI-Din Daya 140, 141n Riqa, Rashid 55n Risalat al-Tanbih 141n Rudaki 74, 134, 136, 138 Rub al-arvab 141n Rukn al-Dawla (Buyid amir) 74n Rumi, Jalal aI-Din 136-7 Rumiyya, Wahb 2n Rustam F arrukhzad 78 Ruzbihan Baqll 179n Rypka, Jan 78 al-~abi',
Abu ISQaq 73-4, 79, 83 Sabuktigin (Samanid governor, r. 36687/977-97) v, 79, 81-2, 109, 111, 118-20, 123-5 Sacd b. Zangi b. Mawdud (atabeg of Fars) 185n, 193 Sacdi 134, 136 al-~aIa 20, 25 ~afavid(s) vii-x, 134, 195-215 ~afIarid(s) 41,80, 130n, 109-17, 120n, 127, 133 al-~aQib b. cAbbad (Buyid vizier) v,41 ~a'ib Tabrizi x, 204-13 Saidi, Ahmad 139 Saladin (Ayyiibid sultan) 152 ~alaQ aI-Din see Saladin Saljuq(s) viii-x, 51, 53-4, 56n, 61-2, 65, 67, 73,80,82-90,91-2,97-128, 133, 135, 144, 170-3,179-81,185,193 Saljuqnama 85-6 al-Sallami, Abu CAll J:Iusayn b. AQmad 75 Saman 113n, 123 Samcani, Al)mad-i 141n Samanid(s) v, 74-80, 83, 98, 103n, 104, 110-12, 113n, 116-24, 126-7, 133 Samankhuda 113n Samarqand 113n Samarqandi, MuJ:tammad b. CAll Zahiri 141n Samarra v, 1,4,8 Sana'i 136-7 Sanjar (Saljuq sultan, r. 511-5211118-57) 84, 91n, 135, 172 Sasanian(s) 74-5, 77, 80, lOIn, 110-11, 120n, 133, 185 Satan 154-7,159,165,177 Sayf al-Dawla (.zIamdanid amir) v,24
Index of Names, Places, and Works ~ayin, Rukn aI-Din (llkhanid vizier) 175,
186n, 193 Sayira MashhadI 204,208-9, 210n, 211 al-~ayrafi, !:lasan Kamil 14n, 20 al-Sayyid, Riqwan 171,181 Schaeder, Hans Heinrich 142 Secretum secretarum 180 Selim (Ottoman sultan) 153 Sells, Michael 2n Seville v Shacban II (Mamluk sultan) 152 Shabankara'j" 176 Shahdiz 84 Shahnama 79n ~ of Firdawsi 77-8, 111, 133n, 142-3, 176 prose ~ 75-6 verse ~ 74, 77 Shah Jaban 203-4n Shahrazad 155 Shams-i Qays 138 Shash 113n al-Shibl!, Abu Bakr 185 Shiraz 40, 134n, 185, 193, 197 Shushtar 180 Simidchieva, Marta lOIn Sim! al-cula lil-bac;lrat al-Culya 186n Sind 115n Sindbadnama 141n Singer aJTales, The 142 Sirr al-asrar 180, 183 Sistan 41,82, 110, 112-13, 115n, 133 Siyasatnama (Siyar al-muluk) v, ix-x, 83, 97-128, 170, 172 Smith, W. Robertson 17 Solomon 207, 211 Sperl, Stefan 2 Stetkevych, Jaroslav 2n Stetkevych, Suzanne P. 2,4 al-Subkl, Taj aI-Din 53 al-~uIi, Abu Bakr 3, 20-1, 28, 30, 41 Sultaniyya 175 ~urra Bacr 155,161-2 Syria 40
rabaqat al-lfanabila 54 rabaqat al-Shajiciyya 53 al-Tabari, Abu 1-Tayyib 53 al-Tabari, MuJ:tammad b. Jar'ir 14,76 Tabaristan 133, 175n
229
Tabriz 174-6, 193 Rabc-i Rashidi 176 Tabrizi, Yar AJ:tmad Rashidi 141 Tafaiioll, A. 137n Tafdil al-atrak of Ibn I:Iassul 82n, 83 Tafsir of al-Tabari 76 Tahir b. al-J:Iusayn (Abbasid governor) 15, 17 Tahirids 80, 133 Tahmasp (~afavid shah) 203n al-Ta'i c (Abbasid caliph) 54, 60, 65 al-Taj Babuj 155, 159, 161-2 Taj aI-Din CAli-Shah 175 Taj al-Mu1k b. Darust 99 Tajarib al-umam 124n al-Tafi 73-4, 79,83 Talib Amuli 141 al-Tamimi 53 al-Tamthil wa-l-mubac;lara I78n Tarabkhana 141 Ta)rikh al-~ukama) 135 Ta)rikh bukama) aI-Islam 134 Ta)rikh al-rusul wa-l-mulUk 76 Tarikh al-vuzara 83,88n Ta)rikh wulat Khurasan 75 al-Ta)rikh al-Yamini 73, 79, 88 Tarikh-i guzida 141,176 Tarikh-i I$Jahan 176 Tarikh-ijahangusha 141 Tarikh-i Sistan 82, 115n Tarjuma-yi Yamini 90 Tatimmat $iwiin al-bikma 134 rayJ al-Khayal (play) 149, 153-8 Tayfa1-Khaya1 (character) 154-7,160 a1-Thaca1ibi, Abu Man~ur 77-8, 178n Thaclab 20 Thamud 89 Timurids 92, 134 Tirmidh 123n Transoxania 76, 82n, 110, 113, 116n, 133-4 Treadwell, Luke 79 Tughril (general, usurper of Ghaznavid throne,444/1053) 80,82 Tughri1 Beg (Tughril I, Saljuq sultan, r. 42955/1038-63) 54-5,65,82,85,87,98, 105n, 135 Tughril III (Saljuq sultan ofIraq, r. 57190/1176-94) 86,88,90n,91 Tul:ifa 178,180,182,184-5,193 Tuman Bay 153
230
Writers and Rulers
Turan 105 Turcoman(s) 120 Turkan Khatiin (d. 48711094) 98-9, 107n, 121n Turkistan 119-20, 123, 133 Turner, Victor 30 Tus 75 TusI, Abu Man~ur Mul;1ammad b.
Yal;1ya b. Asad b. Saman (governor of Shash) 113n Yal)ya b. ~a(id, Ni~am aI-Din 179,181, 184, 193 Yaqtinus 156,161,163 Ya(qub b. Layth (~affiirid amir) 109-17, 123, 126-7 Ya
Terms
accounts see akhbiir acculturation 173,188 act, literary ~ viii, (adl see justice adab 101,112,176,178,182,184 addressee (ofliterary work) v, 100, 174, 179 see also reception; recipient adib, udabii) vi, 20 admonition 19,84,89,101,106,177-8, 182-3 advice vi, 84,97, 100, 134, 172, 177-8, 182, 187-8 advice literature viii-x, 49, 169-89 see also abkiim sul!iiniyya; manual of statecraft; mirror for princes; treatise on government abkiim sul!iiniyya ix, 49-52, 55-9, 60n, 634nn, 65, 67-8 see also advice literature; manual of statecraft; mirror for princes; treatise on government ahl al-dhimma 63 ahl aI-ball wa-l-(aqd 58,60,62 ahl al-ikhtiyiir 59 ahl al-imiima 59 see also imiim akhbiir see khabar akhliiq 182, 184 see also ethics allegiance 19,24-5,98,118, 121n denial of ~ 16,18 transfer of ~ 3 amir, umariF 50,60,62-3,85-6,88, 107, 110, 112-13, 115-24, 127, 154, 161-3, 176, 197,200 ~ of conquest, seizure (istiliij 50-1, 62-5 ~ of ridicule 159 ~ al-istilifii) 63 see also sipahsiiliir anarchy 102-3, 106-8, 114 anecdote 20, 152 see also akhbar; bikiiya; story announcement of death (nay) 16 anti-hero 149 antinomian, antinomy 46
antithesis (fibaq) 18 apology 29, 122 apostrophe (vocative) 29 Arab(s) 4,6, 13, 158 Arabic 74-5, 78n, 79, 83,90, 91n, 110, 136, 160,163, 169n, 170, 173-4, 178, 180-2, 186, 188 classical ~ 159 colloquial, vernacular ~ x, 159, 166 Middle ~ x non-~ 162 ~-speaking 76, 163 translation into ~ 75,83, 172 translation from ~ 75-6, 176 see also poetry; prose archetype 16, 136 architecture 6-9, 195,200,202-5,207-8, 211,213-14 artistry, artifice literary ~ xi Ash<arI(s) 55-6, 86, 185 iishub 102, 104, 106 astronomy, astrology 89-90, 135, 140, 143 atabeg 89-90, 98, lOOn, 173 audience viii, 3-4, 14, 19-20,24,30,43-4, 67,149-50,152-3,156,158,161,165-6, 180-5 see also communication; dialogue authenticity 140-2 author, authorship v, viii-ix, xi, 49-52, 172, 174,180,182,184,204 credentials of~ 172-3,179,187,188 persona of ~ 133-4, 136, 139-40, 184 ~ial individuality 165 ~ial stature xi, 4-5, 172-3, 189,204 ~ial subversion 150 ~ial voice 149, 179 see also writer authority 5-6,62,100,109,112-13,117-18, 120-2, 125-6, 183-4 caliphal ~ 13,52,67,80, 114 delegation of ~ 62-3,67 multiple loci of ~ 163 political ~ 49-50, 97, 98n, 103n, 116, 118,128,163,165,176,214 royal~ 102n, 107n, 108, 110-11, 117, 126,195,200,203
232
Writers and Rulers
~ of a speaker 2 usurped ~ 117 ~ of a writer viii-xi see also power autobiography 157 axis mundi 205 (ayyiirz see brigandage
bade 17 bagh 103n bahiiriyya 200 balzgh see eloquent biitin 161, 163 Batini, Batiniyya 84,91n see also Ismacm, Ismacllism bay(a 59 beggary, literary (kudya) 39-40,42,44-5 belles lettres see adab blacksmith 111 blessing see du(ii) blood vengeance 13-14,16,18 boon companion (nadzm) 13,87, 134-5 brigandage «(ayyiirz) 115 buffoon 153, 157 burlesque xi, 165 caliph(s) 59-60,63-4,67,82, 102, 127, 177 Abbasid~ 1,4,6-9,16-17,19,25-30, 52,61,65,85, 110-17 deposition of ~ 65 installation of ~ 65 see also imiim caliphate 15,23,29,49-50,52,54,57,60, 64,66-7, 79,82,97, 110, 113-14, 133 theory of ~ 49-50,55,67, 103n see also imamate carnival, camivalesque 158, 159n, 165 chancery 78n, 79n,81, 83 see also style chapter ten ~ model, format ix, 178, 180-5, 187 character ~ in a narrative 39,46 ~ in a play (shakh$) ix, 149, 151-2, 154,157,159,161,165 typified~(mithiil) 151,154,161 see also dramatis personae; stereotype charivari 160n Christian(s) 165
chronogram 204-6, 208 chronotope IOn circulation of texts 171, 174 client 42 ~'s need 42 terms for ~ 42 see also ~iija; protege; qi$$a code-switching 158 coins, coinage 74, 123n colloquial see Arabic; poetry; prose colon (of sal) 44 commission (of work) ix, 67, 82-3, 88, 149, 151,176,182,188 commitment viii communication gestural and auditory ~ 160 ~ between stage and audience 150-1 theatrical ~ 160 see also audience; dialogue community 6,13,18-19,25-6,29,165 Muslim ~ 50,58-60,62, 155 see also umma conduct 85,104,116,118,177-8,182 consensus (ijmiij 64, 118, 125 context cultural ~ 163 historical~ 158-60,166,170,178,188 literary ~ 170, 178 ~ ofliterary work 39, 50, 170, 178 social ~ 25 contract, literary vi, viii, x convention literary ~ 12,42,44 ~ of patronage 41-2 coppersmith 110, 115-16 corruption ifasiid) 86, 102, 104 counter-world, possible world 149, 155, 158, 165-6 court v-vi, 2, 6, 172, 174,207,210 Abbasid ~ 4, 10, 12, 17,20-1,29,40 ~ly elite 174,214 ~ hierarchy 107 ~ history 200 ~ literature 133 Mamliik ~ 149n ~ minstrel (gosiin) 133 ~ poet(s), poetry 3,30, 79, 111, 133-4, 136-9,141,155,161-2 ~ protocol 9 royal~ 89,99,138,140,174,210,214
Index of Subjects and Terms
Umayyad 40 see also elite courtier 13, 107-8, 118, 121 courtyard (finiij 8 craft, literary ($an(a) 41,44-6 Creed, Qadiri-Qa'imi 54,57,65-6 criticism xi, 28, 84, 100, 102, 165 ~ of political culture 102,107,150 ~ of rulers viii-x culture xi, 159 ~al differential 158 folk, popular ~ 149, 154 Islamic ~ 9 literary~ v, 169 Mamliik ~ 166 Perso-Islamic ~ 173, 189 Semitic 9, 17 see also context, encyclopedia curse x, 19-20, 159 N
dahr see fate Dad 79n dawla/dawlat 74, 79-80,82,85,87-8,91-2, 103n al-dawla al-Nifamiyya 98 dedication (of a work) vi, viii, 85-7, 92, l73n, 174, 179-81 dialogue 151, 158, 160 stage-to-audience ~ 161, 166 stage-to-stage ~ 161 see also audience; communication dictionary, biographical 51 didactic, didacticism 109, 114n, 121, 125-6, 128, 159, 169, 189 dihqiin 75, 78n,98, 103n, 110 see also gentry dznar 42, 115n, 116, 153 dirham 42, 115n, 116 discord see strife discourse level of ~ viii disobedience 102 dzwan/dzviin (administrative office, royal court) 88n, 89 dlwan/dzviin (collection of poetry) 136-7, 140-1, 143-4, 210n, 212n dome 8 drama 150,152,161, 166 dramatis personae 158 see also character; stereotype
233
dramaturgy 154,158 160-1,165-6 du(ii) (blessing) 41, 206 di1-bayt 159 duties, between writer and recipient viii see also relationship dynasty warrior ~ 50 see also dawla eclecticism 158 ecphrasis 205 edict (tawqr) 45 elegy 1,12-14,16,18,20-2,27,29-32,134 see also eulogy; lament; ritha) elite 79,116 Arab ~ 158 religious ~ 153 ruling ~ 153, 174, 188 see also court ellipsis 41 eloquent, eloquence (ballgh, baliigha) 40, 46,90,155,159 employment 87,89-90, 170, 178, 188-9 encomium, encomiastic 73,79,82,105-6, 128,204,208,211-12 see also madz~; panegyric; praise encyclopedia cultural ~ 151, 166 entertainer, entertainment 151n, 152-3, 170 see also tubi1lkhiina epic 110,112, IBn, 134 Homeric ~ 4-5 verse ~ see mathnavl see also Shiihniima epilogue (khiitima) 183-5 epistle, epistolary vii, xi, 42-6, 169, 177 see also letter; risiila; treatise epistolographer, epistolography xi eschatology 28 ethics 87,97, 118, 127, 165, 169, 180, 184, 186 see also akhlaq ethos 108 collective ~ 161 contending ~ 163-4 folk ~ 166 etiquette 103, 182n, 184 eulogy 138, 154, 159, 176 see also elegy; lament; rithii) euphemism 159
234
Writers and Rulers
example, exemplum ix, 100-1, 109, 126 historical ~ xi exchange 188 ~ of gifts 5,26 ~ of words for wealth 46 see also ritual exegesis (tafslr) 43,52 exordium see khutba; naslb fact(s) historical ~ x, 121, 125-7 jahlaviyyiit 137n familiar (jailS) 13 jaqlh see jurist jarr 105, 11 7 fasiid see corruption fa~l,fu~ul see passage fate (dahr) 16 fatra,jutur 83-4, 91 fatwii 53 feminism 163 festival(s) 110, 203n, 206, 209-10 ~ oflights 200,203-5,208-10,214 see also Naw Ruz; Persian New Year fiction 127, 149, 155 figures, figurines (of leather) 151,153,162, 165 jinii) see courtyard .fitna see strife form, literary see genre function(s) ~ ofliterature 2, 57, 67 ~ of poetry 3,18 ~ of praise 3 ritual ~ 30 Furstenspiegel see mirror for princes furu( 52
gadii, gadiiY 40 see also beggary gender 161 ~ relations 163 genealogy 84, 105n, 110, 120n fabrication of ~ 75-6, Illn see also lineage; nasab generosity 44,46, 154 genre vi, viii-x, 2, 42, 49n, 133, 136-7, 13940, 142-3, 150, 152-4, 159, 163, 170, 174, 179, 184, 187-8,210 formal ~ vii, 136,210
informal ~ vii, 137-8, 143 performative ~ 150 Persian ~ 137 see also performance; uslub gentry 84,97,98, 110 see also dihqiin ghazal homoerotic 159n Persian ~ x, 136,210-13 ghuliim, ghilmiin 98n, 99, 111, 118-20, 1227 see also mamliik, slave soldier gift, present 87-9,122,177-8,180,182 gosiin see court minstrel grammar 43 Hacivat 161n badUh 43,58,84,170,177,184-5 ~ lectures 40 biija 42 see also client; qi~~a bajj x, 1,3,18,21-2,25-6,28,54 see also pilgrimage I:Ianafi 54,66 I:IanbaH 49n, 53-6, 59, 67 ~ Creed 66 handbook, administrative 97n baqlqa 154 see also reality barlm 55 basab 105n see also nasab hasht bihisht 198n see also pavilion heir to the throne (wall al-(ahd) 61, 98, 121n, 123n, 125 heresy, heterodoxy 76,78,80,82,84,89, 90n, 98n, 112-15, 126 hero 160 hierarchy 29, 106-7, 109, 210 hijii) see satire hijra 114n bikiiya, I.zikiiyiit 109, 112, 115, 117-18, 122n, 125-7 see also khabar; narrative; story I.zikma see wisdom I.zikmat-i (amaH 180 I.zikmat-i (ilml 180 I.zirfa see trade
Index of Subjects and Terms
historian(s) v-vi, ix-x, 7, 30, 79, 86-8, 92, 143-4 historiography 30, 73-92, 127, 187 history 73,75, 79-85, 88,92, 106, 120n, 121,125-7,141,143,152,157,170,173n, 176,180,182,184-6,200,208 dynastic ~ vii, ix-x, 79-80, 180 early Islamic 26 Islamic ideological ~ 51,76 social ~ 157 textual ~ I8n, 20,137,141 see also context holy war see jihiid homily, homiletic 175, 184 budud see penalties; punishment bukm al-waqt 52,59,62 humor 154, 159-60 icon, iconic 150 ijmii( see consensus ijtihiid 59n (ilm 59,85 see also knowledge image, imagery 206, 208 ideal ~ x, 128 military ~ 154 popular ~ 163, 165 public ~ viii, 3, 6, 127 ~ of rain 27 ~ of the ruler 19, 78-9, 128 ~ of the self 27 see also motif imiim 23,29,51,57,59,64 captive ~ 67 delegative powers of ~ 62-4 duties of ~ 60-2 electors of ~ 58-9 function of ~ 51 removal, replacement of ~ 51, 60, 64-5 selection (designation, succession) of ~ 51,58-62 see also caliph imamate, imiima 49,51-2,56-60,64,67 cessation of ~ 65 necessity of ~ 58, 67 see also caliphate injustice see ?ulm instruction 100-1, 126, 128 ~ of rulers 169 insult, poetic 155, 159
235
intercessor (shafi1 5 introduction (of a book) 44,56-7,67, 75, 80,86, 99n, 101, 106, 108-9, 113, 149, 153,178-9,184 invective see satire investiture 87, 114-15, 116n, 123n see also manshur iqtii( 97 Iranian ~ imperial tradition(s) 74, 76-7, 82 ~ past 74, 105n, 110-11, 117 see also Persian imperial tradition(s) irony 46 Islamic law (shada) 117, 185-6 Ismiic'ili,Ismiicllism 74n, 75, 84, 98n, 99, 111-13, 126, 136, 143-4, 172, 193 see also Bii~ini, Batiniyya ispahbad 75 al-rtiqad aI-Qadir! al-QaJimi see Creed
jalls,julasii) see familiar jester ix Jew(s) 165 jihiid 60, 86, 118, 122, 124 jiniis see pun joke 161 jongleur(s) 139 journey transition see rabll judge see qii¢l judgment (ray) 59 judiciary 51, 62 jurist (faqlh) ix-x, 52, 54, 152 justice 26,29,59, 77, 80, 86, 88-90, 102, 105n, 108, 109n, 112-13, 115,117-18, 124,126,128,177,181-3,187 kiifir, kuffiir 64 kiitib see munshi; secretary Karagoz 161 n katkhudii, kadkhudii 105n khabar,akhbiir v, 73, 85, 87,89,178 see also bikiiya; narrative; story khalifa see caliph khariij see taxation Kharijite(s) 9, IBn, 126 khiitima see epilogue khayiil (spectre, phantom of beloved) 24-5, 160 khayiil al-?ill see shadow play khiliifa see caliphate
236
Writers and Rulers
khufba, khufab (sermon) 42, 65, 115n khu,tba, khufab (exordium) 81 king, kingship 8-10, 15,29,76, 79, 82, 846,90, 91n, 100-3, 106, 113, 115, 117-19, 122 sacral ~ 6 see also Iranian imperial tradition(s); mulk, piidshiihl kitiib, kutub (letter) 42,44,46 see also epistle; letter; risiila; ruq(a knowledge 59,183-5,187-8 see also (ilm Koran 23,28,43, 75, 81, 85, 88n, 89, 159, 170,177,183,185,207 see also sura kudya, mukaddl see beggmy
lament x,17 see also elegy; eulogy; rithii) lampoon see satire language see Arabic; Persian laqab see title law 43,85,101,103-4,107,117,135,163, 186 ~ of Satan 154-5 see also Islamic law leader, leadership vii-viii, 30 loss of ~ 16 see also amlr; caliph; king; ruler; sultan learning see knowledge legitimacy 82,101,103,113-15,117, 124, 125,135,186 royal ~ 19,25,28,97, 100-2, 103n, 104-5, 108-10, 112, 115-18, 125-6 ~ of rule 49, 118 legitimation 75-8,81-2, 101, 121, 127 divine ~ x letter 41-2,44-6, 73, 85, 114 see also epistle; kitiib; risiila; ruq(a lexicography 43 life (of an author) 134, 137, 139 see also vita lineage 75, 78n, 87, 102, 105, 108-10, 112, 118,120 see also genealogy; nasab literary circle(s) 152 see also majlis literature v, vii Arabic ~ viii
didactic, ethical ~ xi Persian ~ viii see also poetry; prose litterateur v, 3, 20 see also adlb love lyric see ghazal loyalty 30,112,114,118,122-3 ~ to caliph, ruler 10, 26, 115, 122 oath of ~ 59 see also bay(a; oath lyric 134,136,138-9,143 see also ghazal madlb 21,26 see also encomium; panegyric; praise madhhab, madhiihib 49n, 54-5, 66-7 majlis, majiilis (scholarly) 40, 54 see also literary circle malik al-muluk 53 malik al-shu(arii 134 mamluk 76, 78n, 88-9 see also ghuliim; slave soldier man of letters see adfb; litterateur manshur 123n see also investiture manual of statecraft vii, ix, 60 see also advice literature; abkiim sulfiiniyya; mirror for princes; treatise on government manuscript 3, 97n, 99-100, 109n, 128, 138, 139n, 140-2, 171, 173, 176n, 181, 185, 186n, 200, 210 maqiima 39-40,157,162,181 march lord (marzuban) 77 marzubiin see march lord mathnavl 136,207,208,211 mawwiil 159 ma?iilim 63n memory, cultural 3 mendicancy see beggary mercy 5 metaphor 17, 160, 163, 204 meter 136 mutaqiirib ~ 22n ~ofrubii7 137-8 fawl! ~ 14n mibna 66 milieu medieval Islamic ~ 49 sociopolitical ~ 51
Index of Subjects and Terms
mimesis, mimetic 150, 153-4, 160 minister see vizier mirror for princes vii, ix, 92, 97, 101 n, 16989 see also advice literature; abkam sulfaniyya; manual of statecraft; treatise on government mithiil see character mode (musical) 153 monologue 161 motif(s) ~ of beloved 24 ~ of bloodshed 27 ~ of gray hair 24 grotesque ~ 163 political and erotic ~ 163 ~ of rain 27 ~ of treachery 12 see also image mouvance 142 mujiihid, ~n 158 mulk 103n see also kingship; piidshiihl munshl 87,88n see also secretary music 150, 160-1, 165 Mu
237
nobility, noble ancestry 78n, 89, 98n, 102, l03n, 105, 107-8, 110-11, 117-20, 177, 200 see also nasab norm(s) 159 social and aesthetic ~ 154 oath 14,18,90, 118, 121n, 159 see also loyalty occasion historical ~ 136-7,139,142 ~ for a literary work 39, 133, 139 ode 1-3,14,16-20,22,30 see also qa!flda onomatopoeia 159 opinion see judgment oppression see ?ulm oral, orality 16n, 91n, 101, 142 see also performance; poetics; tradition piidshiihl 102n see also kingship; mulk Pahlavi 74n,75 see also Persian palace 7-9,15-16,197,198, 203n, 210 panegyric v-vii, ix, 41, 49n, 77-8, 83, 169, 205 Abbasid ~ 1-6, 19,25-7,29,33-4 calipal ~ 28 Persian ~ 133n, 200 see also encomium; mad1b; qa!flda panegyrist 79, 110-11, 120n, 134 parable 43 parody viii, xi, 40, 155 paronomasia see pun passage (ofletter) 42 patron vi, 2-3,5-6, 19,24-7,39-40,44,46, 172,182,205,210 occasional ~ 41 rank of ~ 42, 172, 180,210 terms for ~ 41 patronage v-vi, 2, 30,42, 73, 75, 77, 81, 86, 88,90-1, 110, 122n, 133-5, 140, 176, 1889, 195, 197, 204n, 210 courtly ~ 81-2 ideal ~ 27 ~ system 40-1,47,210,214 pavilion 8, 198,200, 202n, 214 see also hasht bihisht
238
Writers and Rulers
penalties, prescribed (buditd) 60 see also punishment performance viii, 14, 19-20,26,30,136,142 oral ~ 142 stage ~ 149-50, 153, 156n, 165 see also genre; orality; stage; uslitb Persian 73-6, 78n, 79n, 82-3, 91n, 110, 106n, 133-4, 136-8, 140, 169n, 170-3, 176, 178,180-2, 187-8,203,207-8,214-15 translation into ~ 75-6, 176 ~ imperial tradition(s) 97-8, 100, 103n, 108, 105n, 115, 117, 125-6, 128 Middle ~ 78n New ~ 78n, 79, 97 see also Pahiavi Persian New Year 74n see also Naw Riiz persona see author personification 206,209,214 phantom see khayal phenomenology 203, 206 pilgrimage x, 9-10, 21, 25, 28,135, 152, 156 see also bajj play see shadow play playwright 149, 165 plot 149 poet(s) v-vi, 6, 30, 40, 136, 195,203,205, 210-13 Abbasid ~ 19,25 ~ laureate ix, 134, 210 professional ~ 88,91,153,210,214 role of ~ 5-6,21,29 status of ~ 155,210,214 see also court poetics 214 oral ~ 142 poetry vi, 90, 111, 177, 179, 203-6, 210, 214 Arabic ~ 11,16-18,20,41,43,142, 151,154,156-7,160-1 ceremonial ~ 8 Persian ~ 133, 142, 173, 203n, 215 praise ~ see madib Sogdian ~ 137n vernacular, popular ~ 151 Yemeni tribal ~ 26 postscript see epilogue power 73,77,87,89,97, 102n, 103, 107n, 108, 119, 125, 144, 197,200
~
of the caliphate 50,52,58,67 delegation of ~ 51, 62, 67 personal ~ 163-4 ~ of a poet, writer 3-5 political ~ 49,76,81,99,113,171 ~ struggle 98, 176 see also authority praise 2,26-7,29,85,88,90, 105n, 106, 155, 162 mocking ~ 159 self-~ 155 see also madl~; qa:;ida preface, prefatory see introduction presenter, of shadow play (al-rayyis) 149, 153-4 prince mock ~ 159 prohibition (of alcohol) 157 prologue see introduction prose 159,161,169-70,207 rhymed, parallel ~ ix, 41, 154-5, 15960,178,184,200 vernacular ~ 159 see also sal protege 41 see also client proverb 159, 177, 179 pun (jiniis) 16, 159, 161, 163, 166 punishment 86, 104, 107, 119n, 127, 157, 163,165, 182n, 183, 187 see also penalties puppeteer 150-1, 165
qii(li 52, 54-5, 59, 152, 172 chief ~ 54,63, 135 qa~ida 2n, 110, 136, 154-6, 159,200,205, 207-8,210-12 praise ~ ix-x, 21 Q~ Siisiiniyya 40 see also ode qibla 8,9 qi~~a 42 see also ~iija; client qita 136,204 quatrain see rubii(i Qur)an see Koran rab( IOn rabf lOn radif 212
Index of Subjects and Terms
RafiQls 86 see also Shiites ra~ll 21, 25-6 RamaQan 182 ray see judgment al-rayyis see presenter razo see life; vida; vita reader medieval ~ 127, 172-3, 182 modern ~ 127, 172-3 reality see ~aqiqa Realpolitik 60 rebel, rebellion 75,77,80,104, Ill-20, 123, 125, 176 reception viii-ix, 3, 27, 149 see also addressee recipient ~ ofliterary work viii, xi, 44, 46, 177, 180-2 ~ of reward 47 see also addressee redemption 5,9-11, 14 relationship ~ between author and addressee v, viii, 88,177,174 ~ between author and ruler 87-8,91, 128, 134, 149 ~ between caliph and scholars rulamii) 51,65-8 ~ between client/poet and patron 6, 42, 134 Renaissance 40 representation visual (and auditory) ~ 151,163 ~al economy 165 rhetoric(s) 20,41-2,204 rhyme ~ in poetry 14n, 22n, 43, 137 ~ in sal (asjii<) 43-5 rhymed and rhythmical prose see sal riddle 151 risiila 73, 177 see also epistle; letter; treatise rite, ritual 3,5, 14, 17, 19-20,24,26,30, 160 ~ of atonement 3,30 ~ of passage 8 see also gift; exchange; pilgrimage rithii) x, 1, 13, 27 see also elegy; eulogy; lament
239
rubcl(i (quatrain) vii, x, 133-44 Arabic ~ 141n "wandering~" 141-2 ruler, rulership v, vii-viii, x, 52, 58, 85, 87, 100-1, 102n, 103n, 113, 116, 118-19,121 cessation of ~ 64 ideal, perfect ~ v, viin, 77, 80, 91,106, 115, 126 illegitimate~ 103,112-13,117 Islamic ~ 49,62,68, 77, 80 rightful~ 113,115,118,124,126, In virtues of ~ 85,87, 101-2, 104-6 see also amir; caliph; king; leader; sultall rUt/a, riqa( 42, 45 see also kitiib; letter sacrifice 11,13,18,30 63 see also tax SC!/ ix, xi, 40-5, 79, 87-8, 90, 159 ~ unit 44 see also epistle; prose; style sa/at: ashif 58 ~\'an(a see craft sanction I 16-17 divine ~ 85-7,119 satire (hUa) 18-19,45, 138, 160, 162, 165 mundus inversus ~ 166 scholar(s) medieval Muslim ~ 3,55-6,58,67-8 modern Muslim ~ 55 rationalist ~ 66-7 religious ~ see (ulamii J scholarship see knowledge; (ilm screen (of shadow play) 151-2 scribe see munshi; secretary secretary ix,S, 39-40,44-6, 79-80, 82-3, 87-8, 99n, lOOn, 155, 161-2, 188 ~ial class 39-40,44,46, 73, 91, 174, 177 free-lance ~ 40-1 ~ial style 73, 78 see also munshi; style self 27 semiotics 150,214 see also theater sermon see khutba service, literary 42 setting historical ~ viii, 49
~\'adaqiit
240 ~
Writers and Rulers
of performance 20 of play 157, 165 shadow play vii, ix-xi, 149-55, 157-8, 159n, 160-3, 165-6 Medieval Egyptian ~ 151-3 Ottoman ~ 161n shaft' see intercessor Shiificj"(s) 49n, 52, 67, 98n, 185 shiihiinshiih 53, 74 see also titles shiihid (witness) 54 shakh~ see character; dramatis personae; stereotype shame 5, 10, 15, 17 sharaf see nasab; nobility sharra see Islamic law shayb (grey hair) 24 Shiite(s) 55,60, 61n, 65, 82, 86 see also Ismii c1ll; Riifi<;lj" shurii 58 shucubi, shuCubiyya 110 sipahsiiliir 118-23 see also amir slave soldier(s) 80, 118-20, 122-3 see also ghuliim; mamluk society, social order viii, 2, 5-6,10,18-19, 29-30,46,50,55,151,103-4,107-9 Mamluk~ 166 medieval Islamic ~ 62 song 151 spectator(s) 151,158, 160, 165 speech 27 formulaic ~ 150, 156 literary ~ viii-ix stage 150-1, 155, 166 ~ prop 151,153 see also performance statutes of goverment x, 55, 56n see also abkiim sultiiniyya stereotype 123,127, 136, 151, 168, 161-2 see also character story 89, lOOn, 101, 109, 112-13, 114n, 119n, 120, 123-4nn, 125, 127-8, 139, 144, 155, 177 see also bikiiya; khabar; narrative story-telling 151 strife (fitna) 23,28,58,91, 102, 104, 106 civil ~ 84,87-90 structure 77, lOOn, 106, 180, 184,203,211, 214 ~
tripartite ~ 13,21,180 struggle against enemies see jihiid style, literary 46, 154, 171, 178 chancery, chancellery ~ ix, 79, 83, 87-8 secretarial ~ 73,78, 188n see also chancery; epistle; sal succession 80,84,98, 118, 119, 121, 126, 176 nomadic patterns of ~ 98n Sufi, Sufism 87,140,164,176,185,188 sultan, sultanate 50,55,61,135,152-5,157, 165 see also amir; caliph; king; leader; ruler Sunna 155 Sunni(s) 51, 56n, 79, 82, 90n, 125-6, 144, 185 "~revival" 82, 91n, 98n supplication 4-6 sura 23,43 see also Koran symbol(s) 9,16, 18,28, 61n, 207, 214 symbolism 6,8, 77, 110, 127,200,213 architectural ~ 6,200 spatial ~ 7 see also architecture synaesthesia 206,208-9,214
tafsir see exegesis takassub ~ bi-I-sal 41-2 ~ bi-l-shrr 41-2 takhallu$ 211 tawqr see edict tax, taxation 51,63, 115n, 120 ~ amnesty, indemnity 41-2 ~ refund 41 text written ~ of plays 152-3, 160 tha)r see blood vengeance theater, theatrical 152 ~al frame 151, 165 ~al interaction 151 ~al semiotics 150 see also shadow play theologian(s) vi, 107n, 152 theology 43 theory Islamic political ~ 50, 67 see also caliphate
Index of Subjects and Terms
thought Islamic religio-political ~ 67 !ibiiq see antithesis title(s), titulature 74, 107, 113, 135 honorific ~ (laqab) 53,55, 61n, Ill, 176 ~ ofliterary work(s) 169,185n topocosm IOn topos, topoi 10,91,127,204 trade, literary (birfa) 41,44-6 tradition 14 literary ~ vi, 91, 177 oral ~ 143 pre-Islamic ~ 13 traditionalist(s) 66-7 translation vi, 2n, 73, 75-6, 83, 88-9, 139, 171-2, 173n, 176 see also Arabic; Persian travesty, aesthetic 154, 158 treatise 101,128,135,138 ~ on government 97n, 100, 169, 180 see also abkiim sul!iiniyya; mirror of princes political ~ 50 theological ~ vii, 49 trickster 39 troubadour(s) 139 tubulkhiina 153 see also entertainer Turk(s), Turkish viin, 7,13,16, 73-4, 76-8, 82n, 97, 105n, 107, 118-20, 124, 135-6, 158,163,170 type see character; dramatis personae; stereotype
Culamii) 50,55,57,65-7, 73, 76, 84, 86-8, 90, 107n, 158, 173, 176-7, 185-7 umma 19,28,62,64, 102, 119n see also community uslUb see genre u$ul 54 usurper 64,67,158
241
values 159 Arabic-Islamic ~ 156 political, social, religious ~ 160 variant 142 vazlr see vizier verisimilitude 157 vernacular see Arabic; poetry; prose verse see poetry vida (razo) 139 vita 139 ~ of a poet 140 ~ tradition 137, 139, 141 see also life viziira see vizierate vizier, vizierate (wazlr, wiziiralvazlr, viziira) x, 13,41,62,64,83,88,90, lOOn, 136, 144, 159n, 169, 172-4, 176-7, 181, 183, 186-8,200 ~ of delegation (al-tafivi!!) 62-3 ~ of execution (al-tanfidh) 62-3
wall al-cahd see heir to the throne wazir see vizier wisdom (bikma) 59 wisdom literature 171, 176 wiziira see vizierate writer(s) v-vi, viii, x-xi, 43 see also author zajal 151, 154, 159 ?ulm (injustice, oppression) 86,88-9,91, 106, 115, 117, 124 ?iihir 161 Zoroastrian, Zoroastrianism 78n, 103n, 105, 11 On, 11 7, 133 zunniir 211 n